DNA 6034F 

OPERATION 

GREENHOUSE 

1951 

United States Atmospheric Nuclear Weapons Tests 

Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

Prepared by the Defense Nuclear Agency as ExecutiveAgency 

for the Department of Defense 
Destroy this report when it is no longer 

needed. Do not return to sender. 

PLEASENOTIFYTHEDEFENSE NUCLEAR AGENCY, 

ATTN:STTI, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20305, I F

YOUR ADDRESS IS INCORRECT, IF YOU WISH TO 

BEDELETED FROM T H E D I S T R I B U T I O NL I S T , OR 

IF THE ADDRESSEE IS NO LONGER EMPLOYED BY 

YOUR ORGANIZATION. 

Qw 


UNCLASSIFIED ~ ~ 

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (When DafaEntered) 

REPORTDOCUMENTATIONPAGE READ INSTRUCTIONS 

BEFORE COMPI*ETING FORM 

NUMBER 1. REPORT NC ACESSION 2. GOVT 3. RECIPIENT'SCATALOGNUMBER 

DNA 6034F 

4. TITLE (andSubfltle) 5. TYPE OF REPORT B PERIODCOVERED 

OPERATION GREENHOUSE-1951 FinalReport 

6. P E R F O R M I N GO R G .R E P O R TN U M B E R 

KT-82-046( F) 7. AUTHOR(s) 8. CONTRACT OR G R A N TN U M B E R ( s ) 

L. Berkhouse, S.E. Davis, F.R. Gladeck, 

J.H. Hallowell, C.B. Jones, E.J. Martin, DNA 001-79-C-0472 

F.W. McMullan, M.J. Osborne 

9. PERFORMINGORGANIZATIONNAMEANDADDRESS 10. PROGRAMELEMENT.PROJECT,TASK 

AREA (t WORK UNIT NUMBERS KamanTempo 

816 S t a t eS t r e e t (P.O. DrawerQQ) Subtask U99QAXMK506-09 SantaBarbara,California 93102 

11. CONTROLLINGOFFICENAMEANDADDRESS 12. R E P O R TD A T E 

Director 15 June1983 

DefenseNuclearAgency 13. NUMBER OF PAGES 

Washington, DC 20305 334 14 MONITORINGAGENCYNAME I) ADDRESS(If differenffromControlling Office) 15. SECURITYCLASS. (of thlsreporf) 

UNCLASSIFIED 

15a. DECLASSIFICATION~DOWNGRADING 

SCHEDULE 

N/A since UNCLASSIFIED 16. DlSTRlEUTlONSTATEMENT (of thisReport) 

Approved forpublicrelease;distributionunlimited. 

17. DlSTRlEUTlON STATEMENT (or (heabstractentered In Block 20, If dlfferent from Report) 

18. S U P P L E M E N T A R YN O T E S 

Thiswork was sponsoredbytheDefenseNuclear Agency under RDT&E RMSS Code 

8350079464 U99QAXMK50609H2590D. 

19. KEY WORDS (Continue OR reverseside if necessary and identify by block number) 

Testing Nuclear Eneweta k 

NuclearTestPersonnel Review (NTPR) DOG 

GREENHOUSE EASY 

P r o v i n gP a c i f i c Ground GEORGE 

Joint Task Force 3 ITEM 

20. ABSTRACT (Contlnue M reverae side If necesmary 8nd Idenflfy by blocknumber) 

GREENHOUSE wasa four-detonationatmosphericnuclearweapon'stestseries 

conducted i nt h eM a r s h a l lI s l a n d sa t Enewetak AtollinApril and May 1951. This 

is a report of DOD personnel in GREENHOUSE with anemphasisonoperational 

r a d i o l o g i c a ls a f e t y . 

EDITION OF 1 NOV 65 IS OBSOLETE UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THfS PAGE men Data Entered) 
UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGEWhm De:. Entered) 

UNCLASSIFIED 

SECURITYCLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGEWen De:. Entered) 
GREENHOUSE FACT SHEEl 

GREENHOUSE, the fourth postwar atmospheric nuclear weapon test series. was 

conducted by the United States during April and May1951. CROSSROADS took place 

at Bikini in 1946; SANDSTONE was held at Enewetak in 1948: and RANGER was conducted at the Nevada Test Site in early 1951. In GREENHOUSE, four nuclear devices were detonated on the islands of Enjebi. Eleleron. and Runlt on Enewetak 

Atoll. All four were detonated on towers. These detonations resulted in slgnlficant downwind fallout. 

GREENHOUSE detonatlons,Enewetak,1951 

Detonation LocaDate Tlme Burst Type t lon

DOG 8 Aprll 0634 Run1 t 300-foot(91.4-meter)towershot 

EASY 21 Aprll Enjebl 0627 300-foot (91.4-meter)towershot

GEORGE 9 May Eleleron 0930 200-foot (61.5-meter)towershot

ITEM 25 May 061 7 Enjebl 200-foot(61.5-meter)towershot 

Remarks:DatesandtlmesarelocaldatesandtlmesatEnewetak.Onlythe 

y l e l do fs h o t EASY, 47 kllotons (KT), hasbeenannounced. One kllot o ne q u a l st h ea p p r o x l m a t ee n e r g yr e l e a s e of t h ee x p l o s l o n of one 

thousandtons of TNT. 

Tests were conducted by a joint mllitary-civilian organization designated 

Joint Task Force Three (JTF 3). JTF 3 was patterned generally after mllitary 

organizations but was made up of military personnel from the Army, Navy, Air 

Force and Marlne Corps, as well as civilians from the Department of Defense 

(DOD), Atomic Energy Commission (AEC), and contractors. The commander, an AI r 

Force general, was an appointed representative of the AEC but reported to the 

Joint Chiefs of Staff as well as to the AEC. This appointment was important 

because. by law, developmentof atomic weapons was vested in the AEC. 

Army, Navy, and AIK Force were about equally represented in numbers of 

personnel during GREENHOUSE. The Navy had provided the bulk of personnel for 

the earlier eaclfic nuclear test series. During GREENHOUSE, the Army provided 

an estimated 1,615 men, the Navy 2,952, the Air Force 2,621, and the Marine 

Corps 134. Civilians numbered 2,049. Most of the clvllians were afflllated 

with the AEC. 

The purpose of the four tests in the GREENHOUSE series was to continue 

development of nuclear weapons for defense. Work was proceeding at this tlme 

on development of thermonuclear weapons, and the GREENHOUSE tests were part of 

this process. DOD was Interested in the physical and biological effects of 

1 
nuclear weapons, so Its various branches partlclpated in several experimental 

programs to measure them. One of the important programs used unmanned, radiocontrolled drone ai rcraft to measure blast and thermal effects and to collect 

radioactive cloud samples. 

A separate organlzatlon within JTF 3 provided radiological safety (radsafe) 

expertise and services to the task force. This organizatlon was responsible 

for defining radloactlve areas after each shot, accompanying reentry parties 

to radioactive areas to retrieve experimental data, monitoring removal, packaging. and shlpment of radioactive cloud samples. and other radiation monltorIng duties. It also procured all radiation detection film badges. developed 

and Interpreted exposed film badges, and kept cumulatlve radiation exposure 

records on each person who was badged. 

Film badges were Issued to indivldualswho possibly could have been exposed 

to radiation whjle performlng their duties; such as those visiting any of the 

Islands made radioactive by the shots, boat pool crews, cadlation monitors. 

aircrews, alrcraft decontamination personnel, and runway crash crews. In addition, over 75 film badges for each test weredistributed among the six particlpating ships, to be worn from the day of the test and 7 days thereafter. Of 

the approximately 9,350 men in the test area during all or part of the testing 

operations, 2,416 were badged one OK more times. Film badges for personnel 

entering radioactive areas normally were issued and turned in dally. Boat 

pool. air crew, and ship badges generally were Issued for a week. 

The overall average exposure recorded by these badges was less than 0.5 

roentgen (R). A number of individuals, however, had recorded exposures between 

5 and 8 R. Some, with these higher exposures were affiliated with theAEC and 

some were involved with the Air Force long-range radioactive cloud-tracking 

and -sampling program. Most of these Air Force personnel were In the Experlmental Aircraft Unit. Thls unit flew the B-17s used as drones and drone controllers and operated the personnel and alrcraft decontamination stations on 

Enewetakrsland. The following tablesummarlzes therecorded film badge 

exposures. 

GREENHOUSE BadgeExposures (R) 

Number 

- Badged 0 0-1 1-3 Over 3 Hlgh (R) 

U.S. Army 195 6 143 35 11 5.430 

U.S. Navy 813 

U.S. Alr Force 849 

134 458 187 34 

86 516 146 101 

e . 080 

8.475 

U.S. MarlneCorps 38 3 0 2 3.805 

O t h e rP a r t l c l p a n t s 551 110 325 8 2 3 4 8.575 

2 
Fallout 0CCUK:ted on the islands of Japtan, Parry, and Enewetak and the six 

task force ships after three of the four shots in this series. The fallout 

from the first two shots was heaviest on Japtan and lightest on Enewetak. 

Enewetak was a base island where personnel from JTF 3 lived throughout the 

series. Japtan was an island used for recreation, but it also had an Army communication station and a Navy medical research unit. The fallout from shot 

ITEM. the last shot in this series, was much heavier than the first two. 

Enewetak Island received heavier fallout fromITEM than Japtan and Parry. Personnel who remained on Enewetnk Island for 4 days after ITEM received over 

2.45 R. Those who remained for 14 days recelved over 2.8 R. Most people, however, departed the test area within a week after the shot. 

The amount of fallout received by thesix ships varied with their locations 

and decontamination procedures. Nearly all crewmembers on five of these ships 

were assigned a fallout exposure immediately after GREENHOUSE, and these exposures were recorded in Navy medical records. The assigned exposures ranged 

from 0.334 R on YSS LST-859 to 1.1 R on gsJCabildo (LSD-16) and USS Sproston 

(DOE-577). Boat pool exposures ranged from0.700 to 2.1 R. The fallout exposure 

was lower aboard ship than on the islands due to water washdown and decontamlnation of external surfaces. 

The fallout exposure Is in addition to those film badge exposure readings 

accrued by Individuals during daily mlssions. Fallout exposure can be calculated for all individuals based upon their location and length of stay at 

Enewetak Atoll. 

3 
4 
PREFACE 

Between 1945 and 1962, the U.S. Atomic Energy Commlssion (AEC) conducted 

235 atmospheric nuclear weapon tests at sltes in the United States and In the 

Pacific and At lantic oceans. In a1 1, about 220.000 Department o€ Defense (DOD) 

participants, both military and civilian, were present at the tests. Of these, 

approximately 142,000 participated in the Pacific test series and approximately 

another 4,000 in the single Atlantic test series. 

In 1977, 15 years after the last aboveground nuclear weapon test, the Center for Disease Control (CDC) o€ the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services noted more leukemia cases than would normally be expected among about 

3,200 soldiers who had been present at shot SMOKY. a test of the 1957 PLUMHROB 

series. Since that initial report by the CDC. the Veterans Administration (VA) 

has received a number of claims for medical benefits from former militarypersonnel who believe their health may have been affected by their participation 

in the weapon testing program. 

In late 1977, the DOD began a study that provided data to both the CDC and 

the VA on potential exposures to ionizing radiation among the military and 

civilian personnel who participated in the atmospheric testing 15 to 32 years 

earlier. In early 1978, the DOD also organized a Nuclear Test Personnel Review 

(NTPR) to: 

0 Identify Dol3 personnel who had taken part in the atmospheric nuclear weapon tests 

0 Determine the extent of the participants' exposure to lonlzing radiation 

0 Provide public disclosure of Information concerning participation by DOD personnel In the atmospheric nuclear 

weapon tests. 

This report on Operation GREENHOUSE is one of many volumes that are the 

product of the NTPR. The Defense Nuclear Agency (DNA), whose Dlrector is the 

executive agent of the NTPR program, prepared the reports, which are based on 

military and technical documents reporting various aspects of each of the 

tests. Reports o€ the NTPR provide a public record ofthe activities and associated radiation exposure risks of DOD personnel for interested former participants and for use In public health research and Federal policy studies. 

Information from which this report was compiled was primarily extracted 

from planning and after-action reports of Joint Task Force Three (JTF 3) and 

Its subordinate organizations. What was desired were documents that accurately 

placed personnel at the test sites so that their degree of exposure to the 

ionizing radiation resultlng from the tests could be assessed. The search for 

this information was undertaken in archives and libraries of the Federal Government, In special collections supported by the Federal Government and by 

some discussion or review with participants. 

5 
For GREENHOUSE, the most important archival source is the Modern Military 

Branch of the National Archives in Washington,D.C. The Naval Archives at the 

Washington Naval Yard also were helpful. Other archives searched were ofthose 

the Department of Energy (DOE) at Germantown, Maryland, its Nevada Operations 

Office (DOE/NV) at Las Vegas, and the records center at the Los Alamos National 

Laboratory (LANL) . 

JTF 3 exposure records were retrieved from LANL and from the Reynolds Electrical and Engineering Company, Inc. (REECo), Las Vegas, Nevada, support contractor for DOE/NV. Those available at FtEECo are microfilm records of source 

documents in archives. 

Documentation of individual fallout exposure during GREENHOUSE is incomplete. Each individual's arrival date, ship or island station, and departure 

date must be obtained to determine fallout exposures because not all participants exposed to fallout were wearing film badges. 

The work was performed under RDT&E RMSS B3500079464 U99QAXMK 506-09 H2590D 

for the Defense Nuclear Agency by personnel from Kaman Tempo. Guidance was 

provided by Mr. Kenneth W. Kaye of the Defense Nuclear Agency. 

6 
1 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

GREENHOUSE FACT SHEET 

PREFACE 

LrsT OF TABLES 

Chapter 

OVERVIEW 

Introductlon 

Purpose 

H l s t o r l c a lB a c k g r o u n d 

R e p o r tO r g a n l z a t l o n 

NuclearTestsandRadlatlonExposures 

ExperlmentalProgram 

Weapon DevelopmentExperlments 

YleldMeasurements 

DlagnostlcMeasurements 

E f f e c t sE x p e r l m e n t s 

EnvlronmentalMeasurements 

SystemsResponseExperlments 

OceanlcTestlngOperatlons 

M a r s h a l lI s l a n d sS e t t l n g 

P h y s l c a lC o n d l t i o n sB e f o r e GREENHOUSE 

R a d l o l o g l c a lC o n d i t i o n sB e f o r e GREENHOUSE 

SpeclalProblems In T e s t l n gl nt h eM a r s h a l l s 

Jolnt TaskForceThree 

TaskGroup3.1(Sclenttflc) 

TaskUnlt3.1.1 -- Los AlamosExperlments 

Task U n l t3 . 1 . 2 -- BlomedlcalExperlments 

Task U n l t3 . 1 . 3 -- Programs 3 through 8 

Pase 

1 

5 

13 

17 

19 

19 

19 

21 

22 

22 

24 

25 

25 

25 

27 

27 

27 

28 

28 

30 

31 

34 

34 

36 

37 

37 

38 

7 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (contlnued) 

-Chapter 

1 (contlnued) TaskUnlt3.1.4 -- Assembly 

Task U n l t3 . 1 . 5 -- R a d l o l o g l c a lS a f e t y 

Task U n l t3 . 1 . 6 - - Photography 

TaskUnlt3.1.7 -- Base Facllltles 

TaskGroup3.2(Army) 

TaskGroup3.3(Navy) 

TaskGroup3.4(AlrForce) 

TaskUnlt3.4.1 -- Headquartersand 

HeadquartersSquadron 

Task U n l t3 . 4 . 2 -- E x p e r l m e n t a lA l r c r a f t 

TaskUnlt3.4.3 --- Communlcatlons 

TaskUnlt3.4.4 -- WeatherReconnalssance 

TaskUnlt3.4.5 .-- Weather 

TaskUnlt3.4.6 -- Llalson 

Task U n l t3 . 4 . 7 - - Rescue 

Task U n l t3 . 4 . 8 .- Photography 

2 RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY 

R a d l o l o g l c a lS a f e t yP l a n n l n g 

O r g a n l z a t l o na n dR e s p o n s l b l l l t l e s 

T a s kG r o u p3 . 1( S c l e n t l f l c ) 

TaskGroup3.2(Army) 

TaskGroup3.3(Navy) 

TaskGroup3.4(AlrForce) 

Tralnlng 

T a s kG r o u p3 . 1( S c l e n t l f l c ) 

TaskGroup3.2(Army) 

TaskGroup3.3(Navy) 

TaskGroup3.4(AlrForce) 

SafetyCrlterla 

RadlatlonExposureMeasurementUnits 

R a d l o l o g l c a lS a f e t yS t a n d a r d s 

RadlatlonExposureWalvers 

Pacle 

38 

38 

38 

39 

39 

40 

44 

47 

47 

49 

49 

49 

49 

49 

50 

51 

51 

52 

54 

56 

57 

57 

59 

59 

60 

60 

62 

63 

63 

64 

65 

8 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (contlnued) 

Chapter Page 

2 ( c o n t )R a d l o l o g l c a lS a f e t yM o n l t o r l n ga n dI n s t r u m e n t a t l o n 66 

Film Badges 70 

PersonnelExposureRecords 71 

Pre-EventSafetyMeasures 73 

HazardZones 73 

F a l l o u tP r e d l c t l o n 73 

WeatherReconnalssance,Reporting,andPredlctlon 76 

Command Brleflngs 78 

RadiatlonProtectionModlflcatlons 79 

Evacuatlon 80 

PosteventSafetyMeasures 81 

CloudTracklng 82 

CloudSampllng 82 

Sample-RecoveryTechniques 83 

PersonnelDecontamlnatlon 85 

NavalVesselDecontarnlnatlon 87 

EqulpmentDecontamlnatlon 88 

A l r c r a f tD e c o n t a m l n a t l o n 92 

OffslteMonltorlng 97 

3 GREENHOUSE TEST OPERATIONS 98 

Shot DOG 99 

Preparatlons 99 

E x p e r l m e n t a lA c t i v l t l e s 103 

The Test 103 

DecontamlnatlonActlvltles 109 

PersonnelExposure 109 

Shot EASY 111 

Preparations 111 

E x p e r i m e n t a lA c t l v l t l e s 111 

The Test 114 

DecontamlnatlonActlvitles 115 

PersonnelExposure 118 

9 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (contlnued) 

Chapter Page 

3 ( c o n t )Shot GEORGE 119

Preparatlons 119 

E x p e r l m e n t a lA c t l v l t l e s 119 

TheTest 120 

DecontamlnatlonActlvltles 121 

Shot ITEM 124 

Preparatlons 124 

E x p e r l m e n t a lA c t l v l t l e s 125 

TheTest 125 

DecontamlnatlonActlvltles 128 

4 GREENHOUSE EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM 130 

Program 1 -- AtomicEnergyCommlsslon(Phenomena of 

N u c l e a rD e t o n a t l o n s ) 130 

Program 2 -- Blomedlcal 151 

Shot DOG 151 

Shot EASY 155 

Shot GEORGE 156 

Shot ITEM 157 

Program 3 -- Structures 157 

Program 4 -- CloudPhyslcs 158 

Program 5 -- R a d l a t l o nI n s t r u m e n tE v a l u a t l o n 164 

Program 6 -- PhyslcalTestsandMeasurements 168 

Program 7 -- LongRangeDetectlon 176 

Program 8 -- BlastEffectsonAlrcraft 178 

5 U.S. ARMY PARTICIPATION IN OPERATION GREENHOUSE 185 

T a s kG r o u p3 . 2P a r t l c l p a t l o n 185 

E x p e r l m e n t a lP a r t l c l p a t l o n 190 

Other Army P e r s o n n e lP a r t l c l p a t l o n 191 

6 U.S. NAVY PARTICIPATION IN OPERATION GREENHOUSE 192 

NavalTaskGroup(TaskGroup3.3) 192 

10 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (contlnued) 

Chapter Page 

6 (cont) Unlt Task3.3.1 -- USS Curtlss (AV-4) 194 

TaskUnlt3.3.2 -- USS Sproston(OOE-577) 198 

TaskUnlt3.3.2 -- USS Walker(DDE-517) 200 

Task U n l t3 . 3 . 3 -- PatrolSquadron931 20 2 

TaskUnlt3.3.5 -- USS Cablldo (LSD-16) 203 

TaskUnlt3.3.5 -- MoblleBoatPool 204 

Task Unlt 3.3.6 - - H a r b o rC o n t r o l Unlt 205 

TaskUnlt3.3.7 -- USNS Sqt. Charles E. Mower 

(T-AP-186) 205 

TaskUnlt3.3.7 -- USS LST-859 207 

NavyPersonnel In OtherOrganlzatlons 208 

HeadquartersJolntTaskForce 3 209 

TaskGroup3.1(Sclentlflc) 209 

TaskGroup3.2(Army) 21 1 

TaskGroup3.4 ( A l rF o r c e ) 21 1 

NavalObservers 211 

T r a n s i e n tS h i p s 21 1 

7 U.S. AIR FORCE PARTICIPATION IN OPERATION GREENHOUSE 21 4 

HeadquartersJolntTaskForce 3 21 4 

T a s kG r o u p3 . 1( S c l e n t l f l c ) 21 4 

TaskGroup3.4(AlrForce) 216 

TaskUnlt3.4.1(HeadquartersandHeadquarters 

Squadron ) 216 

T a s kU n l t3 . 4 . 2( E x p e r l m e n t a lA l r c r a f t ) 219 

TaskUnit3.4.3(Communlcatlons) 219 

Task Unit3.4.4(WeatherReconnaissance) 220 

Task Unlt3.4.5(Weather) 220 

TaskUnit3.4.6(Lialson) 220 

TaskUnit3.4.7(Rescue) 221 

TaskUnlt3.4.8(DocumentaryPhoto) 222 

Other Alr Force 222 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (contlnued) 

Chapter Page 

8 U.S. MARINE CORPS PARTICIPATION IN OPERATION GREENHOUSE 224 

Task Unlt3.3.1 - - USS Curtlss(AV-4) 224 

TaskUnlt3.1.2 -- BlomedlcalProgram 225 

TaskUnlt3.1.5RadlologlcalSafetyProgram 225 

KwajalelnAtoll 225 

Jolnt TaskForce 3 -- I n t e l l l g e n c ea n dS e c u r l t y 225 

Observers at Enewetak Atoll 225 

9 JOINT DEFENSE, ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION, OTHER GOVERNMENT 

AGENCIES AND CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION IN GREENHOUSE 226 

J o l n tD e p a r t m e n t of DefenseAgencles 226 

AtomlcEnergyCommlsslon 226 

OtherGovernmentOrganlzatlons 228 

ContractorsandOthers 229 

I n c o m p l e t e l yI d e n t l f l e d 2 30 

10 PERSONNEL EXPOSURES 232 

F a l l o u tC o n t r l b u t l o nt oE x p o s u r e s 232 

M l s s l o nC o n t r l b u t l o nt oE x p o s u r e s 2 38 

REFERENCES 24 1 

-AppendA RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY DOCUMENTS 263 

B GLOSSARY OF TERMS 297 

C ENEWETAK ISLAND SYNONYMS 309 

12 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 

F r o n t l s p l e c e :S h o t GEORGE Cloud 

-Flqure Page 

1 Enewetak A t o l ls h o w l n g SANDSTONE and GREENHOUSE d e t o n a t l o ns l t e s . 20 

2 The C e n t r a lP a c l f l c . 29 

3 A e r l a lv l e w of D r l d r l l b w l ja n dB o k a l d r l k d r l ki s l a n d s ,1 9 5 1 . 32 

4 CoconutstandsonJaptanIsland,1951. 32 

5 P a r r yI s l a n db u l l d l n g s ,1 9 5 1 . 33 

6 Enjebl camp. 35 

7 O r g a n l z a t l o no fJ o i n tT a s kF o r c e 3. 35 

8 O r g a n l z a t l o no f TaskGroup3.1. 37 

9 OrganlzatlonofTaskGroup3.2. 41 

10 OrganlzatlonofTaskGroup3.3. 42 

11 OrganlzatlonofTaskGroup3.4. 45 

12 Parent commands of TaskGroup3.4taskunlts. 46 

13 GREENHOUSE d r o n e8 - 1 7a l r c r a f td e c o n t a r n l n a t l o nm o n l t o rp o l n t s . 69 

14 GREENHOUSE DangerAreaaroundEnewetak. 74 

15 A e r l a ls e a r c hp a t t e r n sa n ds u r f a c ep a t r o la r e a . 75 

16 Motorized,shleldedconveyanceusedtoremovesarnpllng 

debrlsbeneathnoseofdrone8-17. 04 

17 Fllterbelng removedfromsampllngdevlcebypersonnelwcarlng 

p r o t e c t l v eg e a ra n du s l n gl o n g - h a n d l e dt o n g s . 84 

18 Removinggassamplefrom8-17droneonEnewetak. 85 

19 P e r s o n n e ld e c o n t a m l n a t l o na r e aa tK w a j a l e l n . 86 

20 Drone8-17belngtowedfromrunwayfollowlng GREENHOUSE, 

GEORGE. 93 

21 A l r c r a f td e c o n t a m l n a t l o na r e a ,E n e w e t a k . 93 

22 Drone8-17belngwashedatEnewetak 2 days after GREENHOUSE, 

EASY. 94 

23 GREENHOUSE, DOG t e s td e v l c eb e l n gh o i s t e d in lts tower. 101 

24 Radex a r e aa n ds h i pl o c a t l o n sd u r i n g GREENHOUSE, DOG. 102 

13 
25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (contlnued) 

-Figure Page 

VIP v l s l t o r sv l e w GREENHOUSE, DOG f r o mO f f i c e r ' sB e a c h 

Clubpatlo. 103 

26 GREENHOUSE, DOG fllght patterns. 104

27 P a r r yI s l a n dr a d l a t l o nl e v e l sf o l l o w l n g GREENHOUSE, DOG. 107 

31Vlewfrom GREENHOUSE, EASY s h o tt o w e rl o o k l n gs o u t h e a s t 

28 R u n l tI s l a n dr a d l o l o g l c a ls a f e t ys u r v e yr e s u l t sf o l l o w l n g 

GREENHOUSE, DOG. 108 

29 E s t l m a t eo f maxlmum p o s s l b l e x p o s u r ea tP a r r yI s l a n d 

followlng GREENHOUSE, DOG. 110 

S u r f a c er a d e xa r e a sa n ds h l pp o s l t l o n sd u r l n g GREENHOUSE, EASY. 112 

towardProgram 3 mllltarystructures. 113 

32 AerlalvlewshowlngProgram 3 t e s ts t r u c t u r e so nI s l e to f 

M l j l k a d r e kl nf o r e g r o u n da n dE n j e b iw l t hm o r et e s ts t r u c t u r e s 

and GREENHOUSE, EASY tower In background. 113 

33Vlew of t e s ts t r u c t u r e o nM l j l k a d r e k , GREENHOUSE, EASY. 114 

34 E n j e b lI s l a n dr a d l o l o g l c a ls a f e t ys u r v e yr e s u l t sf o l l o w l n g 

GREENHOUSE, EASY. 116 

GREENHOUSE, EASY fllght patterns. 118 

3 6S u r f a c er a d e xa r e aa n ds h l pp o s l t l o n sd u r l n g GREENHOUSE, 

GEORGE. 120 

37 GREENHOUSE, GEORGE fllght patterns. 122

3 8E l e l e r o n , Aomon, and B l j l r eI s l a n dr a d l o l o g l c a ls a f e t y 

s u r v e yr e s u l t sf o l l o w l n g GREENHOUSE, GEORGE. 123 

39 S u r f a c er a d e xa r e aa n ds h l pp o s l t l o n sd u r l n g GREENHOUSE,ITEM. 126 

patterns. 

41 GREENHOUSE, ITEM f a l l o u tr a d l a t l o na tP a r r yI s l a n d , Enewetak 

GREENHOUSE, ITEM fllght 127 

Atoll. 129 

42 Monltorchecks GREENHOUSE r a d l o a c t l v es a m p l ep a c k a g ef o r 

r a d l a t l o nb e f o r el o a d l n go n C-54. 148 

43 Contalnersanlmal experiments. for exposure 153

44Anlmalcontalnerbelngloadedontrucksfromboat. 153 

T r u c kw l t hs p e c l a le q u l p m e n tf o rh a n d l l n ga n l m a le x p o s u r e 

contalners. 154 

46 A n i m a le x p o s u r ec o n t a l n e r sb e l n gp l a c e dw l t h l nt e s ts t a t l o n s . 154 

47 P i c k u pa n l m a l s e x p o s u r e . of after 155

14 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (contlnued) 

Flsure Pase 

48 Inspectlonteamontank1,500feet(457meters)from 

GREENHOUSE, EASY surfacezero. 171 

49 C o n t a m l n a t e dp a n e lr e c o v e r yf o l l o w l n g GREENHOUSE, GEORGE. 173 

50 GREENHOUSE Project 8.2A t e s ts p e c l m e nw l t hP r o g r a m 

structure In backgroundonMljlkadrek. 

3 

180 

51 Radsafemonltorchecklng GREENHOUSE Project 8.2A 

s p e c l m e nb e f o r el n s p e c t l o nb yp r o j e c tp e r s o n n e l . 

test 

181 

52 Cumulative gamma exposure 

GREENHOUSE, DOG and EASY. 

-- P a r r yI s l a n d , maxlmum possible 

233 

53 Cumulative gamma exposure 

GREENHOUSE, ITEM. 

-- P a r r yI s l a n d , maxlmum possible 

234 

54 C u m u l a t l v ed o s e( r e m )f o rp e r s o n n e lo nP a r r yI s l a n dd u et o 

GREENHOUSE fallout. 235 

55 Cumulatlvedose(rem)forpersonnel 

GREENHOUSE fallout. 

onEnewetak Island due to 

236 

56 Cumulatlvedose(rem)forpersonnel 

GREENHOUSE fallout. 

on J a p t a nI s l a n d u et o 

237 

15 
16 
5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

LIST OF TABLES 

" 

Table 

1951.GREENHOUSE detonations, 

2 OrganlzatlonsInTaskGroup3.2.March1950. 39 

3 FunctlonsandcomplementsofTaskGroup 3.3. 43 

4 TaskGroup 3.3 strength. 44 

3.4. Group T a s kd l s t r l b u t l o nP e r s o n n e l 47 

6 GREENHOUSE alrcraft. 48 

during usedequlprnent 7 Radlac GREENHOUSE. 67

8 JolntTaskForce 3 e v a c u a t l o na s s l g n m e n t sf o r GREENHOUSE, GEORGE. 81 

decontamlnatlon effectlveness. boat and 89 9 Shlp

rnonttorlng l a u n d r yo f9 1 lnstrumentatlon. Comparlson

11 GREENHOUSE, DOG D-day radlatlon on106 average readlngsshlps.

12 R a d l a t l o nl n t e n s l t l e so nv a r i o u sl s l a n d sf o l l o w i n g GREENHOUSE, 

DOG. 107 

13 R a d l a t l o nl n t e n s l t l e so nv a r l o u sl s l a n d sf o l l o w l n g GREENHOUSE, 

EASY. 117 

14 R a d l a t l o nl n t e n s l t l e s on v a r l o u sl s l a n d sf o l l o w l n g GREENHOUSE, 

GEORGE. 124 

ram forpersonnel of Sources 2. 152 

16 Program 8 alrcraftposltlonsrelatlve to GREENHOUSE, shots 

DOG, EASY, and GEORGE. 179 

Group 17 Task 

18 GREENHOUSE personnelexposures, U.S. Army organlzatlons. 187 

19 GREENHOUSE personnel exposures, U.S. Navy 193 organlzatlons. 

preoperatlonal partlclpatlng the phase. S h l p s1 9 5I n

21 A r r l v a la n dd e p a r t u r ed a t e s of TaskGroup 3.3 shlps. 196 

22 T r a n s l e n ts h l pa r r i v a l s ,d e p a r t u r e s ,a n ds l g h t l n g s . 212 

23 GREENHOUSE personnelexposuresfor U.S. Alr F o r c eo r g a n l t a t l o n s . 215 

3.4 Group 24 Task home organlzatlons. 21 7 

GREENHOUSE exposures, U.S. Marine Corps organlratlons. 224

17 
LIST OF TABLES 

Table Page 

26 

27 

GREENHOUSE personnelxposures for J o l n td e f e n s ea g e n c l e s , 

AtomtcEnergyCommlsston,othergovernment,andcontractor 

organlzatlons. 

GREENHOUSE exposuresbyservlce. 

227 

240 

18 
CHAPIER 1 

OVERVl EW 

INTRODUCTION 

Purpose 

GREENHOUSE was the Eourth series of nuclear tests conducted by the United 

States followlng World War 11. CROSSROADS, In 1946, was the flrst. conslstlng 

of en air and an underwater detonation at Rlkini uslng an array of target 

ships. SANDSTONE, in 1948, consisted of three tower detonatlons at Enewetak.* 

The third, designated RANGER, consisted of five afrdrops in January and February 1951 at the Nevada Proving Grounds north o€ Las Vegas. Nevada. 

GREENHOUSE consisted of four detonatlons In April and May 1951 on the 

northeast islands of EnewetakAtoll. Task force personnelwere stationed either 

on the southern islands of Enewetak Atoll, on shlps, or at Kwajaleln Atoll 

about 350 mi (650 km) southeast, depending on their mlsslon. Table 1 lists 

the four shots, thelr dates, and locations. Figure 1 shows the locations of 

the GREENHOUSE shots at Enewetak Atoll and the three earlier SANDSTONE shots. 

This report documents the particlpation of Departmentof Defense (MID) personnel who were active In this test serles. Its purpose Is to bring together 

the available Information about this atmospherlc nuclear test serles pertinent 

to the radlatlon exposure of DOD personnel, both unlformed and clvllian ewployees. The report llsts the DOD organizations represented and describes thelr 

Table 1. GREENHOUSE detonatlons,1951. 

LocaDetonatlonDate Tlme Typet 1on Burst " - -~ 

DOG 8 Aprll 0634 Run 1t 300-fOOt(91.4-meter)towershot 

EASY 21 Aprll 0627 Enj ebl 300-foot(91.4-meter)towershot 

GEORGE 9 May Eleleron 0930 200-foot (61-meter)towershot

ITEM 25 May Enjebl 0617 200-foot (61-meter)towershot

Remarks : 

D a t e sa n dt l m e sa r el o c a ld a t e sa n dt t m e sa tE n e w e t a k .O n l yt h ey l e l d of shot 

EASY, 47 kllotons (KT), hasbeenannounced. One k l l o t o ne q u a l st h ea p p r o x l m a t e 

e n e r g yr e l e a s eo ft h ee x p l o s l o n of onethousandtons of TNT. " - __-

-

* A better understanding of the Marshall rslands language has permitted amore 

accuratetransliteration of MarshallIsland names lntoEnglishlanguage 

spelling. These newer transliterations are used ln this report with few exceptions. Appendlx C lists the names and their variant spelling. 

19 
-BOKAlDRlKDRIK 

1948 X RAY 137 KT),TOWER 

1951 EASY (47KT),TOWER 

1951 ITEM,'TOWER 

MlJlKADREK 

ELELERON 

1951 GEORGE.' TOWER 

1948 YOKE (49KT), TOWER 

1948 ZEBRA (18KT), TOWER 

1951 DOG.'TOWER 

DREKATIMON 

KIDRENEN 

ENEWETAK 

11" 20' NORTH t 

0123456 

LlI'I'i STATUTE MILES 

0246810 162" 20' EAST 

IIl~lllIllJ 

KILOMETERS 'YIELD NOT ANNOUNCED 

Flgure 1. EncwetakAtollshowlng SANDSTONE and GREENHOUSE detonatlon sltes. 

20 
activities. It discusses the potential radiation exposure involved in these 

activities and the measures takenfor the protection of DOD personnel. It presents the exposures recorded by the participating DOD units.

Hlstorlcal Background 

In 1949, the Soviet Union detonated Its first atomic bomb (Reference 1, 

p. 114). providing the impetus for the United Statesto proceed with development of a bomb whose energy would come from the fusion, or joining,of light 

elements. These are also called thermonuclear,or hydrogen, bombs. The Atomic 

Energy Commlsslon (AEC). the civilian executive agency empowered by the Atomic 

Enerqy Act of 1946 to develop nuclear weagons, received the go-aheadfrom the 

President in January 1950 after a long, hard debate in high defense circles 

over the advisabilityof developing such weapons. 

Although GREENHOUSE nuclear devices were not thermonuclear devices. oftwo 

them Involved thermonuclear experiments. and one test, GEORGE, was an Important

way station on the path to development of thermonuclear devices. 

According to the published account (Reference 2) of one of the leaders in 

nuclear weapon development of the period, GEORGE demonstrated the initiation 

of a sustained thermonuclear reaction by use of a fission reaction. This led 

directly to the first successful thermonuclear test, MIKE (Operation IVY). some 

16 months later. The same account notes that the fourth test oE the series. 

ITEM. Involved boosting the efficiency of ftssion explosions. Development of 

this experiment had been planned before the Soviet test in 1949.

GREENHOUSE was conceived evenas the SANDSTONE tests were being completed. 

Planning began In the summer of 1948 at the AEC's Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL.). In July 1948, LASI. created J-Division to assume responsibility 

for planning and conducting nuclear tests. The civilian in charge of this 

dlvlslon would become GREENHOUSE dlrector of scientific activlties. An Air 

Force officer was deslgnated as GREENHOUSE Task Force Commander in May 1949. 

and a Joint Proof Test Committee (JPTC) was up In June set 1949. JPTC was given

the missions of determinlng task force organization. outlining service particlpatlon, and recommending necessary actions that affected the services. Tn 

July 1949. the test organization was designated Joint Task Force Three (JTF 3).

In August 1949, the name "Operation GREENHOUSE" vas approved. JTF3 was activated In November 1949 to coordinate the detailed planning between t.AS1. and 

the armed servlces. Meetingswere held wl th JPTC members, servlce representatlves. and JTF3 staff members In late1949. JPTC was dissolved7 January 1950, 

when the JTF 3 staff took complete control of all activities associated with 

GREENHOUSE (Reference 3, pp. 3 through 16). 

A major construction program began at Enewetak in 1949. and it became 

necessary for an Army Englneer Construction Battalion to assist the civilian 

contractor ln preparing the test site. Therefore, Army Task Group (TG) 3.2, 

was activated on 12 January 1950. Commander JTF 3 assumed overall military 

responslblllty for the Enewetak area on 1 February 1951 (Reference 3, p. 39). 

The Korean War started In June 1950, and the Army quickly became hard-pressed 

to supply troops€or actlon In Korea. The Army tentatively planned to move two 

units - Hq 7th Englneer Rrlgade and 79th Englneer Construction Battalion --

21 
from Enewetak to Korea. but this was contingent on thetests being moved to a 

stateside locatloir (Reference3, pp. 34 through 37). 

Report Organ1 zat ton 

Subsequent sections of this chapter dtscuss the form of experimental nuclear weapon test programs wlth emphasis on the potential radiatlon exposure 

of participating DOD personnel. Experlmental activities are considered first 

without particular reference to the geographic location of the testing, and 

are then related to the geographic limltations at Enewetak Atoll. The portion 

of the experlmental program of heaviest DOD particlpatlon is emphaslzed. The 

chapter concludes with a descrlptiono€ JTF 3, the organizatlon that conducted 

Operation GREENHOUSE, and indicates howDOD elements within JTF 3 functioned. 

Chapter 2 is concerned with radiological safety (radsafe) aspects of the 

tests. This chapter documents procedures. trainlng, and equipment used to protect participants from the radiation exposure Inherent In thetst operations. 

It also addresses safety measures that were employed to minimize hazards assoclated wlth nuclear detonations. DlSCUSSiOnS include both predetonatlon and 

postdetonation safety measures that were taken, primarily to avold unnecessary 

radiation exposure. 

Chapter 3 discusses GREENHOUSE test operations. Chapter 4 expands on the 

DOD role In the GREENHOUSE experlmental program. 

Chapters 5 through 8 report on participation by the Army, Navy, Air Force. 

and Marlne Corps, respectlvely. Chapter 9 summarizes participation of other 

government agencies and contractors. Participating units are listed and personnel exposures are statistically characterized In these chapters. Personnel 

exposures are discussed In Chapter 10.

NUCLEARTESTS AND RADIATIONEXPOSURES 

Nuclear testing before 1961 conslsted mostly of the unconfined detonatlon 

of nuclear devlces (usually not weapons) In the atmosphere. Devices mlght be 

placed on a platform or a floatlng barge, placed atop atower, supported by a 

balloon, dropped Prom an airplane, or flown on a rocket. A few were detonated 

underwater or buried in underground tunnels and shafts. 

In theory, personnel could be exposed either by the radlation emitted at 

the time of exploslon and for about 1 minute thereafter usually referred to 

as lnitlal radiatlon -- or the radiation emitted later (resldual radiation). 

Initial radiation Is part of the vlolent nuclear explosion processItself, and 

to be close enough for initial radiation exposure could place an observer 

wlthin the area swept by lethal blast and thermal effects. 

The neutron component of initial radlation did Indirectly contribute to 

the possibllity of personnel exposure. Neutrons are emitted In large numbers 

by nuclear weapon detonations. Neutrons havethe property of alterlng certaln 

nonradioactive materlals to make them radioactive. Thls process, called actlvation, works on sodium, silicon, calcium, manganese, and Icon, as well as 

other common materials. The process af€ects the metal caslngof the devlce, the

22 
test tower, and earth materials. Activation products thus formed are added to 

the Inventory of the radioactive products produced in the detonation process. 

The radiation emitted by this Inventory Is referred to as residual radiation. 

The potential for personnel exposure to residual radiation was much greater 

than the potential for exposure to inltial radlatlon. In the nuclear detonation 

process, fissioning atoms of the heavy elements, uranium and plutonlum. spllt 

Into lighter elements, releasing energy. These llghter atoms are themselves 

radioactive and decay, forming another generation of descendants from the original fission products. Thls process Is rapid Immediately after the explosion 

but slows later and continuesfor years at very low levels of radioactivity. 

The overall radioactivlty of a11 the fission products formed decays at a 

rate that Is closely approximated by a rule that states that for each sevenfold 

Increase in time the intenslty of the radlatlon will decrease by a factor of 

ten. Thus, a radiation rate of 1 roentgen per hour (R/hr) at 1 hour after the 

burst would be expected to be 0.1 R/hr after 7 hours and 0.01 R/hr after 49 

hours. This rule seems to be valid for about 6 months Pollowing an explosion. 

after which the observed decay Is somewhat faster than that predlcted by this 

relationship. Activation products, In general, decay at a faster rate than the 

fission products. 

Fission products and activation products, along with unflssloned uranium 

or plutonlum from the devlce, constitute the radioactive material in the debris 

cloud, and this cloud and its fallout ate the primary sources of the potential 

exposure to residual radlatlon. 

In a nuclear airburst in which the central core of Intensely hot material. 

or fireball. does not touch the surface. the device residues (Including the 

fission products, the activation products resulting from neutron Interactlon 

with device materials. and unfissloned uranium and/or plutonium) are vaporized. 

These vapors condense as the fireball rises and cools, and the particles formed 

by the condensatlon are small and smoke-like. They are carried up with the 

cloud to the altitude at which its rise stops, usually called the cloud stabilization altitude. The spread of this material. then depends on the windsand 

weather. If the burst size Is small, the cloud stabilization altitude wlll be 

In the lower atmosphere and the material wlll act like dust and return to the 

Earth's surface in a matter of weeks. Essentially all debris from bursts with 

yields equivalent to kilotons of TNT will be down within 2 months. The areas 

in which this fallout material wlll be deposited will appear on maps as bands 

following the wind's ditectlon. Larger bursts (yields equlvalent to megatons 

of TNT) will have cloud stabllization altitudes in the stratosphere (above 

about 10 miles [ld km] In the tropics); the radioactive materlal from such 

altitudes will not return to Earth for many months and Its distribution wlll 

be much wider. Thus, airbursts contribute little potential for radiation exposure to personnel at the testing area, although there may be some resldual and 

short-lived radlatlon coming from activated surface materials under the burst 

If the burst altl tudeis suf ficiently low for neutrons to reach the surface. 

Surface and near-surface bursts pose larger potential radiation exposure 

problems. These bursts create more radloactlve debris because more material is 

23 
avallable for activation wlthln range of the neutrons generated by the explosion. In such explosions the extreme heat vaporizes device materials and 

activated earth materlals as well. These materials cool In the presence of 

additional material gouged out of the burst crater. Thls extra material causes 

the particles formed as the fireball cools to be larger In size, with radioactivity embedded In themOK coating their surfaces. The rising cloud will lift 

these particles to altitudes that will depend on the particle size andshape 

and the power of the rising air currents in thecloud, which In turn dependon 

the energy of the burst. The largest particleswlll fall back into the crater 

or very near the burst area with the next largest fa1 ling nearby. It has been 

estimated that as much as 80 percent of the radloactlve debris from a landsurface burst falls out wlthin the first day following the burst.

Bursts on the surfaceof seawater generate particles conslsting mainlyof 

salt and water droplets that are smaller and lighter than the fallout particles 

from a land-surface burst. As a consequence, water-surface bursts produce less

early fallout than similar devices detonated on land. The large-yield surface 

bursts In the Pacific Proving Ground (PFG) over relatlvely shallow lagoon waters or on the veryllttle truly dry land probably formed a complex combination 

of land-surface- and water-surface-burst partlcle-size characteristics. 

or ground bursts, 

depending upon the relatlve height of the detonation and Its yield. A larger 

burst wlll create more fallout than a smaller burston an equal height tower 

not only becauseof the additional fission products and weapon debris. but also 

because 1t wlll pull up more earth materials, or even form a crater. 

Detonations on towers may be consldered as low airbursts 

In addltlon, the materlals of the tower itself are a source of easily activated materials. The particles of the tower material may also act as centers for the 

debris vapors to condense on to form the larger particles that leadto heavler 

early fallout. Devices that fisslon uranium or plutonlum inefficiently will 

causemore of theseradloactlvecomponents of thedeviceresldue to be 

dlspersed. 

EXPERIMENlAL PROGRAM 

Central to the test series was the experimental program. Thls program and 

its requirements dictated the formof the test organization and the detail of 

personnel participation. GREENHOUSE'S experimental program incorporated two 

aspects. The more Important aspect was dlagnostlc measurements of the detonations; the secondary experiments involved the measurement of the explosive and 

radiation effects. 

These two aspects can serve as a rough measureof differentiation of Interest between the major partlclpants: the AEC interest In weapon development, 

and the DOD Interest in the mllitary application of the effects of the detonations. In GREENHOUSE, however, the AEC was interested in experimentsin areas 

that later becameof DOD interest exclusively. These were measurementsof alrblast and thermal radiation, for example, that were termed "field Variable" 

measurements. These measurements were usedto construct the hostlle environment 

for studies of the responseof military systems and have been termed "envlronmental measurements" In this report. 

24 
The several parts of the weapon development and the effectsstudies each 

had particular Features that ledto the possibility of radiation exposure. 

Weapon Development Experlments 

In developing and testing devices, weapon designers are interested In two 

classes of measurements: total energy release OF the device. and rate of release. Total energy release measurements are called yleld measurements. and 

rate of release measurements are called diagnostic measurements.

Y1EL.D MEASUREMENTS. Device yleldwas usually determined by several methods, 

two of which involved photo-optical techniques. Growth of the intensely hot 

and radiating mass of device debris and air that constitute the nuclear fireball varies wlth its yield. Very-high-speed cameras were therefore used to 

record thls growth, and Film records were subsequently analyzed to infer yleld.

Duration and intensity of the energy pulse in the optical-thermal spectral 

reglon also vary wlth yleld; thus, llght detectors coupled to recorders were 

also used to derive yield. 

The best dlrect measurement of yleld is by collecting and analyzlng representative samplesof devlce debris. Yield is then determined by measuring the 

radloactlvity OF these samples. 

Construction. Instrumentation placement, and data recovery for the photooptical yleld determinations dld not usually require personnel to be in areas 

wlth a high potential For exposure to radiation. Cameras and light detectors 

need only a clear field of view OF the burst point and enough breadthof vlew 

to encompass the fireball. Camera placement did not involve personnel aCtiVi--

ties at times and places of hlgh radiation levels. Film recovery generally did 

not Involve hlgh exposure potential. as the photo stations were usually at 

ranges andin directions not heavily contaminated by fallout. 

Sampllng device debris, however, necessitated exposure to radioactivity. 

The technique used In most atmospheric tests was to fly aircraft wlth collectors dlrect ly through portions of the radioact ive (OK "mushroom") cloud. About 

90 percent OF the device debris was usually considered to be in the upper. OK 

cap, portion of the mushroom cloud. Several alccraft were used to obtaln a 

representative sample. For GREENHOUSE, unmanned drone 8-17 aircraft were used 

to collect most OF the cloud samples. Aircraft flying these sampllng missions 

picked up slgnificant amounts of radloactlve material on their surfaces. and 

thls was a potential sourceOF radiation exposure to the ground crewswho decontaminated and maintained the aircraft. Manned aircraft sampled th air under

and very closeto the cloud, which created somelow-level exposure to alrcratt 

crews. Samples collected were radiologJcally "hot" and required special handling as they were taken from the dl rcraft and prepared for shipment labor to -

atories For analysls. 

DIAGNOSTICMKASURKMEN'rS. The explosion OF a nuclear deviceis a progressive 

release of lncteaslng amounts OF nuclear radiation, some of which directly escapes the devlce. The rest OF the radiant energy interacts wlth the associated 

material of the devlce ItselF andIs converted into dlffering formsof radiatlon and Into the klnetic enerayof the remaining materials In a small fraction 

25 
of a second. The Intensely hot core then reradiates, heating the surrounding 

air and creatlng a shock wave that propagates outward From the burst point. 

Weapon dlagnosticlans used sophlstlcated technlques to follow the processes 

that occur durlng the device exploslon. Detectors and collectors were run up 

to, and sometimes lnslde, the device caseso that the radiation being sampled 

could be directly channeled some distance away andbethere rcorded by Instrumentation designed to survlve the ensuing blast. To enhance Its transport, 

radiation was conducted through pipes (often evacuated or filled with speclal 

gases) from the deviceto statlons where recording Instrumentationwas located 

or where the Information could be retransmitted to a survivable recording 

station. 

Radiatlon measurements are based upon the effects that result from the 

Interaction of the radiation wlth matter. Fluorescence Is one such effect. 

MateKlalS that fluoresce when exposed to radiatlon were placed In ofviewcameras or light detectors to provlde a record of the varlatlon of Fluorescent 

Intensity with time, thereby provldlng an lndlrect measurement of the radiation 

environment. 

Other methods of detectlng radiation involve the shleldlng (attenuation) 

properties of soll materials, water, and other substances. These materials are 

also used to baffle or collimate radiation to that radiatlon ensure Is dlrected 

toward the detectlng instrument. 

Radlofrequency energy produced by the exploslon can be detected by radio 

receivers and, with the addition of fllterlng and processlng circuitry, can 

also provlde Information about the energy flow from the exploslon.Such mea - surements permit remote placement of recelvlng and recordlng Instruments. 

Preshot preparation Included hazards normally assoclated with heavy construction. At times workers were exposed to residual radiation from previous 

tests; however, thlswas not a problem durlngGREENHOUSE tests. 

The potential for radiation exposure of personnel associated with weapon 

diagnostic experiments depended upon the proximlty of the measurementor data 

recovery point to surface zero and the time lapse between detonatlon and data 

collection. 

The primary radiation source of potential exposure Is from fallout and 

materials made radloactlve by neutron activationof devlce and soll materials 

In the vlcinlty of surface zero. Thus. the distance from surface zero Is a 

prlnclpal factor in assesslng exposure to persons engaged in the experimental 

program. 

Since radiation decays wlth time, the time lapse between the exploslon and 

exposure is a critical factor in dose assessment. Primary recordlng media for 

these experiments were photographic fllms from oscilloscope, streak, or framing 

cameras located in survivable bunkers the detonatlon point. Because near radlation fogs film In tlme, these Films and other time-sensltlve data were removed 

from the bunkers by helicopter-borne personnel wlthln hoursof the detonatlon 

to minimize damage by fogging. This recovery constituted the maln potentlal 

for exposure of weapon diagnostics participants. 

26 
EffectsExperlments 

All four GREENHOUSE shots tested new weapon developments. Priorltles of 

t ime and space and go or no -go conslderat ions on shot day favored weapon development experlments over the effects experlments. Although the effects experiments were clearly secondary, they dlrectly Involved a relatively large 

number of DOD organlzatlons and Individuals and are therefore of prime Importance for this report. 

Effects experiments were Intended to acquire urgently needed mllitarydata. 

These experiments may be classed into two general kinds. The first class of 

measurements was made to document the hostlle environment created by the nuclear detonation. The second class of effects experlments documented the response o€ systems to the hostile environment; these measurements ere termed 

systems response experiments. 

ENVIRONMENTAL, MEASUREMENTS.The purpose of envlronmental effects measurements was to gain a comprehensive view of the hostile envlronment createdby a 

nuclear detonation to allow milltary planners to design survlvable mllitary 

hardware and systems and to train personnel to survlve. Examples of environmental measurements include static (crushing) and dynamic (blast wind) air 

pressures In the blast wave, heat generated by the detonation, and fallout 

radiation.Measurementtechniquesemployed €or GREENHOUSE varied wlth the 

effect being measured, but usually measuring devlces were placed at a variety 

of ranges from surface zero and their measurement recorded in some way. Many 

types of gauges and data-recording techniques were used. In some cases. measurements were slmilar to those belng made by the weapon deslgners. but at 

greater dlstances or longer after the detonation, whlch simplified the recordIng of the data, although the recovery problems wereby no means trivlal. 

Rugged, self-recording gauges had been developed for blast and thermal 

radiation measurements so that complete loss of data from a project would not 

occur If instrument recovery were delayed, for example, by heavy fallout. For 

nuclear radiation measurements, however, rapid data recovery was stlll deslr--

able as the gauges used mlght be thln folls of some materlal that would be made 

radioactive by the burst-time neutrons; hence early observation was necessary, 

before the cadioactlvity contained in the Induced radiation pattern decayed to 

undetectable levels. 

The potential for radiation exposure of personnel responslble for environmental measurements in general depended on the proximlty of the Instruments to 

the devlce and the time that elapsed between detonation and instrument recovery. as was the case for weapon development experimentation; the nearer In 

space or time to the detonation. the greater the potentialfor exposure. 

SYSTEMS RESPONSE EXPERJMENTS. To document the response of systems to the 

hostile envlronment, mllitary structures and hardware (alrcraPt. tanks, etc.) 

were exposed to the effects of nuclear detonations. 

Techniques usedforthe systems response experiments were conceptually 

simple: exposure of the system of interest and observation of Its response. 

Actual conduct of the experiments was far more complex. The level of the threat 

to whlch the system was exposed almost always required measurement to properly 

27 
understand the response, necessitating an environmental experlment along with 

the systems response experlment. It was often not enough to know whether the 

system survived, but rather the response of the component parts and their 

interactions was required, entailing the placement of sophisticated instrumentation and recordlng devlces. 

While the potential radlological exposure for these systems response experiments was governed prlmarily by the closeness In spaceOK time, an additlonal problem often arose. When the exposed system was recovered for closer 

examination, It might be contaminated by devlce debris or even be radioactive 

because of the activating effectsof the device's neutron output. 

OCEANIC TESTING OPERATIONS 

Nuclear test operatlons In the Paclflc posed problems in logistics and In 

the management of radioactive contamination because of the limited land area 

and the remotenessof Enewetak Atoll. 

Marshall Islands Setttng 

The Marshal1 Islands ate in the easternmost partof the area known asMIcrones19 ("tlny Islands"). The Marshalls cover about 770 thousand m12 (2 mjlljon km ) of the Earth's surface but the total land areais only about 70 mI2 

(180 km2). Two parallel chains of atolls form the Islands: Ratak (or Sunrise) 

to the east, and Ralik (or Sunset) to thewest; Enewetak Is in the Ralik chaln 

at Its northern extreme. Figure 2 shows these islands In the Central Pacific. 

A typical atoll (see Figure 1). Enewetak Is a coral cap set on truncated, 

submerged volcanlc peaks that rise to considerable heights from the ocean 

floor. Coral and sand have gradually built up narrow islands into a ring-like 

formation wlth open ocean on the outside and a relatively sheltered lagoon on 

the Inside. Enewetak has three passages, Southwest Passage, Wide Entrance, and 

Deep Entrance, that permit access toIts lagoon from the sea.All the islands 

are low-lying. wlth elevations seldom over 20 feet (6 meters) above high tide. 

During nuclear testlng, the more populated, support-oriented sections were 

the larger Islands In the south and southeast areasof the atoll. Devlces were 

detonated on the northern islands. The western sectfonsOF the atoll were not 

involved Intest actlvltles exceptfor limited use as Instrumentation sites. 

Elliptically shaped, Enewetakis approximately 550 nml(1,020km) southwest 

OF Wake Island and 2,380 nml (4.410 km) southwest of Hawall. It encloses a lagoon 17 by 23 nml (32 by 43 km) and has a total land area of 2.75 m12 (7.12 

km2), wlth elevations averaging 10 feet (3 meters) above mean sea level. The 

support sectlonof Enewetak Atoll (Enewetak, Parry, and Japtan Islands) constitutes about 34 percent of its land surface. The stringof islands from Runlt 

to Enjebl, the detonation area, constitutes about 32 percent. The various names

used for the islands of the atoll are listed in AppendixC, "Island Synonyms." 

North of Enewetak Is open ocean for over a thousand mlles, with the only 

inhablted island belng Wake. Enewetak Atoll's Inhabitants had been voluntarily 

moved to Ujelang Atoll in 1948, approxlmately 110 nml (200 km) southwest of 

28 
I 

I 

"--I-? I o 

I 

I 

I 

I "_" 1-

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

_. I 

29 
Enewetak, as a precaution agalnst Fallout exposure. East OF Enewetak are severalatollsIncludingRiklnl,ROngelap,Rongerlk,Alllnginae.andUtirlk. 

Rongelap, the nearest lnhablted atoll in this direction,is a little over 260 

nml (480 km) from Enewetak. 

The climateof Enewetak is troplcal marine. generally warm and humid.Temperaturechangesaresllght.rangingfrom 70° to 90°F (21O to 32OC). 

Rainfall Is moderate. and prolonged droughts may occur. Storms are InFrequent, 

although typhoons sometimes occur. Although posslble at any tjme, most tropical 

storms occur from September December. Both wind and to sea are continuous erosional agents. 

Much cumulus cloud coverexists in the Enewetak reglon. which incorporates 

three basic wind systems. The northeast trade winds extend from the surfaceto

25,000 to 30,000 feet (7.6 to 9.1 km), the upper westerlies from the top of 

the trades to the baseof the tropopause at 55,000 to 60,000 feet (16.8 to 18.3 

km), and the Krakatoa easterlies from the tropopause into the stratosphere. 

These systems areaI 1 basically east-to-westor west -to-east currents.Day-today changes reflect the relatlvely small north-south components. whlch are 

markedly variable. Greatest variation occurs in the upper westerlies, partla.-

larly during late summer and fall. 

Steady northeast trade winds In the lower levels cause the water at the 

surCace of the lagoon to flow from northeast to southwest, where It sinks to 

the bottom and returns along the lower levels of the lagoon, rises to the SUCface along the eastern arcof the reefs and Islands, andIs moved by the winds 

to the southwest again. Lagoon waters movlngIn this closed loop also mix wlth 

those of the open ocean, resulting In a flushing action. The Flushing Is rapid

and has two major routes. The first Is directly through the eastern reefs to 

the western reefs; the second is through Deep Entrance between Japtan and Parry

and out Wide Entrance west of Enewetak. Thesecwo routes keep the waterof the 

northern part of the lagoon separate from the southern waters. 

On 2 December 1947, the UnIted States closed Enewetak In order to test 

nuclear weapons there. The land area of Enewetak Atoll, Its lagoon, and the 

waters wl thin 3 miles (5 km) oP Its seaward sides constituted the test area. 

These islands were partof the Trust Territoryof The Paciflc Islands, stra- a 

tegic area trusteeship of the Unl ted Natlons. admlnlstered by the Unl ted 

States. The U.S. agency in charge of the test area itself was the AKC (Reference 4, p. 23). 

The Test Division o€ the AEC Divlslon of Military Applications, Santa Fe 

Operations Office, admlnlstered thetest site through Its Enewetak Rranch OFflce, which supervised engineering, construction, maintenance. operation, and 

management activities performed by its contractor, Holmes& Narver Jnc. (H&N). 

PHYSICAL CONDITIONS REFORE GREENHOUSE. Enewetak had been the site of nuclear testing in 1948: the islands in the southeast quadrant served as the base 

For the task force, and the lslands From north through east-northeast used were

for the tests themselves. The principal base islands were Enewetak, which 

bordered Wide Entrance, and Japtan and Parry, northeast of Enewetok. whichbordered Deep Entrance. 

30 
Facilities and structures on the islandswereprimarily from World War 11, 

and most were i nv e r y poor c o n d i t i o ni n 1948. Many of the islands had short 

stub piers that were in poor repair.There was no deep water pier. There were 

six airstrips, o fw h i c ho n l yt h ea i r s t r i p at Enewetak was i ns e r v i c e a b l e condition. It was 6,400 f e e t( 2 km) longandpavedwithcrushed coral. There was 

underwatercommunicationscable to s e v e r a li s l a n d st h a t was in goodshape 

(Reference4,pp. 5 through7). 

In late 1948 H&N was chargedwiththe complete rehabilitation of the opera t i o n a li s l a n d sa t Enewetak Atoll. The first half of 1949 was neededforsurveys,planning,preparingdrawings,andobtainingnecessaryapprovalsfromthe 

AEC. By the time the constructionprogram was completed i nJ u l y1 9 5 1 ,t h e cost 

had reached$25million.Constructionincludedbarracks for 708 men onParry 

and for 600 onEnewetak, mess h a l l s ,l a b o r a t o r i e s ,m e d i c a la r e a s ,t h e a t e r s , 

barbershops,chapels,experimental structures, and many o t h e rf a c i l i t i e s to 

support a semipermanentworkforce. All constructiononEnewetakIsland was done 

by the Army's79thEngineerConstructionBattalion,and H&N worked onParry 

and t h es h o ti s l a n d s . Therunway at Enewetakwaslengthened to 7,000 feet (2.1 

kml andpaved. More taxiwaysandparkingareas were added. Three piers were 

b u i l t ,i n c l u d i n g a deepwaterpier at ParryIsland. Utilities werecompletely 

r e f u r b i s h e d ,i n c l u d i n g sewers, saltwaterand freshwater systems,telephones, 

and electric power (Reference 1, p. 117;Reference 4, p. 16). 

The i s l a n d si nt h en o r t h e a s t e r ns e c t i o no ft h e atoll hadbeendenuded of 

most vegetationduring World War I1 and i n1 9 4 9a f t e rt h e SANDSTONE shots, 

when e x t e n s i v eg r a d i n g was done to r e d u c er a d i o a c t i v i t y .J a p t a n , just northof 

Parry, had e s c a p e dt h i sa c t i o na n d still had a good standofcoconut trees and 

other vegetation. The islandsinthenorthwesternsection still bore the lowergrowingnative trees. Figure 3 shows Dridrilbwij and Bokaidrikdrik mainly covered w i t hn a t i v ep l a n t s .F i g u r e 4 shows thecoconutpalmsonJaptan,and 

Figure 5 showsParryIsland. 

A causewayhadbeen built between Aomon and Bijire i s l a n d sd u r i n g SANDSTONE. I np r e p a r a t i o n for GREENHOUSE, another was built betweenEleleronand 

Aomon. Temporary camps were c o n s t r u c t e do nt h r e ei s l a n d si nt h es h o t area in 

p r e p a r a t i o nf o r GREENHOUSE. A tent camp capable of billeting 610 was constructed onEnjebi.Similar camps for 320 men on B i jire and 240 onRunit were 

also constructed andusedduring GREENHOUSE (Reference 4, p. 15). 

RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS BEFORe GREENHOUSE. The SANDSTONE s h o t so nE n j e b i , 

Aomon, andRunit were detonatedon200-foot(61-meter)towersandcontaminated 

t h ei s l a n ds u r f a c e sb e c a u s eo ft h er e l a t i v e l y low h e i g h t so ft h e i rb u r s t s .I n 

July1948, 2 months after SANDSTONE, a radiobiology team fromtheApplied 

FisheriesLaboratory,UniversityofWashington,visitedEnewetak to examine 

effects on plant and a n i m a ll i f e and returnedinAugust1949 to f u r t h e rs t u d y 

t h e s ee f f e c t s . The Korean War forced cancellation of a p l a n n e dt r i pi n1 9 5 0 . 

R e s u l t si n d i c a t e dt h a tr a d i o a c t i v i t y was passed up the foodchain among fish 

inthelagoonandchat some plantlife was destroyed or stunted by radioactivi t yn e a rt h ed e t o n a t i o n s .R a d i o a c t i v i t yp e r s i s t e di np l a n t s ,p a r t i c u l a r l yi n 

older,dead tissue (Reference 1, p. 105). 

31 


ZEBRA tower footings on Runit measured between 0.005 and0.0012 R/hr, and work 

there was limited to 25 hours per week per worker. A final survey from 5 to 

11 May 1950, after cleanup was complete, showed no possibility of overexposure

to gamma radiation anywhereon the atoll (Reference 5, p. 42). Use of dosimetry 

badges and other radsafe procedures was discontinued on 11 May 1950.

Spectal Problems In Testtng In the Marshalls 

The remotenessof the Enewetak location posed significant logistic problems 

for GREENHOUSE, especially considering the major construction program undertaken to prepare for GREENHOUSE. The remoteness also required special security 

arrangementsintransportingthenucleardevicesfromlaboratoriesinthe 

United States to the test area. The radioactive cloud samples required expeditious transport by the Military Air Transport Service (MATS) to several U.S. 

laboratories for analysis. 

The limited land area at Enewetak Atoll was also a problem. The three inhabited islands at the southern end -- Enewetak, Parry, and Japtan -- were 

overcrowded during testing. For example, for shot GEORGE over 3,000 personnel 

were on Enewetak and over 1,000 on Parry. In addition, 700 men who were evacuated from the tent camps on the northern islands had to be billeted aboard 

several ships (Reference5, p. 89). 

The lack of a land bridge to the northern islands required a major effort 

to transport men and material to the test islands. Navy landing craft were 

used extensively for this task. Three temporary tent camps were built on the 

northern islands to minimize the commuting time. Figure 6 shows the camp at 

En jebi. 

There were also some advantages, however, in testing at Enewetak besides 

the large open ocean area. The separation between the northern and southern 

islands created a natural safety barrier from the detonations. The separate 

islands also made control of personnel movement easier, and the task force 

devised a color-coded security badge system to show access authorization to 

the several islands. 

JOINT TASK FORCE THREE 

JTF 3 was formally established by the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) on 23 

June 1949, and was organized similarly to the earlier JTF 7 organization used 

for SANDSTONE. It incorporated elements of the four military services, other 

government agencies including the AEC, and civilian organizations under contract. The AEC, charged with responsibility for nuclear energy development by 

the Atomic Energy Actof 1946, designated Commander JTF 3 (CJTF 3) as its representative. CJTF 3 was also subordinate to JCS and reported to the Chief of 

Staff of the U.S. Air Force who was the JCS executive agent for the series. 

These relationships are illustrated in Figure 7.

The resulting organization, though complex, worked well enough,as it conformed with the realities of the situation. The realities were that the tests 

were being conducted to develop nuclear weapons, an activity limitedby law to 

a civilian agency, the AEC. The tests were conducted in the Pacific Proving 

34 

Ground i na na r e at h a t came u n d e rt h ej u r i s d i c t i o n of the AFC. F u r t h e r ,t h e 

test area was remote fromtheUnitedStatesandthe special supplyandsecurity 

a r r a n g e m e n t sr e q u i r e dm i l i t a r y operations. F i n a l l y ,t h eo r g a n i z a t i o nf o r which 

the weapons were beingdeveloped was theDepartment of Defense. 

The joint task force was dividedintofunctionalandservice-branch oriented task groups.TheJTF 3 Scientific Deputy a c t u a l l yd i r e c t e dt h et e s t i n g 

and CJTF 3 managed t h eo v e r a l lp r o g r a m . TG 3.1, d i r e c t e db y a c i v i l i a ns c i e n -

tist from LASL, conducted all thexperimentalprogramsand managed the facilities c o n t r a c t o rf o rt h e test area. TG 3.2, commanded byan Army brigadier 

g e n e r a l ,p r o v i d e dm i l i t a r ys e c u r i t yf o rt h e test area a n dl o g i s t i cs u p p o r t to 

Air F o r c eu n i t s . TG 3.3, commanded by a Navy f l a go f f i c e r ,p r o v i d e do f f - s h o r e 

a i rp a t r o l s a n dg e n e r a ll o g i s t i c support, s u r f a c ed e f e n s e , local watertransport for men and equipment,andfloatingfuelstorage. TG 3.4, commanded byan 

Air Force major general,provided air weathereconnaissance,searchand rescue (SAR), a i rt a x is e r v i c e ,a i r c r a f tf l i g h tc o n t r o l , and a i rd e f e n s e .T h i s 

task group also operated t h ed r o n ea i r c r a f t used forcloudsamplingand measurementof blast effects. 

During GREENHOUSE the Army provided1,615personnel,the Navy 2,951,the 

Air Force 2,604, andtheMarineCorps 134. Therewere also 2,049 civilians 

from DOD, LASL, andvariouscontractororganizations. Not i n c l u d e di nt h e s e 

totals is the Army’s 79thEngineerConstructionBattalion,which was employed 

i nc o n s t r u c t i o n work on Enewetak Atoll i np r e p a r a t i o n for GREENHOUSE but was 

t r a n s f e r r e df r o mt h e area beforethe test period (Reference 6, p. 1). A total 

ofsixshipsandonehundredten small boats, m o s t l yl a n d i n gc r a f ta n d DUKWs, 

p a r t i c i p a t e di n GREENHOUSE. The Air Forceprovided 103 aircraft and the Navy 

10 to support GREENHOUSE operations (Reference6,p. 3). 

Commander JTF 3 had t h r e ep r i n c i p a ld e p u t i e s ,o n eo fw h m was also the 

c i v i l i a ns c i e n t i s ti nc h a r g e of TG 3.1. The j o i n ts t a f f was p a t t e r n e da f t e r 

o t h e rm i l i t a r yo r g a n i z a t i o n s . TheRadsafeAdvisor to the commander was alsoin 

chargeofTaskUnit (TU) 3.1.5 (Radsafe)under TG 3.1. JTF 3 Headquarters was 

locatedonParryIslandandassignedpersonnel were b i l l e t e dt h e r e .E v i d e n t l y 

t h es t a f f had some dutiesonEnewetakIsland as well, because 60 men from Hq 

JTF 3 were t h e r ef o rs h o t GEORGE. T o t a ls t r e n g t ho f Hq JTF 3 duringApriland 

May was 320 (Reference5, p. 89). 

Task Group 3.1 (Sclentlflc) 

TG 3.1 was t h eh e a r to ft h et a s kf o r c e . It was r e s p o n s i b l ef o rp r e p a r i n g 

and f i r i n gt h ef o u rn u c l e a rd e v i c e s ,p r e p a r i n ga n dc o n d u c t i n ga l m o s t all the 

variousexperimentalprograms,executingtheentireradsafeprogram,and opera t i n ga n dm a i n t a i n i n ga l l atoll basefacilitiesexceptthoseonEnewetak 

Island,which were managedby TG 3.2 (Army) (Reference7, p. Bl). TG 3.1 was 

formed at LASL and most of its key people, including its commander, were from 

LASL’s newlyformedJ-Division.Figure 8 shows t h eo r g a n i z a t i o n of TG 3.1. Des c r i p t i o n so f its sevensubordinate task u n i t sf o l l o w .P e r s o n n e ls t r e n g t h of 

TG 3.1 i nt h e test a r e a ,n o ti n c l u d i n g H&N employees,increasedfrom 99 on 

1 February1951 to 521on 1 March,and to 871on 1 April,decreasing to 817on 

1 May, 67on 1 June,and 2 on 1 July 1951. H&N employees made up thebulkof 

TU 3.1.7. 

36 
COMMANDER 

TASK GROUP 3.1 

EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 

a CHIEF OF STAFF 

I I I I I 1 I 

D- 1 D-3 D-2 D-4 D-5 

PERSONNEL AND 

ADMINISTRATION 

INTELLIGENCE 

AND SECURITY OPERATIONS 

PLANS AND SUPPLY AND 

LOGISTICS 

SCIENTIFIC 

ADVISORY GROUP 

_I . “I 

1 1 I I v I J 

TASK UNIT3.1.1 TASK UNIT 3.1.2 

PROGRAM 1 

BASE FACILITIES ASSEMBLY RADIOLOGICAL LOS ALAMOS BIO-MEDICAL 

TASK UNIT 3.1.7 TASK 3.1‘5 

PROGRAM 2 TASK UNIT 3.1.4 

EXPERIMENTS EXPERIMENTS SAFETY 

. . 

TASK UNIT 3.1.3 

PROGRAMS 3 THROUGH 8 

TASK UNIT 3.1.6 

PHOTOGRAPHY 

Flgure 8. Organlzatlon of Task Group 3.1, GREENHOUSE. 

TASK UNIT 3.1.1 -- LOS ALAMOS EXPERIMENTS. This task unit was responsible 

for all Program 1 experiments, the diagnostic experiments associated with the 

four nuclear devlces. Most of Its personnel were from LASL. On 2 February 1951. 

335 men in the test area were In TU 3.1.1 (Reference 8). 

TASK UNIT 3.1.2 -- BIOMEDJCAL EXPERIMENTS. This task Unit Was responsible 

for Program 2 experiments, whjch encompassed the entire blomedical program of 

18 separate projects. There were 100 men in TU 3.1.2; 23 of them civilians and 

77 military personnel. The majority of the Navy personnel were asslgned to 

BuMed Unit One. This unlt was formed speclfically for the GREENHOUSE operation 

by the Navy Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Tests were conducted on dogs, plgs. 

mice, corn seed, and mold. The animals were kept and Program 2 personnel were 

billeted on Japtan rsland (Reference 8: Reference 9. p. 88; Reference 10. 

p. 6). Facilities on Japtan consisted of a laboratory. a shop, llvlng quarters 

for scientific and custodial personnel, a mess hall, storage bunkers, and pens 

and cages For dogs. plgs, and mice. The maximum number of personnel on the 

island was 145 in mid-April including 52 from RuMed Unit One in TU 3.1.2, 47 

others In TU 3.1.2, 18 H&N employees, 13 military police, 7 monitors from the 

Radsafe Unit, 5 consultants or observers. and 3 men from TU 3.1.4 (Reference 

11, pp. 1 through 9). 

37 
TASK UNIT 3.1.3 -- PROGRAMS 3 THROUGH 8. This task unit was responsible 

for a wide variety of service-oriented experiments. Altogether 327 men worked 

on the five various programs InTU 3.1.3 (Reference 12 p. 17; Reference 8). 

Program 3 experiments tested nuclear effects on structures. Participants 

were the Army Corps of Engineers, Navy Bureau of Yards and Docks, the Alr 

Force, and the Public Building Service. an element of the General Services 

Administration. Sandia Corporation measured pressure, acceleration. and displacement on the various structures. H&N built the structures. 

Program 4 experiments investigated nuclear cloud physics. Air Force aitcraft carried out these experiments. 

Program 5 experiments tested the ef€ectiveness of new airborne and groundbased radlac equipment. Airborne testing was done with two aircraft, a P2V and 

a B-17. equipped with a variety of proven and new radlac instruments. 

Program 6 experiments were physical tests requiring a varlety of measurements, including cloud sampling. thermal radiation, fallout pattern, testlng 

of decontamination equipment, and testing of protective clothing. Equipment 

such as tanks was also tested. 

Although not formally a part of TG 3.1, Program 7 experiments were monltored by TG 3.1. Program 7 experiments were conducted by Hq USAF, whose pet -

sonnel were in TG 3.4. These experiments lncluded air conductivity measurements 

(Project 7.4) and cloud sampling (Project 7.8). Project 7.4 used two L-13~ and 

two R-5OAs. and Project 7.8 used several aircraft, includlng the R-17 drones, 

B-SOAs and E3-50Ds, and WB-29s. Another project in Program 7 was the I.ong Dlstance Measurement of Energy Yield of an Atomic Explosion, which used a C-54 

aircraft from the 54th Weather Reconnaissance Squadron on Guam. This project 

took measurements in the Guam area only (Reference 13; Reference 14, p. 15). 

Program 8 experiments measured nuclear effects on specially instrumented 

aircraft. Altogether. 327 personnel worked on the six projects in TU 3.1.3. 

TASK UNIT 3.1.4 --- ASSEMBLY. This task unit was reponsible for preparing. 

emplacing, and firing the nuclear devlces. Fifty-five men were In this task 

unit (Reference 43). 

TASK UNIT 3.1.5 - - RADIOLOGICAL. SAFETY. Radloloqical safety Was a command 

responsibility for each of the task groups, but thls task unit was responsible 

for providing technical assistance to CJTF 3 in radsafe matters. TU 3.1.5 provided radsafe monitors to conduct radiation surveys of islands. to accompany 

reentry teams, to monitor sample removal from aircraft, and to perform a varlety of other monitoring. TU 3.1.5 also was cesponsible for procuring all film 

badges, developlng and interpreting exposed film badges, and keeping updated 

exposure records €or all badged individuals (Reference 7, p. H2). As of 2 February 1951, 77 men were In thls unit (Reference 8). 

TASK UNIT 3.1.6 PHOTOGRAPHY. This task unl t was Eormed from I..ASL. employees. averaging about 15 people in the test area. TU 3.1.6 had four primary 

responsibilities: 

38 
0 Taking dOCUmentaKy photographs for scientific units 

Storing and providing security control for sensitized material used during tests (spectroscopic plates, recording 

paper. etc., as well as film used in still photos) 

Staffing daKkKOOms, when needed, to process scientific 

photographic records. and supplying chemicals, solutions. 

and aid to those who wished to process their own records 

Providing file prints during the operation and flnlshed 

report prints after the operation. 

The unit took over 11,000 photographs, 3,500 before the tests began and 7,500 

during the tests. The emphasis was on supporting Programs 2 through 8 (Reference 15. pp. 87 and 88). Evidently its mlssion had little overlap in the test 

area with that of the AI r Force photography unl t f rom the Air Force Lookout 

Mountain Laboratory (TU 3.4.8). 

TASK UNIT 3.1.7 --- BASE FACILITIES. The facilities on all islands of Enewetak Atoll except Enewetak Island were managed by H&N. H&N personnel operated 

the electrical systems, water systems. sewage systems. telephone systems. and 

various others. 

Task Group 3.2 (Army) 

Most Army personnel in JTF 3 were assigned to TG 3.2. TG 3.2 was the flrst 

task group activated by CJTF 3 when General Order #1 was promulgated on 12 January 1950. Composed entirely of service units. the fi rst components of TG 3.2 

arrived at Enewetak Atoll on 16 March 1950. Table 2 lists units Involved and 

Table 2. Organlzatlons In Task Group 3.2, March 1950, GREENHOUSE. 

Unl t 

En1 Is ted 

Off lcers Men 

Hq and Hq Company 7th Englneerlng Brlgade 41 154 

79th Englneerlng Constructlon Battallon 29 69 3 

QM Detachment #6, 6135th TSU 4 101 

70th Auto Malntenance Ordnance Detachment 1 28 

9470th TSU Slgnal Detachment 

3rd Moblle Surgical Hospltal 

Hq 18th Transportatlon Battallon 

511th Transportatlon Port Company 

Flnance Detachment 

Totals 

2 

4 

13 

22 

2 8 

4 204 

2 5 

89 1,228 

- 

Source: Reference 3, p. 143. 

39 
enumerates the men at Enewetak in March 1950. The task group was a selfsufficient base development organization engaged in construction and operation 

of base feci litles at Enewetak Tsland and the atoll. The onset of the Korean 

War in June 1950 had a large impact upon composition and manning levels of TG 

7.2. Significant unit and personnel changes occurred before the fl rst GREENHOUSE detonation In April 1951. 

During the operatlonal shot phase, TG 3.2 personnel provided the following 

services: 

0 Operation of transient billets 

0 Maintenance and supervision of all officer quarters and 

mess 

0 Repair and maintenance servlces for utilities and faclli t ies 

0 Bakery and mess support 

0 Heavy field maintenance for ordnance wheeled vehicles 

0 Operation and maintenance of off-Island radio communicat ions 

0 Medical and dental servlces 

0 Operation of the port and port headquarters 

0 Financial services 

0 Spt?c:ial servlces (recreation) facilities 

0 Counterintelligence 

0 Atoll ground defense and general security 

0 Emergency ground transportation. 

In addition, some TG 3.2 personnel participated in the operatlonal phase 

in support of scient ific projects of Army interest. Figure 9 illustrates the 

TG 3.2 organization. 

Task Group 3.3 (Navy) 

The Navy task group supported sclentiflc programs at Enewetak Atoll and 

carried out surface and air operations In and around the atoll. 

The main tasks of TG 3.3 were to: 

0 Deliver nuclear components to Enewetak Atoll 

0 Provlde mobile facilities for devices at the test site 

0 Conduct surface and alr security measures in the Enewetak 

Danger Area 

0 Establish Air Force special project and weather stations 

at outlylng atolls 

0 Conduct radlologlcal surveys of inhabited islands 

40 
COMMANDER 

TASK GROUP 3.2 

CHIEF OF STAFF 

LI 

I

INSPECTOR GENERAL JUDGE ADVOCATE 

r--"- 1 1 

TRANSPORTATION QUARTERMASTER MARSHALL 

HEADQUARTERS 

I 

I I 1 I el&+, 'lGNAL QUARTERMASTER BATTALION 

HOSPITAL 

Rpi=iF] 51 lth PORT

Flgure 9. TaskGroup 3.2 organlzatlon, GREENHOUSE. 

41 
0 Provide interatoll water transport 

0 Plan for evacuation of all personnel from the atoll 

0 Transport personnel and scientific and naval equipment to 

and from the atoll 

0 Provide living accommodations for task group personnel. 

TG 3.3 was organized into functional task units as shown In Figure IO. 

These task units wlth their names, forces assigned. and functions are listed 

In Table 3. 

Most of the naval vessels stayed at Enewetak during the test series except 

for the two destroyers, which constantly patrolled the area. l'he flagship, 

Curtiss (AV-4). was anchored off Parry Island during all theshots. vsscablldo 

(LSD-16) was the mother ship for the boat pool, which provlded water transpottatlon for all task units during GREENHOUSE. Llvlng accommodations were provlded by the Military Sea Transportation Service (MSTS) troop transport. w 

Sut. Charles E. Mower (T-Ae-186). USS LST-859 supplied all outlylng stations 

and, when at Enewetak Atoll, housed TG 3.1 personnel. Security was reinforced 

by the Harbor Control Unit, whlch monitored the entrances to the atoll lagoon. 

Most TG 3.3 personnel remained on board ships except for naval personnel lnvolved in the sclentific operations and recreation parties. Table 4 lists task 

group strength figures for three different weeks durlng the operation. 

COMMANDER 

TASK GROUP 3.3 

~ 

FLAG 

LIEUTENNANT 

~~ w 

CHIEF OF STAFF 

F I 

. I . 4 1

PERSONNEL INTELLIGENCE PLANS AND LOGISTICS COMMUNICATIONS AND SECURITY AND OPERATIONS ADMINISTRATION 

J I . I I I 1 

TASK UNIT 3.3.1 TASKUNIT 3.3.4 

SURFACE PATROL 

TASKUNIT 3.3.5 

'TASK UNIT 3.3.2 

CONVOY AND 

ESCORT 

TASK UNIT 3.3.6 

HARBOR 

CONTROL 

*OPERATIONAL ONLY DURING MOVEMENT 

TO AND FROM ENEWETAK 

Figure 10. Organization of Task Group 3.3, GREENHOUSE. 

42 
I 

XU m mw 

CrU 

w .- 3s 

n 

mw 

UT 

I-W wo 

CL 

wa 

W C

Cc, .- . 0

c,.mVI. 

VI 

C 

0 

.r 

c,m 

C 

WCI) - CI- VI O W 

n L .C c, - U 

C 

3 

LL 

EO* 

0 'c .- U ? 

VI .r 

LLU 

mwm 

Wcl'c 

7 L

umh 

3 I)-

c un 

UE umw 

WWVI

*IVI ~m 

0 

0 

L 

c, 

C 

0 

U 

W 

U 

C 

m 

L 

c, 

C 

W 

n .C VI- 0 c - n mom

Lo w I-u 3 

L 

0 

n 

L 

m 

I 

VI 

t 

m

-

.r 

.r 

m

L 

c,

m 

5 

.r 

V 

C 

W 

L U 

W c,

m 

-0 

W 

I" 

L 

c, 

VIC

.- 0) -x 

w 

h 

ln ln

W 

0 

n 

W

@z 

VI 

L 

W 

U N ul .r 

'c 

'c 

0 

d 

mm 

VI 

n 

.r 

VI 

0 

z 

h 

.-I 

U 

C 

m 

W c,

L 

0 

U 

VI 

W 

4 

VI 

W 

U 

c I ea W 

L 

2 

> 

c 

0 

V 

W 

'c 

W 

E 

.. 

VI 

W 

N 

m 

m 

m 

m 

m 

S 

m 

m 

Y 

m 

m 

'9". 

m m .. m m 

U .. L w 3 

0 0 

om 

z m 

43 
Table 4. Task Group 3.3 strength, GREENHOUSE. 

- 

Enewetak Kwajaleln 

Date Offlcers Enllsted Clvlllans Offlcers Enllsted Clvlllans Total 

6 Apr 51 123 1,853 177 52 3 39 1 2,545 

20 Apr 51 122 1,856 178 52 336 1 2,545 

4 May 51 121 1,833 177 52 333 1 2,517 

Source:. Reference 17. 

Task Group 3.4 (Alr Force) 

The Air Force task group mission for GREENHOUSE was to provide local air 

transport. atomic cloud sampling, weather data, air operations control. search 

and rescue, and photographic support. Specific missions were to (Reference 7. 

pp. 1 through 9): 

0 Operate an airbase at Enewetak 

0 Provide and operate aircraft to conduct experimental programs and cloud sampling. long-range detection, and airborne structural blast tests 

0 Provide and operate aircraft to provide weather data and 

detect and track the atomic cloud 

0 Provide and operate decontamination facilities for TG 3.4 

aircraft and personnel at Enewetak and Kwajalein 

0 Provide and operate weather observation posts at Kusaie. 

Nauru, Blkati, and Majuro 

0 Provide and operate JTF 3 Weather Central at Enewetak 

0 Provide and operate liaison-type aircraft for Intra-atoll 

transportation at Enewetak 

Provide and operate aircraft for search and rescue operations wlthln 300 nmi (556 km) of Enewetak 

0 Provide documentary motion picture and still photographic 

coverage of Operation GREENHOUSE. 

To implement these functions TG 3.4 was organized as shown in Figure 11 

(Reference 9, p. 4). Headquarters. U.S. Air Force. tasked its major commands 

to provide men and equipment to staff TG 3.4. Figure 12 shows the parent commands of the different elements of TG 3.4 (Reference 9, p. 3). Personnel 

strength of TG 3.4 on site increased from 637 on 31 January 1951 to a high of 

2,409 on 12 April 1951, slowly decreasing to 1.854 on 24 May 1951, the date of 

the last shot (Reference 3, p. 114; Reference 18, p. 3: Reference 19. p. 3). 

Table 5 shows TG 3.4 personnel distribution by task unit (Reference 20, p. 69). 

44 
TASK GROUP 3.4 '" r

TASK UNIT 3.4.1 

TASK 3'4B I TASK UNlT3.4.3 II TASE TASK UNIT 3.4.6 

EXPERIMENTAL PHOTOGRAPHY 

HEADQUARTERS AIRCRAFT (DOCUMENTARY)

I"- "1 r"" 1 

TASK I DETACHMENT II DETACHMENT I 3.4.2.1

I 3.4.1.1 II EXPERIMENTAL I

I I I AIRCRAFT 1 

ENEWETAK

---KWAJALEIN 

Flgure 11. Organlzatlon of Task Group 3.4, GREENHOUSE. 

45 
0. 

7 

0 

L 

a 

L c, 

c 

0, 

.II LL 

46 
Table 5. P e r s o n n e ld l s t r l b u t l o n TaskGroup3.4, GREENHOUSE. 

Par ent 

Unlt Command” Offlcers A i r m e nT o t a l s Clvillans 

TU 3.4.1 APG 94 798 0 892 

TU 3.4.2 APG 137 512 0 649 

TO 3.4.2.1 AMC 18 27 53 98 

TU 3.4.3 MATS 4 135 0 139 

TU 3.4.4 MATS 69 254 0 323 

TU 3.4.5 MATS 20 99 0 119 

TU 3.4.6 TAC 30 77 0 107 

TU 3.4.7 MATS 15 37 0 52 

TU 3.4.8 APG 9 3 18 30 

Total 396 1,942 71 2,409 

Note: 

a

AMC -- Alr Materlel Command; APG -- Air Provlng Ground; MATS - - Mllltary Air T r a n s p o r tS e r v l c e ; TAC -- Tactlcal Alr Command. 

Source:Reference 20,p.69. 

Providing and operating aircraft in support of GREENHOUSE was the primary 

function of TG 3.4. Table 6 shows the types and numbers of aircraft used wlthin 

TG 3.4 and their functions. Chapter 7 discusses the units that supplied personnel to each of the eight task units in TG 3.4. The F-80C interceptors were 

added at the last minute to provide air defense of Enewetak. 

TASK UNlT 3.4.1 -.- HEADQUARTERS ANT) HEADQUARTERS SQUADRON. Stationed on 

Enewetak Island with a maxlmum strength of 660 men durlng GREENHOUSE (Reference 

20, p. 69). TU 3.4.1 operated the airbase at Enewetak Island and m8intained 

and supplied all aircraft locatedon Enewetak. Personnel from TU 3.4.1 assisted 

TU 3.4.2 in aircraft decontamination operations. The flight of six F-80C Interceptors was a late addition to TU 3.4.1. TU 3.4.1 established a detachment on 

Kwajaleln (Task Detachment [TD] 3.4.1.1) conslstlng of 232 personnel who maintained and supplied aircraft for task force elements on that Island (Reference 

7, p. 3; Reference 27, p. 40). 

TASK UNIT 3.4.2 -- EXPERIMENTAL* AIRCRAFT. This task unit, comprised of 

personnel from the 3200th Drone Squadron, Eglin AFB, Florida, was stationed on 

Enewetak Island and had a maximum strength of 649. TU 3.4.2 operated the 8-17 

and T-33 drones and B-17 and T-33 controller aircraft. The B-17 drones were 

used in cloud sampling, and both types of aircraft were used in effects testing. TU 3.4.2 also operated alrcraft and personnel decontamination facilities 

on Enewetak Island for TG 3.4 personnel and equipment. and two aircraft,8-17 a

47 
Table 6. GREENHOUSE alrcraft. 

Type

Mlsslon Alrcraft 

SA-1 6 

SB-17G 

P2V 

B-17 

OB-1 76 

QB-1 7Ga 

WB-29 

b RB-29 

XB-47 

B-50A 

B-50D 

C-47 

c-54 

DT-33A 

QT-33Ac 

L-5 

L-13 

H-5 

F -80C 

P2V 

PEM 

Notes : 

a 

Search and rescue 

Search and rescue 

Radiac 

Radlac 

Manned controllersfor 98-11 

drones 

Cloudsampllng and effects 

testlng (unmanned) 

Weather andsampllng 

Fllmfogglngtest 

Blasteffects 

Tracklng/sampllng 

Blasteffects 

Photography 

Photography 

Manned controllersfor QT-33 

drones 

Effectstestlng, unmanned 

drones 

LIalson 

Llalson 

Llal son 

Interceptors 

Ocean survelllance 

Radsafewatersampllng 

QB-17G#666 lost on ITEM shot. 

3.4.7 

3.4.7 

3.4.2 

3.4.2 

3.4.2 

3.4.2 

3.4.4 

3.4.2 

3.4.2 

3.4.2 

3.4.2 

3.4.1 

3.4.1 

3.4.2 

3.4.2 

3.4.6 

3.4.6 

3.4.6 

3.4.1 

3.3.3 

3.3.3 

after partlclpatlng In GEORGE. 

‘QT-33A #928 lost on DOG shot and QT-33A#929 

Sources:Reference 21, p. 75; Reference 22, 

p. 37; Reference 25, p.8;Reference 

Reference 26, p. 25. 

Tall and 

9087, 9091 

83754,83791 

368 

246 

514,525,542,559,636, 

683,684, 687, 689, 

537,549,565,566, 

656, 658,666,669, 

738, (remalnlng one 

unknown) 

44-27300, 44-27343, 

44-81740, 44-62202, 

44-62220, 45-21816, 

1762 

46-066 

46-017,46-023 

49-290, 49-340 

408 (remalnlngfour 

unknown) 

08 2 

920,930, 950,951,959 

927,928,929, 939, 

7 llght planes 

15 llght planes 

4 hellcopters 

6 jet flghters 

Numbers 

654, 651,680, 

690, 694, 71 5 

617, 644,649,652, 

674,679,692,697, 

tall number Is 

44-27335, 44-21269, 

44-85399, 44-86399, 

45-21819, 45-21872 

tall numbers are 

940 

9 Navy patrol planes 

1Navy amphtblous patrolplane 

bRB-29 (SAC) arrlvedInthetestareashortlybeforeshot GEORGE and departed two days 

and #940 lost on EASY shot. 

p. 17; Reference 23, 16; Reference 24, 

20, pp. 57 through 63andAppendlx E; 

48 
and a P2V. which tested new radiac instrumentation and equipment. The Ajr 

Materiel Command established a detachment of men on Kwajalein, designated TD 

3.4.2.1, Experimental Aircraft Detachment, under operational control of TU 

3.4.2 for the duration of GREENHOUSE. TD 3.4.2.1 had a maximum of 98 men in 

the test area, some of whom movedto Enewetak Island when the two B-SODSwere 

transferred there before the first shot of the series. In addition to thetwo 

B-SODS, this detachment operatedtwo B-5OAs and one R-47. The B-5OAs and B-SODS 

collected radioactive air samples near the nuclear cloud and conducted other 

experiments. TheB-47 was used for airborne structural blasttests. 

TASK UNIT 3.4.3 -- COMMUNICATIONS. This task unit provided and operated 

the airways communlcatlons facilitiesat Enewetak, which included the control 

tower, aircraft liaison net, weather reporting net, point-to-point communications, aircraft homing beacons, andother navigation aids. TU 3.4.3 also had a 

detachment at Kwajalein that provided similar services to task force aircraft 

in that area. This task unit had a peak strength of 139 personnel. The specific 

breakdown between Enewetak and KwajalelnIs not known (Reference7, p. 6; Reference 20, p. 69). 

TASK UNIT 3.4.4 ---WEATHER RECONNATSSANCE. This task unlt provided and 

operated 12 WB-29s that were used €OK long-range weather reconnaissance and 

for sampling and tracking the radioactive clouds. The unit had a maximum of 

323 personnel In early April, of whom all but 6, who remained on Enewetak 

Island, were stationed on Kwajalein. TU3.4.4 also operated aircraft andpersonnel decontamination faclllties for TG 3.4 aircraft and personnel on Kwajalein (Reference 7, p. 6; Reference 20, p. 69). 

TASK UNIT 3.4.5-- WEATHER. This task unit manned JTF 3 Weather Central on 

Parry Island and operated remote weather stations on Nauru, Bikati, Majuro, 

and Kusaie islands. This unit had 119 personnel scattered around the Pacific: 

70 total on the remote islands. 3 on Kwajalein who dld radiological exclusion 

(cadex) area plotting for TU 3.4.4, and 46 who ran the Weather Central on Parry

Island. The 46 men, 12 of whom were Navy personnel, lived on Gnewetak Island 

and commuted to and From Parry daily. Mostof the Air Force personnel in this 

task unit were from the 2060th Mobile Weather Squadron at Tinker Am, Oklahoma. 

TASK UNIT 3.4.6 -- LIAISON. This task unit operated and maintained the 

light aircraft (L-5s and 1.-13s) of the 4th Liaison Flight and helicopters 

(H-5s) of the 5th Helicopter Flight used for Intra-atoll airlift. These aircraft were also used for security sweeps of the Islands before and after shots 

and for spraylng lrlsectlcldes on the islands. The light alrcraft were used to 

assist Hq USAF by taklng air conductivity measurements in conjunction with Program 7 experiments. Maximum strength of this unit was107 In early April. most

of whom were from the 2600th Air Rase Squadron at Pope AFB, North Carolina. 

All TU 3.4.6 personnel were stationed at Enewetak Island (Reference 7. p. 7; 

Reference 28, p. 3). 

TASK UNIT 3.4.7 RESCUE. This SAR unit, comprised of 52 men Erom the 4th 

and 5th Alr Rescue Squadrons and 4 aircraft (2 SA-16s and 2 SB-17s). served 

all task force activities wlthin 300 nmi(556 km) of EnewetakAtoll (Reference 

7, p. 8). Most of this unit was stationed on Kwajalein; however, at least one 

SA-16 and one SR-17 were retaitled at Enewetak Island and aircrews were rotated 

49 
about every 2 weeks (Reference 27, p. 74). At times two SA-16s and one SR-17 

were at Enewetak. In addition, at least one person from this task unit was 

assigned to the 11th Air Rescue Squadron, Hlckam AFB. Hawaii. 

TASK UNIT 3.4.8 -- PHOTOGRAPHY. This documentary photography Unit produced 

two films as well as a larye collectlon of still photographs. Personnel In 

this unit were from Air Force Lookout Mountain Laboratory, California; its 

maximum strength was 30, all of whom were stationed on Enewetak Island. A few 

worked at Parry Island, however, and commuted dally. 

50 
CHAPTER 2 

R A D I O L O G I C A LS A F E T Y 

During Operation GREENHOUSE, radlologlcal safety (radsafe) was based on 

adapting current safety principles and procedures to the field operation.Protective regulations issued by Commander Joint Task Force3 (CJTF 3) were based 

on nationalandinternationaladvisory bodies’ recommendations concerning 

radiation exposure limits. and administrative rules and controls Implemented 

the regulations. 

Methods to limit human exposure to radiation included both physical safeguards (barriers to restrict access to radiological exclusion [radexl areas) 

and indoctrination and training to acquaint personnel with the problem of 

KadiatiOn. This chapter explains the regulations, administrative rules, and 

ptOCedUKeS used by JTF 3 to limit exposure and measure the effectiveness of 

the controls. 

The concept of radiological safety for Operation GREENHOUSE required each 

task unit to provide for its own safety under directives issued by CJTF 3. Each 

task unit was delegated support functions for the benefit of the task forceas 

a whole, but task units were basically self-sufficient in manpower. maintenance, and training (Reference 29, Annex D-1). CJTF 3 radsafe directives (Reference 30) had the following underlying objectives: 

0 Collectanddisseminateinformation on potential radiological problems that might cause injury and sickness to 

personnel 

0 Ensure the safety of all personnel employed in cadloactive 

a reas 

0 Prepareinformationdetailingnecessaryprecaut

protecting personnel 

ions for 

0 Reevaluate the hazards o€ a radiological area as survey 

work progressed 

0 Maintain records of any illness or injury resulting from 

exposure to radioactivity. 

R A D I O L O G I C A LS A F E T YP L A N N I N G 

In autumn 1948, Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) gave serious consideration to radsafe control and organlzatlon ducing the tests planned for 

1951. In December 1948, the ScientiEic Director of the task force presented 

his philosophy regarding conduct of the program. stating that he had a moral 

responsibility for the radloloqlcal safety of all personnel engaged in work 

Under hls direction and urging that the radsafe section be placed under the 

Scientific Director rather than the task force commander (Reference 5. p. 39). 

Throughout spring andearlysummer of 1949. thisIssue was discussed. 

51 
J-Division of LASL was directed to establish radsafe regulations and train 

monitors to ensure radiological safety of all personnel conducting the tests 

underthecommander of thescientifictaskgroup(TaskGroup [XI 3.1). 

J-Division was also willingto assist the task force commander in establishing 

radsafe regulations for all personnel and equipment within Enewetak Atoll, and 

even outside the atollto some reasonable limit. The great advantageto such a 

plan, the Scientific Director argued,was that he could authorize the monitors 

under his controlto stop any operation they considered unsafe. The Scientific 

Director felt that since Enewetak was an Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) lnstallation, monitoring was J-Division's responsibility (Reference 5, p. 39).

To glve the Scientific Director, who was also commanderTG of3.1, control 

over radsafe activities in other task groups, however, was contraryto normal 

military operatlons. The task force commander decided in August1949 that despite possible duplicationof efforts and instrumentsfor training and organizational purposes, it was crltlcal that he have final radsafe responsibility 

(Reference 5, p. 39). This responsibility would, In turn,be delegated to task 

group and task unit commanders through regular command channels. Each commander 

was responsible for personnel in his command (Reference 5, pp. 39 and40). 

In Its report to the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS). the Joint Proof Test 

committee (JPTC) set forth provisions for radiological safety. Radiological 

safety was declared to be a command responsibility at all levels in matters 

pertaining to hazardsthatmightresultinInjury or death to personnel 

(Reference 5. p.40). The report defined speclflc task group missions and 

responsibilities. 

Preliminary plans for the JTF 3 radsafe program were completed by April 

1950. The TG 3.1 Radsafe Officer, who would command the Radsafe Unit (Task 

Unit [TU] 3.1.51, was made responsible€or the safety of personnel assigned to 

TG 3.1. The military task group responsibilities were also assigned. Full-time 

task group radsafe officers were assigned only to each task group staff (Reference 5, p. 40). 

The radsafe plan of each task groupwas based on the JTF 3 radsafe plan. 

The most extensive radsafe instructions were detailed for TG 3.1 and TG 3.4. 

The Army task group (TG 3.2) had few detailed instructions concerning radio1oo;cal safety, and the Navy task group(TG 3.3) had more. JTF Field Order 2-50 

(1 DeC. 1950) established radsafe command responsibility, regulations. operations, handling of radioactive material, and radsafe responsibilitiesof each 

task group and discussed hazards from atomic bomb explosions. Field Order 2-50

is reproduced In AppendixA of this report andis cited as Reference29. 

O R G A N I Z A T I O NA N D RESPONSIBILITIES 

Overallorganizationalplanningandauthority for radiologicalsafety 

rested with CJTF 3. The commander's staff coordinated radsafe information collected before and during shot operatlons. Elements of control existed at all 

command levels, and operational control was applied through normal command 

channels. A decentralized system of operational control employing elementsof 

the CJTF 3 staff and units within each task group was established for the 

operation. A Radsafe Sect ion established in 5-3of the task force staff had 

52 
ultimate responsibility for advising CJTF 3 regarding the health and safe employment of al.1 personnel. The Radsafe Section in€ormedCJTF 3 of anticipated 

and current radiological hazards. It prepared radsafe rules and regulations 

pertaining to radiological health examinations and employment of personnel in 

contaminated areas. prepared tralning standards for monitoring personnel, and 

delineated the various task group areas of radsafe responsibility. While CJTF 3 

determined whether a shot was go or no-go, CTG 3.1 determined at any time after 

that whether it should be cancelled or postponed. 

Each task group established a self-sufficient radsafe unit. In addition to 

routine task group radsafe matters, each task group radsafe unit provided some 

general support to the joint task force. In summary, these support functions 

were : 

0 Task Group 3.1 (Scientific) 

- Perform all monitoring services associated with experimental projects 

- Conduct all laboratory functions associated with radiological safety, except for TG 3.3, Including €1 lm badge 

processing, laboratory services, exposure record maintenance,instrumentrepairsand maintenance,sample 

packaging, and ground radex area plotting 

- Monltor water supplies on outlying inhabited Islands 

for possible fallout 

0 Task Group 3.2 (Army) 

- - Assume responsibility Eor the radiological safety of 

Enewetakbasefacilities,except forair operations 

activities 

0 Task Group 3.3 (Navy) (Reference 31, p. 2) 

-- Develop all necessary shipboard radsafe procedures 

- - Provide radsafe officers, instruments, clothlng, monitors, decontamlnatlon crews and aircraft monitors 

0 Task Group 3.4 (Air Force) (Reference 5, pp. 40 and 41) 

Assume responsibility for the safety of all military 

and civilian personnel assigned to TG 3.4 and instruct 

all TG 3.4 personnel in radsafe problems 

- Provide necessary radsafe instruments and clothlng 

- Plot air radex areas 

- Provide one radsafe monitor for each manned aircraCt 

within 20 nml (37 km) of the test at time of detonation 

or collecting radlological information after detonation 

- Provlde aircraft ground monitors 

- Provide decontamination crews. 

53 
With the exception of TU 3.1.5 (Radsafe), radsafe assignment was for most 

personnel an additional duty. Permanent positions existed for only a few pr+ 

mary duty staff and supervisory personnel. Each task group was assigned at 

least one fully trained radiological defense engineer who supervlsed the actlvities of the task group. Thus, the Army task group trained radsafe personnel 

from each activity in its task group; the Navy task group placed radiological 

safety under its damage control organlzation In accordance with normal shlpboard practices; and theAlr Force task group used flight crewmembers as monitors and ground personnel for aircraft decontamination. The one exception. TU 

3.1.5, was designated the major radsafe unit for onsite operations and given 

the responsibility for specific centralized and highly technical radsafe services. Considerable staffing problems had tobe resolved before assembling the 

necessary TU 3.1.5 primary duty technicians, most of whom were military personnel on temporary duty assignments. 

Task Group 3.1 (Sclentlflc) 

This group, through its radsafe unit, was a technical service group that 

assisted the supervisory personnel of each scientific project by providing the 

necessary technical advice and tralning for project personnel designated as 

monitors. 

CTG 3.1 was responsible for radiological protection of TG 3.1, maintainlng 

operational efficiency for TG 3.1, and technical assistance to other JTF 3 

elements on nonmedical matters pertaining to radiological safety. 

Under CTG 3.1 Op Plan 1-51 (Reference 32, p. L-1). TU 3.1.5 provided: 

All ground monitoring services associated with experimental 

projects 

Surface radex area plots to operating- agencies of JTF 3 

Protective (disposable) clothlng and film badges or personnel dosimetry devices to personnel working in contamlnated areas or with radioactive materials 

Protectivegoggles for individuals of JTF 3 requiring 

visual protection 

Records of individual exposure to radioactivity 

Radiation detection survey instrumentsfor TG 3.1 

Instrument repair and maintenancefor JTF 3 

Technical personnel to inspect all samples and radiologlcally contaminated objects. 

As a service to the task force as a whole, TU 3.1.5 issued a safety bulletin to be read by all personnel, Including visitors, at the Pacific Proving 

Ground (PPG) . 

TU 3.1.5 had three sections: Staff, Laboratory and Instrumentation. and 

Monitoring. 

54 
The Monitoring Sectlon provided monltors for missions in radioactive areas 

and for personnel worktng with radioactlve materials. The assignment of monltors was handled by the Operations Officer in staff Section 5-3. All operations 

were generally considered routine except for "special" operations specifically 

designated by CJTF 3. Special Operations were urgent work mlsslons on shot 

islands (Reference 32, pp. 1 and 2). Radiation monitoring unlts from TG 3.1 

were established at Enewetak, Parry, and Japtan islandsto monitor the handling 

of test materials (Reference 29, p. D-3). 

The Laboratory and Instrumentation Section, termed the Radsafe Laboratory, 

was responsible for procurementandmaintenance of an adequate supply of 

radsafe Instruments, and for repair. servicing, and calibration of the instruments to be used by TU 3.1.5. All other groups of JTF 3 procured the1 r own 

radsafe instruments and appropriatespare parts used In operations.The Radsafe 

Laboratory was responsible for maintenance,repair,andservicing of all 

radsafe Instruments used by JTF 3. Finally, it maintained the personnel exposure records of all JTF 3 personnel. 

TU 3.1.5 malntalned a stock of ionization chambers, Geiger-Mueller counter 

survey Instruments, personnel dosimeters. and pocket Ionizationchambers at the 

Radsafe Laboratory on Parry Island. The laboratory Issued survey Instruments 

to the monitors, which were retained throughout the operation as long as the 

Instruments worked and had an adequate range for the mlsslons In which the 

monitors were engaged. The laboratory gave each monitor sufficient photographic 

film badges and personnel dosimeters for all party members before each mission,

which were returned to the Radsafe Laboratory at the end of the mlssion. Radiation sources used in instrument calibration were kept at the laboratory. The 

laboratory al.SO checked and repalred any broken instrument returned by JTF 3 

personnel. It processed, read, and malntained all photographic film badges and 

pocket chambers. It also determined radioactive decaycurves on crater material 

and other samples (Reference 32, p. C-2). 

The Radsafe Center was established by TU 3.1.5 on Parry Island as an operations headquarters for all radsafe activities. All radsafe data were gathered 

at the headquarters. and any information neededby other groups was dlstrlbuted 

from the center as memoranda or situation maps. 

The center supported CTU 3.1.5 radsafe planning operations. It tracked the 

locations of all monitors engaged in operations and malntained an operations 

table detailing all scheduled missions into contaminated areas. This table 

included the monitors' names, destinations, kinds of missions. and times of 

arrivals and departures. Three officers and six enlisted men handled these 

responsibilities. 

The Radsafe Center plotted surface radex areas and maintained radiological 

situation data on all islands of the atoll based on monitor and survey data 

obtained by specific monitoring mlsslons (Reference 32, p. C-18). It was tled 

by a communications net to all shot islands and other vital installations 

throughout the atoll, including CTG 3.1, CJTF 3, Enewetak Island, Parry Island, 

and boat dispatchers (Reference 32, p. C-11). 

55 
Radiation control centers were used for radiological protection of person-- 

ne1 entering radioactive areas. There were several operations stations for all 

radsafe activities at the centers. At the stations. radiological situation 

data were gathered and information required by monitors was maintained in mem--

oranda and sltuation maps. These maps delineated areas cleared by radsafe personnel, as well as areas requiring monitor escort. 

lask Group 3.2 (Army) 

TG 3.2 performed all radsafe monitoring and decontamination servlces for 

Enewetak Island, except air operations and TG 3.1 activities. The TG 3.2 

Radsafe Officer advisedCTG 3.2 of the presence location of radiation and areas 

on Enewetak Island, the safe employment of personnel in these areas, and the 

necessary precautions to minimlze radiation exposures. The radiation areas on 

Enewetak Island were delineated by the TG 3.2 Radsafe Officer and placed off 

limits to all personnel not authorized to enter them. 

3.2 Radsafe Officer and his staff(Reference 33): 

Rechecked the radioactlve areas, submitting to CTG 3.2 

periodic reports on the changing radiologlcal conditions 

Advised thetaskgroup surgeon of effects ofionizing 

radiation on personnel 

Supervlsed all TG 3.2personnelentering a radioactive 

area and prevented anyone not physlcally qualified as the 

result of previous exposure from entering such areas 

Providedradiologicalphysicalexaminations by thetask 

group surgeon for personnel scheduled to enter radioactive 

areas 

Evaluated, analyzed, synthesized,andusedinformation 

and equipment from the Special Assistant for Radiological 

Safety, CJTF 3 

Monitored personnel in TG 3.2 working In tadloactive areas 

Reported dally to TG 3.2 surgeon on the dally amount of 

radiation received by Individuals 

Submitted Individual dosimeters and film badges to the TG 

3.1 Radsafe Officer 

Informed the task group surgeon of any personnel who might 

encounter radioactivity 

Submitted to CTG 3.1 the names of all TG 3.2 personnel who 

were to enter a radioactive area 2 weeks before their 

entry Into the area. 

56 
Task Group 3.3 (Navy) 

Responsibility for overall coordination of TG 3.3 radsafe activities lay 

with the task group commander aboard USS Cur- (AV-4). In addition. the 

Department of Navy was requested to assign six men to the TU 3.1.5 Radsafe 

Laboratory and ten men TUas 3.1.5 monitors. 

TG 3.3 was responsiblefor the following (Reference31, p. 2): 

0 Designating the TG 3.3 Radsafe Officer, who was responslble 

for the safety of all military and civilian personnel assigned or attached toTG 3.3 

0 Procuring and lssulng necessary radsafe Instruments, equipment, and protective clothing 

0 Provldlng monitors and decontamlnatlon crews aboard each 

ship within the task group 

0 Providlng aircraft monitors for air units of the task group 

0 Ensuring that a1 1 TG 3.3 personnel were instructed In the 

radsafe matters involved in the operation. 

Each ship had Its own radsafe monitor. The monitors typically were part of

damage control teams and had radsa€e responsibilities as additional duties. 

Radiac (radioactivity detection. identification, and computation) Instrumentation was provided to each ship. Curtiss had radlac instrument repair facilities 

for all n; 3.3 Instrument repair. 

Task Group 3.4 (Alr Force) 

Commander TG 3.4 was responslble for the followlng general radsafe functions (Reference7 , p. H-1) : 

0 ProcuringandIssuingradlacinstruments.protective 

clothing, and equipment within 3.4TG 

e Training radsafe monltors for aircraft flying within 20 

nml (37 km) of the detonation and for aircraft collect lng 

radiological data after detonation 

0 Providing and operating personnel and aircraft decontamination facllities at Kwajalein and Enewetak for TG 3.4 

personnel and a1 rcraft 

0 Plotting the air radex area and controlling all aircraft 

in the viclnity of the detonatlon cloud. 

Each of the task units inTG 3.4 had specific radsafe missions. 

TU 3.4.1 (Headquarters and Headquarters Squadron) had the followlng misslons (Reference7, H-3): 

0 Radsafe training 

0 Aircraft decontamlnatlon assistance 

0 Procurementandstorageofradlacanddecontamination 

equlpment forTG 3.4. 

57 
TU 3.4.2 (Experimental Aircraft) had the following missions (Reference 7, 

p. H-3): 

0 Radsafe training 

0 Airborne monitoring inTU 3.4.2 aircraft 

0 Procurementandstorage of radlacanddecontamination 

equipment for TG 3.4 units on Enewetak 

0 Decontamination of asslgned aircraft 

0 Operation of the TG 3.4 personnel decontamination center 

at Enewetak 

0 Plotting ground and air radex areas 

0 Coordinating the fllm badge program and radiac equipment 

maintenance withTU 3.1.5 

0 Overallresponsibility for TG 3.4 cadsafeprogramat 

Enewetok. 

Task Detachment (TD) 3.4.2.1 (Experimental Aircraft) was part of TU 3.4.2 

but was located at Kwajalein. Its responsibilities were radsafe training,airborne monitoring, decontamination opecations with the aidTUof3.4.4, assist--

lng TU 3.4.4 in operating the personnel decontamination center at Kwajalein, 

and obtaining radiac equipment fromTU 3.4.4 (Reference 7 , p. H-5). 

TU 3.4.3 (Communlcations) had the mission of provlding radsafe tralning 

for Its petsonnel (Reference7 , p. H-4). 

TU 3.4.4 (Weather Reconnaissance) had the following mlsslons (Reference7, 

Radsafe training 

Airborne monitoringin TU 3.4.4 aircraft 

Procurement, issuance, and controlof radiac and decontamination equipment forTG 3.4 units on Kwajaleln 

Decontamination of assigned aircraft 

Operation of the TG 3.4 personnel decontamination center 

at Kwajaleln 

Plotting ground and air radex areas 

Overallresponsibilityfor TG 3.4 radsaPeprogram at 

Kwajalein. 

TU 3.4.5 (Weather) was responsible for radsafe training and decontamination 

operations as required (Reference7 , p. H-4). 

TU 3.4.6 (Liaison) was responsiblefor radsafe training, airborne monitoring in its aircraft, decontamlnation operations as required. and obtaining 

necessary radiac equipment fromTU 3.4.2 (Reference 7. p. H-5). 
TU 3.4.8 (Documentary Photo) was responsible for radsafe t ralning and for 

decontamination operations with the aid of TU 3.4.2 (Reference 7, p. H-5). 

TRAINING 

In Fleld Order 2-50 (Reference 29), CJTF 3 ordered two levels of trainlng 

-- basic indoctrination and technical -- but allowed each task group to vary 

the scope of instruction according to the group's Operational requlrements. 

Basic indoctrination included nontechnical Instruction In radiological matters 

and techniques. Such lnst ruction was to be glven to a11 task force personnel 

to encourage efficient performance of duties within allowable KadiOlOgiCal 

exposure levels. Technical training was requlred of all personnel who were to 

staff the task force radsafe organizations and perform monitoring and other 

technlcal operations. such as decontamlnation and instrument repalr. Technical 

instruction was to be obtained through exlsting service courses and training 

sessions established at the task group level. 

Task Group 3.1 (Sclentqflc) 

The technical radsafe group depended on obtaining from AEC, LASL., and the 

services personnel who had formal and specialized training. Sources for technically qualified health physics personnel during the decontamination period 

were the Health Physics Division of Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL). 

LASL, and special military organizations. In the period between SANDSTONE and 

GREENHOUSE, the need to decontaminate the shot islands became apparent. Early 

in 1949, a series of regulations were issued for Holmes & Narver, Inc. (H&N) 

workmen on theshotislands(Reference34). These regulations remained In 

effect until the SANDSTONE crater on Enjebi had been covered. 

In a conference on 17 May 1950 regardlng TU 3.1.5 orientation, it was 

agreed that TU 3.1.5 monitors, totalling some 30 men, would meet at LASL about 

15 September. Orientation was necessary to assure CTG 3.1 of the adequacy of 

the radsafe plan, to familiarize monitors with the work of scientiflc groups 

requiring monitor services, and to allow time to adjust monitor plans if conditions warranted (Reference 35). 

The radsafe Information meeting was held at LASL from 2 to 7 October 1950. 

Program diKeCtOKS and project officers briefed the monitors on operational 

plans of the projects. Monitors were assigned duty with the various scientific 

programs and were briefed on radsafe instruments to be used.At the conference, 

it was decided to establish a radsafe center on Parry Island to serve as an 

operations headquarters for all radsafe activities. All radsafe data were to 

be gathered at this headquarters and Information requiredby other groups would 

be distributed in the form of memoranda and/or situation maps (Reference 36, 

p. 2). When the radsafe monitor requirements had been analyzed, it became obvious that additional monitors would be required. TG 3.1 established requirements for 11 additional monitors, and replacementwas requested for 5 who could 

not be used (1 from Illness, 2 unavailable, 2 unqualified) (Reference 37, pp. 

38 and 39) . 

59 
Tralnlng of monitors began shortly after their arrival at Enewetak Atoll. 

Instruments were Issued at once, and familiarlzetion with them was enphasized 

in the t rainlng program. Monitors began to work with the project directors on 

their asslgned projects about 10 March. Assigning monitors well in advance of 

shot time was an innovation and was reported as a definite improvement over 

previous methods (Reference 38. p. 5). Weekly meetings were held for critiques. 

orientation. and education. and lectures were given by CTU 3.1.5 and members 

of hls staff. By 6 April, the TG 3.1 radsafe unit was ready to begln its 

GREENHOUSE monitoring tasks. 

Task Group 3.2 (Army) 

While TG 3.1 was generally composed of scientists. TG 3.2 was manned almost 

entirely by personnel whose knowledge of nuclearmatters was gained by on-thejob training (Reference 5. p. 93). 

On 30 June 1950, CJTF 3 sent a letter to CTG 3.2 directing that training 

be conducted in accordance with policies set forth in the training cl rcular, 

Number 1, Department of the Army, 27 February 1950. The letter declared that 

units asslgned or attachedto TG 3.2 should be considered as employed on operational duties and should conduct maximum training on a balanced program, emphasizing proper physical training. and Indoctrination in security. hygiene. 

radlologlcal safety, and mllitary courtesy. Plans and training were also required for physical safety of the atoll area and for emergency evacuation 

(Reference 5. p. 94). 

On 12 December 1950 Annex H. Training, Op Plan 1-50 was issued. The directive continued the provislons of the 1 November 1950 Training Memo Number 1 

and expanded the requirements to include such subjects as radiological safety, 

supply discipline, defense against chemical attacks, and recognltlon of aircraft. This program was In effect until 26 January 1951. On this date, CTG 3.2 

suspended all training indefinitely. except that related to the GREENHOUSE 

operation and troop informatlon program. This action was necessary because of 

continued interference with the Increased construction program and logistic 

activltles (Reference 39, p. 4). 

Task Group 3.3 (Navy) 

Like TG 3.2, TG 3.3 was generally composed of personnel whose knowledge of 

nuclear matters was gained by on-the-job training (Reference 5, p. 93). On 

9 March 1951 CTG 3.3 sent to TG 3.3 Information on radsafe training and organization, which included enclosures pertaining to the radsafe training program. 

operatingproceduresforradiacequipment,shipboardradsafeorganization 

chart, and shipboard radsafe organization and billet descriptions. Radsafe 

training course topics covered development of nuclear weapons, detection of 

radlation, and decontamination. The detailed training syllabus is presented in 

Appendix A of this report. 

Training also included detailed operating Instructions for the AN/PDR-5. 

AN/PDR-~R. AN/PDR-TlB, IM-3/PD; general information; range and controls; operating procedures; calibration and checking procedures; and security procedures. 

60 
Each ship and air unit underwent some basic training before arriving in th

PPG. However, the level of training varied from one organization to another.

Patrol squadron 931 (VP-931) had 24 officers and 18 enlisted men trained 

in radsafe schools atSan Diego, Treasure Island. and Pearl Harbor. This training provided. in most cases, two trained officers and one trained enlisted man 

(the designated monitor) In each crew, and two ground monitoring and decontamination teams. These men constituted a nucleus for training within the squadron 

through lectures, demonstrations, and operational use of equipment. The commanding officer of VP-931 added that it would be desirable In future operations 

to have at least one AN/PDR-8B, one AN/PDR-T1B. and three pocket dosimeters 

assigned to the squadron for training purposes (Reference 40). 

The commanding officers ofUSS Walker (DDE-517) andUSS Sproston (DDE-577) 

(TU 3.3.4) complained of receiving little basic trainingto prepare their crews 

for participation in GREENHOUSE. Both ships had been recommissioned in September 1950 from the reserve fleet andwere manned largely with crews of recalled 

reservists. The commanding officers generally considered both radiologlcal and 

general preoperational training inadequate and that a paucityof training aids 

and materials existed. They recommended that ships participating in future 

operations be designated in sufficienttime to allow for preoperational training, especially in Eleet schools. They maintained that radiological training 

aids. equipment. and information should have been made available (Reference 

41). 

In contrast to Walker and Sproston, Curtiss reported extensive radsafe 

training. Before arriving at Enewetak,32 men attended and satisfactorily completed the 5-day practical radsafe course at the Fleet Training Center, San 

Diego, California. In addition, one officer on board was a graduate of the 

6-week radsafe course at the Damage Control Training Center, San Francisco, 

California. Training was also conducted at Enewetak. Training In radsafe and 

defensetechniqueswasintegratedintothe ship's regulardamagecontrol 

organization. The training program included exercises at battle stations at 

least once weekly. This permitted rehearsals of individual damage control problems by each repair party, with radiological defense drills and techniques 

comprising an important part. All members of the damage control repair parties 

were instructed in the use of radiac equipment aboard shipto detect radiological hazards, use of various decontamination processes, establishment of isodose

lines, use of change stations. and personnel decontamination. Aside from the 

specialized instruction of the damage repair parties. general indoctrination 

lectures were given to a11 hands following subjects: on the 

e Nature of the radiologlcal hazards 

e Detection of radiation, including capabilities and limitations of Instruments 

e Decontamination techniques and procedures. 

The training was tested when, during the operation, Curtiss received fallout. The comandlng officer noted: "Dueto the contaminationof the shlps from 

fallout, detectionof the hazards became more realistic and monitors displayed 

a keener interest In determining theextent and intensity of the contamination. 

All hands became aware of the hazard and received training in the actual 

61 
decontamination oLe the ship. Errors in Radsafe methods and techniques were 

discovered and corrected" (Reference 42,p. 2). 

While radiological defense training aboard Curtiss was generally satisfactory, the commandingofficer felt that insufficient time precluded an efficient 

organization to combat any radiological hazard (Reference 42). 

Two members of the naval complement and two members of the ship's crew of 

the Military Sea Transportation Service (MSTS) ship. USNS Sqt. Charles E. Mower 

(T-AP-186). took indoctrination courses in radlologlcal safety before arrival 

at the forward area. The Executive Officer (Military) participatedin an Indoctrination course at Treasure Island, and the medical officer took an lndoctrination course at Edgewood, Maryland. The second officer and the boatswain 

received indoctrination at San Dlego. The training programs were described as 

adequate in the theory ptesented but somewhat lacking in the practical application of shipboard monitoring and decontamination. Before arriving in the 

forward area. the Commanding Officer (Military) conducted a series of short 

orientation lectures for the entire crew. Once In the forward area, a brief and 

practical period of training was given to the monitoring teams, supplemented 

by drills conducted by the KadSafe officer and the medical officer. This tralning was considered quite adequate. During the operational period, the ship's 

monitoring teams gained experience in monltorlng, zoning contaminated areas, 

marking isodose lines. and in conducting simple decontamination ptOCedUKeS. No 

persistent radioactivity was encountered, although Mower was in slight fallout 

following shot DOG, and the ship was effectively decontaminated by hosing with 

saltwater spray. Personnel monitoring teams gained limited experience in personnel monitoring, but effective monitoring, decontamination, and disposal of 

contaminated clothing ashore eliminated all personnel contamination. Showers 

and sinks installed on the main topside deck were never used. Embarking personnel were monitored for a limited period, but no contarnination was discovered 

(Reference 37). 

Task Group 3.4 (Alr Force) 

Radsafe ttalnfng procedures for TG 3.1, TG 3.2, and TG 3.3 Were not as 

extensive or detailed as they were for TG 3.4. Although TG 3.1 expected to 

face a certain amount of radioactive contamination, most members of TG 3.1 

were sufficiently familiar with radsafe procedures that additional extended 

training was not considered necessary. TG 3.4 was operationally involved in 

shot-day activities. for which extensive radsafe training was a prerequisite. 

TG 3.4 training was therefore undertaken relatively earlyIn the preoperational 

phase of GREENHOUSE. Indeed. the importance of TG 3.4 training was foreseen by 

those who organized the task group. 

On 13 March 1950, Chief of Staff. U.S. Air Force, addtessed a directive to 

Commanding General, Air Proving Ground (APG), Eglin Am, Florida. to organize. 

man. equip. and train TG 3.4, Provisional, and its task units for support of 

JTF 3 (Reference 5, p. 94). Specifically, he was ordered to thoroughly lndoctrinate all personnel in radsafe matters. Special instruction, including knowledge Inandproperuse of radsafeinstruments, equipment, andprotective 

clothing. was given to crews charged with handling and washing down contamlnated aircraft. Personnel designated as airborne radsafe monitors in manned 

62 
aircraft and monitors charged with supervising and handling contaminated aircraft on the ground were required to complete a formal course of Instruction 

at a radsafe school (Reference 30). 

A CTG 3.4 directive placed responsibility upon task unit commanders for 

training essential to success of the operational mission. Training was to be 

directly supervised by the parent command during the initial phase, and dlrectly Supervised by CTG 3.4 during the operational phase. Emphasis was placed 

on dissemination of proper instructions relating to atomic energy information. 

radiological safety, security, and personal hygiene. The task group commander 

and his staff frequently vislted task units to determine the degree of readiness and training for the operational role. 

Experimental Aircraft Unit (TU 3.4.2) training was conducted to ensure its 

capability to deploy 17 drone R-17s. 15 controller B-17s. 5 drone T-33s. and 5 

controller T-33s; to man and operate one B-17 radlac aircraft for Project 5.2; 

and to assume operational control of one B-47. two B-~ODS, and two B-5OAs of 

TD 3.4.2.1 at Kwajalein. TU 3.4.2 also assumed operational control of oneB-50D 

aircraft for the Alr Force Special Weapons Center, performed organizational 

maintenance. conducted radiological decontamination operations on unit aircraft 

as required, and operated a radiological decontamination center for all units 

of TG 3.4 located on Enewetak Island (Reference 5, p. 97). 

After each fleld exercise at Eglin AFB, radsafe measures were tested by 

the radsafe personnel assigned to the unlt. Before takeoff. airborne monitots 

plotted air radex areas, briefed aircrews, and issued articles that simulated 

radsafe devices.All manned aircraft and crews were monitored immediately after 

landing, and drone recovery crews removed the simulated contaminated planes 

from the runway. Also, personnel decontamination was practiced by all aircraft 

crews at Eglin auxiliary field, who passed through a decontamination center 

set up for instruction in this portion of the mlssion(Reference 5, p. 99). 

The Weather Reconnaissance Unit (TU 3.4.4) conducted basic training at 

Tinker AFB to ensure its capablllty to deploy 12 B-29s for weather reconnaissance mlssions within a radius of 1,200 nmi (2,224 km) of Enewetak. The unit 

was also trained for radioactive-cloud-tracking and -sampling mlssions In con--

junction with an Alr Force experimental program, and for the TG 3.4 radsafe 

program at Kwajaleln. Training conformed to Military Air Transport Service 

(MATS) and Air Weather Service (Am) standard directives and procedures for 

weather reconnaissance squadrons (Reference 5, p. 100). 

SAFETY CRITERIA 

Commander Joint Task Force 3 disseminated operational rules for radiological situations as an annex to JTF 3 Field Order No. 2-50. Each task group supplemented the annex with its own orders or plans. 

RadlatlonExposureMeasurementUnlts 

Radiation measurement units were the roentgen (R) and the rem. The roentgen, a measure of radiation in air, denotes an exposure intensity. The rem is 

a unlt of radiation dose. i.e., a measure of radiation energy deposited within 

63 
the body that takes into account its capability to cause an effect in human 

tissue. Both units can be written as fractions. For example, a milliroentgen 

(mR) is 1/1,00Oth of a roentgen. For radiation such as X-rays and gamma rays, 

the rem dose is somewhat less than the roentgen exposure, for not all of the 

energy measurable in air penetrates body tissue. Another unit often used in 

discussing radiation dose is the rad. The rad is a measure of radiation energy 

deposited in any material. For biological tissue, a rad of radiation such as 

from gamma-or X-rays essentially equals a rem. 

At the time of GREENHOUSE series the distinction was usually not made between exposure (properly expressed in units of roentgens) and absorbed dose 

(properly expressed in units of rem, although at the time often expressed in 

roentgens). Presumably external whole-body exposure and absorbed dose were 

assumed equivalent. This report expresses the measured data in roentgens. Although the original references often referred to dose, there is no evidence 

that whole-body energy deposition was determined, nor that dose was indeed 

measured. 

In this report all measurements of exposure intensity given in roentgen are

per hour (R/hr) whole units and decimal fractions. This is not the common way 

these are reported in the source literature. Lower exposure intensities are 

usually reported in milliroentgens per hour and the higher exposure intensities 

in roentgens per hour. Some rate-measuring devices could measure both lower 

and higher intensities with different dial settings. Personnel records show 

the same sort of differentiation. Lower individual exposures are usually recorded in milliroentgens, but the larger allowed or permitted exposures are 

given in roentgens. This use of different measuring units for different levels 

of radiation could cause some confusion to readers who are unfamiliar with the 

field. Therefore, the whole unit convention was adopted for this report. 

Radlologlcal Safety Standards 

In accordance with safety criteria established by CJTF3, a maximum permissible exposure level was set. Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) for Operation GREENHOUSE was 0.1 R/day (0.7 R/wk) , not to exceed a total of 3.9 R for 

13 weeks. CJTF 3 could authorize a total exposure of upto 3 R on any one day 

in specific cases. When this authorization was made, exposed individuals were 

to be prohibited from further exposure to more than0.1 R/day during the remainder of the operation (Reference 43, p. 2).

In all cases, exposure records of personnel working in radioactive areas 

were scrutinized after each day's operations, and persons who approached or 

exceeded established tolerance levels were so informed and cautioned not to 

enter radioactive areas for prescribed lengths of time (Reference 38, p. 25). 

For GREENHOUSE a "radiation area" was definedas any area where the level 

of radioactivity consistently exceeded0.005 R per 24 hours. In addition, all 

radiation areas were routinely monitored at intervals prescribed by the commanding officer on recommendation of the radsafe staff. 

each person who was to work in areas containing 

radioactivity or to work with radioactive materials was to have a complete 

Before arrival at Enewetak, 

64 
radiological physical examination. Enewetak, Parry, and Japtan islands were 

not considered to be areas that would contain KadiOaCtlVity. The examinations 

included chest X-rays, blood counts, and urinalysis. Reports of the examinations were referred to the radsafe office for review before an individual's 

departure from the United States (Reference 44). 

Because of the duty and locations most Navy personnel were expected to 

have no, or at most a small, potential for radiological exposure, Baed stated 

(Reference 45) that before assignment at Enewetak, special examinations and 

the use of film badges were to be waived for any individual assigned to duty 

in areas of low-level radioactivity, where 

. . . under normal working conditions . . . the individual 

will not receive an exposure of external radiation of more 

than 100 mllliroentgens per week (beta and/or gamma) provided: 

a. Prior to this assignment, the individual was not engaged 

in work involving routine exposure to ionizing radiation 

(working with radioactivematerials orin radiation 

fields) . 

b. The Individual has not received radiation therapy. 

c. The Tour of Duty in such area will not exceed one year. 

d. There are no internal radiation hazards present in the 

area assigned. 

RadlatlonExposureWalvers 

CJTF 3 recognized that Instances could arise In a field test In which the 

MPE would likely need to be exceeded. Provision was made for CJTF 3 to authocize exceeding the MPE when it was determined that successful completion of the 

operation required a departurefromnormallyacceptablesafetystandards. 

Groups for whlch MPE waivers were issued most frequently were scientific personnel and TG 3.4 aircraft crews (Reference 46, p. 1). 

A revision to Field Order Number 2 provided that the MPE (0.7 R/wk) was 

applicable for a field experimental test of nuclear weapons In peacetime. The 

standards were recognized as not usable In war or in tactical situations. The 

field order also provlded thatif: an air-sea rescxe occurred wlthln the lagoon 

following detonation, a radiation monitor from TG 3.1 would accompany the rescue craft (Reference 29, Change No. 2). 

On 29 March 1951, the commanding officerof the Air weather Reconnaissance 

task unit (TU 3.4.4) requested that CTG 3.1 permit personnel In Program 7 (Long 

Range Detection), to accumulate a total exposure of 3.0 R in any one 24-hour 

period. Personnel receiving exposures in excess of 3.0 R were to be restricted 

to an exposure of 0.1 R/day for the remainder of the program (Reference 46). 

Permission to exceed 3.0 R for this program (specifically forB-50A crews) was 

granted on 7 May (Reference 47). 

Two other waivers were granted to CTG 3.1 for personnel associated with 

Programs 5 and 6 (RadiationInstrumentEvaluation.andPhysicalTestsand 

Measurements). A total of 22 persons, Including 7 from TG 3.4, were authorized 

65 
an exposure of 1.5 R on shots EASY and GEORGE. Thesetwo waiver request letters 

indicated that the MPE normally was 0.7 R per week (Reference 48). Waivers of 

the 0.7 R limit were also requested during the GEORGE test for the Strategic 

Air Command (SAC) photo crews. 

As the series progressed, it was recognized that expressing dally maximum 

exposure could cause some confusion. It was concluded that for future operations only an average weekly maximum should be cited rather thana daily llmit. 

This was a direct result of some confusion on the part of the boat pool commander following shot DOG. He took 0.1 R/day as the limit rather than the 0.7 

R/week. On the day following DOG. most of his men had received exposures In 

excess of0.1 R/day, and he refused to permit thesemen to go out on the boats. 

effectively tying up all boat traffic for that day (Reference 49, pp. B-11 and 

B-12). 

Another recommendation made was to raise the one-time exposure of 3.0 R. 

Many felt that it was too low. CTG 3.3, for example, stated that the one-time 

limit could easily be changed to 10 R with no serious health risks (Reference 

49, pp B-15 and 8-16). 

R A D I O L O G I C A LS A F E T YM O N I T O R I N GA N DI N S T R U M E N T A T I O N 

A variety of radiac devices were used. Table 7 Identifies these instruments 

and indicates the numbers available. 

Two dlfferent types of Geiger-Mueller (GM) field survey instruments were 

supplied to TU 3.1.5: 75 Victoreen 263B beta-gamma survey meters and 35 

El-Tronics SG"18A beta-gamma meters. TU 3.1.5 also serviced other units' GM 

devices including the AN/PDR"B. 

An electronic repair shop aboard Curtiss was the primary facility for the 

repair and calibration of TG 3.3 radiac equipment In the Enewetak area. When 

demands overloaded Curtiss' repair shop, a TU 3.1.5 repair facility on Parry 

Island was used. Emergency radiac repair and calibration facilities for TG 3.3 

and TG 3.4 elements on Kwajaleln were available through TU 3.4.4. 

Aircraft operating within 20 nmi (37 km) of the detonation or detecting or 

tracking the radioactive cloud were required to carry a monitor (Reference 27. 

p. 16). These included all manned B-17 aircraft, all wR-29s, both radiac aircraft (B-17 and em), both B-5OAs. both 8-50Ds. one C-47. both SR-17s. and 

both SA-16s. The monitor issued film badges to all crewmembers. monitored the 

radiation environment In flight, placed the crew on 100-percent oxygen when 

radiation was encountered, and issued rubber gloves, dosimeters. and respirators to C-1 filter box operators.* The monitor normally operated the B/31 

bottle-filling equipment on those WB-29s so equipped (Reference 52, Incl. 3).t 

* The C-1 filter system was composed of two rectangular boxes mounted on each 

side of a B-29. Each box contained two filters that could be charged ln 

flight. 

7 The B/31 system consisted of 5-5 oxygen bottles that were filled to 265 psi 

(1,827 kea) wlth air in the vicinity of the radioactive cloud. 

66 
Table 7. Radlacequipmentuseddurlng GREENHOUSE. 

IDNo. or 

Manufacturer 

AN/PDR-5A 

AN/PDR-8B 

AN/PDR-27A 

AN/PDR-T1 B 

IM3/PD 

IM4/PD 

IM5OA/PD 

K-135 

PP-354C/PD 

Bec kman 

Bec kman 

El-Tronlcs SGM-18A 

Keleket 

Keleket 

Keleket 

Kelley-Koett 

Vlctoreen 2638 

Vlctoreen 247A 

Vlctoreen 247E 

Vlctoreen 247H 

Vlctoreen 

Vlctoreen 

Vlctoreen 

Notes: 

d 

Type/Range 

G e i g e r - M u e l l e rs u r v e ym e t e r ,b e t a - g a m a , 

0.020R/hr 

Geiger-Muellersurveymeter,beta-gamma, 

0.005 R/hr maxlmum 

Gelger-Muellersurveymeter 

Ion chambersurveymeter, gamma, 0 to 50R/hr 

Ion chambersurveymeter, gamma 

Ion chambersurveymeter,alpha 

Pocketdosimeter, 0 t o0 . 2 R 

Radiacdetectorcharger 

Doslmetercharger 

Dosimetercharger 

Pocketdoslmeter, 0 t o0 . 2 R 

Gelger-Muellersurveymeter, beta-gamma 

Doslmetercharger 

Pocketdosimeter, 0 to 10 R 

Pocketdosimeter, 0 to 50 R 

Pocketdosimeter, 0 t o0 . 2 R 

Gelger-Muellersurverymeter,beta-gamma, 

0 to0.020R/hr 

Ion chamber f l e l ds u r v e ym e t e r 

Ion chamber f l e l ds u r v e ym e t e r 

Ion chamber f l e l ds u r v e ym e t e r 

Minometercharger-reader 

Pocketdoslmeter, 0 to 100 R 

Pocketdoslmeter, 0 to 200 R 

Some recelvedlatein GREENHOUSE. 

No. 

Aval lable 

" 

18 

a 

60b 

" 

" 

29 

2 

4 

8 

100 

35 

125 

200 

144 

100 

75 

47 

40 

10 

4 

200 

25 

bBecause of a b a t t e r ys h o r t a g e ,o n l y1 0u s a b l ef o rs h o t DOG (Reference38, 

P. 4). 

Sources:Reference 50, Encl.1;Reference 51, Part I;Reference38,p.35; 

Reference 43,p.2. 

67 
He also monitored the crew and their equlpment upon landing to determine If 

decontamination was necessary (Reference 53, p. 2). Instruments on board each 

aircraft Varied with the mission. For example, the WB-29 assigned to fly under 

the radioactive cloud and collect fallout samples had two AN/PDR-TlBs. one 

Victoreen 263B, two 0 to 0.2 R dosimeters, one 0 to 10 R dosimeter, and one 

PP-354WPD dosimeter charger in additlon to film badges for all crewmembers 

(Reference 54, Part XI). 

The Air Force had the following radlac equipment on hand before the first 

shot: 18 AN/PDR-8B radlac meters, 18 AN/PDR-T1B radiac training sets (gamma 

survey meters), 3 Vlctoreen model 638B beta-gamma survey meters, 29 IM-SOAIPD 

pocket dosimeters (range 0 to 0.2 R) , 17 pocket dosimeters (range 0 to 10 R) , 

4 PP-354C/PD radiac detector chargers, 2 model K-135 radiac detector chargers. 

300 film badges, 15 dustproof respirators. 8 X-ray technician gloves, 45 4.2-

neutral denslty goggles, 12 clear-lens goggles, 225 pairs of rubber gloves and 

rubberized booties, and miscellaneous clothing. 

As a result of shot DOG, TU 3.4.4 reached some conclusions about the 

radsafe equlpment. AN/PDR-8Bs were deemed inappropriate for air monitoring 

because beta radiation in excess of 0.005 R/hr ran the instrument off-scale. 

The radiac training set AN/PDR-T1B chamber had to be vented with a 1/8-lnch 

(0.05 cm) hole for use at various altitudes. Venting did not harm the inst rument, but inexplicably caused lt to read more accurately. The Vlctoreen betagamma survey meter. model 2638,was considered more suitable for the work being 

carried on than the AN/PDR-8B because of its 0.020-R/hr beta-gamma range. Because there were only two operable Vlctoreen meters on hand, all the demands 

placed for them could not be met. 

TG 3.4 discovered that the IM-50A/PD pocket dosimeter (0 to 0.2 R range) 

sometimes gave aircraft decontamination crews inconsistent results. Because of 

this, film badges were issued to decontamination crewmembers as an additional 

precaution. In contrast. the 0 to 10 R pocket dosimeter appeared to work satisfactorily. However, aircraft generally encountered few high-intensity readings. In spite of its inconsistency, the IM-SOA/PD dosimeter appeared adequate 

for most tasks. The PP-354C/PD radiac detector charger, while slightly unwieldy 

at times, was generally considered very practical. The model K-135 radiac detector charger was suitable for charging pocket dosimeters, but was larger than 

the PP-354WPD and could not conveniently be carried around by air or ground 

moni tors. 

Aircraft decontamlnation operations required extensive monitoring. Aircraft 

were monitored when they first returned from their missions to determine if 

they were contaminated and to what general extent. Those contaminated were 

then given more detailed monitoring checks before, during. and after decontamination operations. Ground monitors working with aircraft usually usedthe AN/ 

PDR-T1B for the Initial. detailed contamination surveys and used the Vlctoreen 

2638 (GM type) for postdecontamination survey work since it was more sensitive 

(Reference 52, Incl. 1). Each aircraft had specified locations that were monltored for radiation. An example for thedrone B-17 Is shown In Figure 13. 

Personnel decontamination operations also required extensive monltorlng 

with radlac equipment. Two personnel decontamination stations were operated by 

68 
Flgure 13. GREENHOUSE drone 8-17 a l r c t a f td e c o n t a m l n a t t o nm o n t t o rp o l n t s . 

TG 3.4, one at Enewetak and one at Kwajalein. In addition to monitoring lndivlduals before, during, and after they were processed through these facilities, 

monitors checked clothing and equipment to determine whether It was contamlnated. The AN/PDR-TlB. AN/PDR-27A, AN/PDR-8B, AN/PDR-SA. and ViCtOreen 2638 

were available €or this monitoring (Reference50, Part I). 

Radiation on personnel and equipment was measured wlth a side-window type 

Geiger counter. These instruments were used with their shield open to permlt 

69 
detection of beta radiation, holding the surface of the probe from 1 to 6 

Inches (2.5 to 15 cm) from the item in question. This caused the mica window 

on some probes to become contaminated. Thus, the equipment calibration and 

repair service had to decontaminate the radiac Instruments. They had varied 

success in this effort. 

Generally, TG 3.4 found the AN/PDR-TlR ion chamber instrument to be the 

most useful for its activities. It had a good range (0 to 50 R/hr). and was 

described as reliable and superior to the other types of instruments. The 

AN/PDR-8B was of little use as its hjghest beta reading was only 0.005 R/hr. 

The AN/PDR-5A instruments (0 to 0.020 R/hr) were useful for personnel monitoring since they monitored a higher range of beta-gamma, but they required excessive maintenance. The AN/PDR-27A Instruments were receivedlatein the 

program and could not be properly evaluated. The Victoreen 263Bs gave reliable 

measurements and were well-received by the monitors (Reference 51, Incl. 1). 

Of the pocket dosimeters, the 0.200-R range Instruments were more reliable 

than those used at SANDSTONE. These were calibrated against a radium reference 

source. Of the 200 pocket dosimeters. however, 24 were eventually set aside 

because of excesslve charge leakage across their electrodes. Both calibration 

and leakage changed with time as the dosimeters were used, and considerable 

differences were noted In readlngs of film badges and doslmeters used by monitors in the field. These may have been caused by a variety of factors, including defective films, energy dependence, ormonitor's a technique. When compared

against a radium source, the results were wlthin normal limits of accuracy. 

other doslmeters were plagued wlth calibration and leakage problems (Reference 

38, pp. 33 and 35). 

FILM BADGES 

Exposure records were kept carefully for all JTF 3 personnel who were 

Issued film badges based upon the possibility of exposure to radiation. The 

permanent record of such exposure for operation GREENHOUSE was the photographic 

film badge. Its importance for planning purposes of future test operations and 

as documentation that might be used in possible litigation was recognized 

(Reference 49). The 15,000 film badges requested were received on schedule. 

Upon calibration, however, the film packs were found to leak light around the 

perforations that formed the identifying numbers of the badges. This was overcome by wrapping the film badges In black photographic masking tape. Because 

large quantities of the tape were required, shortages developed, necessltatlng 

speclal air shipments from the United States (Reference 38, p. 33). 

The f1 lm badge used at GREENHOUSE was a DuPont 553f1 lm pack with a range 

of 0.1 to 250 R. It had two constituent parts: the 502 fl In, which was sensitive between 0.1 R and 10 R, and the 606 film, which was sensitive between 10 

and 250 R. Film badges were stored in refrigerators (Reference 55) and were 

issued by TU 3.1.5. They were processed in the Radsafe Ruilding at Parry 

Island. The TG 3.1 Radsafe Laboratory did all processing and recording and 

task group commanders received copies of the exposure records, although not 

always expeditiously. 

CTU 3.4.4, based at Kwajalein, complained about the radsafe monitoring of 

his aircrews. Film badges from shots DOG and EASY were forwarded from Kwajaleln 

70 
to the Parry Island Radsafe Center via Enewetak Island. He stated, "As far as 

this unit is Concerned, the film badge service provided this unit has been 

worthless, since no data has been received to date." He was particularly concerned because pocket dosimeters had yielded inconsistent data. Since CTU 3.4.4 

had no idea as to the correlation between film badges and pocket dosimeter 

data, he was unaware whether crewmembers had exceeded their maximum allowable 

exposure during the operation (Reference56, Incl. VI. 

In response, theTG 3.4 Radsafe Officer stated (Reference 57): 

The processing of film badges is accomplished by Task Unit 

3.1.5 for the primary purpose of complllng permanent records 

of exposure of all personnel assigned to Joint Task Force 3. 

The policy established by Joint Task Force 3 is that only 

those personnel receiving exposures exceeding the authorized 

tolerance dosages will be advised of such exposure. Since no 

reports have been received from JTF-3, it may be assumed that 

none of TU 3.4.4 personnel have exceeded the1 r tolerance 

dosages. " 

TWO methods of film badging were used. The fl rst was area badging. which 

involved placing film badges in key living and working areas to provide coverage. Some examples of this include the fIlm badges placed outside of Building 

69 following shot DOG and the placement of various film badges aboard ship. 

The second method was personnel badging. Film badges were issued only to persons engaged in recovery operations on shot islands or in aerial sampling and 

aircraft decontamination, and ona representative basis in TG 3.3. 

Some types of activities required badglng each member aofgroup. For example, film badges were worn by all crewmembers of the boat pool (TU 3.3.3) on 

shot days because they transported scientific experiment recovery parties to 

the shot islands immediately after detonation. 

Badges were issued at the Radsafe Center at Party Island or Kwajalein (for 

TU 3.4.4) to parties entering radex areas, or at least this was the Intent. 

While most members of parties entering radex areas were badged, a cross-check 

of badged personnel and names of personnel assigned to experiments and interviews with a participant (Reference 127) indicate that some personnel entering 

these areas were not badged. 

PERSONNELEXPOSURERECORDS 

All film badge processing and maintenance of exposure records for all personnel was done by TU 3.1.5. Personnel Contamination-Decontamination Report 

Forms (441) were kept for personnel, particularly those of the boat pool and 

other Navy units. This form included the Individual's name, location and time 

when contaminated, the intensity (beta and gamma) on hls clothing and body. 

his film badge (and pocket dosimeter reading if available) accumulated exposure, and the method by which he was decontaminated. 

In addition to this form, a Material Contamination-Decontamination Report 

Form (442) was developed. This was used when ships or other craft were exposed 

to radloactivlty. It gave the ship's location when it received contamination, 

71 
the distance from and type of detonation, the time the survey began, amount of 

time requi red to decontaminate the vessel, means and effectiveness of decontamination. and intensity of the contamination on vessel surface areas, and 

was accompanied by an exposed area monitoring sheet. 

Film badge data. including that of special mission badges worn by personnel 

entering a radioactive area or handling radioactive material, were transferred 

to 5- x 8-inch cards for each Individual. The form had two columns, one for 

film badges and another for pocket dosimeters. Each column had headings of 

date (pKeSUmably of return). badge (or dosimeter) number, reading in milliroentgens, and accumulated exposure.At the bottom of the card was the participant's name. The person's organization was also usually given, but for some 

no organization asslgnment is noted. 

In all cases, exposure records of personnel working In radiation areas 

were scrutinized after each day's operation. and those who approached or exceeded established tolerance levels were so informed and cautioned not to enter radiation areas for prescribed lengths of time. In general, cooperation of 

test personnel with radsafe instructions was excellent (Reference 38, p. 25). 

A notable exception was the problem between CTU 3.4.4 and the n; 3.4 Radsafe 

Officer previously discussed. 

Apparently no single list, or group of related lists, summarizing and consolidatlng lnformatlon from all 5x8 cards was made. by the task force, or at 

least such a list has not been discovered. In later nuclear test series in the 

Pacific, task forces were directed to compile such a list (or related lists) 

in their operations orders, and the resulting Consolidated List of EXWSUKeS 

for each of the subsequent test series can be found in archives. 

A list consolidating the exposure information for LASL personnel In TG 3.1 

was compiled and Is located in the files of the Los Alamos National Laboratory 

(Reference 58). In this file also are lists covering personnel from the Naval 

Radlologlcal Defense Laboratory (NRDL) and the Naval Research Laboratory (ML) 

who participated in TG 3.1. These lists are apparently based on information 

recorded on edge-punched cards. The cards record individual identification information including task force affiliation, business and home addresses. nextof-kin, and date of required pre-GREENHOUSE physical examination. Added to 

these Cards were dates that each person was at Enewetak and the total exposure 

recorded by his film badges. 

This file of edge-punched cards has been microfilmed along with the 5x8 

cards by the Reynolds Electrical & Engineering Co.. Inc. (REECo), the contractor that operates the Nevada Test Site for the Department of Energy (Reference 

59). 

A list of GREENHOUSE exposures for all badged GREENHOUSE participants does 

exist (Reference 60), but this is based on the total badge accumulation on the 

5x8 cards and additional amounts assessed for "fallout. " This list was reconstructed some 17 years after the series by REECo, working with the Ai r Force 

with funds supplied to the AEC by the Defense Atomic Support Agency (now the 

Defense Nuclear Agency). 

72 
The magnitudesoftheassessments were b a s e do n l yo nf a l l o u tr e c e i v e d at 

P a r r yI s l a n da n dd i dn o t take intoconsiderationtheactuallocationof a person'sduties. For some records, falloutcomputation did notconsiderthe actual 

length of a p e r s o n ' ss t a yi nt h eP a c i f i cP r o v i n g Ground.Therefore,that list 

is nolongerconsidereduseful. 

Falloutassessments were made for 1,690 Navy personnelservingontheships 

at Enewetak, and these were entered on theirmedicalrecordsin1951.These 

assessments were probably made usingrepresentativebadgingandknowledge of 

p a r t i c u l a rp e r s o n n e la s s i g n m e n t s and are useful as e s t i m a t e sf o rf a l l o u t exposure for t h o s es h i p s . 

The contribution to personnelexposuresfrom GREENHOUSE fallout and estimatesof its magnitudearediscussedinChapter 10. 

PRE-EVENTSAFETYMEASURES 

Hazard Zones 

A securityzone(Danger Area) was establishedaroundEnewetakbefore GREENHOUSE. It was 200 by 150 nmi (371 by 278 km), boundedby coordinates 160°30'E 

to 163O55'Eand 10°15'N to 12O45'N,and is shown i nF i g u r e 14 (Reference 

49). The area was patrolledbyaircraft andtwo destroyers to direct unauthori z e dv e s s e l s . Two unauthorizedvesselsenteredtheDanger Area during GREENHOUSE -- a Japanesefishingship,Kuroshio Mxa;. "- Maru, and a tug,Eugenia M. 

"""" 

Kuroshio Maru was sighted on 5 April andescorted 7fromthe area. Eugenia"-M.

"" 

Moran was s i g h t e do n 27 Apriland was escorted fromthearea by Sproston (Reference61). 

VP-931 flewdayandnightreconnaissancepatrolsovertheEnewetakDanger 

Area, covering a radius of 100 nmi (185 km) fromEnewetak.Immediately precedingandfollowing a shot,additionalflights were made to increasecoverage of 

thearea(Reference 16, p. 4). Threesearchplanes were employed, all centered 

on a pointapproximatelyequidistantfromthevarious test sites. An outer 

s e a r c hp a t t e r n (Able) was flownabout a square 200 nrni (371 km) on a side. An 

i n t e r m e d i a t es e a r c hp a t t e r n (Baker) followedanoctagonal track 66 nmi (122 km) 

o ne a c hl e ga t a mean d i s t a n c eo f 84 nmi (156 km) from its center. An inner 

s e a r c hp a t t e r n( C h a r l i e )c o m p r i s i n gp a r a l l e ls w e e p s 10 mi (18.5 km) a p a r ta n d 

covering a square area 90 nmi (167 km) on a side, had two forms, sweeps running 

north-southand east-west. During periods between tests, one Able patrol plus 

either a Baker or a C h a r l i ep a t r o l were flownevery 24 h o u r sb ys e a r c hu n i t s 

consistingof a singleaircraft.Beginning 5 daysbeforeeach test, the patrols 

weregradually drawn in andsearchunitswereincreased to two-aircraft teams. 

From 24 h o u r sb e f o r eu n t i l 10 h o u r sa f t e re a c h test, o n l yC h a r l i ep a t t e r n s 

were flown. At theend of thiscriticalperiod,patrols were progressivelyexpandedand single-aircraftsearchesresumed(Reference 16, p. A-7). Surface 

patrols were also conductedimmediatelyprecedingandfollowingshots.The 

aerialsearchpatterns and thesurfacepatrolarea is shown inFigure 15. 

Fallout Predlctlon 

CTG 3.1 was r e s p o n s i b l ef o rp l o t t i n gs u r f a c er a d e xa r e a s and issuinginstructions to operatingagenciesof JTF 3, while CTG 3.4 plotted air radex 

73 
165' E D 

WAKE ISLAND 

DANGER AREA 

ATOLL BIK VI ATOLL n

V 0 p RONGERIK ATOLL

RONGELAP ATOLL 

10' N Q WOTHO ATOLL 

u 

UELANG ATOLL 

KWAJALEIN ATOLL 

UJAE ATOLL 

MAJURO ATOLL 

0PONAPE ISLAND b

KUSAJE ISLAND 

L9 

Flgure 14. GREENHOUSE DangerAreaaroundEnewetak. 

74 
f I 

i 

I 

I 

I 4- I

I 

I 

SURFACE 

PATROL AREA 

... 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 

I 1 1 1 1 I 1 

NAUTICAL MILES 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

1 I I I I L KILOMETERS 

F l g u r e1 5 .A e r l a ls e a r c hp a t t e r n sa n ds u r f a c ep a t r o la r e a , GREENHOUSE. 

75 
areas and Issued instructions to all aircraft operating in the vicinity. Fallout predictions were based on weather observations and results of previous 

operations. Includlng Information from recently completed Nevada operations. 

Two types of analyses of wind-weather data were used In preparing the fallout predictions: hodographs and trajectory forecasts of the paths of particles 

falling from a givenaltitude through the various wlnd layers. 

A hodograph is a dlagram representing the projection on the Earth's surface 

of the path of a wlnd-sounding balloon rising In the atmosphere at a constant 

rate. The projection points on the surface represent the locations where the 

particles would land If they had originated over surface zero at 9 given 

altitude; 

Maps of the paths that partlcles at a glven altitude would take due to 

winds were known as particle trajectory forecasts. Cloud trajectory forecasts 

were developed from these using Air Force meteorological data, and the model 

assumed that particles descended at a constant velocity without turbulence. 

Fallout particles were assumed to originate from various altitudes oversurface 

zero, and the particles were assumed to drop with varying veloclties. Using 

these assumptlons. a series of points on the ground was obtained, each the 

product of an assumed Initial altitude. assumed fall rate, and predicted wlnd. 

These series were formed into curves representing the path along which fallout 

could occur (Reference 62, p. 17). 

Scientists at GREENHOUSE were satisfled with their cloud trajectory and 

fallout forecasting techniques, but the extent and location of the actual fallout sometimes came as a surprise (Reference 38, pp. 6 and 11; Reference 16, p. 

B-1). The forecast rate and amount of fallout had been predicated in part on 

results of previous experlments. including the 1951 RANGER tests in Nevada. 

When the results for DOG and ITEM were not as predicted, one explanation given 

was that the soil type at Nevada differed sufficiently from the stabilized 

coral soil at Enewetak to have significantly altered particle size, type, and 

the rate of fall. Because of the unknown factors of weather and fallout mechanisms, predicting times and locations of fallout was a difficult problem.

WestherReconnajssance,Reportlng,andPredlctjon 

Weather Information was Important to radsafe operations and was used to 

make accurate predictions of detonatlon cloud movement and fallout.TG 3.4 was 

assigned three weather missions. One was to establish and operate four remote 

weather stations on the islands of Majuro, Kusaie. Nauru. and Bikatl. Another 

was operation of a fleet of 12 WB-29s to make dally long-range weather flights 

starting at D-4 of each shot. The third mission was to operate the Weather 

Central at Hq JTF 3, where alr and ground radex areas were forecast before 

each detonation (Reference 7, p. 1-9). 

TU 3.4.5 (Weather) was responsible for manning and operating the four remote stat lons and JTB 3 Weather Central (mfarenca 7, p. 7). This task unit 

was formed at Tinker Am. Oklahoma, and departed for the Pacific on 20 December 

1950 (Reference 3, p. 113). 

76 
The four remote-island weather stations were occupied in early February by 

TU 3.4.5 detachments. Each remote island weather detachment was authorized one 

officer and eighteen airmen (Reference 63, p. 24). A permanent Navy station on 

Majuco and a Coast Guard station on Rikati assisted the detachments on these 

islands in setting up and operating. These island detachments used balloons 

(three per day) for upper air observations and monitored barometric pressure, 

wind speed, and wind direction at ground level. 

JTF 3 Weather Central was manned by 12 officers and 18 enlisted men. Six 

officers and 12 enlisted men were from the Navy: the remainder were Air Force 

personnel from TU 3.4.5. There were two radex area plotting unlts. one with 12 

personnel located wlth weather Central at Enewetak and one located at Kwajalein. These two units were staffed by personnel from TU 3.4.5 (Reference 64, 

App. 14). Air and ground radex area plots predicting the movement of the cloud 

and accompanying fa1 lout were made before H-hour. After H-hour, new plots were 

made at H+6 minutes. H+1, and H+6. Air radex areas were also plotted by alti--

tude (Reference 27, p. 19). Weather Central had a full complement of communlcations equipment for collectlng data, includingradio,radioteletype,and 

facsimile receivers. Data were received from Tokyo: Townsville (Australia): 

Guam, Fiji, Wake, eonape, Truk, and Yap islands: Washington, D.C.; and Hawaii 

(Reference 5, p. 7: Reference 29, Annex E). Tokyo, Washington, and Honolulu 

data included facslmile weather maps. 

One of the Weather Central's more critical functions was weather briefings 

for interested JTF 3 organizations. These organizations included JTF 3 Radsafe, 

TG 3.1, TG 3.3, TG 3.4, TU 3.4.2, and the JTF 3 staff Weather Officer (Reference 64, p. 11). Charts plotted and analyzed dally included (Reference 66, p. 

11): 

0 Surface weather maps (2 per day) 

0 700-mB (0.7 MPa) constant pressure charts (2 per day) 

0 Logs of 3-hourly surface weather at 18 stations 

0 Upper wind tabulations for 6 stations 

0 Wind-time section graphs for 4 stations 

0 Upper air soundings for 4 stations. 

The Weather Reconnaissance Unit. TU 3.4.4 supported Weather Central with 

WB-29 flights to obtain current local weather information. Most of the unit 

left Tinker Am. Oklahoma, on 3 February 1951 and arrived at Kwajalein on 

9 February wlth aircraft, men, and equipment. The remainder arrived on 21 February (Reference 21, p. 6). By 1 March the unit was flying daily missions on 

predesignated routes called "gooney tracks." Eleven separate tracks averaged 

1,500 to 2,000 nml (2,780 to 3,706 km) each. Normally, Charlie track and George 

track were flown daily to the northeast and northwest, respectively. Most 

tracks were triangular: however, a few were rectangular. The average flight 

time for a track was 12 hours. Normally, on each track one AN/AMT-3 radiosonde 

was dropped to obtain weather data at lower altitudes. The unit flew 158 weather miSSiOnS during GREENHOUSE: 7 in February, 48 in March, 56 in April, av' 

47 In May 1951 (Reference 67, Incl. 2). In addition to weather missions, it 

flew radloactlve cloud tracklnq and sampling missions. Other aerial weather 

observations were obtained fromTG 3.3's patrol squadron (VP-931). 

77 
Weather Information allowed delineatlon of radex areas. Radex areas were 

determined by both TU 3.1.5 (surface radex) and TU 3.4.4 (air radex). Radex 

areas were usually defined as locations where slgniflcant fallout would occur 

within 6 hours after detonation. 

Weather Information was also valuable for other command-level decisions 

concerning the tests. Minimum cloud cover was desirable for the Important 

photographic projects. and predictions of heavy cloud cover did cause shot 

postponements. Last-minute postponements were undesirable. One experimental 

program used small animals as test subjects. They were t ransported from Japtan 

to the shot islands anesthetized so they would remain motionless during the 

detonation. To return the animals because of a needless detonation delay could 

have resulted in their loss. Hence, accurate forecasts were important (Reference 5, p. 6). 

Comand Brleflngs 

The decision to conduct a test shot was made during a series of command 

briefings beglnning at H-30. Fallout exposure evaluation was critical to the 

shot/no-shot decisions. Evaluations were presented by a senior representative 

of the Radsafe Office. The radsafe briefing included: 

Forecast winds for H-hour, hodoqraphs, and resultant wind 

diasrams. For each brlefing. hodographs were constructed 

with the latest wind informatlon at different altitudes in 

Order to show the development of the wind pattern. 

Surface radex areas and lonq-ranqe fallout plots. The surface radex area was drawn using the hodograph to forecast 

H-hour winds. A long-range (24-hour) fa1 lout plot also was 

drawn to show its location relative to Inhabited atolls 

and was presented In conjunction with the surface radex 

area. 

Seventv-two hourairbornepartlcletralectorvforecast. 

The airborneparticletrajectoryforecastwas used to 

evaluate contamination on ai r routes and to extend the 

surface radex area beyond H+6. 

Air radex area. The alr radex area was plotted at Kwajalein,primarilyforthebenefitoftheaircrewsthere. 

Since the air radex area normally did not affect the shot 

decision, it was not directly used at briefings unless 

requested. 

Radiationhazardoutlooks.specificpotentialproblems 

evaluated at each briefing were: 

- - Enewetak. The out look was determlned from the forecast 

hodograph on the shot atoll. 

-- Inhabited atolls. Both the shot atoll hodograph and the 

long-range fallout plot were used to evaluate the outlook for these atolls. 

78 
.I- Air routes through Wake and Kwajalein. The impact on 

the air routes was determined by the 72-hour airborne 

partlcle trajectory forecast and by the alr radex area. 

The trajectories at 10,000,20,000,and 30,000 feet 

(3.05, 6.1, and 9.14 km) were considered to have the 

major impact on these routes between H-hour andH+24. 

-- Surface routes Inside 500 nmi (927 km), or about one 

day of cloud travel. A display of all known translent 

shipping was presented in conjunction with the surface 

radex area and the long-range fallout plot. 

- - Position of task force ships. Recommended positioning 

of surface ships wasbased on the surface KadeX area. 

Cloud-tracking plan. The plan was reviewed as necessarb 

to adjust to changes ln forecast wind patterns. 

A general overall statement of favorability or unfavorabllity of the radsafe 

shot conditions summarized and concluded the radsafe briefing. 

R a d l a t l o nP r o t e c t l o nH o d l f l c a t l o n s 

Special radlatlon protection measures were available to TG 3.4 cloudtracking aircrews. The JTF 3 Radsafe Officer stated that a vlgorous effort 

should be made to develop abdomlnal shielding for crewmembers, since the physiological effects of radiation were greater in the abdomen than elsewhere. At 

a meeting wlth the radsafe officers. doctors from the Air Force and from the 

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP) recommended that 50 pounds (22.7 

kg) of shielding per CfWKtembeK be used (Reference 68). Whether the shielding 

was available by the beginning of the series Is uncertain. 

Pilots flylng toward the cloud were lssued 4.0 neutral density goggles to 

prevent temporary flashblindness. Other radsafe clothing allotments to cloud 

trackers included rubber gloves, booties, and special flltering equipment. The 

Individuals who changed the filters aboard were also required to wear special 

respirators. Alrcraft crewmembers were required to breathe 100-percent oxygen 

during and after sampling missions to reduce the possibility of Inhaling 

radioactive particles. 

In 1951, Navy ships were not equipped wlth washdown system such as those 

used in later test series. Instead, Navy ships partlclpating In nuclear tests 

relied on flrefighting-system hoses. Each ship participated In an atomic defense inspection at Enewetak. The inspection included a drill to simulate 

actions to be taken if the ship encountered radioactivity. During trainlng 

drills, inspectors uncovered some minor problems that were readlly corrected. 

When ships actually encountered fallout, they were prepared to handle It (Reference 42). 

Washing down ships during fallout naturally exposed some personnel to radioactivity. Personnel were required to hose down and,if necessary, scrub down 

exposed surfaces. Complete water-resistant decontamination outfits protected 

the damage control parties who had to work on contaminated sections of the 

ship. Decontamination suits consisted of waterproof and wlndproof rubberized 

79 
cotton fabric (Navy foul weather gear), an anti-splash eyeshield, anti-splash 

gaunt lets, rubber gloves, rubber boots or overshoes, a standard gas mask or 

respirator, and a film badge dosimeter. When possible, hosing was done from 

upwind to avoid spray drifting back onthe workers (Reference69, HI. 

Standard shipboard procedure when radioactivity was encountered was to 

shut off all ventilation systems and close appropriate hatches to prevent the 

entrance of radioactivity. Nonessential personnel went below to minimize the 

number exposed. However, the case of USS LST-859 disclosed a problem with this 

procedure. When the monitor realized that the ship was passing through radioactive fallout, all personnel were ordered below deck and the ship sealed, but 

it soon became evident that the ship's Interior had become contaminated from 

personnel. tracking radioactive particles. Cleaning interior spaces was a major 

problem. This problem was addressed by the commanding officer of Curtiss. who 

suggested decontamination areas at entrances to the ships to prevent the spread 

of fallout below deck. 

CTG 3.3 recommended that ships in the future use a modified Condition Able 

setup. This setup requires closing all windward doors and hatches during fallout and leaving open all interior hatches not required for ordinary safe steaming. He reasoned that it was nearly impossible to close up a ship tightly for 

long periods of time in the tropics and still maintain below-deck efficiency. 

If enough time were available. gauze pads over critical ventilator intakes 

would allow limited ventilation below decks, Improving the general situation, 

especially in engine rooms (Reference 16, p. 8-17). 

Evacuatton 

Light planes (1,-5 and L-13) were used to survey uninhabited islands of the 

atoll 4 days. and again 3 days. before each scheduled shot. The islands north 

of Japtan were evacuated, and all task force personnel were mustered and accounted for 2 days before each shot (Reference 70, p. 8). Accountability for 

all transient aircraft crews was the responsibility of CTG 3.4. Accountability 

for all other transient personnel not specifically assigned to a group was Hq 

JTF 3's responsibility. On D-1, "G 3.1, as well as TG 3.2 and TG 3.3, were 

given specific duties in evacuating all personnel from the islands north of 

Japtan during the afternoon of the day before the shot.A second physical muster was required at 1900 on D-1. Periodic reports were to be made to CJTF 3 

during these shot preparations. 

Shot times varied from predawn to midmorning and all personnel were awakened at least 1 hour before each shot. Task force ships generally remained in 

the lagoon off Enewetak and Parry for the tests. The number of men evacuated 

from the camps In the northern islands was about 700 for shot GEORGE, and this 

may be typical of the magnitude of the normal pKeShOt evacuation operations. 

These men were carried to the lower islands or to task force ships in LCHs and 

other small craft. In addition, 429 TG 3.4 personnel were evacuated by air 

from Enewetak to Kwajalein before shot GEORCE. 

A plan for evacuation of the entire atoll existed for shot GEORCE. Two 

contingencies were planned for. One presumed limited fallout, requiring personnel to remain under cover unless they had essential duties outside. The 

80 
second was for fallout sufficiently Intense to require evacuation from Parry. 

Japtan,andEnewetak.exceptforcommunicationsandradiological crews at 

Enewetak. If an extreme emergency occurred, these personnel would have a hellcopter and ae47 at their disposal for evacuation to Kwajalein. 

Ships to be used in case the evacuatlon became necessary and personnel 

assignments are listed In Table 8. 

T a b l e8 .J o i n tT a s kF o r c e 3 evacuatlonasslgnmentsfor GREENHOUSE, GEORGE. 

No. of 

Shl p Loca t Ion Unl t Personnel 

USS C u r t l s s( A V - 4 ) Parry 236Headquarters 

USS C u r t i s s( A V - 4 ) Parry 857 

TG 3.2 

USNS Sqt. Charles E. Mower (T-AP-186) Enewetak Headquarters 

USS C u r t l s s( A V - 4 ) Jap tan TG 3.1, 133 

60 

TG 3.1 

USNS Sqt. Charles E. Mower (T-AP-186) Enewetak 118 

USNSSrrt. Charles E. Mower (T-AP-186) Enewetak TG 3.2 500 

Enewetak 751 

TG 3.1 

-USS Cablldo (LSD-16) TG 3.2 

Enewetak 1,172 TG 3.4 

Source: 71. Reference 

POSTEVENT SAFETY MEASURES 

Reentry to the shot islands and the upper lagoonwas controlled by a schedule that assumed, from experience at SANDSTONE and RANGER, that radioactivity 

on the shot Island would be low enough to permit "quick reconnaissance parties 

landing . . . for short periods of time . . . to fescue . . . data . . . [also] 

that the surface RADEX could be lifted approximately one hour after H-hour" 

(Reference 5, p. 118). After the first two shots of the series a "new procedure 

was initiated . . . in that recovery operations were delayed until a radiologlcal safety survey of the shot island was conducted" (Reference 38, p. 7). This 

survey began about1-1/2 hours after the shot. 

Parry Island was the postshot control center. Both Parry and Enewetak 

islandshaddecontaminationfacilities. Parties recoveringscientificdata 

soon after the shots operated from Navy craft in the lagoon until early radiological surveys determined that the atoll envlronment was safe enough to move 

data-recovery operations ashore. 

Entry to and exlt from radioactive areas was strictly controlled through 

radsafe checkpoints. All personnel entering moderately or highly radioactive 

areas were to be badged and accompanied by a radsafe monitor. Cumulative personnel exposure records were malntained at the Checkpoints. Each center maintalned current radiological situation maps of the atoll so the accompanying 

monitor could advise the party leader of allowable stay-time in any area. 

USS-LST-859 

81 
Personnel traveling In a radioactive area were advised to wear radsafe 

protective clothing. The clothing had tight wrist and ankle closures and a 

tight neck closure as well if it did not Cover the head (Reference 72, pp. 7 

and 8). The chief function of the clothing was to prevent contamination of the 

skin, hair, and personal clothing. thus facilitating personnel decontamination. 

It also preventedpersonnelfrominadvertentlytransportingandspreading 

radioactive particles to the base islands because it was left at decontamination stations. Particles less than 10 microns In slze were viewed as constituting an inhalation hazard (Reference 62, p. 10). Personnel who anticipated 

working in an environment that might contain 10-micron OK smaller particles 

were to wear respirators to minimize the inhalation hazard (Reference 32). 

Cloud Tracklng 

Two B-50A aircraft operating out of Kwajalein were used to locate and 

track radioactive clouds. 

The first B-50A took off from Kwajaleln approximately 2 hours after each 

shot and located the radioactive cloud using airborne radiological detection 

instruments, since it was no longer visible. After finding it, a cloverleaf 

pattern was flown around the cloud. The cloud trackers headed into the radioactive area until the detection instruments indicated a limiting reading, after 

which the cloud tracker turned and flewout of the radioactive area. The series 

of successive inbound and outbound headings fixed the position of the radloactive area. 

The second B-50A took off from Kwajalein approximately 24 hours after the 

detonation to continuetracking the cloud. If the cloud location was not known, 

its location was estimated from available meteorological information and an 

expanding area search was flown. Once radioactive traces were detected, the 

cloverleaf pattern was again flown. cloud-tracking missions averaged 12 hours 

(ReEerence 20). 

As an adjunct to cloud tracking, WB-29 a1 rcraft were used to obtain ai r 

samples and make air conductivity observations for 36 hours after detonation. 

The WR-29s operated out of Kwajalein. One “29 orbited east of the detonation 

point at 5,000 feet (1.52 km) and after the detonation tracked the radioactive 

cloud and collected airsamples for 12 hours. 

Twelve hours after a detonation, two WR-29s took off from Kwajalein and 

flew a 600-mi (1.112-km) north-south track along the Kwajalein meridian at 

altitudes varying from 5.000 to 30,000 feet (1.52 to 9.14 km). When the first 

two WR-29s landed two more took off and flew thesame track, thereby observing 

a cloud for up to 36 hours after the detonation. These aircraft staged through 

Enewetak for initial decontamination before returning to Kwajalein (Reference 

20, p. 18). 

Cloud Sampltng 

Cloud-sampling, sample recovery, and sample return were operations of critical importance for radsafe operations. Sampling was undertaken to obtain 

data needed for evaluation of nuclear explosions. Both gas samplesand particle 

02 
samples were obtained from the debris clouds. This cloud sampling relied heavily on unmanned, remotely controlled, drone aircraft operations. 

Different kinds of planes were involved in sampling activity. Eight B-17 

drones were used to penetrate the KadiOaCtiVe cloud to obtain readings and to 

make measurements and collect samples for the AEC. Manned wR-29s, B-5OAs. and 

B-50Ds tracked and sampled around the edges of the cloud In areas of relatively

light radiation. 

Airborne monitors and weather observers on the manned sampler aircraft normally were responsible for collecting various samples. Monitors were responsible for the aircrews' radiological safety. NOKITI~~ procedure during sampling

operations was for monitors to use the low scale on their GM counters during 

the flight. This allowed detection of low levels of radiation. For filter sampling missions. before the aircraft reached 2,000 feet (610 meters), two air 

filters were installed in the air filter device. The air filter on the right 

device was removed and replaced every 10 minutes and attached to its data 

sheet.Dust-proofrespirators were issued to filter deviceoperators not 

breathing 100-percent oxygen while changing filters. Contamination found on 

the heads and shoulders of operators indicated that particle fallout occurred 

during removal and replacement of filters. Personnel decontamination is discussed below. 

Monitors continued to check the crewmembers' exposure to radioactivity 

while samples werebeing collected. Samplers were scheduled to fly for 12 hours 

or unt I1 the crew's radiation exposure to KadiatiOn approached 3.O R. At the 

3.0 R level, aircrews. regardless of the time they had been airborne, were 

ordered to curtail their sampling missions and return to Kwajalein. Both sets 

of ai r fl lters were removed just before the ai rcraft descended to 2,000 feet 

(610 meters). as the aircraft returned to base whenthe mission was over. 

Sample-Recovery Technqques 

Responsibility for removing and handling experimental equipment fromdrones 

rested solely with TG 3.1. Drone samples were removed as soon as the aircraft 

were parked. Removal time normallywas not more than 5 to 10 minutes per drone. 

Figure 16 shows a motorized and shielded conveyance being u5ed to remove one 

of the sampling devices from under the nose of a drone B-17. Figure 17 shows 

the filter being removed from the device bypersonnel with long-sleeves, 

gloves, and long-handled tools. Figure 18 shows the conveyance removing a sample of gaseous radioactive debris through a probe. 

To minimize delay in analyzing the samples, TG 3.1 personnel packaged the 

samples immediately after removal from the various aircraft, and placed them 

aboard waiting C-54 aircraft at Enewetak. The KadiOlOgiCal section monitored 

the B/31 bottles before shipment and posted Intensity readings and safe distances (Reference 73). Samples were packaged to keep radiation readings below 

1 R/hr. 1 foot from the container. The sample containers were placed in the 

aircraft such that no personnel would be exposed to more than 0.1 R/day (Reference 74). Projectpersonnelserved as radsafe monitors on sample-return 

flights. The radsafe monitors' advice concerning radiological safety and safe 

distances from the samples was final and binding on the courier. Further, all 

83 
_. 

c
f" .. 

' '.\ 

C ' 1, 

I/ 4 

.I 1 
:, 
aircraft. On completion of decontamination operations, personnel were monitored 

on the spot. They then removed their protective outer clothing. gloves, and 

booties and put them into covered containers. They were then remonitored and 

sent to the personnel decontamination center if necessary. All contaminated 

personnel were monitored at the change house entrance, where they were told 

the extent of their contamination. They were also advised of where to dispose 

of clothing. Some Items might require laundering. others permanent disposal. 

Other items, such as shoes, might be worn without laundering after natural 

decayloweredtheamount of radloactivlty. After personnel were monitored 

(clothed and unclothed) and personnel dosimeters were collected, they showered 

until decontaminated (Reference 77, Incl. VI. 

Personnel Contamination-Decontamination Form 441, used when Navy personnel 

were contaminated, recordedtheextentof contaminatlon on hair, armplts. 

hands, feet, body, crotch, and clothing. It also recorded the method and amount 

of time necessary to decontaminate the person. If repeated decontamlnatlon 

efforts were necessary, It explained why (such as lingering contaminatlon on 

hair). 

When a TG 3.4 radlologlcal mission aircraft landed, it was parked adjacent 

to the radlologlcal personnel decontamination center. The crewmembers lmmedi--

ately left the aircraft and were dl rected to the personnel monitoring center. 

The aircraft was quickly surveyed by the alrcraEt decontamination crew and 

towed away as soon as practicable to avoid Increasing the background count in 

the personnel monitoring area. Personnel monitors noted that it was Impossible 

to obtain actual beta-plus-gamma-intensity recordings when personnel were con -

tamlnated in excess of 0.005 R/hr, beta plus gamma. 

Naval Vessel Oecontarnlnatlon 

CTG 3.3 Op Plan 1-51 (Reference 69) prescribed the standard operating procedure for ship decontamination. It stated that: 

0 The topside of the ship was to be wetted before unavoidable 

exposure to radioactive particles In the fallout area to 

minimlze the decontamination effort. The Interior OF the 

ship was to maintain Its clean status by sealing the ship 

by closing appropriate hatches and ventilation fittings. 

0 If the ship required decontamlnation. damage control parties were to wear complete water-resistant decontamination 

outfits. Specific hoslng techniques were to be used to 

control contaminated spray from hosing operations. If possible, hoslng was to be done From upwlnd to mlnimlze drifting back on crewmembers. If possible, objects were to be 

sprayed from 15 to 20 feet (4.6 to 6.1 meters) away. Water 

was to be directed to strike vertical surfaces at an angle 

of 30° to45O.If a contaminatedarea were large, it 

was tobehosed down at a rateof 4 ft2/mln.In all 

cases, drainage was to be such that contaminated water 

flowed directly over the sides. 

0 If hosing was Insufficient, the vessel was to be scrubbed. 

87 
o If exposed painted OK metal surfaces of the ship remained 

contaminated after hosing and scrubbing, if practicable, 

surface contamination could be allowed to decay naturally. 

Contamination could be sealed in by repainting while it 

decayed to prescribed tolerances. 

o Wooden surCaces, if contaminated, were tobe decontaminated 

under general boat decontamination pK0CedUKeS. Like shipboard decontamination, the preferred method in decontaminating boats was prevention by wetting surfaces before 

exposure to radioactive particles. Boats, however, had a 

greaterpotentialforretainingcontamination. I€ the 

boat's interior became Contaminated, it could be hosed down 

and the contaminants pumped over the side, but frequent 

use of thls method would concentrate contaminants in the 

bilge pumps. 

Ship commanders discovered, particularly as a result of actual fallout, 

that the recommendation they had received in CTG 3.3 Op Plan 1-51 to wet the 

topside of the ship before the detonation greatly reduced decontamination 

efforts. 

Contamination inside the boats couldbe lntroduced by contaminated passengers, radioactive fallout, OK seepage of contaminated water into the bilges.A 

particularly difficult source of shipboard decontamination was unpainted wood. 

I€ the contamination proved to be resistant to hosing, scrubbing, or scraping, 

a coat of varnish, shellac, or paint would contain radioactivity and seal the 

surface until KadlOaCtiVity decayed to a permissible level. 

Both ships and boats were expected to be decontaminated in the open sea, 

where drainage and dispersal of low-level contamination presented no problem 

(Reference 49. Annex H-11. pp. 3 and 4). Table 9 summarizes the effectiveness 

of ship and boat decontamination techniques in GREENHOUSE. 

Equlpment Decontamlnatlon 

Decontamination of radioactive clothing was handled by the Army Quartermaster. Development of special monitoring lnstruments was found necessary to 

measure both initial degree of contamination and effectiveness of the decontamination process. Clothing collected from personnel working In radioactive 

areas was flrst monitored by this system, then washed using quartermaster 

laundry procedures. The clothing was then remonitored to determine the degree 

of contamination remaining. (In some cases, clothing could be decontaminated 

slmply by airing It. In Other cases. if clothing were too contaminated OK 

threatened to overtax laundry facilities. it was disposed of in the ocean.) 

Location of contamination on clothing was spotty. Radloactlvity was generally found on cuffs, trouser legs, and pockets. A monitoring device that could 

be easily maneuvered to precisely measure contamination wasdesirable. Several 

Instruments used for detection of contamination on clothing are compared in Table 10. Because contamination was spotty, it was difficult to assess the overall level of contamination an lndlvidual encountered (Reference78, p. 201). 

88 
Table 9. Shlp andboatdecontamlnatloneffectiveness. 

_. 

DateVessel 

8 AVR-P-645 

AVR-20987 

AVR-20967 

AVR-26656 

-USS Cablldo (LSO-16) 

LCM-9 

" 

Effectlveness 

8Apr 

8Apr 

9Apr 

25May 

25May 

26May 

26May 

26May 

8Apr 

9 Apr 

21 Apr 

9 May 

9 May 

25May 

25Hay 

25May 

26May 

8 Apr 

9Apr 

10 Apr 

21Apr 

21Apr 

22Apr 

25May 

25May 

25 Hay 

26 May 

8Apr 

8 Apr 

9Apr 

9Apr 

9Apr 

10 Apr 

11 Apr 

20Apr 

25May 

25May 

25May 

25May 

26May 

26May 

26May 

Apr 

Hour 

1045 

1445 

1800 

0900 

1530 

1700 

0800 

0930 

1100 

1230 

1230 

0828 

1520 

1800 

0717 

1330 

1530 

1000 

1400 

1500 

0800 

0737 

1300 

1200 

0800 

1010 

1300 

0952 

1300 

1800 

0400 

1030 

1500 

1000 

0900 

1500 

1400 

1630 

1900 

21 30 

0415 

0730 

1700 

1200 

" 

til ghes t 

Contamtnatlona 

(R/hr ) Technlquesb (percent) 

0.010-0.022 FS. SB 50 

0.006-0.012 FS, SB 75 

0.005-0.008 FS, SB 87 

0.0019-0.0037 FS, SB 95 

0.002-0.0036 FS, SB 87 

0.020-0.047 FS, SB " 

0.014-0.042 FS, S8 30 

0.008-0.022 FS, SB 50 

0.008-0.016 FS, SB 60 

0.012-0.050 FS 85 

0.002 FS 98 

0.002-1 .ooo FS, SB 96 

0.044 96 

0.005 99 

NA NA 

0.005-0.016 FS, SB 10 

0.012-0.021 FS, SB "

0.003-0.007 FS, SB 75 

0.040 FS, SB 75 

0.0021 -0.0042 FS, SB 93 

0.0007-0.0018 FS, SB 98 

0.210 FS, SB 50 

0.012-0.060 FS, SB 95 

0.038 FS, SB 98 

0.009-0.020 FS, SB 

0.010-0.020 FS, SB 20 

0.001 3-0.004 FS. SB 92 

0-0.019 FS. SB 50 

0.002-0.026 FS. SB 70 

0.002-0.021 FS, SB 70 

0.002-0.01 8 FS. SB 90 

0.0001 -0.027 FS, SB 95 

0.0005-0.010 FS, SB 96 

0-0.010 FS, SB 98 

0-0.0052 FS, SB 99 

0-0.0003 FS. SB 100 

0.002-0.023 FS 50 

0.004-0.130 fS ..-

0.004-0.135 FS 10 

0.004-0.075 FS 50 

0.004-0.050 FS 73 

0.002-0.040 FS 85 

0.001 -0.022 FS. SB 97 

0.003-0.009 FS 95 

(contlnued) 

89 

8 
Table 9. Sh7p and boat decontamlnatlon effectiveness (contlnued). 

-

Hlghest 

Effectlveness Contamlnatlona 

OateVessel Hour (R/hr ) Technlquesb (percent) " 

LCM-10 8 Apr 1200 0.005-0.01 0 FS 

LCM-18 Apr 21 1100 0.003-0.008 FS 

LCM-20 8 Apr 1200 0.004-0.015 FS 

LCM 23 Apr 21 1200 0.002-0.007 FS 

LSU-1194 8 Apr 1710 0.008-0.028 FS, SB 

9 Apr 1000 0.001 -0.009 FS, SB 

10 Apr 1000 0.008-0.028 FS, SB 

25May 1135 0.006-0.033 FS, SB 

25May 1730 0.040-0.090 FS. SB 

25May 0730 0.007-0.040 FS, S6 

LSU-1249 8 Apr 1808 0.001 2-0.008 FS. SB 

9 Apr 1230 0.0001-0.0003 FS, SB 

21Apr 1648 0.010-0.092 FS, SB 

21 Apr 1900 0.004-0.018 FS, SB 

22 Apr 1200 0.003 FS. SB 

25May 1125 0.008-0.075 FS, SB 

25May 1200 0.006-0.012 FS, SB 

25May 1910 0.006-0.023 FS, SB 

26 May 0730 0.008-0.075 FS, SB 

LSU-1345 8 Apr 1400 0.008-0.021 FS 

8 Apr 1600 0.005-0.018 FS 

9 Apr 0800 0.002-0.006 FS 

10 Apr 0800 0.0003-0.001 2 FS 

11 May 1715 0.040-0.105 FS, 0 

25May 1158 0.0004-0.015 FS, SB 

25May 1900 0.037-0.060 FS, SB 

26May 0658 0.016-0.045 FS, SB 

USS Sproston (ODE-577) 8 Apr 0630 SBW. FS 

21 Apr 0630 FS, 0 

USS Walker (ODE-517) 8 Apr 0745 FS 

26May 0630 FS 

USS Curtlss (AV-4) 8 Apr 1300 FS, SB, s&w 

25May 1030 FS 

USNS Charles E. Mower 8 Apr 0945 FS 

(T-AP-186) 

USS LST-859 8 Apr 0649 F S ,S B , D 

Notes : 

a

Sources:References 79 through94. 

95 

96 

95 

97 

70 

92 

98 

10 

.-

80 

80 

98 

75 

95 

98 

50 

75 

75 

50 

0 

25 

80 

97 

100 

50 

10 

" 

90 

33 

100 

95 

40-60 

75 

50 

85 

bFS -- Flushwlthsaltwater; SB -- scrubbed wlth scrubbrush; 0 -- departed 

fallout area; S&W -- soap and water. 

90 
D 

C 

a 

0 

L 

m 

Y 

U 

4 

n 

al 

Y 

4 

L 

al D

2 C

.-

e 

c 

Y 

Y 

C 

a 

0 

U 

L 

al 

c 

4 

U 

VI 

: 

IVI mal 

5 g

YU 

cal 

an 

0 

UC 

0 C.-

m Y

a4 

0 -

Tu 

YL 

F 

4h 4.8 

-e 

alc 

r 

52 

4 - n4 ce al 

YY 

44 L

alc 

uo 

0 -

E -

.-

01 

C 

c 

Y 

0 

r 

U 

O 

42 

r 

4 

U 

c Y

.- LVI UL 

-e cal r 

4P C 

4Y 

0 r L

uc 3 E 

U VIc 00 Y rCD 0 h U TalL C c) L 

0) -34 

eldl 

L .- 3 uc om0 D 20 00000 3Y5 ceUL 0, .- 00000 

4.8 

0)

U 0 0 0 0- ." cm L .. Y 0- D al- 0 3s c LC L 

C o r c 000 E om 0 oorml- 4 040 OL4 c 00 0 ml-elno V aLC a mn 2 an 0 rNweUI 

C 

0 0 VI 

I c .. c 0 

cc 

Z UI n+ n I OD alp +om 3 .- CC ne ncwc c) 

'4- 3 uc' oal 

- m +VI .-0 u - YECE L 

0 34 hL c3 LO4 0 C VIC rm c ma * 01 a C cx C c mmc .- 0 c .. ou alo c co u L L 4 h " YO.- u a m ualw vn L 4Y VIN L x C 0 LC a am L 

U 3u Y VI VL>C 0 

4 03 U mo alo- ce 

- -u

-E 4 -UY 

n rmVI LO 4 cn hY u u .- 01- ce nu- a .- u Le L 3 - VI 4 LU n C Y alY 0, u4 c c uu al al 4 n- u 4ce Y ODPL u i! L 5 3 u n 4 calm 4 0, Y VI Y L nc al 4.8 

0 0L 34 4 - .- 4 I: LO4 L c 3ce - Xxsam P al oc rc O c 00 u 0 aaavc Y mu 0 Y Eu 2 0 vvv c Y 0) CC 4L-c 0 00 Q 4 - e Y mu pl 00004 FL-: 4 cmsu ooooal L alcal DL al oaloal h 000 .L 

0 Yuc ou Y un ~ce 0 4" on 0 3 alu- a a ur a0 a 

4 00 L u 

VI 

al 0 I c 

C Y L 

4 uc 4 00 44 > alal VIVI nz YC 

00, Y .. LL 

or c L 00 om UL 0 nn 'U cal oc ala om 3d uo LL 

al- L LL 

OL DOL YY ala C Lee

L

Yc r LC al- r - 0 \=\\A= \ n m\ 3 um on o c~\aa\ ma re aa o a a al mu r ala 0 0 mUI mm urn m CUI m - L L OrrNm -0 0 30 me CY a h 00000 EO no0 0 cu C L00000 r. EL .. ..... * 0 ." oo 0 - 0, 

20 c( mo I- m3 zz z w 00000 Y 

a. 

" 

C 

IC 0 5 2 C C YO c IC 

0 10 ur YY 3al I L 

1.- e.- do me C LY E 0 LU 

wmmce alc 04 e4 C mu c u nu 3 - mu nm L3 0 .. 

-c "cc 

" 

c - nL Y L 

&E or C 4 VIW EE rm U 0 L Yuh4 h4 3 - u IaJ r al cw UY uu n uu Y n acL rC .-C to 3 rc 4 0 VI .-D LC 0 >o >o ou c c9 cm 0, YQVIL3 U 

ru 

" 

.-U I OE -E ce c 4alaloo L LL Eal 0 0 LLZUL 

al YO 4 - al 4 u-m m uce crn u m nc'c x - ale co m m Eccou al -al OL 4 3 00 -4 

a we vn w a v~enn 

91 
A l r c r a f tD e c o n t a m l n a t l o n 

In addition to TG 3.4 cloud-tracking and sampler aircraft, P2Vs and drone 

aircraft required decontamination. Typically, drone aircraft were exposed to 

higher amounts of radioactivity than manned Navy and Air Force aircraft. Manned 

TG 3.4 aircraft were decontaminated at Kwajalein by TG 3.4 groundcrews. They 

were also responsible for decontaminating TG 3.3 VP-931 aircraft based at 

Kwajalein. 

TU 3.4.4 constructed a personnel decontamination center and an aircraft 

decontamination area at Kwajalein. The hardstand site stored 2,400 gallons 

(9,084 liters) of freshwater for washing down the aircraft during decontamination. The aircraft decontamination area was 110 by300 feet (33.4 by 91.4 meters), and was marked off with a double line of red and yellow and placards 

warning of radiological hazard. 

Many subunits of TG 3.4 organized their own radsafe operations personnel. 

TU 3.4.2 had 20 monitors (12 ground supervisor monitors and 8 crewmembers 

trained as airborne monitors). The 12 ground monitors conducted aircraft and 

personnel decontamination operations. Twenty ground maintenance crews (five 

men each) decontaminated aircraft.TU 3.4.4 had one crewmember per aircrew who 

was trained for airborne monitoring. These monitors also supervised any decontamination operations required by their unit. In addition, the senior monitor 

performed additional duty as a staff radsafe officer for the unit. TU 3.4.4 

ground maintenance crews also decontaminated their own aircraft.TU 3.4.6 had 

four persons qualified for airborne monitoring. Monitors supervised decontamination operationsof detachments (Reference 70, H). 

Typically, except following shotEASY, when an experimental cleaning technique was used, decontamination techniques closely followed those established 

during Operation SANDSTONE. The most comon agents used inTG 3.4 decontamination operations were the water- and kerosene-soluble cleaning compound, "gunk," 

kerosene, laundry detergent, and freshwater. The solution used consisted of 

gunk and kerosene in a one-to-three ratio (25 gallons [ 94.6 liters I of gunk to

75 gallons [284 liters] of kerosene). About 1,200 gallons (4,542 liters) Of 

water were required to rinse a B-17. 

AS the radioactive drones completed their landing rolls, a crew equipped 

with a tug and an extended towbar to separate the drones from the tug driver 

towed the drones to a restricted parking area (Figure20). Radiological monitors then removed the radioactive samples and test equipment from the drones. 

If samples and equipment were sufficiently radioactive, samples were removed 

using long hooks (Figure 17). After all samples and test equipment had been 

removed from the drones, they were towed to the drone decontamination area. 

With manned aircraft, once the radsafe monitor deemed it safe, the aircrew 

deplaned carrying instruments and equipment. If the aircraft was highly contaminated the crew left without the samples and equipment, but the goal was to 

retrieve material left aboardin less than 15 minutes. 

Once the aircraft were in the decontamination area (Figure 211, the crews 

attempted to decontaminate them as safely and expeditiously as possible. The 

first step was to thoroughly flush the external surfaces with water under high 

92 
'I 

I. 

The method of decontamination used for Operation RANGER was tried following 

shot EASY. RANGER personnel had indicated a high degree of success using 

1 pound (0.45 kg) of trisodium phosphate (TSP) dissolved in 100 gallons (379 

liters) of water. The solution was applied until decontamination was complete. 

For EASY, m-29 #202 was decontaminated uslng the RANGER method. Two engines 

were flushed with TSP solution. ACter using 400 gallons (1,514 liters) of the 

solution, KadiOaCtiVity dropped from 0.060 R/hr to about 0.050 R/hr. In contrast, the remaining two engines were treated with the 1:4 gunk-kerosene solution and rinsed with 200 gallons (757 liters) of freshwater. As a result, 

these engines read 0.030 R/hr (down from 0.060 R/hr). While the RANGER method 

had worked well in Nevada, it was abandoned because of the large amounts of 

water requi red. 

Although "29 #202 had been subjected to two decontaminations at Enewetak 

before returning to Kwajaleln, the readings remained high. Even after three 

washings of the aircraft engines and one of its skin, the engines still read 

0.018 R/hr and couldbe reduced no further. 

After the second shot, gunk-kerosene solution was applied uslng longhandled brushes for the initial decontamlnation instead of simply flushlng the 

aircraft. It was generally conceded that this was very effective for loose 

parts like engine cowlings. For large-scale operations suchas the entire aircraft. however, three to four times more manhours were used than flushlng with 

gunk and kerosene and rinsing with freshwater. 

During shot DOG. a decontamination crew consisted of SIX men and two equlpment operators. Equipment used included one chemical decontamination truck, a 

steam jenny, a gunk machlne, and alrcraft-washing brushes. A number of solutions were used. During DOG, the decontamination truck was used primarily for 

rinse water. The steam jenny used a solution of 100 gallons (379 liters) of 

water mixed with 1 pound (0.45 kg) of TSP for the Initial washlng. While the 

method was effective, it was extremely slow. It was decided to continue use of 

the jenny in other tests, but not as the primary washing method. The gunk 

machine used a mixture of one part gunk to three parts kerosene for greasy or 

oily surfaces. 

Heavily contaminated wB-29s required about 3.300 gallons (12.492 liters) 

of water each for decontamination, B-50s about 2,000 gallons (7,571 liters) 

each, and the P2V required 200 gallons (757 liters) of water. Lightly contaminated WB-29s required 1,100 gallons (4,164 liters). On the average. eight men 

per alrcraft were involved In decontamination. The amount of time needed to 

decontaminate the aircraft had dropped by the second shot, in part due to experience gained, but also due to inltlally scrubbing aircraft with brushes. 

Decontamination procedures used by TG 3.4 were generally very effective. 

Nevertheless, a complicating factor arose. While most decontamination measure5 

reduced radioactivity to within permissible limitsfor personnel, radioactivity 

of some of the very sensitive debris-sampling equipment and filters still remained high. Standard decontamination methods could not lower the activity to 

the point desired. 

An ion chamber was used to survey the planes before decontamination began. 

Decontamination crews used a GM counter (Vlctoreen model 263B) as the primary 

95 
instrument for postdecontamination survey work. All decontamination crewmembers 

were issued booties, clean overalls, hats, and rubber gloves. Personnel operating spray equipment were also given clean goggles. In almost all cases, decontamination crewmembers accumulated contamination during the course of their 

work and required a trip through the personnel decontamination center. 

After shot GEORGE, all aircraft were decontaminated with a mixtureof four 

parts kerosene to one part gunk, with the exception of RB-29 $1762, which was 

partially washed with a mixture of water and TSP. WB-29 $2202 and RB-29 11762 

had been partially decontaminated at Enewetak before returning to Kwajalein. 

As usual at Kwajalein, the cowling was removed before washing. Considerable 

scrubbing was necessary on some partsof the cowling, particularly the movable 

vents around the circumference of the engine, which had strips of rubber 

attached, to remove the major portionof the contamination. Highest concentrations of radioactive materials invariably were found on engines, with aboveaverageintensitiesondeicerboots,turrets(onthe FtB-29), and on C-1 

airfoils. 

Carburetor airscreens were not normally touched during decontamination 

operations because of their inaccessibility. The unit did check carburetor air 

screens for radioactivity at the time of the next major inspection of the aircraft when the screens were normally removed for cleaning. Even though considerable periods of time elapsed between exposure of the aircraft and the next 

major inspection, contamination was invariably found on the screens at the 

time of removal after all other radioactivity had decayed. 

In a memorandum dated 17 March 1951, CTG 3.3 (Navy) wrote that it was his 

understanding that TG 3.4 would furnish personnel and limited material decontamination facilities at Kwajalein. CTU 3.4.4 agreed to furnish personnel and 

aircraft decontamination facilities for both WB-29 and VP-931 aircraft when 

required. While the Kwajalein facility was ample and trained personnel were 

available, VP-931 personnel were to assist in decontamination efforts if necessary. CTU 3.4.4 however, did not want to land any of his planes at Enewetak , primarily because of maintenance requirements. Further, Enewetak decontamination facilities were set up largely to decontaminate drones. Because of this, 

the CTG 3.3 radsafe officer felt that as long as intensity inside any VP-931 

aircraft did not exceed0.004 R/hr above background, it should continue normal 

patrols and return to Kwajaleinon completion. At Kwajalein it would be decontaminated if necessary, and the crew checked. Like other aircraft, VP-931 was 

routinely checked for contamination upon completing all patrols after shot day 

(Reference 96). 

C'E 3.3 Op Plan 1-51, Appendix I1 to Annex H, included general aircraft 

decontamination procedures. In general, aircraft decontamination procedures 

for Navy aircraft were the same as for Air Force aircraft. However, the Op 

Plan did state that no aircraft or personnel would be permitted within 4 nmi 

(7.4 km) of the rising columnor visible radioactive cloud unless specifically 

directed to do so for tactical reasons. TU 3.3.3 aircraft in the air at H-hour 

carried radsafe monitors to determine the length of time personnel flying in 

an air radex area could remain without exceeding prescribed or tactical t01-

erances. During shots, TU 3.3.3 aircraft at cruising altitude made background 

counts with survey meters and continuously monitored the course during flights 

96 
i nt h ev i c i n i t y of suspectedzones of radioactivecontamination.Theplan 

c a l l e df o re a c h aircrew member to be issued a f i l mb a d g et h a t was to be worn 

t h r o u g h o u tt h ef l i g h t sf o rs p e c i f i c periods. When aircrews e n c o u n t e r e ds u f f i -

c i e n t l yi n t e n s er a d i o a c t i v i t y ,t h em o n i t o ra d v i s e dt h e aircraft commander who 

o r d e r e dt h e crew and passengers to wear standard Navy gas masks or respirators 

to p r e v e n ti n h a l a t i o n of a i r b o r n er a d i o a c t i v ep a r t i c l e s . Masks and respirators 

were to be worn u n t i lr e a d i n g sr e t u r n e d to normaland u n t i lt h e aircraft was 

flushedwithclean air. 

S t a n d a r do p e r a t i n gp r o c e d u r ei nt h e v e n ta n aircraft entered a highly 

radioactive airspace was to take e v a s i v ea c t i o n bymaking a 180° t u r na n d 

seeking a nonradioactiveflightpath. 

At theendofanyflightsthefirstdayafter a shot,eventhoughnoradioactivity was r e p o r t e db yt h ea i r c r a f t commander, crews were h e l du n t i l an 

engine was monitored. If t h ee n g i n e showed r a d i o a c t i v i t y ,t h e crew had to be 

monitored(Reference 69, Annex H). 

Offslte Monltortng 

Detonating a nucleardevice posed t h ep o s s i b i l i t yo fr a d i o a c t i v ef a l l o u t 

exposurenotonly to personsinthevicinityof Enewetak Atoll but also oninh a b i t e do u t l y i n gi s l a n d s .S u r v e y s were conducted of neighboring atolls. VP-931 

had o p e r a t i o n a lc o n t r o l of one Navy PBM-SA aircraft. The PBM was used, among 

o t h e rt h i n g s , for post-test collection of water samples at Ujelang,Rongelap, 

Rongerik,Ailingae, Lae, Ujae, Wotho,andPonape(Reference 49, Annex A). Only 

a small amount ofdocumentationhasbeenlocatedthatprovides results of these 

o f f s i t es u r v e y s . One survey made d u r i n gt h e week of 7 to 14 May (after shot 

GEORGE) on U jelang , Ponape,Bikini,Rongelap,Lae, U jae, and Kwa jalein showed 

n os i g n i f i c a n tc o n t a m i n a t i o n . Water samples that were collected showedno sign i f i c a n ta c t i v i t y( R e f e r e n c e 38, p. 7). 

Program 7 (LongRange Detection) hadthreeother projects t h a ts o u g h t to 

collect d e v i c ed e b r i s . One method of d o i n gt h i s was launchingballoon-borne 

instruments at JohnstonIslandinthePacificand Swan IslandintheCaribbean 

350 nmi (about 650 km) southof Cuba. I na d d i t i o n , debris was collected at 

g r o u n dl e v e l at s e v e n t e e ns t a t i o n sb y filter p a p e r s ,r a i n w a t e r( i f possible), 

electrostatic precipitation, direct fallout, androof-scrubbing.Finally,seven 

aircraftfromKwajalein,sevenfrom Hickam AE'B, Hawaii, andfourfromMcClellan 

AE'B, California, were equippedwithinstruments for i n s t a n t a n e o u sd e b r i s recoveryencountered at greatdistances from theburst(Reference5, p. 73). 

97 
CHAPTER 3 

GREENHOUSE TEST OPERATIONS 

After the extensive construction program had been completed and personnel 

assembled and rehearsed, actual test operations could begln. These were divided 

into three overlapping phases (Reference 5, p. 89). 

The first phase began 3 days before the planned shot hour and lasted for 

48 hours. During this phase aerial and surface surveillance of the Danger Area 

was Intensifled, and task force personnel were withdrawn from the camps near 

the shot islands and their whereabouts verified. 

The second phase began at midnight the day before the shot and continued 

through shot day. During this period, the device assembly was finished and It 

was moved from the workshop aboard USS Curtlss (AV-4) and hoisted to the cab 

atop the shot tower. Experimental teams made flnal instrument adjustments and 

calibrations and experimental animals were placed at their exposure stations. 

The third phase began with the first efforts to recover recorded data 

following the detonation and lasted through the days immediately following a 

shot. During thls phase, the predominant activities were surveylng shot sites 

and recovering data. 

Although all four shots were weapon development experlments, the objectives, associated experlments, and required Instrumentation for each were dl€-

ferent. Shot EASY had associated with it an extensive Department of Defense 

(DOD) structures program, which Involved building a number of test structures 

at various ranges from the shot point. This required the test to be on the 

largest of the upper Islands, Enjebi , which had room for the placement of the 

structures. The nearby Islet of Mijlkadrek also allowed placement ofstructures 

at longer ranges for this program. 

Construction for EASY, which began In 1950 and was over 75 percent completed by the end of that year. required the device to be predictably In the 

desired yield range. The EASY test array also meant that any tests occurring 

before EASY had to be at a range from Enjebi that would not disturb the structures. Therefore, shot DOG was fired on Runit, which Is about as far (10 nml 

Cl8.5 km]) from Enjebi as It is from Parry, the center of the base islands. 

The time of day selected for each shot and its flexibility also was a 

function of the types of measurements planned. Shot time for DOG was fixed at 

30 minutes before dawn. If, for some reason, It could not have been fired 

then, it would have had to be delayed for several days. 

Shot EASY could have had one 15-mlnute delay if a cainshower appeared over 

Enjebi. but It would have had to be called before H-20 minutes to allow restarting the extensive test Instrumentation; otherwise. the test would have 

had to be postponed for several days. 

98 
Shot GEORGE could have been held up until late afternoon (1730) of the shot 

day, but this would have had to be knownat least 7 hours before the scheduled 

early morning time. If this condition could not have been met, the shot would 

have had to be delayed for at least 48 hours (Reference 5. p. 89). 

For shot ITEM, the acceptable shot-time tolerances are not reported. The 

shot was not confirmed as even being In the schedule until 28 April 1951, although some preparations had been made for it e and It consequently had fewer 

experiments with exactlng time requlrements (Reference 5, p. 84). 

SHOT DOG 

Preparatlons 

Months of effort, both in the Unlted States and in the proving ground, including a rehearsal on 3 April 1951, brought Joint Task Force 3 (JTF 3) to the 

point where shot operations could formally begin. Following receipt of readiness reports from his four task group commanders and conferences with the 

scientific director and the weather forecasters, Commander JTF 3 (CJTF 3) initiated shot DOG operat ions at 0200 on 5 Apri 1 1951 (D-3) (Reference 97, p. 1). 

A 24-hour postponement was later approved by CJTF 3 and H-hour was changed 

from 7 April at 0634 to 8 April at 0634 because adverse weather resulting from 

typhoon George slowed Instrument placement. 

A number of important tasks still had to be performed before detonation 

could take place (Reference 20, p. 57: Reference 98. p. 16): 

1. The area around the atoll had to be carefully patrol led 

to make sute no unauthorized ships or alrcraft were present, both for their own safety and to restrict access to 

information on theU.S. nuclear program 

2. All personnel and much equipment had to be evacuatedfrom 

the northern islands of the atoll 

3. The weather had to be monltored to detect any deterioration in conditions requiring postponement of the test 

4. On the basls of the latest weather analysis, radiological 

exclusion (radex) area boundaries had to be established 

and fallout areas predicted for protection of all units 

and personnel 

5. The device had to be moved from Curtlss and placed on the 

shot tower 

6. Final preparations for the many experiments had to be 

made, including positioning of 49 alrcraft and 1,170 mlce. 

P2V patrol planes from Navy Patrol Squadron 931 (VP-931), based on Kwajalein. searched for Unauthorized vessels In the ocean around Enewetak Atoll 

beginning 1 March 1951. Until 3 Aprll, two missions were flown each 24-hour 

period, using a single aircraft for each mlsslon. Beginning on 3 April the 

number of missions was increased and two aircraft, a P2V-3W and aP2V-2, flew 

together on each mlssion. Shortly before 0800 on that day, they sighted an 

99 
unidentified vesselbearing2310T. 76 nmi(141 km) from EnewetakIsland. 

Apparently It was directed out of the area. The maximum number of missions 

planned for a 24-hour period was five on 7 April, the day before the test. For 

DOC D-day. 8 April. four missions were planned, two before the detonation and 

two after. Three missions were planned for 9 April. Single-ai rcraft missions 

were reinstituted on 10 April (Reference 61. p. 11-2; Reference 16; Reference 

99, pp. CII-I and CII-2; Reference 76). 

To prevent unauthorized personnel from viewing the detonation or obtaining 

fallout samples, the atoll's uninhabited islands were periodically Inspected. 

On 5 April, Task Group (TG) 3.4 liaison planes made a final a1 r sweep of the 

uninhabited islands. The next day, military police from TG 3.2, in amphibious 

DUKWs from Task Unit (TU) 3.3.5, conducted a final ground sweep of these 

islands (Reference 97, p. 1). 

A complete task force personnel muster was begun at 1900 on D-2. On 

6 April, equipment was evacuated from Runit, and the island was declared an 

exclusion area that could be entered only by personnel on a special access 

list (Reference 97, p. 3). By midday on 7 April, all personnel left Runit. 

except those responsible for placing the nuclear device on the tower and arming it, plus a military police (MP) security group and Holmes & Narver, Inc. 

(H&N) maintenance men. Figure 23 shows the device being liEted to the cab atop 

the tower. Later the same day, all but a small group of MPs and H&N maintenance 

men were evacuated from Enjebi and Lowja (Reference 97. p. 5). On D-day at 

0530, personnel were mustered on Parry. 

At 1100 on D-1 , all personnel were evacuated from the northern islands of 

the atoll aboard Curtiss. USNS Sqt. Charles E. Mower(T-AP-1861,and 

LST-859. These ships anchored in the lagoon off Parry Island and awaited 

H-hour. All tents and aluminum buildings had been removed from Runit. Only the 

power plant, instrument stations, a tethered balloon of one experiment, and 

the shot tower remained on the island at shot time. Even construction debris 

and waste of every sort had been gathered and burned to avoid scattering by 

the explosion. 

Several times each day WB-29s from TU 3.4.4 flew weather reconnaissance 

missions. Beginning at midnight on 4 April. the task force commander and his 

key staff members received weather briefings twice daily. 

On the morning of 7 April. the surface cadex forecast was issued. From the 

DOG surface zero, it extended outward for 25 nmi (46.3 km) between 2459 and 

275OT, and was in effect until H-1 (Reference 16. p. B-3). 

On D-day this radex area was replaced by more detailed ones: 

e Ground-air composite radex areas -- surface to 15,000 feet 

(4.6 km) altitude,H+6, bearingfrom 23PT to2630T. 

radial distance 76 nmi (141 km) minimum, 123 nmi (228 km) 

maximum (from surface-zero point) 

e Air radex area -- 20,000 to 60,000 feet (6.1 to 18.3 km), 

H+6, bearing from 66OT clockwise to 1319, radial distance55 nmi (102 km) minimum , 147 nmi (272 km) maximum 

100 

0 Ground-air composite radex areas -- surface to 60,000 feet 

(18.3 km), H+1. bearing from 73OT to 272OT. radial distance 21 mi (38.9 km) maximum and 25 nmi (46.3 km) mlnlmum 

(from surface zero). 

Locations of the surface ships and the H+6 ground-air composite radex area are 

shown in Figure 24. 

2' N 

USSSPROSTON IDDE 577) 

(30 nml FROM SURFACE ZERO1 1O50' 

ENEWETAK ATOLL 1 1°40' 

0 

u SI VALKER (ODE 5171 

1'30' 

USS CURTISS IAV 41 

USS LST 849 4 

SURFACE RADEX VSSGT C E MOWER to 123 nmi 

I dNEWETAK L 11'20, 

1010 

162') 11 10' 16 20' 162'30' 16 3' 

Flgure 24. Radex area and shlp locatlons durlng GREENHOUSE, DOG. 

102 

10 
Pn 

kec 

c 
the explosion. At Ht1 minute, B-17 drone aircraft began sampling runs through 

the radioactive cloud at various altitudes. At approximately 0730, the drones 

began landing, some having been aloFt since about 0130. The drones and their 

controller planes were downby 0900. Cloud samples were transferred to special 

flights scheduled to return to various laboratories Inthe United States (Reference 16. p. B-3). In all, 32 aircraft took part in DOG. Their flight patterns 

are shown in Figure 26. One of the two QT-33 drone aircraft , used to measure 

blast and thermal effects. crashedat sea when control was lost. 

PROJECT 1.7 

8 17 DRONES& CONTROLLERS 

YELLOW 30 

DRIVER 30 

OVERDRIVER 30 

YELLOW 26 

DRIVER 26 YELLOW 22 

DRIVER 22 

OVERDRIVER 22 

18 YELLOW 

DRIVER 18 

PROJECT 8.1 

DRONES & CONTROLLERS 

YELLOW 

DRIVER 

OVERDRIVER 

YELLOW 

DRIVER 

OVERDRIVER 

YELLOW 

DRIVER 

YELLOW 

DRIVER 

OVERDRIVER 

ROSE-21 

P2V2MINNIE-65 

PROJECT 5.2 2 \ \ PROJECT8 1 

N JUKEBOX-4 

t PROJECT 1.7 

YELLOW -28 

DRIVER -28 

OVERDRIVER - 28 

YELLOW - 24 \ I DRIVER - 24 0 5 10 

I I I 

NAUTILAL hllLtS

-

15 

I YELLOW -20 

DRIVER -20 

OVERDRIVER -20 

YELLOW - 16 

0 IO >O DRIVER 16 

KlLOMFltHS 8 17 DRONES & CONTROLLERS 

Flgure 26. GREENHOUSE, DOG f l l g h tp a t t e r n s( s o u r c e :R e f e r e n c e 5). 

104 
At 0640 a helicopter and an L.-5 took off from Parry to check for radioactivity on the northern part of the atoll (Reference 16, p. B-3). The helicopter also carried a radioman who was to reestablish communications between Parry 

and Runlt. Communications were reestablished at 0706 (Reference 5, p. 118). 

At 0700, a radsafe escort boat with a monitoring team departed for the 

Enjebi anchorage. By 0710 initial survey reports for TG 3.3 Indicated negative 

readings. At 0810, after the surface radex requirement had been lifted, Mower 

and LST-859 proceeded to their assigned berths at Enjebi and Lojwa carrying 

construction personnel to complete work for shots EASY and GEORGE. At first it 

appeared that the expected patterns of radioactivlty had been found. The shot 

site was intensely radioactive, but this decreased toward the southern end of 

the Island. The other Islands showed only slight radioactivlty (Reference 5, 

p. 118). 

By 0823, the senior monitor OE the escort boat reported radiation levels 

ranging from 0.010 to 0.025 R/hr. At 0907, the escort boat was directed to 

return to Curtiss because the crew, monitors, and instruments had become contaminated. This contamination apparently came from radioactive lagoon water 

andairborneradioactivlty. All pocketdoslmetersindicatedreadingsfrom 

0.180 R to off-scale (0.2 R) when they returned by 1030. At the same time or 

shortly thereafter, Japtan, Parry, and Curtiss recorded fallout varying in 

intensity from 0.020 to0.070 R/hr. 

There was evidence of two distinct waves of fallout. The first occurred 

between 0900 and 1100 and the second between 1200 and 1400. Apparently the 

actual shot-time winds were somewhat different than predicted. Winds below 

17,000 feet (5.2 km) altitude were from the east, but at higher altitudes were 

from the west. The lower winds moved the cloud west, but the upper winds 

brought It back a short time later (Reference 16, p. B2). All trips to the 

northern Islands were cancelled except for small parties o€ monitors and scientists who continued reconnaissance In radioactive areas. Conditions began to 

approach normal by noon of 9 April (Reference 5. p. 118). 

Table 11 indlcates radiation intensities on the task force ships at varlous 

times and positions. 

The average radlation Intensity was probably low because of a continuous 

film of water flowing on all weather decks, wash1ng the particles Overboard 

and preventlng a buildup of radlation (Reference16, p. B-5). 

At 1400. the €ollowlng readings were reported from several ships (Reference 

100, p. 2): 

Curtiss - - Maximum levels at belt height on horizontal surfaces 0.100 R/hr (topside readings ranged from 0.010 R/hr to 

0.100 R/hr). Boat deck and fantail Isolated with decontamination in progress. 

cabildo From 0.010 to 0.040 R/hr topside. 

”-LST-859 --- At anchor (Lojwa), mean level 0.050 R/hr wltha 

maximum of 0.380 R/hr. Most personnel exceeded 0.100 R/hr 

(maxlmum permissible exposure). 

105 
Table11. GREENHOUSE, DOG 0 - d a ya v e r a g er a d l a t i o nr e a d l n g so n shlps. 

Intensi ty 

Shtp (R/hr ) Time Posl tlon 

USS Walker(DOE-517) 0.01010102,000 (1.83 yardskm), 

090° Run1t 

LSU-1345d 2.500 1010 1,000yards(914meters), 

270° Runlt 

USS Curtiss (AV-4) 0.035 1010Parryanchorage 

USS Sproston (ODE-577) 0.005 10152,500yards(2.29km), 

southwest of 

Island 

Enewetak 

USNS Sat.Cha rles E. Mower (T-AP-186) 0.020 1215 Enjebianchorage 

USS Cabildo(LSD-16) 0.020 1315 EnewetakIslandanchorage 

USS LST-859 -. 

0.050 1328 Lojwaanchorage 

Note : 

a

Readlngtaken lagoonwaters, the over noton LSU.

Source:Reference16, p. B-5. -

Sproston -- Average 0.005 R/hr readings. Decontamination began 

at 1600. 

Mower -.- 0.010 to 0.040 R/hr and decontaminating. 

A midafternoon (1500) survey of the Islands was made: the results are given 

In Table 12. This table also shows the levels on successive days. The situation 

at Parry Island is shown in Figure 27. Intensity readings for Parry are not 

available for the DOG fallout period except for a few times and the available 

information (Figure 27) Is in units of radioactive disintegrations counted per 

minute. How this relates to Intensity units of roentgens per hour isnot 

straightforward and Figure 27 is presented to show only the relative shape of 

the fallout buildup and decay with time. The radsafe organization reports that 

a survey at 1000 showeda few small areas of "relatively high activity(1 R/hr) 

[but] the island as a whole showed a rather uniCorm level of contamination" 

(Reference 38, p. 13). The fallout project reports 0.1 R/hr at 1410 and 0.018 

R/hr 24 hours later (Reference 62, p. 7). The radiological situation at Runit 

for D+l and D+2 is shown on Figure 28. 

A D+l ship radiation survey report indicated the following levels: 

Curtiss -- 1130, all areas below 0.0125 R/hr except an isolated area on fantail at 0.025 R/hr 

Walker -- 1208, 0.010 R/hr in spots only 

Cabildo -- 1238, 0.005 R/hr average 

106 
 

0.0001 

Table 12. R a d l a t l o nI n t e n s l t l e s (R/hr) on v a r l o u sI s l a n d s 

followlng GREENHOUSE, DOG. 

8 April 9 April 10 Aprll 11 Aprll12Aprll13Aprll 

Enewetak 0.025 0.007 0.002 0.002 0.001 

0.015 0.060 Parry 0.005 0.003 

Ananij 0.050 0.015 0.005 0.003 0.001 0.002

Enjebl 0.002 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001 0.00003 0.00003 

Bokoluo 0.001 0.0002 0.0001 0.00003 0.00003 

B l ken 0.400 0.0800.180 0.045 0.030 0.024 

Ktdrenen 0.500 C.160 0.048 0.029 0.018 0.012 

0.150Ikuren 0.040 0.012 0.007 0.009 0.005 

Source:Reference38.p. 6. 

10,000 I I I I I I I 

8,000 

5

W 

6,000 

z

E 

ET 

W

L 

v)

I2 

4,000 

2,000 

0 I 1 1 I I 

0 0 0800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 

TIME (April 8) 

Flgure 27. P a r r yI s l a n dr a d l a t l o nl e v e l sf o l l o w l n g GREENHOUSE, DOG 

(source: Reference 38).

107 
SUR FACE 

0900 9 APRIL 

SUR FACE 

Y 1.O Rlhr

a 0.50 

0900 10 APRIL \ \ 

t 

N 

0 1,000 2,000 3,000 

L I I I 

FEET 

Flgure 28. R u n l tI s l a n dr a d l o l o g l c a ls a f e t ys u r v e yr e s u l t sf o l l o u l n g 

GREENHOUSE, DOG (source:Reference 38). 

108 
Mower 1330, 0.002R/hr average 

LST-859 -- 1757, all areas below 0.005 R/hr. 

All other units and subunits showed barely significant levels at the close of 

D+l (Reference 16, p. 8-4-41. 

D e c o n t a m l n a t l o nA c t l v l t ' l e s 

At 1415 on D-day a1 1 ships were directed to carry out thorough decontamination, and all personnel not required topside were directed to remain under 

cover with all doors and hatches closed. Contamination levels decreased rapidly 

toward the end of the day (Reference 16, p. B-4-61. 

Two WB-29 aircrews required decontamination, as did the personnel who 

decontaminated the aircraft. Also requiring decontamination at Kwajalein were 

two R-5OAs of TU 3.4.4 and one Navy P2V patrol plane. Init la1 readings (R/hr) 

taken on these aircraft 12 hours after they landed and final readings after 

decontamination were (Reference 14): 

Final Initial 

WB-29 0.300 0.018 

WB-29 0.150 0.010 

B-50A 0.150 0.020 

B-50A 0.150 0.018 

P2V 0.040 0.005. 

The ten 98-17 drones were heavily contamlnated from flying through the tadioactive cloud soon aFter the burst. Four days of decontamination effort were 

required before aircraft maintenance couldbe safely conducted. 

Personnel Exposure 

Information on activities of base-Island personnel not directly involved 

wlth the tests is mlxed. A GREENHOUSE radsafe monitor recalls that "non-test 

personnel" were "supposed to be confined to their quarters" (Reference 551, 

which would have had the effect of lowering theit exposure. However.the former 

Radsafe Operations OfCicer is quite definite In his tecollection that at a 

meeting held after DOG fallout began the Radsafe Task Unit (TU 3.1.5) decided 

that "there would be no disruption of living island routine," and personnel 

not on duty were not restricted in their activities (Reference 103). An attempt 

was made to estimate the maximum radiological exposure possible from DOG fallout. when fallout was detected, film badges were exposed outside of buildings 

on Parry; these were replaced dally and were supplemented by Informetion from 

pocket dosimeters. Results are shown in Figure 29. 

Badges were also Issued to TU 3.1.5 personnel that were not to be worn on 

missions but only during activities on the base island. After 3 days and 10 

hours the badges showed a mean exposure of 0.89 R, wlth a minimum of 0.56 R 

109 
1.6c 

1.4 

1.2 

-

5 

>. 1.0 

c 

v)

5 

t-

-

z 

0.8 0 

W 

ts 

u

E 0.6 

z 

0.4 

0.2 

0 

APRl L 

Flgure 29. E s t l m a t eo f maxlmum posslbleexposure at P a r r yI s l a n df o l l o w l n g 

GREENHOUSE, DOG (source:Reference 38). 

and a maximum of 1.4 R, versus the 1.19 R predicted in Figure 29. Badges worn 

by Japtan-based personnel during the same experiment showed a low of 0.825 R, 

a high of 1.6 R. and a meanof 1.04 R. The estimate made by the radsaPe authorltles who plotted Figure 29 was about 1.3 R for Japtan. The same authorities 

stated that the intensity on Enewetak was about two-thirds of that on Parry 

(Reference 38, p. 25). 

Shipboard personnel would, of course, have had lower cumulative exposures 

because decontamination activities removed the radioactive particles from the 

shlps, washing them overboard. Medical record entries Indicated fallout doses 

ranging from 0.334 R on LST-859 to 1.1 R on USS Cablldo (LSD-16). Personnel In 

buildings were shielded by the buildings. L.eve1s inside the buildings were 

observed to be one-third to one-half those outside (Reference 38, p. 25). 

110 
SHOT EASY 

Preparations 

A typhoon, which caused the postponement of DOG. also delayed EASY. A 

one-day rehearsal was held on 17 April. The rehearsal consisted of a modified 

partial aircraft schedule, one destroyer proceeding to shot statlon. and one 

boat evacuation trip scheduled for training. Previous midnight and noon briefings, 5 days before D-day. were eliminated. After receiving reports from all 

task groups indicating complete readiness on 17 April, CJTF 3 formally declared 

21 April at 0627 as H-hour after favorable meteorologlcal conditions developed. 

By 1800 on D-1, air and ground security sweeps of the atoll were completed 

with negative results. scheduled weather conferences confirmed earlier forecasts of weather conditions at H-hour and no modification of the shot schedule 

was necessary (Reference 5, p. 121). 

The first formal weather briefing was held on 20 April at H-3:25. Ralnshower activity near Enjebi was of particular concern. Special alr and surface 

weather reconnaissance determined that H-hour readjustments wouldbe necessary. 

At H-25 minutes, all weather condltlons seemed favorable and the orlginal 

schedule was observed (Reference 5, p. 123). 

Approximately 22 hours before H-hour, the TG 3.1 Arming Party had departed 

Parry for Enjebi Island to prepare for the detonation. The device was removed 

from Curtiss and taken to the tower. By 1430 on D-1, personnel were evacuated 

from Enjebi to Curtiss and Mower and personnel musters were completed at 2225. 

MPs made a final security sweep of the islands, and by 0300 on D-day they and 

the Armlng Party departed for Parry. By 0430, the Arming Party returned to the 

control statlon on Parry (Reference 5, p. 125). 

Debris from the lower levels of the detonation cloud stem (0 to 15.000 

feet C4.6 km]) was predicted to fall in a surface radex area, with a drlft 

sector of 200°T to 260°T and a radial distance 20 nml (37 km). Slgnlficant 

fallout was also predicted for islands west of Enjebl, and possible fallout 

for Parry and Japtan islands. 

Radex area and locations ofthe task force ships are shownin Figure 30. 

E x p e r l r n e n t a lA c t l v l t l e s 

The test program for EASY Included 69 experiments or projects conducted by 

TU 3.1.1, TU 3.1.2, and TU 3.1.3. These repeated most, If not all, of the 

experiments conducted for DOG, but in addition the heavily 1nst.rumented experlments of the structural response program were included. These experiments 

involved full-size and scaled down structures built at various ranges from the 

shot tower on Enjebi. The nearby island of Mljikadrek also had test structures. 

Dridrllbwij. at greater range to the west, was used for lower-level blast testing of aircraft structures. Figures 31, 32, and 33 show various aspects of 

this test array. 

Chapter 4 contalns a detailed description of these projects. as well as a 

descrlptlon of DOD partlcipatlon In GREENHOUSE experlmental programs. 

111 
12'10'N 

e 

USS SPROSTO )DE 577) 

120 

11'50~ 

ENEWETAK ATOLL 

-

uss LKER IDDE 517) 

1 1'40' 

11'30' 

,NS SGT CE 

\ I ' ENEWET d

t 0 

I 

5 

0 5 10 

11111111111 

KILOMETERS 

10 

11020' 

11010' 

110 

11 0' 11 162'30' 16: 10' 

Flgure 30. Surfaceradexareasand shlp posltlons durlng GREENHOUSE, EASY. 

112 


km). The cloud moved in an westerly direction. At approxlmately H+15 minutes, 

recovery groups departed Parry for reentry of Enjebl. By 0815 Project 1.5.2 

recovery Crews reached Enjebl Pier. The radsafe group reported 2 R/hr radiation 

readings at Enjebl Pier, and 30 R/hr at Bokoluo as of 0825. At 0830, the radiation level 400 yards (366 meters) from surface zero onEnjebi was 35 H/hr (Reference 71). Results of later surveys on D+l through D+3 are shown In Figure 34. 

Radiation on the Other islands is shown In Table 13 for 6 days followlng the 

shot . 

Immediately after the detonation, droneaircraft started sampling missions. 

Two QT-33 drone aircraft, measuring blast and heat effects. were lost: one 

crashed Into the sea and one crash-landed on Bokoluo. The QB-17 drones landed 

at Enewetak by 0925 (Reference 5. p. 127). Flight patterns during the test 

period are shown in Figure 35. 

Experlmental animals exposed on Enjebl had to be recovered on shot day. 

This was apparently finished by 1700. Preliminary damage surveys of the test 

structures on Enjebl were also done onshot day. However, detailed damage sucveys were conducted for over 2 weeks following the test. During this post-test 

activity on Enjebi. H&N personnel watered the roadways and work areas to ellmlnate dUSt-boKne KadiOaCtlVity (Reference 5, p. 172). 

D e c o n t a m l n a t l o nA c t l v l t l e s 

Sixteen crewmembers of the WR-29s were contaminated above background, with 

readings varying between 0.002 R/hr and 0.008 R/hr. Persons with readings of 

0.005 R/hr or more were decontaminated and monitored again.Two TU 3.4.4 B-50As 

as well as two Navy P2Vs had to be'decontamlnated at Kwajaleln. Initial and 

final readings (R/hr) of aircraft at Kwajalein were: 

Ai KcraftIn1 t la1Final 

WR-29 0.070 0.012 

WB-29 0.065* 0.018 

WB-29 0.015 0.012 

B-50A 0.050 0.015 

B-50A 0.080 0.015 

P2V 0.020 0.010 

P2V 0.040 0.012 

The B-17 drones that penetrated the radioactive cloud shortly afterdetonation 

had gamma intensity readings on the aircraft in excess of 100 R/hr. 

While on patrol at 2300 on EASY day, Sproston reported a 0.01275 R/hr 

reading on a bearing of 32OT. 25 nml (46 km) from surface zero. The maximum 

* This reading was taken 24 hours after the mlsslon and after twodecontamination washings at Enewetak. Other Initial readings were taken 12 hours after 

missions were completed (Reference 54). 

115 
0.01 R/hr 

1030 22 APR IL 

R/hr 

0.005 R/hr

130023 APRlL 

w 

APRl L 

0 1000 2,000 3.000 

FEET 

Flgure 34. E n j e b lI s l a n dr a d l o l o g l c a ls a f e t ys u r v e yr e s u l t sf o l l o w l n g 

GREENHOUSE, EASY (source:Reference 38). 

116 
T a b l e1 3 .R a d l a t l o nl n t e n s l t l e s( R / h r ) 

Followlng GREENHOUSE, EASY. 

on v a r l o u sI s l a n d s 

21 Aprll 22 Aprtl 23 April 24 Aprll 25 Aprll 26 Aprll 27 April 

0.0005 Enewetak 0.0 

0.0005 Parry 

Ananl j 

Run1t 

0.0005 

0.00003 

0.0 

0.001 

0.004 

0.0008 

0.001 

0.0028 

0.0006 

0.0006 

0.0016 

0.0006 

0.0005 

0.001 1 

0.0005 

0.0005 

0.0005 

0.0005 

Bll lae0.001 0.029 0.015 0.007 0.003 0.001 0.002 

B1j lre 

E leleron 

0.00005 

0.00005 

0.040 

0.060 

0.020 

0.030 

0.012 

0.015 

0.007 

0.012 

0.005 0.004 

Bokenelab2.00 

K l dr 1nen 1 .oo 

0.080 

0.050 

0.040 

0.028 

0,025 

0.014 

0.017 

0.010 

0.10 

0.006 

0.12 

0.007 

M ' t j l k a d r e k1 . 1 0 

D r l d r l l b w l j3 . 2 0 

Bokombako25.0 

0.032 

0.100 

0.018 

0.050 

0.900 

0.010 

0.028 

0.450 

0.006 

0.016 

0.320 

0.001 

0.009 

0.220 

0.003 

0.010 

0.180 

32.0 Bokoluo 1 .oo 0.900 0.600 0.350 0.200 0.150 

B l ken0.001 - 0.0 0.0016 -

Source: Reference38,p.6. 

117 
PROJECT 1.7 

YELLOW 30 

DRIVER -30 

OVERDRIVER -30 YELIOW ~~.. Xi

DRIVER 26 

~~ 

~ 

YELLOW 22 

DRIVER ~22 

OVERDRIVER ~ 22

Flgure 35. GREENHOUSE, EASY F l l g h tp a t t e r n s( s o u r c e :R e f e r e n c e 5). 

contamination picked up by TG 3.3 units was that reported by Am-20987 and 

LSU-1249 while In close proxlmltyto Enjebl Island (Reference 17). 

PersonnelExposure 

One boat pool crew, consisting of four men operating from Cabildo, wore 

film badges that showed a cumulative beta exposure range of 12 to 32 R and a 

gamma range of 8.5 to 20 R. All other radiation intensity and cumulative exposure measurement methods, Including readings from Geiger-Mueller counters 

and pocket doslmeters. failed to support exposures of the magnltude Indicated 

by the boat crew's film badges. The four men were given complete tadlologlcal 

physical examinations wlth negative findings (Reference16, p. R-9). 

118 
SHOT GEORGE 

Preparations 

A rehearsal on 5 May 1951 tested ai rborne and ground electronic equipment 

of TU 3.4.2. Aircraft from Kwajalein dfd not participate. TG 3.3 conducted an 

Intensive air search and a simulated evacuationof MPs from Enjebi by the boat 

pool. 

The first formal weather brleflng was held at H-30, on 8 May. A tropical 

storm. north of Enewetak Atoll, was of great concern; however, favorable upper 

winds from the south were forecast and 12 hours later surface wind directlon 

was 180° from the normal trade flow. These favorable winds, however, were 

usually accompanied by showers at Enewetak. Recause of the desire to ensure 

that the cloud and any radioactive fallout be carried away from the populated 

Islands of the atoll, it was decided to forego the usual requirementsfor mlnlmum cloud cover to take advantage of the favorable upper wind direction for 

airborne detonation debris dispersal. 

H-hour was postponed unti 1 0930, a delay of 3 hours and 11 minutes from 

the original schedule to allow more daylight for drone aircraft operations to 

compensate for the probable cloud cover. 

The third and fourth formal weather briefings were held at 2230 on 8 May 

and at 0145 on 9 May. Prevlous forecasts were reaffirmed. The greatest fallout 

was predicted for the northeast quadrant, clear of populated areas. Fallout 

was forecast in a 50-nml (93-km) area, bearing 015OT to 085OT From surface 

zero. Delayed fallout was also predicted between 2 and 4 hours after detonatlon. which would cover the sector from surface zero between the same bearings 

at a radial distance up to 120 nml (222 km). 

The device was removed from Curtlss by 0615 on D-1. At 0800, the Firing 

Party began inspectlng the control station on Parry. and after completing the 

Inspection by 1040. the group departed for Eleleron, the shot island. Later in 

the afternoon Curtlss, LST-859, and Mower left thelr berths and anchored off 

Parry Island. A personnel muster was completed by 2310, with all personnel 

accounted for. Mill tary personnel of TG 3.2 made a flnal sweep of the atoll 

and four P2Vs patrolled the danger area. Sproston and Walker patrolled the 

waters approximately 15 nml (28 km) east of the shot island. On D-day. the 

firing party arclved at the control station by 0820 (Reference 5, pp. 135 

through 142). Locations of the ships and radex area are shown in Figure 36. 

Experlmental Activitles 

The test program for GEORGE included 47 experiments or projects by TU 

3.1.1, TU 3.1.2, and TU 3.1.3. The experiments were many of the same that had 

been conducted for shotDOG. Chapter 4 contains a detailed descriptionof these 

projects, as well as a description of Don participation in other portions of 

GREENHOUSE experimental programs. 

119 
11'50'N 

1'40' 

1'30' 

USS CURTI: 

I 1 1'20' 

0 5 I 0 

11'110, 

e 

USS WALKER (LID€ 51 71 

11" 

If '20' 167"30' 16 0' 

Flgure 36. Surface r a d e xa r e aa n d shlp posltlons durlng GREENHOUSE,GEORGE. 

The Test 

The expected yleld of shot GEORGE demanded absolutely safe fallout condltlons -- southerly wlnds aloFt at all levels, the stronger the better. Typhoon 

Joan developed and moved as If It were part of the operation. Excellent local 

weather conditions prevalled with strong, southerly wlnds at all levels to 

50,000 feet (15.2 km). Weather condltlons from 0400 through 1200 on 9 May were 

(Reference 101. pp. 38 and 46): 

120 
Broken low clouds at 1,800feetwithbroken to overcast middle 

clouds at 1 , 4 0 0f e e tp r e v a i l e d . After 0700 low and middle 

clouds became scattered and a h i g ho v e r c a s t was clearlyvisible. Lightrainshowersoccurredafter 0500. V i s i b i l i t ya v e r -

aged 8 miles e x c e p ti nr a i ns h o w e r s andthen was reduced to 

5 miles and 1 mile dependingontheshower. The surfacewinds 

blew betweensouth-southwestandwest-southwest at 17knots. 

The detonationoccurredon 9 May at 0930 as planned.The top o ft h e mushroom cloudreached 56,000 feet (17.1 km), with a bottom of 41,000 feet (12.5 

km). Wind conditions were ideal f o rt h es h o t ,e l i m i n a t i n ga n y immediate downwind fallout onthe atoll. No secondaryfalloutonthe atoll occurred. 

A new procedure was usedforrecoveryoperations. At 1120 a radiological 

s u r v e yh e l i c o p t e r took off to s u r v e yt h ei s l a n d si nt h ev i c i n i t y of t h es h o t 

island. By 1315,recoveryoperations were authorizedandreentryhour was 

declared. All possible recoveryoperationson D-day were completed by1745 

(Reference 5, p. 140) . 

At H-hour, project a i r c r a f tb e g a n their missions.Figure 37 showspreshot 

a n ds h o t - t i m ef l i g h tp a t h s . The B-47 mission was cancelled at 0808 because Of 

s t e a d yr a i na tK w a j a l e i n a n de x t e n s i v es h o w e ra c t i v i t yi nt h e local area. One 

B-50 ( b l a s ta c c e l e r a t i o nm e a s u r e m e n ta i r c r a f t at 33,000 feet i10.1 km]) navig a t i o n a lr a d a r became i n o p e r a t i v ee n route to t h et a r g e t area fromKwajalein, 

and it flew to thetargetunderguidancefromground-based radars. The aircraft 

lost o n ee n g i n ea t H-30 minutesandlanded at Enewetak.Controlof a QT-33 

drone was lost at 29,000 feet (8.8 km) and its mission was aborted before 

H-hour, although a s u c c e s s f u ll a n d i n g was made a f t e rt h ed e t o n a t i o n( R e f e r e n c e 

102). 

D e c o n t a m l n a t l o nA c t l v l t l e s 

Eighteenpersonnel from the WB-29s were contaminatedbeyond 0.020 R/hr . All weredecontaminatedandtheirclothing disposed of. Initialreadings(R/hr) 

t a k e no nt h e s ea i r c r a f t 12 h o u r sa f t e rt h e yl a n d e da n df i n a lr e a d i n g s after 

decontamination were: 

Initial -“I_ 

Final 

WB-29 0.200 0.015 

WB-29 0.250 0.090 

WB-29 0.600 0.040. 

Datafordecontaminationof the B-17 dronesat Enewetak are notavailable.Figure 38 shows r a d i o l o g i c a ls u r v e yr e s u l t so n the shot islandand those nearby. 

Table 14 givesradiationlevelsthroughout the atoll for nearly 2 weeks followi n gt h es h o t . 

121 
PROJECT1 7 

h 

YELLOW 30 

DRIVER 30 

OVERDRIVER 30 

YELLOW 26 DRIVER 26 

YELLOW 77 

DRIVER 22 

OVERDRIVER 

~ 

72 

YELLOW 18 

DRIVER 18 

PROJECT 8 1 

FRANCIS-31 ( f 

1 

B50D 

CLOUO SAMPLER 

WB 29 PROJECT 7 1 

WB 29 ROSE21 

JANE-5 PEARL-23 

'SURFACE ZERO

5PHOTO 54C 

>KAY 

J 

1ENEWETAK 

ISLAND 

PROJECT1 7 

YELLOW 78 

DRIVER 78 

OVERDRIVER 28 

YELLOW 24 B 17ARS DRIVER 24 

YELLOW 70 

DRIVER 70 

OVERDRIVER 70 0 5 10 15 OVERDRIVER 77 \ YELLOW 16 1 I I I YELLOW DRIVER 16 NAUTICAL MILf S DRIVER :: 1 (CAROL1 OVERDRIVER iG YELLOW 11 51 

DRIVER I1 5'.IBETTV) I 0 

-10 2(1 

~ 

KlLOMETfHS 

Flgure 37. GREENHOUSE, GEORGE f l l g h tp a t t e r n s( s o u r c e :R e f e r e n c e 5). 

122 
R FACE 

ERO\ 1000 10 MAY 

0.10/ 0.0273 

R/hr 

0.003 

0.oo2 

FACE 

i RO\ 1000 11 MAY 

I u.I 

R/hr 

0 

I 

1.000 

I 

2,000 

I 

3,000 

I 

FEET 

Flgure 38. Eleleron, Aomon, and B i j l r eI s l a n dr a d l o l o g l c a ls a f e t ys u r v e y 

results following GREENHOUSE, GEORGE (source:Reference 38). 

123 
0.0002 

T a b l e1 4 .R a d l a t l o nI n t e n s l t l e s( R / h r ) on v a r l o u sI s l a n d s 

followlng GREENHOUSE, GEORGE. 

Anan 1j 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 

Run1t 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 

Bl 1 lae 0.00003 0.0003 0.0004 

Bokenelab 0.0032 0.006 0.0001 

Enjebl 0.0004 0.0004 0.0003 0.0003 0.0004 0.0004 

Drldrllbwlj 0.0024 0.010 0.001 

Bokoluo 0.030 0.03014 0.0260.0280.029

Kldrlnen 0.001 0.001 0.0008 

Ikuren 0.0004 0.0002 0.0003 

Source:Reference 38. p .9 . 

SHOT ITEM 

Preparatlons 

As soon as the radsafe monitors cleared Enjebi after shot EASY on 23 April. 

Mower moved Into the anchorage to provide living quarters for H&N construction 

crews to erect the shot tower for ITEM. Thls arrangement lasted about 2 days 

since the radioactivity levels were low enough to set up a new construction 

camp within 1,100 yards (1 km) of the EASY surface zero (Reference 103). Thls 

job began before shot ITEMwas actually approved for inclusion in the schedule 

by CJTF 3 on 28 Aprll. The tower foundations and a run of coaxial cable that 

were expected to, and did. survive the EASY test were completed in March In 

anticipation of ITEM. The tower was completed on 16 May, 9 days before the 

scheduled detonation (Reference 3, p. 174). 

Following receipt of readiness reports from the four task group commanders 

and conferences wlth his staff weather officer,CTG 3.1, for technical reasons, 

selected 0930 on 25 May 1951 as H-hour. A modlfied rehearsal was conducted on 

20 May by the Weapon Assembly Team and Firing Party. TG 3.3 participation was 

reduced to intenslfled aerial searches (Reference 5, pp. 143 ff). 

The first formal weather briefing was at 2330 on 23 May 1951, and normal 

trade wlnds were forecast. During the second formal weather briefing at 1205 

on 24 May, It was declded that the upper winds were not as favorable for avoiding fallout as forecast. Due to the rapid deterioration of the weather. the 

weather officer suggested that H-hour be moved up to 0617, which was approved 

by CTG 3.1 and CJTF 3. The final weather briefingwas 0002on 25 May. Although 

the upper wlnds were changlng, H-hour would not be affected (Reference 5, pp. 

143 ff). 

124 
Meanwhile. the usual security precautions were continuedon the atoll. TG 

3.2 conducted land sweeps, TG 3.3 performed air and security searches, andTG 

3.4 carried out alr and radar searches. Negative rports were submitted on all

searches. 

The MP strength at the shot tower was doubled by 0600 on 23 May. and 30 

minutes later the device was removed from Curtlss. The Armlng Team command 

post was opened by 1125. 

Curtiss and Mower were underway by 1400 on D--1day to their stations off 

Parry Island. Enewetak alr facllities were closed to translent aircraft at 

1630, and at 1900 control of all intra-atoll movement of boats and aircraft 

was shifted to CJTF 3. By 1900 a11 TG 3.1 personnel from a1 1 islands north of 

Japtan, except Enjebi, were evacuated. 

At 0315 on n-day the MPs, the Arming Team, and four H&N utility personnel 

were evacuated from the shot island by two AVRs. At 0445. the Firing Team took

position and personnel began to gather along the beaches of the lagoon at 0605 

to watch the detonation. 

Fallout was forecast downwlnd in a sector 220°T to 280°T to a radial 

distance of 40 nml (74 km), with the heaviest concentration from the upper 

levels southwest Prom surface zero. The surface radex area and locations of 

fleet units at burst time are shown in Figure 39. 

E x p e r l r n e n t a lA c t l v l t l e s 

The test program for ITEM Included 19 experlments and projectsby TU 3.1.1, 

TU 3.1.2, and TU 3.1.3. Most of the experimental projects were concerned with 

weapon development, although afew biomedical, cloud physics, andtest detection experiments were included. Chapter 4 contains a detailed description of 

these experiments and a descriptionof DOD participation in other portionsof 

the GREENHOUSE experimental programs. 

Because the drones In the blast effects program were not flown, the total 

number of aircraft was only 26, fewer than for the earller shots. Flight patterns of the alrcraft involved areshown In Figure 40. Control was lost on one 

QB-17 drone and it crashed at sea. 

TheTest 

Special requl rements for TTEM did not approach the stringent demands for 

the previous two shots. Very llght fallout on Inhabited Islands was predicted 

(Reference 101, p. 38). However, as discussed below, significant fallout was 

received on all the inhabited islands. 

Weather condltlons from 0000 through 1000 on 25 May were as follows (Reference p. 12): 

Prevailing cloud cover was scatteredlow clouds at 1,800feet 

with a few scattered middle clouds at 16,000 feet and scattered to broken hlgh clouds about 30,000 feet. One light 

shower occurred dt the start of the period, giving only a 

13.5 
12'10'N 

120 

11'50' 

ENEWETAK ATOLL 

F , 

AOMON 

U SPROSTON (ODE 5171 S S USS WALKER (DDE 5171 

I 1°40' 

11'30' 

USSCURTISSIAV 410JpARRy 

I , 

11020' 

USNS SG E MOWER IT AP 18k1 r, I" 

11~10, 

110 

16 10' 162'20' 162'30. 16: IO' 

Flgure 39. Surfaceradexareaand ship p o s l t l o n sd u r l n g GREENHOUSE, ITEM. 

126 
PROJECT 1.7 

8-17 DRONES & CONTROLLERS 

YELLOW -30 

DRIVER -30 

OVERDRIVER -30 

YELLOW -26 

DRIVER -26 

1 YELLOW -26 

DRIVER -22 

OVERDRIVER -22 

YELLOW -18 

DRIVER - 18 

PROJECT7.1CLOUDSAMPLE 

WB-29 WB-29 

ROSE-21 

JANE-5 PEARL-23 

n n 

1 

KAY-9 

1 rl v 

-0c47 I W

PROJECT 1.7 

YELLOW -28 

OVERDRIVER 

DRIVER 

YELLOW 

-

-

-24 

28 

28 

'1 

DRIVER -24 0 5 10 15 

YELLOW -20 I I I 1 

DRIVER -m NAUTICAL MILES 

OVERDRIVER -20 

YELLOW -16 0 10 20 DRIVER - 16 

KILOMETERS 

Flgure 40. GREENHOUSE, ITEM f l l g h tp a t t e r n s (source: Reference 5). 

127 
trace of preclpltation.Visibilityaveraged 12 miles. The 

surface winds averaged east-northeasterly at 16 knots. 

ITEM was detonated as scheduled at 0617 on 25 May 1951. The mushroom cloud 

reached 40,000 feet (12.2 km). At 0645, a radsafe party left to survey the 

Islands In the vlcinlty of the shot. Inltial reports from the radsafe team 

arrlving at the slte by helicopter about 1 hour after the detonation indicated 

relatively high radloactlvity. These reports were confirmed by the team on an 

AVR anchored 1 nmi (1.85 km) southwest of Enjebi about one-half hour later. 

Particles from thls fallout were large enough to be felt on the hands and faces 

of personnel. Fallout on the populated Islands of the atoll and anchorages in 

the southern portion of the lagoon was detected on radsafe instruments beglnning between 3 to 4 hours after the detonatlon. Rates rose to 0.40 R/hr before 

noon and began to decay until a second wave of fallout began In the afternoon, 

which peaked In the evening. The possibility of thls had been Indicated earlier 

by an analysls of the wlnd. It was the reason for the decision on D-1 to advance H-hour. Had the shot been flred at 0930 as originally planned, hlgher 

fallout readings would have resulted. Spot readings on Enewetak Island reached 

0.100 R/hr, but a general level of 0.040 R/hr prevailed (References 17 and 

104). 

Recovery operations were authorized at 0950, and by 1618 all operations 

were closed out on Enjebl. Ry 1310. the radiological situation stabilized, and 

most of the Islands from Enewetak to Bokenlab were cleared (Including all of 

the populated ones) for unrestricted movement by authorized personnel, although unmonltored vessels continued to be limited to trips in the JaptanParry-Enewetak area. By 2000, the second wave of fallout had stopped (Reference 

105; Reference 5, pp. 143 ff). The gamma dose rate at the Radsafe Building at 

Parry Is shown in Figure 41. 

Depositedfalloutcontinued to decay, exposlngpersonnel on the base 

islands until heavy rains set in at the end of May. These rains apparently 

effectively scoured the Islands of the fallout particles and ended the episode 

(Reference 38, p. 10). 

D e c o n t a m l n a t l o nA c t l v l t l e s 

The followlng survey reports indicated the time and readingstheof ships: 

Curt iss H+3.5 detected Fallout 

1045 0.004 to 0.006 R/hr 

normal1200 Readings 

1530-1900 0.025 R/hr 

D+1. 1200Readings at acceptablelevels 

Cab1 ldo 1045toR/hr 0.0046 

Mower 1045R/hr.to 0.006 0.004

128 
0.120 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 

0.100 

0.080 

. 

1 

2 

-

iK 

> 

I75 0.060

5 

Iz 

0.040 \ 

0.020 

NOON 

0. I I I I I I 

26 27 28 29 J 

MAY 

Flgure 41. GREENHOUSE, ITEM fallout radlatlon at Parry Island, Enewetak 

Atoll (plotted In local tlrne). 

Decontaminationprocedures were Initiated. All unnecessarypersonnel were 

cleared from decks, ports, and doors, and hatches were closed (Reference 17). 

Presumably 13-17 drones were contaminated during ITEM and had to be decontaminated at Enewetak. but details ace lacking. Two or three “29s were partially decontaminated at Enewetnk, when they landed to have filter and gas 

samples removed. At Kwajalein, WB-29s were decontaminated. but no information 

Is available on what other alrcraft may have been decontaminated there aFter 

ITEM. 

129 
CHAPTER 4 

GREENHOUSEEXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM 

Scientificexperiments during GREENHOUSEwere organizedlntoelght 

PKOgrallIS: 

Program 1 -- Atomic Energy Commlsslon (Phenomena of Nuclear 

Detonations) 

Program 2-- Biomedical Experiments 

Program 3 -- Structures 

Program 4- - Cloud Physics 

Program 5 - - Radiation Instrument Evaluation 

Program 6 -.- Physical Tests and Measurements 

Program 7 - - Long Range Detection 

Program 8 -- Blast Effects on Aircraft. 

Experiments for GREENHOUSE had been proposed by Army. Navy, Air Force, 

AtomicEnergy Commission (AEC),andArmedForcesSpecial Weapons Project 

(AFSWP) personnel. By November 1949, the Working Group of the Joint Proof Test 

Committee had arranged them, as projects, into elght programs. Although the 

AEC projects were grouped in a single program, the eight programs were seen by 

the end of 1949 as a unified whole, in which the Department of Defense (DOD) 

and the AEC had equal interest (Reference5, p. 59). 

Task Group (TG) 3.1 oE the joint task force was charged wl th conducting 

the overall experimental program. Task Unit (TU) 3.1.1 and TU 3.1.2 were responsible for Programs 1 and 2, respectively. and Tu 3.1.3 was responslble for 

the remaining six. Commander TG (CTG) 3.1 appointed a director for each program 

(Reference 5, p. 61). 

The programs were of three types: those dealing with the chemistry and 

physics of atomic explosions; those dealing with theffects of such explosions 

on the natural envlronment. on manmade objects. and on varlous plants and animals: and those (Program 7) designed to help develop means to detect nuclear 

detonations at great distances so that U.S. authorities could monitor nuclear 

developments in other countries (Reference5. p. 61). 

PROGRAM 1 - - ATOMICENERGYCOMMISSION(PHENOMENA 

OF NUCLEARDETONATIONS) 

The numerous projects and subprojects maklng up this program were designed 

primarily to Increase understanding of the process of nuclear explosions. In 

addition, however. data gathered were needed to asslst in Interpreting results 

of the other programs. The program was headed by a scientist from 1.0s Alamos 

Scientific Laboratory (LASL). 

130 
Project 1.1 .- Prompt Gamma Ray Measurements 

Project 1.1.1 -- The Measurement of Alphaby Prompt Gamma Rays 

Aqency: Naval Research Laboratory, Group H (NRL) 

Operations: Detectors mounted on the shot tower and along a radial line 

outward from surface zero for each shot were connected to a burled cable 

terminating in one of two bunkered recording stations. The recording stations were located 3,975 feet (1.21 km) southeast of DOG tower on Runlt; 

4,000 feet (1.22 km) southeast of EASY tower on Enjebl; 6,000 feet (1.83 

km) from GEORGE tower on Bljire; and 3.975 feet (1.21 km) south of ITEM 

tower on Enjebl (Reference 106, pp. 19 and 20; Reference 107, pp. 134 

through 137: Reference 108, pp. 44 and 53). 

shortly after each shot Group H, NRL.(H) personnel recovered the data 

on films and tape from the recording bunkers. Departure times from Parry 

were H+1:45 for shot DOG, H+O:30 for shot EASY, and, H+7 for shot GEORGE. 

For ITEM, departure was scheduled for H+3 (Reference 97, No. 45; Reference 

109, p. E-1-25: Reference 102, p. G-1-22: Reference 110, p. 1-1-12]. 

Project 1.1.1 shared its recording and data-recovery operations wlth 

Projects 1.1.2 and 1.1.3. 

Estimated radlation lntenslty In the vicinity of Project 1.1.1 recording stations 1 hour after each shot was (Reference 1 1 1, pp. 28. 34. 40, 

and 45): 

0 DOG - - 0.17 R/hc 

0 EASY .- Between 3.0 and 1.0 R/hr 

0 GEORGE -- 0.1 R/hr 

0 ITEM -- Between 1.0 and 0.5 R/hr. 

Staffing: Counting the apparent project leader, 13 men were assigned to 

this project. 12 from NRL(H) and 1 from NRL, Group K (NRLCK]). They were 

asslsted by 21 others. It is not clear. however. if all those assisting 

were from NRL (Reference 112,p. v). Nine personnel assigned to or asslstlng wlth the project were not badged. Some of the unbadged may not have 

been at the proving ground. The highest badge exposure among the 13 assigned to the project was 3.970 R, for a NRL(H)man. 

Prolect Report: UT-66 (Reference 112). 

Project 1.1.2 -- Prompt Gamma Ray Intensity as a Function of Time 

Auency: Naval Research Laboratory. Group H (NRL) 

Operations: Same as for Project 1.1.1. 

131 
Staffinq: Thirteen men, twelve of whom came from the same group that workeh 

on Project 1.1.1 (above). Some unnamed LASL personnel also assisted (Reference 113. p. VI. 

Prolect ReWKt: UT-36 (Reference 113). 

Project 1.1.3 -- Measurement of Transit Time 

Aqency: Naval Research Laboratory, Group H (NRL) 

Operations: Same as for Project 1.1.1. 

Staffinq: Thirteen NRL(H) personnel from the same group that conducted 

Project 1.1.1 (Reference 114, p. v). All were badged. Highest recorded 

exposure was 3.970 R. 

project Report: wT-14 (Reference 114). 

Project 1.2 -- Delayed Gamma-Ray Measurements 

Project 1.2.1 -- Gamma-Ray Spectrum Measurements 

Aqency: Radiation Physics Laboratory, National Bureau of Standards 

(RPL/NBS) 

Operations: Detector stations were built at 610 and 2,185 feet (186 and 

666 meters) from DOG and EASY surface zeroes. respectively (Reference 115, 

p. 2). Apparently the recording stations were about 3,600 feet (1.10 km) 

from DOG tower and about 4,800 feet (1.46 km) from EASY tower (Reference 

115, pp. 5 and 36). The distances from GEORGE tower to both the detectors 

and recording stations are not explicitly stated In the available documents, but the recording stations probably were on BijiKe. The project did 

not participate in ITEM. 

0 DOG. One hour and forty-flve minutes after the detonation. 

six ReL/NBS personnel went by boat to Runit to recover 

records and equipment from the recording stations. Recovery 

was expected to take 6 hours. Five hours after the detonation, two of the RPL/NBS personnel returned to Party. At 

1530, the other four left Runlt for Enjebi with equipment, 

presumably to prepare for EASY (Reference 97, Nos. 46, 56, 

and 68). 

0 EASY. At 0800 on the shot day, a 4-man RPL/NE3S recovery 

team left Parry by LSU for Enjebi. departing at 1230 for 

Parry (Reference 109, pp. E-1-28 and E-1-33]. 

0 GEORGE. An RPL/NBS recovery team left Patry by boat €or 

Bljire at 1300 on D+1. Recovery took about 2 hours (Reference 102, p. G-1-26]. 

Radiation levels in the probable locations of the recording stations 

on Run1 t and Enjebl used for Project 1.2.1 were est lmated tobe 0.3 R/hr 

132 
and 3 R/hr. respectively, 1 hour after the shot (Reference 111, pp. 28 and 

36). The radiation level in the center of Bijlte at 1000 the day after 

GEORGE was between 0.002 and 0.003 R/hr (Reference 38, p. 63). 

Stafflnq: The projectreportfor thls experiment was authored by five 

RPL/NBS personnel and mentions eleven Other participants. Of thls latter 

group. five were military (Reference 115, pp. v and 1111). One of the 

authors and flve OF the group OF eleven were not badged. An RPL/NBS civilian had the highest badge exposure (2.750 R). 

-Project Report: WT-76 (ReTerence 115). 

Project 1.2.2 - - Measurement of Total Gamma-Ray Intensity vs. Time 

After One Millisecond 

Aqency: Radiation Physics Laboratory, National Bureau of Standards 

(RPL/NRS) 

Operations: Various types of instruments were set up 600, 610. 1.200, 

2,185. and 3,900 feet (0.183, 0.186, 0.366, 0.666, and 1.19 km) from each 

of the three surface zeroes and near the NRL.(H) recording stations (Reference 130. pp. 2 and 60). Apparently there were no remote recording stations: thus data had to be retrieved from the Instrument locations after 

the shots. The project did not participate In ITEM. 

Some Project 1.2.2 recovery could have beendone by the RPLJNRS groups. 

Radlatlon levels close to the three surface zeroes were too hlgh, however, 

to allow recovery of close-In Instruments on DOG- or EASY-day or on GEORGE 

D+1. 

"Staffing: The project report was authored by flve personnel, andat least 

two others, Including one mllitary officer, were acknowledged to have 

asslsted. All were badged (Reference 116, pp. iil and v). The tilghest badge 

exposure -- 5.600 R was for one of the clvll3ans. 

-Project Report: WT-77 (Reference116). 

Project 1.2.3 .- Fllm Dosimeter Measurements 

Auency: Radiation Physics Laboratory, National Bureau of Standards 

(RPLJNRS) 

Operations: Fllm badges were set out at various distances from the four 

surface zeroes. The badge st.ation nearest to surrace zero (distance approximate) In each case was: 

DOG . - 2,250 feet (686 meters) GEORGE ~--4.500 feet (1.37 km) 

EASY -- 1,950 feet (594 meters) ITEM -- 3,000 feet (914 meters) 

Badges were also placed lnslde Ruildlng 311. on Enjebl. presumably for 

EASY and ITEM only. The building was about 2,900 feet (884 meters) from 

both EASY and JTEM surface zeroes (Reference 117, pp. 45 and 48). To be 

read, the badges had to be recovered. 

133 
Available records do not specify when these badges were retrieved. 

But, as already noted, RPL/NBS teams returned to the WG and EASY shot 

Islands on the respective shot days. Initial RPL/NBS reentry following 

GEORGE was at 1300 on D+1. The operation order does not mention HPL/NRS 

reentry following ITEX. 

Staffing: Presumably the four authors of the project report were clvillan 

employees of RPL/NBS. FOUK other persons are acknowledged as having assisted. one of whom was a IASL employee. The LASL employee and four of the 

others were badged. The recorded exposute of theLASL employee was 2.262 R. 

and the highest among the others was1.260 R. 

Project Report: WT-81 (Reference 117). 

Project 1.2.4 -- Measurements under Collimated Conditions 

Aqency: Radiation Physics Laboratory, National Bureau of Standards 

(RPL/NBS1 

Operations: Two Instrument statlons and a KeCOrdlng statlon were buJlt on 

both Runit and Enjebi. The instrument stations were connected to their 

respective recording stations by buried cable (Reference 118. pp. 28 and 

29). station 55 on Runit was about 4,800 feet (1.46 km) from Mx; surface 

zero (Reference 110,p. D-1-15]. Station 55 on Enjebi was about 3,570 Feet 

(1.09 km) from EASY surface zero (Reference 119, p. 69). Data had to be 

recovered from both recording statlons. 

At DOG H+1, the estimated exposure rate in the vlclnity of station 55 

was less than 0.17 R/hr (Reference 111, p. 28). The estimated exposure 

rate in the vicinity OF Station S5 on Enjebi at EASY H+l was between 1.0 

and 3.0 R/hK (Reference 111, p. 34). 

Stafflnq: The project report was authored by five persons and acknowledges 

six others, Including one from L.ASL. One author and one of the others were 

not badged. Presumably all but the LASL staf€ member were civilians from 

RPL/NBS. Highest recorded exposure was 2.750 R. 

Prolect Report: UT-41 (Reference 118). 

Project 1.3 -- Thermal Radiation Measurements 

Aqency: Radiometry Branch, Optics Division. Naval Research 

Laboratory (NRI.) 

Operations: A light source was mounted on the DOG shot cab. and a trans - missometer -- d device measurlng the amount OC light received from the 

source .-- was mounted 10 feet (3 meters) above lagoon level on an artificial island on the reef south-southeast of Runlt. The dlstance between the 

source at the shot point and transmissometer was 2.27 nmi (4.21 km) . Apparently data had tobe recovered from the transmissometer site. 

For shot EASY, the transmissometer was placed on Rokenelab, 3.17 nml 

(5.88 krn) from the source, which was mounted in the cab of the shot tower. 

134 
Data from the t ransmlssometer were relayed by cable back to Parry (Reference 120, p. 18). 

Thermal radiation measurements were made at the DOG and EASY transmissometer sites and at Bil lae and Rokenelab for GEORGE and ITEM. Additional 

thermal instrumentation was located at earry for all four shots. Data and 

equipment had to be recovered from the artificial Island, Rokenelab, and 

Blllae. The project was under the general direction of the leader of the 

NRL(H) group, and it appears that project recovery was scheduled as part 

of NRL(H) recovery operations. 

0 DOG. A recovery party left Parry for Runit and the artlflclal Island at 0900 on D+1. At 1300 it left Runit for 

Bokenelab wlth a spectrograph and other equipment (Refer -

ence 97, Nos. 5 and 10). 

0 EASY. A mixed Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grler , Tnc. (EG&G) 

and NRL(H) recovery party left Parry at 0700 on D -day. Ten 

NRL(H) personnel were dropped off at Bokenelab. At 0730 on 

D+2. an NRI..(H) party was to go to Rokenelab to retrieve 

equipment, Including a spectrograph for transfer to Blllae 

(Reference 109. pp. E-1-25 and E-1-45]. 

0 GEORGE. At H+7, an NRI.(H) recovery team vlsited E31 llae and 

Bokenelab for recovery of records. There Is no Indication 

when the spectrograph was moved (Reference 110, p. G-1-22). 

0 ITEM. At H+6. the chief of Project 1.3 was to helicopter 

to Bokenelab to recover data (Reference 110, p. 1-1-14). 

Project personnel manning instruments on Parry were not exposed to 

radioactivity from the tests except that from the fallout on these islands 

fOllOWlng DOG. EASY, and ITEM. Radiation levels on the artificial Island. 

Bokenelab, and Rillae, as measured at the times closest to data recovery 

or equipment movement, were as follows (Reference 38, pp. 8 through 10: 

Reference 111, p. 28: 

0 Artificial Island. No reading Is available, but the radiation level probably was low, conslderlng the low level on 

the nearest portion of Runlt. 

0 Bokenelab. At 0730 on EASY day, the exposure rate was 

2 R/hr , decreaslng to 0.040 R/hr at 0900 on n+2. No post -

ITEM radiation reading Is available. 

0 Blllae. At 1400 on GEORGE day, about 3-1/2 hours aFter the 

detonation, the radiation level was 0.0003 R/hr. 

Stafflnq: Seven personnel mentloned In the project report appear to have 

been badged. One was an Army Signal Corps offlcer and the rest were pro--

bably civilian employees of NRI.. The highest badge reading was 2.115 R. 

(Reference 120, pp. 12 and 32). Project personnel operating equipment on 

Enewetak and Perry werenot badged. 

Prolect Report: UT-120 (Reference 120). 

135 
Project 1.4 Ball of Fire Observations 

Aqency: Edgerton, Germeshausen, andGrier.Inc. (EGG) 

Operations: Cameras were mounted on photographic towers to record fireball 

development. Towers were located as follows for each shot (Reference 121, 

pp. 145 through 148): 

DOG Billae EASY - Drldrllbwij 

Bokenelab

Art i flclal island on 

reef south-southeast GEORGE - .- Bokenelab 

of Runlt 81 1 lae 

ITEM .- - Bokenelab. 

Film was recovered and cameras moved after each shot. The recovery 

schedule does not mention this project by name: nevertheless, the record 

shows various activities planned or carried out by EG&G crews following 

the shots: 

0 DCG. At H+4, slx EG&G personnel went by boat to the artlflclal island and Bl llae for film recovery (Reference 97, 

No. 52). The next day at 0745, six EG&G personnel were to 

begin moving cameras to Dridrllbwlj (Reference 97, No. 52; 

Reference 110, pp. D-1-17 and D-1-20). 

0 EASY. At 0700 on the shot day, two EG&G personnel went to 

Bokenelab by boat. At 0730, an 11-man EG&G party left Parry 

for Dridrllbwlj andotherislands (Reference 109.pp. 

E-1-25 and E-1-27]. 

0 GEORGE. AT H+5:45. EG6G teams helicoptered to Rillae and 

Bokenelab. Two other EG&G recovery groups helicoptered to 

Bokenelab, one at H+12, and another on D+2 (Reference 102, 

pp. G-1-21. G-1-23, and G-1-28]. 

0 Z'PEM. If radiation safety permitted, two EG&G personnel 

were to go to Bokenelab by helicopter at H+3 to recover 

film. A second mlsslon was to be flown at 1800 (Reference 

110, pp. 1-1-13 and 1-1-14]. Dismantling of the photo stations was to begin on D+1. 

Staffinq: At least 11 EGG personnel were present. 

-Prolect Report: WT-101 (Reference 121). 

Project 1.5 NeutronMeasurements 

Project 1.5.1 -- Diagnostic Neutron Experiments (Sections 1 and 2) 

Aqency: Naval Research Laboratory, Group K (NRL) 

Operations: Various neutron detectors were placed within 465 feet (142 

meters) or less of the EASY, ITEM, and GEORGE shot towers. For EASY and 

136 
ITEM. detectors were connected by buried cable with the NRL.(K) recording 

station on Enjebi, 2,400 feet (732 meters) from the EASY sur€ace zero and 

2,780 feet (848 meters) from the ITEM surface zero. For GEORGE, detectors 

were connected by buried cable to the NRL(K)-University of California 

Radiation Laboratory (UCRL) recording station on Aomon, 2,400 feet (732 

meters) from surface zero (Reference 108, pp. 46 and 53). Recovery was as 

follows: 

0 EASY. At 0800 on shot day the project leader and three men 

went by boat to Enjebl to recover fl lm from the NRL(K) 

recording station. At 1230 they started back to Parry. On 

D+2. an NRI.(K) crew moved equipment from the recording 

statlon on Enjebi to the NRL(K)-UCRL recording station on 

Aomon (Reference 109, pp. E-1-28, E-1-33, and E-1-44>. 

0 GEORGE. The detonatlon threw a great deal of water on the 

area around the recording station. Flowing into low spots. 

the water concentrated widely scattered radioactive material. leading to high radiation rates. Recovery was delayed 

until H+30 (Reference 108, p. 29). On D+2, an NRL.(K) crew 

left Parry, apparently to move equipment back to Enjebi 

for ITEM, although the record does not specify that the 

equipment was for thisexperiment(Reference 102.p. 

G-1-28) . 0 ITEM. AT H+3, six NRL(K) personnel were to leave Parry by 

boat for recovery on Enjebi and return 4 hours later. The 

next day an NRI.(K) crew of ten was to retrieve the equipment (Reference 110, p. 1-1-14 and 1-1-15]. 

Radiation levels near recording stations were as follows (Reference 

108, p. 23): 

Maximum Radiation Intensity Residual Radiation 

near Station (R/hr) Intensity (R/hr). 

Shot At H+6 At H+30 At H+6 At H+30 

EASY 0.3 0.150 

GEORCE 50 6 -10 0.5-2 

ITEM 0.5 0.3 

Stafflnq: Twenty-two NRI. civilian employees and one LASL civilian employee 

appear to have worked on this experiment in the field (Reference 122. pp. 

v and 1111). Nineteen NRL employees and the LASL employee were badged. 

Highest exposure was 3.880 R. 

Prolect Repom: UT-96 (Reference 122). wT-97 (Reference 108). 

Project 1.5.2.1 External Neutron and Gamma Flux Measurements by Sample 

Activation 

Aqency: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

137 
Operations: For all shots, samples of €our elements were attached to one 

or two cables beginning 300 or 600 feet (92 or 183 meters) from surface 

zero and extending for over 4,500 feet (1.37 km). The cable was to be 

recovered by winch and the samples removed for analysis. Apparently, each 

detonation broke the cablenear the winch, and a tractor had tobe used to 

draw In the cable (Reference 38, p. 9). The location of this activity is 

not specifically mentioned, but It probably was somewhere beyond the sample 

most distant from each surface zero. At each of the four shots, the most 

distant sample was (Reference 123, pp. 12 through 15): 

0 DOG -- 5,400 feet (1.65 km) southeast of sur€ace zero 

0 EASY -- 4,500 feet (1.37 km) southeast of surface zero 

0 GEORGE -- 6,300 feet (1.92 km) from surface zero on Bijire 

0 ITeM -- 4,500 feet (1.37 km) south of surface zero. 

In addition, the same types of samples were attached to the cables of one 

or more balloons anchored 4,500 feet (I.37 km) from the EASY surface zero 

(Reference 108, p. 26; Reference 123, p. 19). Biological samples were set 

out In stations for DOG, EASY, and GEORGE at about the same ranges. 

Ten minutes after WG, the recovery party left Parry for Runit by AVR. 

In the group were one military policeman (MP). six H&N employees, and 

fourteen other personnel of whom thirteen were listed by name. Among the 

13 named were the 2 authors of the project report. The group left Runlt 

2 hours later (Reference 97, Nos. 33 and 46). 

At EASY H+2 minutes, several boats left Parry for Enjebi vla Japtan. 

Apparently this activity was associated in part with the sample activation 

experiment, but the association Is not described. At H+10 minutes, three 

recovery parties in two AVRs left Parry for Enjebi. Upon arriving there, 

the monitors ordered the boats to lay of€ Enjebi for an hour, and the parties went ashore about 0755. One group recovered activated samples and 

equipment not related to this experiment. Some personnel from the ociglnal 

group left Enjebi about 1200. Departure times for the others are unknown 

(Reference 109, pp. E-1-22, E-1-23, E-1-31]. 

Post-GEORGE recovery began 5-1/2 hours after the detonation when nine 

scientific personnel. accompanied by MPs, monitors. and H&N employees. 

left Parry for Enjebi by boat. Information on their time of departure from 

Enjebi is unavallable (Reference 102, p. G-1-19), 

Recovery after ITEM was scheduled to begin at H+3 and probably began 

only about 5 minutes late (Reference 110, p. 1-1-13; Reference 104, p. 3). 

Several recovery parties are mentioned, but it is not clear which one 

retrieved samples for this experiment. 

At Htl on the respective shot days, the estimated radiation rate at 

the sample attached to the cable at the farthest point from surface zero 

was less than 0.17 R/hr for DOG, less than 1 .O R/hr for EASY. less than 

0.1 R/hr for GEORGE, and less than 0.5 R/hr for ITEM. At the Individual 

sample station nearest to surface zero, the radiation rate was between 60 

and 600 R/hr for DOG, about 600 R/hr for EASY, end about 200 R/hrfor ITEM. 

Attempts at recovery from these stations until some later date seems unlikely. At the biological station nearest surface zero, the radiation rate 

138 
was between 1 and 3 R/hr for DOG. between 3 and 6 R/hr for EASY, and between 25 and 100R/hr for GEORGE (Reference 111, pp. 28, 34. 40, and 45). 

Staffinq: The highest recorded exposure among the 13 personnel listed by 

name as part of the recovery team was 6.280 R for a member ofTU 3.1.5. He 

was probably the radsafe monitor. Among the other 12 men, who probably were

LASL employees, the highest exposure was 5.710 R. 

Prolect Report: WT-114 (Reference 123). 

Project 1.5.2.2 -- Spectrum and Air Attenuation Static Measurements 

(Neutron Spectra Measurements) 

Asency: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL) 

Operations: For each shot the Instruments were placed at distances of 600, 

1,200, 1,800, 2,400, 3,000, and 3.600 feet (0.183, 0.366, 0.549, 0.732. 

0.914. and 1.10 km) from surface zero (Reference 107, p. 9). Photographic 

plates had tobe recovered from each instrumentation station. 

DOG recovery began at about H+10 OK 15 mlnutes when a recovery party 

of nine left Parry by LCM for Runit. They were divided into two teams, one 

of which stayed by the wlnch house, while the other attempted to recover 

the photographic plates. The location of the wlnch house is not known. 

Maximum exposure rate was set at 2 R/hr. First recovery was from the 2.400-

foot (732-meter) station at about 0830. The other crew recovered the plates 

from the 3,000-foot (914-meter) station. In both cases, the trip from the 

winch house to the instrument station, removal of the photographic plates. 

and return to the wlnchhouse took about 15 minutes (Reference 107, p. 64). 

The entire group probably left the island by AVR promptly after the recovery from the 3,000-foot (914-meter) station (Reference 97, No. 46). At 

1415 the same group left Parry for another recovery effort. At 1515 one 

crew went to the 1.800-foot (549-meter) station, where the exposure rate 

was between I and L .5 R/hr. The other crew retrieved the plates from the 

3.600-foot (1.10-km) station. With the radiation level at 0.020 R/hr. the 

recovery party left for Runit (Reference 107, p. 64). Recovery from the 

1.200-foot (366-meter) station took place the next day. Recovery from the 

600-foot (183-meter) station was on D+2 (Reference 97, Nos. 3, 9 and 13). 

EASY recovery began at H+10 minutes, but landing on Enjebi was delayed 

until 0755 due to high radiation. Photographic plates were recovered from 

the 1.200- and 600-foot (366- and 183-meter) stations on the next 2 days, 

respectively (Reference 109, pp. E-1-40 and E-1-45). 

GEORGE recovery started at H+5:45, with later efforts not mentioned in 

the record (Reference 102, p. G-1-20]. ITEM recovery was to begin at H+3 

(Reference 110, p. 1-1-13). For these shots, recoveries near surface zero 

were probably 48 hours after the shot at the 1.800-foot (549-meter) station. and about 10 days after the shot at the 1,200- and 600-foot (366- and 

183-meter) station (Reference 107, p. 64). 

Staffinq: The DOG recovery party consisted of three LASL. civilian scientists, four H&N personnel, and twoArmy radiation monitors. One of the H&N 

139 
personnel was not badged.Highestrecorded exposure in the group was 

5.840 R for one of the LASL scientists. 

Prolect Report: WT-68 (Reference 107). 

Project 1.5.3 -- High-Energy Spectrum 

Aqency: Naval Research Laboratory. Group H (NRL) 

Operations: For GEORGE and ITEM, two detector stations were used, one 600 

feet (183 meters) and the other 3,000 feet (914 meters) from surface zero. 

Apparently, the detector stations were connected by buried cable to the 

appropriate NRL(H) recording station. The NRL(H) recording stations on 

Bljlre used for shot GEORGE were about 6,000 feet (1.8 km) from surface 

zero. The NRL(H) recording stations on Enjebi used for ITEM were about 

3,975 feet (1.2 km) south of surface zero. This project did not participate 

In DOG and EASY. See Project 1.1.1 for the recovery schedule from these 

stat ions. 

Stafflnq: The project report Indicates that 11 

worked on this project (Reference 124. p. VI. 

NRL(H) civilian personnel 

All were badged and also 

participated in Project 1.1. 

Project Report: UT-37 (Reference 124). 

Project 1.6 -- Blast Measurements 

At least 45 personnel worked on this project, which consisted of several 

subprojects: 17 from Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOLI. 9 from Ballistic 

Research Laboratories (BRL), 6 from LASL, and 13 from the Armed Forces 

Special Weapons Project (AFSWP). Of this group, 18 were members of the 

armed services (Reference 125, pp. 174 and 175; Reference 126, pp. vi1 and 

69). 

Project 1.6.1.1 Free-Air Peak-Pressure Measurements Using Smoke 

Rocket Photography 

Aqency:Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOL) 

Owratlons: A vertical grid was established with rocket smoke trails a few 

seconds before each shot. The shock front caused a change in air density 

and refraction of light as It spread outward ftom the blast. The result 

was dlstortlon of the grid's image when photographed. Rocket-launching 

tubes were located several thousand feet from each surface zero. Cameras 

were mounted on one or more of the photography towers. Film from the cameras had to be recovered. Rocket-launch tubes and timing equipment for 

firing the launchers were also recovered (Reference 127). Locations of the 

towers and the launching tubes were (Reference 128, pp. 10, 14 and 15): 

0 DOG: PhotographytowersonBillae 

Rocket launchers on Runit between 5,879 and 8.210 

feet (1.79 and 2.50 km) from surface zero 

140 
0 EASY: Photographytowers onDKidKilbwlj 

Rocketlaunchers on Enjebibetween 2,937 and 

4,600 feet (0.896 and 1.40 km) from surface Zero 

0 GEORGE: Photography tower on Bokenelab 

Rocket launchers on Rljl re between 5,897 and 

6,724 feet (1.79 and 2.05 km) from surface zero. 

Location of the bunkers that held the timing equipment and the times of 

attempted recovery cannot bedetermined from the available documents. 

staffinq: Three NOI. personnel from the Project 1.6 group were assigned 

primarily to this experiment. Only one was badged. and this badge recorded 

zero exposure. The project leader recollects, however. also being badged 

and reentering to retrieve equipment (Reference 127). 

Project Reports: WT-54 (Reference 128); UT-64 (Reference 125). 

Project 1.6.1.2 --- Free-air Peak-pressure Measurements: Telemeterlng from 

Moored Balloons 

Aqencles: Armed Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP) 

Applied Physics Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University (APL/JHU) 

Operations: One or more balloons were tethered within several hundred feet 

of the base of the shot towers. Various inst ruments and flash bulbs were 

attached along the balloon mooring cables to measure blast pressure and 

facilitate photography. Signals from the pressure gauges were transmitted 

back to Parry Island. For DOG. one balloon was used. The anchor point appears to have been about 600 feet (183 meters) from the base of the shot 

tower. The camera tower on the artificial island and one OF the camera 

towers on Rillae were used for photography. Two balloons were tethered for 

EASY, one anchored about 400 feet (122 meters) west of surface zero and 

the Other 600 feet (183 meters) southeast of surface zero. A camera tower 

on Dridrilbwlj and one on Rokenelab were used €OK photography (Reference 

129, pp. 94 through 95, 117 through 118, 132, and 142). No information is 

available on recovery of this experiment. The project was not included in 

GEORGE and ITEM. 

-staffinq: Thirteen personnel can be Identified by name as having worked on 

this experiment. All but one were military personnel from AFSWP. The lone 

civilian was From APL/JHU (Reference 125, pp. 174 and 175). Only four were 

badged, with the highest exposure being 0.345R. 

-Project Reports: WT-20 (Reference 129); UT-64 (Reference 125). 

Project 1.6.3.1 .- Pressure Near Ground Level from Shock-Velocity Measurements 

Aqency : Ballistic Research Laboratories (RRL) 

141 
Operations: For DOG and GEORGE a line of Instrument stations extended a 

few hundred yards from surface zero and Outward to a blast hut. Various 

Instruments were connected by cable to experiment data recorders inside 

the blast hut. Apparently, recovery was from the huts. The dlstance of 

each from surface zero was (Reference 130, pp. 38, 44 and 45): 

0 DOG -- 5,340 feet (1.63 km) 

0 EASY .-- about 3,750 feet and 5,100 feet (1.14 and 1.55 km) 

0 GEORGE -- 6,600 feet (2.01 km). 

Available records give no Indication ofwhen recoveries for this experiment 

were conducted. 

staffinq: BRL supplied all six personnel assigned to this experiment. One 

of the team was from the Air Force (Reference 125,p. 174). They were aided 

by an advance party of other Project 1.6 personnel (Reference 130, p. 3). 

Highest recorded exposure among the BRL personnel was 0.378 R. 

Prolect Reports: WT-55 (Reference 130): WT-64 (Reference 125). 

Project 1.6.3.2 ---Pressure Near Ground Level with Foil Meters 

Aqency : Ballistic Research Laboratories (BRL) 

Operations: The foil meters for DOG were set out in stations roughly in a 

line from the surface zero, southeast along Runlt Island. Distances from 

surface zero were from 1,950 to 6,000 feet (0.594 to 1.83 km). Two llnes 

of foil meter stations were established on Enjebl for EASY. One, with six 

stations, ran southeast from surface zero from 1,380 to 4,650 feet (0.421 

to 1.42 km), and the other, with three stations, ran roughly eastward from 

surface zero from 2,700 to 3,700 feet (0.823 to 1.13 km). Meters had to be 

read at the stations after the shots, but no Information Is available on 

when this was done. 

Stafflnq: One BRL civilian employee is the only person named as assigned 

to this experiment (Reference 125, pp. 174 and 175). His recorded exposure 

was 0.438 R. 

Prolect Reports: UT-55 (Reference 130); UT-64 (Reference 125). 

Project 1.6.3.3 -- Pressure Near Ground Level by Means of 

Copper Indenter Gauges 

Aqency:NavalOrdnanceLaboratory (NOL.) 

Operations: For shot DOG gauges were placed on Runlt In stations between 

1,650 and 7,500 feet (0.503 and 2.29 km) from surface zero. Billae and 

Alembel or Lojwa also had stations. 

Most gauges used for shot EASY were in stations on Enjebi. Three statlons along an easterly line were between 1,800 and 3,699 feet (0.549 and 

142 
1.12 km) from the center. and six stations along a southeasterly line were 

between 1,380 and 4,650 feet (0.421 and 1.42 km) from the center. In addition. Mijikadrek and Kldrinen each had a station (Reference 131, p. 10). 

The gauges had to be recovered for reading but dld not require prompt 

ret rieval . 

Staffinq: Only the author of the project report, an NOL civilian, can be 

positively associated with experimental work at the testing ground (Reference 125, p. 174). He was badged and showed a reading of 2.450 R. 

Project Report: WT-78 (Reference 131). 

Project 1.6.3.4 .-- Pressure Near Ground Level: Blast Asymmetry from 

Aerial Photographs 

Aqencies: Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOL) 

Edgerton. Germeshausen & Grier, Inc. (EGG) 

Operations: Cameras on several TG 3.4 alrcraft were used in an effort to 

record asymmetries in the fireball and blast wave. Photography was started 

a few seconds before and continued a €ew seconds aEter the shots. The 

planes used were manned B-SODS and drone R-17s. The drones were used to 

study blast effects. The B-SODS also participated In Projects 8.3A (Radar 

Scope Photography). 8.3C (Photographic Bomb Damage Assessment), and 8.1 

(Blast Effects on Alrcraft in Flight). Once these activlties were completed, both R-52D alrcraft flew counterclockwise around the nuclear cloud 

for about 2 hours taking pictures for Project 4.1s. Development of Atomic 

Clouds. Finally, both participated in an atmospheric conductivity experiment for Project 7.8. 

The work of the B-SODS ln all projects, except possibly Project 7.8, 

should not have exposed the alrcraft or crews to much radiation. Moreover. 

there Is no record of them being contaminated. The drones collectingsamples were heavlly contaminated, as described under Project 1.7. The drones 

used in Project 1.6.3.4, however. probably had llttle chance for contamlnation, and hence posedno potential exposure to groundcrews or sclentiflc 

personnel. 

Staffing: The project report had two authors, one the senior EG&G man at 

the test range and the other an NOL clvillan technical asslstant to the 

Project 1.6 director (Reference 132, p. 1: Reference 125, p. 174). Information Is lacking on whether EG&G or NOL personnel were aboard the alrcraft. 

The B-50Ds werepart of Task Detachment (TD) 3.4.2.1. Although the task 

detachment was stationed on Kwajalein, the B-50Ds were moved to Enewetak 

on 27 March and remained there until shortly after GEORGE.

Project Report: WT-58 (Reference 132). 

Project 1.6.3.5 -- Pressure Near Ground Level: Ball-Crusher-Gauge Measurements 

AqencY: Naval. Ordnance Laboratory(NOL) 

143 
Oqerations: FOK shot DOG, the gauges were set out In stations along two 

segments of a llne through surface zero and oriented about 800T. Along 

the segment in the southwest quadrant, gauges were between 12 and 400 feet 

(3.7 and 122 meters) from the tower's base: along the segment in the northeast quadrant gauges were between about 275 and 369 feet (84 and 112 

meters) from the tower (Reference 132, p. 47). For EASY, gauges were on 

both land and water. The most distant water station was 737 feet (225 

meters) from surface zero. Land stations were in two lines roughly southeast of the tower's base. The closest was 12 feet (3.7 meters) from surface zero and the farthest 429 feet (131 meters) (Reference 132, pp. 42 

and 48). The gauges had to be recovered for analysis. Because of high 

radiation levels, recovery was delayed for about 2 weeks in each case. 

The party recovering Doc gauges conslsted of one each from NOL and H&N 

and a monitor, all traveling on a weapons carrier. Recovery took about 30 

minutes. Gauges in the area of the EASY detonation were fi rst located by 

an observer flying over the area In a hellcopter at an altitude of about 

10 feet (3 meters). Then a recovery party of two NOL, personnel, two monitors, and four H&N personnel entered the radioactive area, probably by 

truck. for recovery. They were there for about 30 minutes (Reference 132. 

p. 44). 

Two weeks after shot DOG, the radiation level in the tower area probably was between 0.5 and 1 R/hr. Two weeks after shot EASY. the radiation 

level In the tower area probably was less than 1 R/hr (Reference 38, p. 49 

through 50, 59). 

Stafflnq: The project report has two authors, both NOL clvi lians, one wl th 

an exposure of 1.435 R and the other wlth an exposure of 2.450 R. The personnel who formed the recovery teams cannotbe identified by name. 

Project Report: WT-58 (Reference 132). 

Project 1.6.4.1 -- Pressure-Time Measurements in the Mach Region: 

Measurement with Diaphragm-Type Variable-Inductance Gauge 

Asency:Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOLI 

Operations: For DOG, gauges were set out In six stations on Runit between 

1,950 and 6,000 feet (0.594 and 1.83 km) from surface zero. For EASY, two 

lines of gauges were established on Enjebi between 1,300 and 4,650 feet 

(0.396 and 1.42 km) (Reference 128, pp. 96 and 97). Each line of stations 

apparently had an associated blast hut containing data recorders. Data 

were transmitted from the stations to the blast hut by cable (Reference 

133, p. 26). Data recovery was from the blast huts. The Runit blast hut 

was 5.450 feet (1.66 km) from surface zera. On Enjebi, blast huts were 

3,490 and 4,715 feet (1.06 and 1.44 km) from surface zero. Information on 

the time of recovery is lacking. 

staffing: Six NOL personnel were assigned to this project in the field 

(Reference 125, p. 174). one of whom was a Navy officer. One appears not 

to have been badged. Highestexposure was 2.640 R. 

Project Report: UT-53 (Reference 133). 

144 
Project 1.6.4.2 - Pressure-Time Measurements In the Mach Region: 

Measurement wlth Spring-PlstonGauge 

Agency:NavalOrdnanceLaboratory (NOL.) 

operations: Gauges were placed in the same stations used for Project 

1.6.3.2 (Reference 130, pp. 92 and 93; Reference 133. pp. 51 through 53). 

The recording devices were wlth the gauges and they had to be recovered 

for analysis. ThereIs no Indication of when the gauges were recovered. 

StafEiFg: Four NOL. employees, one of them a Navy orflcer, appear to have 

been assoclated wlth this experlment (Reference 133, pp. v and 27). Two 

apparently were not badged. The Navy officer's exposure was 0.415 R. The 

badged civlllan's exposure was0.118 R. 

-Prolect Report_: WT-53 (Reference 133). 

Project 1.6.5 - - Measurement of Density, Temperature, andMaterial Velocity 

In an Air Shock Produced by a Nucleac Explosion 

Asency: LaosAlamos Scientific Laboratory (IASL.) 

Operations: Instruments were set out as follows (Reference 126, p. 104): 

Distance Prom 

Ground Zero 

Shot Loca t 1oninFeet(km) -" -.~ - "- -

DOG Runl t 7,500 (2.29) 

EASY Enjebi 2,850 (0.869) 

EASY Mljlkadrek 6,783 (2.07). 

A recovery team wJ th a monl tor went to the Run1t station at 1200 on DOC 

D-day (Reference 97, D-Day, No. 60). Between D+2 and D+5. films were to he 

recovered from the Runlt station and Its equlpment moved to the two stations on Enjebl . A monl tor was to accompany the group and recovery time 

was estlmated at 2 hours (Reference 97, D+2, No. 12). At 1230 on EASY 

D -day. a4 -man team wlth a monl tor and a jeep went from Parry to Enjebi 

and Mljlkadrek by boat to recover recordlng film from the two statlons. 

Two days Inter, dlsmantllng of the experlmental apparatus was to start 

(Reference 109, pp. E-1-33 and R-1-48). 

Radloactlvlty lri the vlclrllty of the station on Runlt appears to have 

been n11. One hour after the shot EASY the radlatlon level in the vlcinlty

oE the EnjebI station was about 3 R/hr (ReTerence 111, p. 34). and on 

Mijlkadrek It was 1.1 R/hr (Reference 38, pp. 54 and 8). 

Staffing: The project report had two authors, and the report acknowledges 

another Elve peoplewho took part. A1 1 apparently were LASL. personnel, one 

of whom was a naval officer. All were badged, wlth the highest exposure 

recorded belng 0.365 R. 

-Project..&orr: " WT-110 (Reference 126).

145 
Project 1.6.6.1 Ground Shock Measurements: Measurements of Ground Motion. 

Aqency : Ballistic Research L.aborator1es 

Operations: For EASY, ground motion gauges were mounted In six Stations 

roughly southeast of the shot slte between 1,080 and 4,501 feet (0.329 and 

1.37 km) from surface zero (Reference 134, pp. 16 and 28). Cables conveyed 

data from the gauges to a blast hut near the extreme southern end of 

Enjebl, about 5,100 feet (1.55 km) from surface zero (Reference 4, p. 69: 

Reference 134, p. 7). For GEORGE, five instrument stations were spaced 

between 1,860 and 6,474 feet (0.567 and 1.97 km) southeast of surface zero. 

The assoclated blast hut was 6.600 feet (2.01 km) from surface zero near 

the southern tip of Rljlre (Reference 134, pp. 8 and 31). Data were recovered from the blast huts, but no recovery lnformation Is available. 

Stafflnq: Two men, one a clvlllan and the other an Army reservlst, can be 

Identifled wlth this project. The civilian's exposure was 3.085 R and the 

reservist's was 2.775 R. 

-Prolect Report: WT-69 (Reference134). 

Project1.6.6.2 Ground-Shock Measurements:CraterSurvey 

Aqency: LaosAlamos Scientific Laboratory (L.ASI.) 

Operations: Before DOG, EASY, and posslbly GEORGE, steel stakes were driven 

flush with the ground at various locations near the surface zeroes. For 

DOG and EASY the stakes were driven between 25 and 500 Peat (7.6 and 152 

meters) from the base of each tower. Plans called for the GEORGE stakes to 

be between 300 and J ,150 feet (91 and 351 meters) from surface zero. Flve 

to ten days after each shot, two to four H&N personnel wlth monitots were 

to work In relays marking stakes at the polnt where they were exposed by 

the blast. This was expected to take 1-1/2 hours In each case. Complete 

crater surveys were expected to require 5 days work by a 4-man H&N survey 

team accompanied by monltors and laborers (Reference 135, pp. 23 through 

25). The surveying was done on 17 July 1951, and the stakes were removed 

In March 1952 (Reference 135, p. 26). Information does not appear to be 

avallable on radiation levels et the three shot sites as late as July 19S1. 

Staffinq: Although the sclentific report was authored by a LASL. employee, 

the postshot work apparently was done entirely by H&N personnel and radlatlon monitors of unknown affiliation. 

"Prolect Report: WT-109 (Reference 135). 

Project 1.7 -- Radlochemjcal Yleld and Efficiency Measurements 

Aqency : Los AI amos Scienti flc Laboratory (LASL.) 

Operations: Radio-control led R-17 drones were flown through all the shot 

clouds to collect samples for analysls. Some or ell OF the drones also 

146 
part iclpated In Projects 4.1, 6.1, 6.5, 6.8, and 8.1. Each drone was controlled by personnel aboard a 8-17 controller alrcraft. One or more of the 

drones and their controllers were supervised by personnel aboard another 

B-17. the master-controller. For thls experiment each drone was to make 

one pass through the shot cloud. Eachdrone entered the cloud at a different altitude. The manned B-17s the controllers and master controllers 

-- did not enter the cloud. After each shot, drones, controllers, and master controllers returned to Enewetak nlrfield. Samples were removed from 

the aircraft (Figure 17) and they were decontaminatedas required. 

Readings of gamma Intensity in drones penetrating the cloud were over 

1.000 R/hr. Tn drones penetrating the cloud stem, gamma readings exceeded 

100 R/hr. The average contarnination on the drones Immedlately after passjng 

through the cloud was between 10 and 20 R/hr (Reference 136, p. 1). The 

highest reading recorded on the outside OF a drone after landing was 20 

R/hr beta plus gamma, the gamma being only 6 R/hr (Reference 137, p. 106). 

Several days of waltlng for contamination levels to decay naturally and 

vigorous decontamination eFforts were required before the drones were safe 

to service. Drones were not consldered safe For rnalntenance until 4 days 

aPter shot nOG. Available records do not indicate radiation levels encountered by the controllers and master controllers or the degree to whlch 

they may have been contaminated. Aircrews, ground crews, and personnel retrieving samples were all In positions for possible radiation exposure in 

thls experiment. as were personnel accompanying samples back to the Unlted 

States (Reference 97, D-Day, No. 50). Samples were packaged to keep rndiation readings below 1 R/hr measured 1 foot from the container (Flgure 42) 

and were placed in the C-54 air transports so that no personnel in the 

plane would be exposed to more than0.1 R/day (Reference 5, p. 90). 

Staffinq: The project report was authored by two LASL. civlllan scientists. 

who acknowledged the work of twenty-six other LASL clvllians. The work 

described. however, appears to have been done at L.ASL 1rl New Mexlco. The 

report does not Indlcate whlch of the personnel actually were at Enewetak 

helping wlth the experlment. Both authors and Four other personnel were 

badged, wlth the htghest exposure being 3.785 R. Drones, controllers, and 

master-controllers and their respectiveaircrews and ground crews were part 

of TU 3.4.2. based on Enewetak Island and formed from the 3200th Drone 

Squadron from Eglin Ab=. Florida. The unlt's peak strength was 649. and 

421 men were badged at one tlme or another. Fifty-two had badge exposures 

of over 3 R. However, since most of the exposures were recelved just after 

ITEM, between 25 and 29 May, they may have been received from fallout 

rather than from test operations. 

Prolect RepoyL: WT-113 (Reference 138). 

Project 1.8 Measurement of X-Rays 

Aqency: University of California Radiation L.aboratory (ucR~.) 

Operations: Detectors for the EASY portion of this experiment were ln a 

blockhouse near the base of the tower and were joined by cable to a recording station 2,400 feet (732 meters) southeast of surface zero. For GEORGE 

14'7 

and two Navy personnel were badged. Highest exposure was 3.330 R recorded 

by a UCRL stafP member mentioned in the TG 3.1 Operation Order as a member 

of the EASY recovery party. 

Prolect Reports: WT-79 (Reference 139); WT-80 (Reference 140); and WT-51 

(Reference 141). 

Project 1.9 -- Air Drop Instrumentation 

The three parts of this project were designed to further development of 

instruments that could be used in aircraft for quick estimation of nuclear 

weapon yield. None of the test instrumentswere mounted in aircraft. 

Project 1.9.1 -- Bhangmeter Measurements 

Aqency: Edgerton, Germeshausen & GKier (EGM;) 

Operations: Devices were set out at Parry for all shots, with additional 

devlces at Ananij for DOG and at Bl llae for EASY. Recorders were attached 

to the bhangmeters; thus recovery teams were sent to Ananij and Blllae to 

retrieve the data (Reference 142, pp. 17 and 19). No Information is available, however, on whenrecovery occurred. 

-Staffinq: The number and affiliationof persons working on this experiment 

are unavailable although they probably were EM;civilians. The author of 

the project report was the only person who can be Identifled by name. He 

apparently was the senior EGM; representative at the test range. His exposure was 0.100 R. 

Prolect Report: UT-92 (Reference 142). 

Project 1.9.2 -- Measurement of Teller-Alpha 

Aqency: Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier 

Operations: For DOG. equipment was placed on the Ananij photo tower. 34,590 

feet (10.54 km) from surface zero. Equlpment for EASY was mounted on the 

Billae photo tower. 44.560 feet (13.58 km) from surface Zero (Reference 

143, p. 20). The equipment location for shot GEORGE may have been Parry. 

The project did not participate in ITEM. Because recordlng devices were 

attached dlKeCtly to the detectors, recovery parties had to visit the photo 

towers to recover the data, but no Information on recovery is available. 

-Staffinq: Same asProject 1.9.1. 

Project Report: UT-108 (Reference 143). 

Project 1.9.3 7 - Disc Camera

Aqency: Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier (EG&G) 

149 
Operations: Disc cameras were placed on the Ananij and Blllae photo towers 

for the same shots (DOG. EASY, and GEORGE) as used in Project 1.9.2. Film 

had to be recovered from the cameras, but information on recovery Is not 

available. 

Staffinq: The project probably was staffed by EGGS civilians, but their 

number cannot be determined. None can be identified by name. 

Prolect Report: UT-112 (Reference 144). 

?roject 1.10 -- Cryogenics 

Aqency : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratories (LASL) 

Operations: Work on this special project was done before shots GEORGE and 

ITEM, mostly on Parry Island and around the respective shot towers. L.ocations and times of project activity were such that personnel should have 

been exposed to little radiation. 

Staffinq: The project report lists 17 men as having worked on the project 

In the field. Their affiliations were as Eollows: LASL, 11; UCRL.. 2; Army, 

1: H&N. 3. One of the LASL personnel was also an Army officer. One UCRL 

employee, three LASL employees, and all of the H&N employees appear to 

have been unbadged. Highest exposure In the group was 2.200 R for a LASL 

civi lian. 

project Report: UT-50 (Reference 145). 

Project 1.11 -- Timing and Firing and Fiducial Markers 

Aqency : Edgerton, Germeshausen & Crier (EGG) 

Operations: A central station on Parry sent signals via submarine cables 

to a timer station on the shot island for all shots. The timer station 

controlled signals to the test device and to experimental equipment on the 

shot island and elsewhere. In some applications, light-sensitive triggering 

devices (called "blue boxes") provided the signal to start experimental 

equipment. 

Staffinq: This project was manned entirely by EGM; personnel. 

Prolect Report: WT-99 (Reference 146). 

Project 1.12 Long-distance Measurement of Energy Yield of an Atomic 

Explosion 

Aqency: University of California Radiation Laboratory 

Operations: Devices for detecting light from DOG were set out on Wake and 

Saipan islands. For EASY, detectors on Saipan were used again. and Others 

were carried aloft by a Guam-based C-54 of the 2143rd Air Wing. At shot 

1so 
time the plane was about 630 nmi (1,168 km) northeast of Enewetak. The 

detectors were so far from the detonations that personnel operating them 

and the crew of the aircraft could not have been exposed to radiation. 

Staffinq: A number of men are listed in the project report. but it is not 

clear how many were at the detector locations. 

Prolect Report: WT-106 (Reference 14). 

PROGRAM 2 -- BIOMEDICAL 

Projects making up this program can be divided into two groups: first, 

those investigating effects of nuclear detonations on mice, dogs, and swine; 

and, second, those investigating the characteristics of various organisms and 

substances (biological dosimeters) that were believed to have the capability 

to measure radiation exposure. Results of the animal experiments were used to 

estimate injuries that might be caused in a human population exposed to a 

nuclear detonation. At each shot animals often played a role in several projects. Moreover. animals often were in the same experimental stations with the 

biological dosimeters. The blomedical program Is described as a whole on a 

shot-by-shot basis. rather than on a project-by-project basis as was done for 

PKOgraIU 1. 

The program was based on Japtnn Island, where H&N had built staff living 

quarters, laboratories, and animal pens. To ensure that the test animals were 

acclimated, adult animals were shipped from the United States well in advance, 

and the animals used in the test were bred on Japtan. Tradescantia, a flowering plant used in the experiments, was grown on Japtan. 

The program was headed by a LASL. consultant, and his deputy was a LASL employee. Program 2 was staffed by 99 personnel drawn from various organizations 

as shown in Table 15. 

Project reports for Program 2 are WT-8 (Reference 147). UT-9 (Reference 

148), WT-13 (Reference 149), UT-21 (Reference lo), UT-22 (Reference 1501, and 

UT-43 (Reference 151). 

Test animals were removed from their pens and placed in cylindrical containers on Japtan. These containers (Figure 43) facilitated easy handling and 

quick retrieval from radioactive areas. The animals were taken by small boat 

and then by truck (Figures 44 and 45) to test stations at various ranges from 

surface zero and the carrying containers placed inside the pipe-like test stations (Figure 46). which Offered protection against overpressure and thermal 

effects. After the shot, the containers wlth the test animals were retrieved 

and returned to Japtan. Figure47 shows recovery of containers after shot EASY. 

Shot DOG 

Mice were placed in 16 stations between 2,700 and 6,300 feet (0.823 and 

1.92 km) from surface zero on Runit. Tradescantia flowers were added In elght 

of the stations. They were also put aboard each of threeB-17 drones that flew 

twice through the shot cloud at altitudes of 16,000, 18,000, and 20.000 feet 

151 
Table15.SourcesofpersonnelforProgram 

Organlzatlon Enllsted 

Unlt One, NavyBureau o fM e d l c l n e 

OtherNavy 

Army 

Alr Force 

MarlneCorps 

LosAlamos S c l e n t l f l cL a b o r a t o r y 

Oak R l d g eN a t l o n a lL a b o r a t o r y 

B r o o k h a v e nN a t l o n a lL a b o r a t o r y 

UnjversltyofRochester 

UnlversltyofCallfornla, 

Los Angelesa 

N o r t h w e s t e r nU n l v e r s t t y ” 

Note: 

a 

2, GREENHOUSE. 

Men Clvlllans Officers

50 

7 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

12 

4 

4 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

AlsoafflllatedwiththeVeterans’Admlnlstratlon. 

Source:Reference 98. 

152 

4 

As before, Tradescantia was placed at many of the stations (Reference 151, pp. 

114 and 140 through 142). 

Various materials considered as dOSimeteKS were exposed to radiation from 

the blast. A species of mold, corn kernels. and glass samples wereput in stations between 900 and 2,400 feet (274 and 732 meters) from the tower along the 

zero line. Potassium bromide crystals and luminescent glass were placed in 

some of the more distant Enjebi stations (Reference 149, pp. 1. 14, and 21). 

Mice and Tradescantia were placed aboard drones and exposed in the same way as 

for DOG (Reference 151, p. 139). 

EASY recovery for the biomedical program started a few minutes after the 

shot when two LSUs, fiveLCMs, and a water taxi left Parry for Enjebi via Japtan. The recovery teams, at least those after the dogs, arrived at Enjebi at 

0900 (Reference 150, p. 90). At about 0830 a group from TU 3.1.2 retrieved the 

specimens from the three drone B-17s (Reference 109, p. E-1-29]. Dogs and their 

handlers were back at Japtan by 1700, and probably the other personnel, animals 

and samples were also. Two days after the shot, TU 3.1.2 parties visited 

Enjebi, Mijikadrek, Kidrinen, and Bokenelab to recover batteries (Reference 

109, p. E-1-43]. 

In the area of the station 900 feet (274 meters) from surface zero. the 

estimated radiation level at EASY H+l was 1,400 R/hr. The animal station closest to surface zero wasin an area with a radiation level of between16 and 29 

R/hr (Reference 111, p. 28). D-day recovery attempts appeared doubtful in view 

of the high radiation levels, yet the project reports give the impression that 

all animals were recovered the first day. Recovery from the stations with the 

dosimetry material between 900 and 2,400 feet (274 and 732 meters) from surface 

zero is not speclflcally mentioned in the available records. Two days after 

the shot, radiation levels were as low as 0.005 R/hr on the western edge of 

Enjebi and were 0.018 R/hK on Mijikadrek, 0.028 R/hr on Kidrinen. and 0.040 

R/hr on Bokenelab (Reference 38, p. 6). Drone contamination is discussed under 

Project 1.7. 

Shot GEORGE 

Mice, dogs, swlne. and Tradescantia were used for the GEORGE biomedical 

exsriments. They were placed in stations along the zero line between 3,000 

feet and 14,355 feet (0.914 and 4.38 km) southeast of surface zero. Stations 

were on Aomon, Bijire. Lojwa. Alembel, and Rillae (Reference 10, p. 52; Reference 147, pp. 9 and 16; Reference 151, pp. 20, 57, and 141). Phantoms were 

placed In one station. As withDOG and EASY. mlce and Tradescantiawere placed 

aboard three drones that penetrated the cloud twice (Reference 151, pp. 93 and 

117). 

Recovery began at about H+5:45 when a part of TU 3.1.2. consist ing of one 

LSU and three LCMs, departed Japtan for Lojwa, Alembel, and Billae. They were 

expected to return about 3-1/2 hours later (Reference 102, p. G-1-21). No 

Information Is available on when the mlce and plants were removed from the 

drones. but they were returned to Japtan about 10 hours after the shot (Reference 102, p. G-1-23]. 

156 
At H+1, the estimated radiation level on Aomon in the neighborhood of animal stations nearest to surface zero was between 25 and 100 R/hr. On the portion of Bljire farthest from surface zero, It was estimated at less than 0.10 

R/hr (Reference 111, p. 40). The levels on Lojwa and Alembel are not available. 

The level on Blllae at 1400 on GEORGE day was 0.0003 R/hr (Reference 38, p. 9). 

Drone contamination is discussed Under Project 1.7. 

Shot ITEM 

Dogs were put in nine foxholes between 1,200 and 4,500 feet (0.366 and 

1.37 km), roughly south of the ITEM surface zero onEnjebi. They were recovered 

at about H+6:30 (Reference 147, pp. 1, 7, and 29). Two foxholes 1,200 feet 

(366 meters) from surface zero were In an area where the estimated exposure 

rate 1 hour after the detonation was about 200 R/hr (Reference 111, p. 45). 

PROGRAM 3 -- STRUCTURES 

This program, sponsored by AFSWP, investigated nuclear blast effects on 

various types of civilian and military structures. The AEC and the services 

all had an interest in the program, which was headed by a civilian from AFSWP. 

The pKOgKdm participated in shot EASY only. 

Twenty-seven structures were erected, two for the Army, twelve for the 

Navy, twelve for the Air Force, and one for the Public Building Service of the 

Government Services Administration (GSA) (Reference 5. p. 66). Various instrument stations were near the test Structures. Project 3.1 was responsible for 

the two Army structures, which were on Enjebl. one 1,710 feet (521 meters) and 

the Other 2,970 feet (905 meters) from surface zero. Project 3.2 was responsible for the 12 Navy Structures. Eleven were on Enjebi : two only 250 feet (76 

meters) from sureace zero and the rest between 2,400 and 3,630 feet (0.732 and 

1.11 km) from surface zero. One was on Mijikadrek. The 12 Air Force structures 

were the responsibility of Project 3.3. Seven of these structures were on 

Enjebi, between 3,520 and 4,200 feet (1.07 and 1.28 km) from surface zero. and 

the rest were on Mijlkadrek. Sandia Corporation was In charge of Instrumenting 

the buildings, and the personnel working on this part of the program were 

organized as Project 3.4. A representative of the Public Building Service. 

operating as Project 3.5, used a structure on Kldrinen for that organlzation's 

portion of the program (Reference 152, pp. 26 and27, 60 through 62). 

At 1230 on shot day, two groups of program personnel left Parry by boat to 

begln recovery operations. Aboard an LSU bound for Enjebl were one person each 

from Projects 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3. accompanied by radiation monitors and HLN 

personnel. They did a preliminary damage survey. Three Project 3.4 personnel 

with radiation monitors and a photographer were aboard an 1,CM bound for Mljlkadrek and Enjebi. They recovered Instruments on Mijlkadrek. One Project 3.3 

man, accompanied by a photographer, a radiation monitor, and an H&N supervisor, 

made a preliminary damage survey on Mljikadrek. The program director and his 

deputy inspected both Islands. The various groups returned to Parry at about 

1700 (Refercnce 109, p. E-1-35]. A detailed examination OE blast damage was 

begun 2 days after the detonation. At that time radsafe requirements allowed 

only brief entry Into the Army structure 1,710 feet (521 meters) from surface 

zero. The date when this bui lding was studied is not avai lable. The two Navy 

157 
structures 250 feet (76 meters) from surface zero could not be inspected until 

a week after the shot. Photographing and documentingthe damage took 16 working 

days. Photographers from TU 3.1.6 played a major role in this work (Reference 

152. p. 68). 

Estimated radiation levels on Enjebl at H+l were from one to several hundred roentgens per hour (Refetence 111, p. 34). By 1300 on D+2, they had decreased considerably so that only the two Navy buildings 250 feet (76 meters) 

from surface zero were within the 1 R/hr zone. Exposure rates on Mjjikadrek 

and Kidrinen Were about 1 R/hr on shot day and about 0.5 R/hron D+1. 

Just before the start of testing, 125 personnel were assigned to Program 3 

as follows (Reference 152, pp. 61 through 63; Reference 153): 

Proqram Headquarters Prolect 3.3 

civilianAFSWP 1 Air officer Force

Navyofficerassignedto LASL 1 Air Forcecivilian 

AFSWP colonel(unspecified service)2 ArmourResearchFoundation 

clvl lians Ait Force civilian 

1 civilian of unspecified government civilian affI 1iat Ion 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology 9 other persons civilian 

Army corporal -Prolect 3.4 

4 Sandla civilians Prolect 3.1 

1 Holmes & Narver civllian

1 government civilian 

2 Navy officers assigned to LASL

1 MIT civilian 

1 University of California

8 civilians of unspecified affiliation civi lian 

Prolect 3.2 1 Princeton University civlllan 

3 Navy officers 1 Stanford University civilian 

1 Navy civilian 1 University of Illinois 

civil Ian 

42 enlisted men 

37 civilians of unspecified 

affiliation. 

PROGRAM 4 -- CLOUD PHYSICS 

ThiS program was designed to gather information on tropical meteorology 

and on various properties of nuclear clouds: size, appearance, electrical and 

radioactive characteristics, temperature. turbulence, moisture content, wind 

velocity, vertical and hOtiZOnta1 mixing, rate of growth, and dlSpeKSiOn characteristics (Reference 11.1, p. 6). It was headed by a clvlllan from Air Force 

Cambridge Research Center (AFCRC) (Reference 5, p. 61). Apparently he was not 

badged . 

158 
Project 4.1 -- Atomic cloud Documentation 

This project was headed by an unbadged civilian from AFCRC. The project 

consisted of three experiments:Projects 4.1A. 4.1B. and 4.1C. 

Project 4.1A -- Cloud Physics 

Aqency: Air Force Cambridge Research Center. Atmospheric Physics 

Laboratory (AFCRC) 

Omrations: Instruments measuring pressure.temperature.andrelative 

humidity were installed in drones, and data were recorded as the drones 

flew through three shot clouds. Eight drones participated in each shot and 

attempted two penetrations of the cloud. Nominal penetration heights were 

every 2,000 feet (610 meters) from 16,000 through 30,000 feet (4.88 through 

9.14 km). Data were recovered from the recorders on each drone after landing. The project did not participate in ITEM. 

Staffinq: The two authors of the portion of the project report dealing 

with this experiment were AFCRC civilians. Both appear on an early roster 

of TG 3.1, but neither appear to have been badged. A thl rd AFCRC employee 

who was badged was associated wlth this experiment. On Enewetak the instruments carried by the drones were maintained by a group of one officer and 

four enlisted men from the 3200th Drone Squadron, 550th G.M. Wing, Eglin 

AFB, Florida, assigned to TU3.4.2. One of the enlisted men had anexposure 

of 4.170 R. An unbadged field representative of the Kollsman Instrument 

Corporation assisted in maintaining the instruments (Reference 154, pp. 2 

and 3). 

Project Report: WT-115. Part I (Reference 154). 

Project 4.18 -- Development of Atomic Clouds 

Aqency: Institute of Geophysics, Universlty of California 

at Los Angeles 

Operations: For the first three shots, data were collected from four ground 

stat ions : 

0 Biken .-- Unmanned but with an automatic camera 

0 Japtan -- Two observers 

0 Enewetak Island -- Two stations, one at each end of the 

Island with observers. 

Also €OK the first three shots, a man aboard each of the two B-SODS (49-340

and 49-290) took pictures of the shot cloud with a hand-held camera. The 

activities of the B-SODS are discussed under Project 1.6.3.4. For ITEN. 

one of the ground stations on Enewetak Island was manned by two observers 

(Reference 154, pp. 73 through 76: Reference 20. pp. 57, 59, and 61). No 

record is available of when f1lm was recovered from the camera on Biken. 

The camera and related equipment were recovered from the island on GEORGE 

D+2 (Reference 102, p. G-1-17]. 

159 
Staffinq: An AIK Force officer attached to TU 3.1.3 supervised the photography. An Air Force enlisted man and a civilian, also attached to TU 3.1.3, 

are named as helping with the photography from Enewetak. EGG personnel 

may have made up the rest of the crew manning the Enewetak cameras. Two 

Air Force officers, one from TU 3.4.2 and the Other of unspecified affiliation, are named as the B-50Ds photographers. The Air Force enlisted man 

was not badged, and EGM; personnel cannot be identified. A civilian and 

two Air Force officers authored the portion of the project report dealing 

with this experiment (Reference 154, pp. 65 and 67). The affiliation of 

one of the Air Force officers is unknown, and neither was badged. The other 

Air Force author was attached to TU 3.4.2. He had the highest listed exposure -- 3.525 R -- of any person identified withthis experiment. 

Prolect Report: UT-115. Part I1 (Reference 154). 

Project 4.1C -- Cloud TKaCklng 

AqencY : Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier 

Operations: Apparently data far this experiment consisted of photographs 

taken between about 20 minutes and 1 hour after the detonation by cameras 

at the two camera stations on Enewetak and the one on Biken. This project 

did not participate in ITEM. 

For the camera crews and those recovering film and photographic equipment from Biken, the exposure potential was the same as for Project 4.1B. 

Staffinq: It probably was the same as €OK Project 4.18. except that the 

personnel in B-SODS were not involved. 

Project Report: UT-115. Part 111 (Reference 154). 

Project 4.2 -- Measurement of Surface-Air Movements Associated with 

Atomic Blasts 

Auency: Air Force Cambridge Research Center, Atmospheric Physics 

Laboratory (APL/AFCRC) 

Operations: DOG instrument stations were located on Runit (8 stations from 

2,400 to 4,500 feet C0.732 to 1.37 km] from surface zero), Billae (1 station), Alembel (1 station). Eleleron (6 stations), Bokenelab (1 station). 

Kldrinen (1 station). Mijlkadrek (4 stations), Enjebi (3 stations), and on 

Dridrllbwij (2 stations) (Reference 4, p. 64: Reference 155, p. 16). For 

EASY, the stations were on Enjebi (8 stations 1,500 to 4.668 feet C0.457 

to 1.42 km] from surface zero), Mijikadrek (4 stations), Kidrinen (1 station), DKidKilbwij (2 stations), Bokenelab (1 station), Eleleron (6 stations). Alembel (1 station). and Billae (1 station) (Reference 4, p. 64; 

Reference 155, p. 19). For GEORGE, the stations were on EleleKOn (1 station

1,950 feet 1594 meters] from surface zero), Aomon (2 stations 2,400 to 

3,780 feet C0.732 to 1.15 km] from surface zero), Bijire (4 stations 5,700 

feet [1.74 km] from surface zero), Alembel (1 station), Bokenelab (1 station), Billae (1 station), Kidrinen (1 station), Mijikadrek (3 stations), 

160 
Enjebl (2 stations), and Runit (2 stations) (Reference 4, p. 64; Reference 

155, p. 22). Data recordings had to be recovered from each station. At 

shot DOG H+6, two teams returned to Runit and recovered records from the 

eight stations. Recovery took about 12 minutes per station. Records from 

the other stations were retrieved on D+2 (Reference 155, p. 15). At EASY 

H+6, three teams recovered records from stations on Enjebi and Mijikadrek. 

except for the Enjebi station 1,500 feet (457 meters) from surface zero, 

whlch was too radioactive. Records from that station and from those on the 

other islands were recovered on D+2 (Reference 155, p. 18). One project 

team recovered records from stations on Eleleron, Aomon, and Bljire at 

GEORGE H+10. Three days later records were recovered from the other stations. At the same time. all equipment from the stations was recovered, 

except that from -the two stations on Eleleron 1,950 and 2,400 feet (594 

and 732 meters) from surface zero, respectively. Equipment from the second 

station was recovered 5 days postshot, and from the first 10 days postshot 

(Reference 155. p. 21). 

Staffinq: Ten men manned this project. One was a clvilian engineer from 

the Bendix-Friez Corporation, and the Other nine appear to have been attached to APL/AFCRC. One, the project leader, was a civilian; the others 

were Air Force personnel, two officers and six enlisted men (Reference 

155. p. 14). All were badged: the highest recorded exposure was 1.555 R. 

Prolect Report: WT-105 (Reference 155). 

Project 4.5 The Precipitation and Formation Movement of Clouds 

In the Central Pacific 

Aqency : Instltute of Geophysics, University of California 

at Los Angeles (UCLA) 

Operations: An elaborate system was organized for collecting and analyzing 

weather data to produce needed forecasts. The core of the forecasting effort was Joint Task Force 3 (JTF 3) Weather Central. part of TU 3.4.5 and 

located on Enewetak Island. Information entered the system from several 

sources: 

1. Weather statlons in the Pacific regidn not under operational control of Commander JTF 3 (CJTF 3) (Reference 156, 

p. 26). 

2. Weather stations under control of TU 3.4.5. These Included 

existing stations on Kwajalein and Enewetak and others 

established for GREENHOUSE on MajUKO, Bikatl. Kusale. and 

Nauru (Reference 156, pp. 19 and 20). 

3. The Kwajalein-based 57th strategic ReconnaissanceSquadron 

(Medium), Weather, assigned to TU3.4.4 and flying various 

tracks out of Kwajaleln. Aircrews recorded and transmitted 

data to Weather Central. 

4. Patrol Squadron (W-931). a Navy P2V patrol squadron based 

on Kwajalein, was glven the additional duty of transmltting weather data while on patrol (Reference 101, p. 17). 

161 
Data supplied from these sources were used not only for weather forecasting 

but also for Program 4.5. Moreover, personnel at the weather stations, 

except Enewetak and Bikati, and personnel on the WB-29s of TU 3.4.4 took 

photographs of weather conditions, which were used in the Program 4.5 analytical effort (Reference 156, pp. 58,59). 

Personnel at Weather Central, personnel at the weather stations, WB-29 

aircrews, and P2V aircrews participated in this project as part of their 

work providing the weather forecasts required for testing. 

Both WB-29s and P2Vs were contaminated. The potential radiation exposure arising from the work of the WB-29s is described under Project 7.4. 

During DOG operations one P2V was contaminated, and two were contaminated 

during EASY operations. Twelve hours after DOG, radiation on the engines 

of the contaminated P2V was measured at 0.040 R/hr. Twelve hours after 

EASY, engine radiation on the two contaminated P2Vs was 0.020 and 0.040 

R/hr, respectively. 

The project staff, the aircrews, and Weather Central personnel could 

have been exposed as the result of their work (Reference 156, p. 5). For 

example, staff members flew aboard the wB-29~~ taking weather photographs 

for the project (Reference 156, p.59). The weather tracks flown by the 

WB-29sweresuchthattheyprobablyencounterednoradiation,andno 

record of such an encounter was found (Reference 156, pp. 23 through 26). 

-"Staffing: Project 4.5 staff had at least three personnel, a civilian and 

two Air Force officers, all apparently associated with UCLA (Reference 

156, p. 5; Reference 110). None of them was badged. TU 3.4.4 was made up 

of personnel from the 55th and 57th Strategic Reconnaissance Squadrons. At 

peak strength it had 323 personnel, 162 of whom badged at were one timeor

another. Highest recorded exposure was 7.030 R.

Weather Central on Enewetak Island (TU 3.4.5) had about 32 personnel, 

including 12 Navy personnel from TG 3.3, and3 Air Force personnel fromTU

3.4.4. Other members ofTU 3.4.5 were all Air Force personnel assignedto 

weather stations on Majuro, Bikati, Kusaie, Nauru, and Kwajalein. Apparently, none of these was badged. Chapter 7 discusses the parent units of 

Air Force personnel in TU 3.4.5. VP-931 had 386 personnel, of whom 102 

were badged (Reference 157). 

-

Project Reports: WT-40 (Reference 156). 

Project 4.6 -- Atmospheric Conductivity 

Agency: Air Force Cambridge Research Center (AFCRC) 

9"" 0 erations: Four aircraft were assigned to this experiment: two B-50As

(nos. 023 and 017) and two L-13s. The B-50As were equipped to measure the 

atmospheric conductivity andto collect particulate and gaseous samples in 

or near the radioactive cloud. During daylight hours, one B-50A followed 

the cloud, taking conductivity readings and collecting samples. Its purpose 

was to get information on cloud composition and movements, and on the 

effectiveness of the two sample-collecting systems. After DOG, one B-50A 

followed and sampled the cloud from H+2 to H+11; the other took up the 

162 
task from H+24 to H+30; and the first returned to duty from H+52 to H+60. 

After EASY the aircraft again followed the cloud during daylight hours, 

one from H+2 to H+9, and the other from H+26 to H+32. The same pattern was 

followed after GEORGE, but the exact tracking times are not available. The 

project did not participate in ITEM. The B-5OAs also participated In Programs 7.4 and 7.8. 

The L-13s flew over the atoll's Islands beginning at about DOG H+10. 

Succeeding flights were made on D+lthrough D+4 and on D+10 and D+12. Host 

flights were at 1,000 feet (305 meters), but some were at 200 and 500 feet 

(61 and 152 meters). The first flight over the crater area on Runit was 

made at 500 feet (152 meters) on D+3.Islands for which readings are avallable are Biken. Kidrenen, Rlbewon, Boken, Mut, Ikuren, Parry, Japtan, and 

Runlt. The L-13 resumed conductivity studies at EASY H+10, with flights at 

500 and 1,000 feet (152 and 305 meters). Flights apparently were made more 

or less dally for 10 days. The first L-13 conductivity flights for GEORGE 

began at H+6 and Included passes over the shot island lnitially at 3,000 

feet (914 meters) and dropping to 1,000 feet (305 meters). Flights were 

made dally until the seventh day after GEORGE. 

The B-5OAs were not to penetrate cloud regions of high radlatlon, but 

Information is lacklng on the radiation level that was to prompt evasive 

action. Filters on the B-50As particle collection systems had to be changed 

every 30 minutes by personnel aboard the aircraft. Twelve hours after DOG, 

engine contamination was 0.150 R/hr. Twelve hours after EASYone aircraft's 

englnes were contamlnated to a level of 0.080 R/hr and those of the other 

to a level of 0.050 R/hr. Aircraft skin contamination was about one-tenth 

of the engine contamination. 

There is no record of the L-13s being contamlnated, but as they surveyed the atoll's islands, they passed over some areas of relatively high 

radioactivity. Readings of the conductivity Instruments probably were not 

readily convertible to radiation readings, and they may not have been 

available to the flight crews. Apparently, concern developed that the L-13s 

might be exposed to unacceptable levels of radiation. Data were collected 

after GEORGE by aircraft fitted with standard radiation detectors. 

Staffinq: The project report had three principal authors, and they acknowledged the assistance of four others. Two of the principal authors were 

associated with the Geophysics Research Dlvlslon of AFCRC. Neither was 

badged. The third principal author was associated wlth Carnegle Institute. 

His recorded exposure was 0.030 R. Two clvllians and two mllitary officers 

who assisted the principal authors were from the Atmospheric Electricity 

Section. Atmospheric Physics Laboratory, AFCRC. All four were badged; the 

highest reading was 1.640 R. 

The two B-50As were from TD 3.4.2.1. The detachment's personnel and 

aircraft had come from the 3151st Electronlc Group and 3171st Electronic 

R&D Group at Griffiss AFB, New York. All flight crewmen should have been 

badged when tracklng a cloud but some were not (for example, the pi lot of 

the B-50A flight that tracked the DOG cloud on 8 and 10 April) (Reference 

24, pp. 32-33). 

The two L-13s were from the Liaison Unit, TU 3.4.6. Thls task unit in 

turn was made up of personnel from the 2600th Air Base Squadron. the 4th 

163 
Ptolect Report: UT-71 (Reference 158). 

PROGRAM 5 -- RADIATIONINSTRUMENTEVALUATION 

Program 5 was designed to test newly developed equipment to detect and 

measure radlat ion, under condit ions not too dif ferent than what mightbe encountered during combat. It was headed by a naval officer assigned to LASL. 

His exposure was as given 0.990 R. 

Project 5.1 -- Evaluation of Ground Radiac 

The Army signal Corps Engineering Laboratories (SCEL) had the leading role 

In this effort. Work was organized as follows: 

Project 5.1.1 -- Dosimeters 

Project 5.1.2 -- Survey Meters 

Project 5.1.2.1 -- Shot Island Survey 

Project 5.1.2.2 -- Drone Survey 

Project 5.1.2.3 -- Aerial Survey 

Project 5.1.2.4 -- Personnel Monitoring 

Project 5.1.3 -- Mobile Radiological Laboratory 

Project 5.1.4 .-- Landing Monitors. 

Project 5.1 staff and their exposures (in roentgens) were (Reference 

137, p. 209; Reference 59): 

SCEL personnel : 

icers Off Enlisted Civilians -

Project Officer 0.430ProjectScientist0.310 Clerk 1.360 

Supply Officer 0.200DosimeterUnit0.570FieldLab 

Dosimeter Unit 0.400 DOSiIWter Unit1.410 Unlt 1.100 

Survey MMeter survey Meter 

EngIneer 2.590Maintenance0.540 

Field Lab survey Meter 

Unit 1.230 Maintenance0.040 

Meter LabField Survey 

Unit 1.880 Maintenance1.285 

FieldLabunit2.035 

164 
Chemical Corp Personnel: 

En1 lsted Civil Ian -

Field Lab Unit 1.450 Dosimeter Unit 1.660

Other clvillan participants In Project 5.1 were from Federal Clvll 

Defense Agency (Survey Meter Unit) (2.174 R) and TracerLab. an SCEL contractor that participated in the Field Lab Unit. Highest TracerLab exposure 

was 1.180 R. The amount of assistance by Project 5.1 to the subprojects is 

not clear. At a minimum, however, the dosimeter personnel probably retrieved samples of drone contamination for the field laboratory, and the 

survey meter group had to be supplemented by other members of the project 

sta€f for shot-Island surveys (for example, see Reference 97, D-Day, No. 

43b and D+'1 Day, No. 1). Project reports are contained in WT-3 (Reference 

159). WT-62 (Reference 781, and UT-63 (Reference 137). 

Project 5.1.1 Dosimeters 

During Mx; and EASY, dosimeters were carried by each of the eight B-17 

drones involved. During EASY, dosimeters were set out in 23 ground stations. The location of stations Is not clear from avallable information. 

Those closest to sur€ace zero, however, were placed so as to receive an 

expected exposure of 2,000 R. Some figures In the project report show the 

closest station about 3,000 feet (914 meters) from surface zero and the 

farthest somewhat more than 8,000 feet (2.44 km). Resides Enjebi. stations 

were on Mijikadrek and Boken. Dosimeters were also placed in the Program 6 

tanks "close to ground zero." Apparently, at least the tanks 1,500 and 

2.250 feet (457 and 686 meters) from surface zero had Project 5.1 dosimeters In them (Reference 137, pp. 23, 27; Reference 5. p. 70). At 0900 on 

EASY day a group of four project personnel left Parry by LCM to recover 

dosimeters Prom stations on Enjebl, Mijikadrek, ,and Roken.On D+2, a 4-man 

party from Project 5.1 again visited Enjebl, Mijlkadrek, and, Roken (Reference 109, pp. E-1-29, E-1-38, and E-1-45>. The record Is silent on recovery 

of Project 5.1 dosimeters from Project 6 tanks. On DOG a+l, a 6-man party 

went from Parry to Enewetak to retrieve the dosimeters from the B-17 

drones. and on EASY D+1 a 2-man party went on the same mlsslon. Project 

6.1 personnel, however, may have actually boarded the a1 rcraft to get the 

dosimeters (Reference 97, D+l Day, No. 6a; ReZerence 109, pp. E-1-39; Reference 74, p. 83). The project did not participate in GEORGE and ITEM. 

Highest reading observed on shot day by a Project 5.1 team surveying 

the drones was 6 R/hr, so radiation levels when the Project 5.1 dosimeter 

group was in or near them must have been less (Reference 137, p. 106). One 

source gives the radiation level as 0.3 R/wk or less (Reference 74, p. 83). 

Dosimeters aboard the drone were in canvas cases, which In turn were in 

plastic envelopes. At least some OF the plastic envelopes became radioactlve, although the level of this radioactivity Is not recorded (Reference 

137, p. 16). 

165 
Project 5.1.2 -- Survey Meters 

Project 5.1.2.1 -- Shot Island Survey 

Radsafe monitors from TU 3.1.5 were scheduled to conduct a detailed 

radiation survey of the shot island the day after each of the first two 

shots. The day after GEORGE, they were to survey the Eleleron-Aomon-Bijire 

Island chain (Reference 137, p. 104). Each TU 3.1.5 monitor was accompanied 

by at least one person from Project 5.1 OK from among the TG 3.3 monitors 

assigned to assist with Project 5.1. Each of these personnel carried one 

of the survey meters being tested and took readings as simultaneously as 

possible with those taken by his TU 3.1.5 companion. 

High radiation levels may have prevented a survey of Eleleron. the 

GEORGE shot island, on the day following the detonation, but apparently 

the Project 5.1 group took radiation readings on Aomon. The project report 

also carries readings for Runit and Enjebi for DOG and EASY shot days, 

respectively (Reference 137, p. 109). 

Working in a 4-man team independently of TU 3.1.5, personnel testing 

survey meters made additional radiation sutveys of shot islands as follows: 

Runit, 19 days after DOG; Enjebi, 3. 4, and 13 days after EASY: and Bijire. 

3 days after GEORGE. Apparently they also surveyed Aomon 13 days after 

GEORGE. Because of decreased radiation, the men were able to go closer to 

surface zero than during surveys conducted with TU 3.1.5. Some readings 

were taken in the detonation craters (Reference 137, pp. 104 and 110). 

There was no ITEM participation. 

Project 5.1.2.2 -- Drone Survey 

On the shot days except for ITEM, a 4-man team from Project 5.1 went 

to the airfield on Enewetak. Using the survey meters being tested. the 

team took readings from the most contaminated drones. The highest reading 

was 20 R/hr (beta plus gamma) (Reference 137, p. 106). 

Project 5.1.2.3 -- Aerial Survey 

On 1 May, 23 days after DOG and 10 days after EASY, Project 5.1 personnel conducted an aerial survey of the atoll. Because the Instruments 

used were quite sensitive, the survey aircraft flew relatively high to 

avoid driving the Instruments off-scale. Readingswere taken from altitudes 

between 100 and 2,500 feet (30 and 762 meters), depending on the amount of 

residual radiation on the island being surveyed. Given the length of time 

elapsed since the two shots and the fact that measurements were taken from 

100-foot (30-meter) or higher altitudes. the potential radlologlcal exposure to Project 5.1 personnel and the survey aircraft crew probably was 

minimal (Reference 137, pp. 106 and 114). 

Project 5.1.2.4 PersonnelMonitoring 

Personnel monitoring was not part of the plan for Program 5.1, but 

unexpected fallout from DOG offered an opportunity to further test some of 

the survey meters. One of the Project 5.1 personnel, with several of the 

166 
test meters, worked alongside the regular radiation monitors to check personnel for contamination. During this work, personnel from Project 5.1 

observed readings of from 0.070to 0.250 R/hr. 

Project 5.1.3 Mobile RadiologicalLaboratory 

A small laboratory for testing radioactive samples was installed In a 

military trailer. Project 5.1 personnel working in the laboratory analyzed 

radioactive samples from a wide range of sources in the proving ground to 

test the laboratory, Its equipment, and the then accepted analytical procedures under field conditions. Samples were collected in filters at the 

trailer and from the skins of contaminated drone B-17s. Soil samples Were 

collected from the shot islands. Projects 6.1, 6.4, and 6.9 also collected 

samples used in this experiment (Reference 137, p. 175). 

Collection of samples from drone skins apparently lasted for 2 days. 

At 0800 on DOG D-day a 2-man party of project personnel departedParry for 

Enewetak to pick up samples. The next morning one person went on the same 

mission (Reference 97, D Day, No. 43b, D+l Day, No. 2a). The pattern for 

EASY was the same, except that the initial party had s3x people (Reference 

109, p. E-1-26 and E-1-39]. For GEORGE, the first trip for samples was 

m,ade the afternoon of the shot dayby one person. with the second trip the 

morning of the next day (Reference 102, pp. G-1-22 and G-1-24]. 

The exposure potential in laboratory work was high. Many samples had 

to be analyzed and many of the procedures were very tlme-consuming. However, the highest reading among Project 5.l. 3 personnel was 2.035 R (Ref- erence 137, p. 209, Reference 59). 

Project 5.1.4 -- Laundry Monitors 

Four devices for measuring radioactive contarnination of clothing were 

built and tested on clothing collected by Project 6.9 personnel as part of 

that project. Highest levels of contamination encountered were somewhat in 

excess of 0.020 R/hr, beta plus gamma, on booties worn on the shot islands. 

For other clothing. highest level was 0.065 R/hr on test rain suits worn 

by aircraft decontamination crews (Reference 72,pp. 73 and 74). 

Project 5.2 -- Evaluation of Air-Borne Radiac Equipment 

Aqencies: Navy, Bureau of Aeronautics (BuAeK) 

Air Force Air Research and Development Command 

Operations: A Navy P2V-2 (No. 368) and Air Force B-17 (No. 339246) were 

similarly equipped with equipment to track radioactive clouds, to map surface radioactivity from the air. and to recelve data on surface radiation 

transmitted by detectors on the ground (Reference 160, pp. 1, 6, and 8). 

The project did not participate in ITEM. Before H-hour, the P2V-2 was on 

station at about 8,000 feet (2.44 km) and about20 nmi (37 Ian) from surface 

zero. Immediately following the detonation, It began to fly toward the 

radioactive cloud. The pilot was under orders not to penetrate the cloud 

to any slgniflcant degree. The P2V-2 followed the cloud for about 2 hours 

167 
after each shot. Next, it attempted to take measurements of radiation 

intensity at various altitudes over surface zero. Passes were made at 500-

foot (152-meter) intervals, beginning at about 6,000 feet (1.83 km) and 

working down to about 500 feet (152 meters). Finally, radiation distribution In the area of surface zero was surveyed. Starting at about H+4 after 

DOG and EASY. the aircraft flewa pattern of four passes oversurface zero, 

with passes separated from each other by about 45O. The pattern was flown 

at both 1,000 and 500 feet (305 and 152 meters). In addition, about elght 

radiation detection units were dropped to transmit readings by radio. For 

shot GEORGE, the same pattern was flown and the radiation detection units 

dropped. but these activities werenot started until D+1. 

At H-hour. the B-17 was on station at about 18,000 feet (5.49 kmS and 

20 nmi (37 km) from surface zero. Immediately after the shot, the plane 

flew gradually toward the cloud, and tracked it until Its instruments no 

longer gave good readings. The next day It measured radiation Intensity 

versus altitude and surveyed the distribution of radiation on the ground 

around surface zero in the same way as the P2V-2. The B-17 also recorded 

signals from the radiation detectors dropped by the P2V-2 (Reference 160, 

pp. 37 and 38). 

Cloud tracking had potent la1 for exposure to radiation, but data are 

lacking on radiation levels encountered during that activity. Available 

records do not indicate that either of the Project 5.2 aircraft was contaminated. During the survey of radiation on the shot island, the aircraft's 

Instruments Indicated radiation levels of more than 1,000 R/hr on the 

ground. The radiation levels at their operating altitudes are not indicated 

In the records (Reference 160, pp. 76 and 78) but would be much lower. 

The operations detailed above enabled the test and evaluation of newly 

designed airborne radiac equipment. 

Staffing: The authors of the project report were a civilian and a Navy officer, both probably from BUAeK. Their exposures were recorded as 2.150 R 

and 1.170 R, respectively. The P2V-2 and the B-17 were based on Enewetak 

and attached to TU 3.4.2. The B-17's parent unit probably was the 3200th 

Drone Squadron from Eglin AFB In Florida. Available records do not Indicate 

the parent unit of the P2V-2, but It may have been from the Johnsville Air 

Development Center at Johnsville, Pennsylvania (Reference 160, p. 6). A 

crew of five manned the B-17. Five men also crewed the P2V-2. Highest 

recorded aircrew exposure was 1.630 R. For shot GEORGE, four additional 

personnel were aboard one of the planes: the two authors of the project 

report, a Navy of ficer, and an unbadged person. The Navy officer, who was 

from AFSWP. had the highest exposure, 2.140 R. 

prolect Report: WT-104 (Reference 160). 

PROGRAM 6 -- PHYSICALTESTS AND MEASUREMENTS 

Program 6 was designed to study a wlde range of blast effects and to aid 

in devising defensive measures. The program was headed by the naval officer 

who headed Program 5. 

168 
Project6.1 -- Cloud Phenomena: Studyof Particulate and Gaseous Matter 

Agenci-es: Army Chemical Corps (ChemicalCorps) 

Army Chemicaland Radiological Laboratories (CRL) 

Army ChemicalCenter (ACC) 

NavalRadiologicalDefenseLaboratory (NRDL) 

Operations:Four types o fs a m p l i n gd e v i c e sw e r ei n s t a l l e di nt w e l v e of the 

drone B-17s. Eight B-17s were airborne for eachshot except ITEM, passing 

throughtheshotcloud at 16,000, 18,000, 20,000,22,000,24,000,26,000, 

28,000,and30,000 feet (4.88,5.49,6.10,6.71,7.32,7.92,8.53,and 

9.14 km) . They c o l l e c t e dt h e s e samples w h i l ep a r t i c i p a t i n gi nP r o j e c t s 

4.1, 6.5,6.8and 8. I. Samples were removed a f t e rt h ed r o n e s were landed. 

Sample removal from some o ft h ed e v i c e sr e q u i r e de n t e r i n gt h e B-17 drone. 

Information is lackingonremoval of samples from all f o u rt y p e s of collectors, butsamplesfrom two types were removedby two-man teams, each 

consistingof a personfromProject6.1and a radiationmonitor. Two teams 

were usedoneachshotandeach team enteredanaverageof four B-17s. 

These teams also removed Project 6.6 filter material samples andbadged 

d o s i m e t e r sf o rP r o j e c t 5.1. Removal times werebetween H+28 and H+36 for 

shots DOG and EASY, andbetween H+5 and H+9 for GEORGE (Reference74, p. 

83). The projectdidnotparticipatein ITEM. 

Highestshot-daydroneradiationlevel for which there is a record was 

20 R/hr (beta plus gamma) (Reference137, p. 106). 

Staffing: " - The project staff included personnel from the Chemical Corps,

CRL,ACC, NRDL, andTracerLab,Inc.Highestradiationexposure of the twoman removal teams was less than0.3 R/wk (Reference74, p. 83).Highest 

exposurerecorded among thepersonnelfromthe Army organizations, all 

civilians, was2.525 R; oneperson was notbadged.The NRDL groupconsisted 

o f i v ec i v i l i a n s andonenavalofficer.Highestexposurerecorded was 

0.944 R, withonepersonnotbadged.FourciviliansrepresentedTracerLab, 

Inc. Onewas notbadged,andhighestexposurerecorded was 1.360 R. Staffingand exposures ofthedronegroup are discussedunderProgram 1.7. 

-Proj ect Rem: Wll-72 (Reference 74). 

Project 6.2 -- EffectofThermalRadiationonMaterial 

Agencies:NavalRadiologicalDefenseLaboratory (NRDL) 

NavalMaterial Laboratory (NML) 

Operations:Samples were p l a c e di nt e ns t a t i o n s :f i v eo n Mijikadrek, four 

onKidrinen,andoneprobablyonBokenelab.Thesestations were n e a rt h e 

Program 3 structures. In addition, two camera stationsonMijikadrekand 

four camera stations on Kidrinen were set up to recordtheresponseof 

test materials to shot EASY. Recovery was as follows(Reference109,pp. 

E-1-32,E-1-38,and E-1-44) : 

16 9 
0 EASY Day at 1000 

-- Two Project 6.2 personnel, one TU 3.1.6 photographer, 

and one radsafe monitor left Patty by boat €OK Mijikadrek. Kldrlnen, and Bokenelab to inspect and photograph 

sample stations 

A group of seven project personnel left for the three 

islands, probably to recover samples 

0 EASY D+1 at 0730 

- - Ten project personnel departed Parry for the islands 

and stayed until about 1330 

0 EASY D+2 at 0730 

- Twelve project personnel departed Parry for the three 

Islands and stayed until about 1430. 

stafflnq: The project staff consisted of seven NRDL personnel and two NML 

personnel. Highest recorded exposure for the group was 0.890 R (Reference 

161, p. 97). Camera stations were the responsibility of EG&G. The photographer from TU 3.1.6 and the radiation monitor cannotbe Identifled. 

project Report: WT-70 (Reference 161). 

Project 6.3 -- Combat Vehicle Exposure 

Aqencv: Army Ballistic Research Laboratories (BRL) 

Operations: Pairs of tanks were placed 1,500, 2,250, 3,000, 3,699, and 

4,200 feet (0.457. 0.686, 0.914, 1.13, and 1.28 km) from the EASY surface 

zero (Reference 162, p. 1). Recovery preparations began at 0800 on shot 

day with the transportation of two vehlcles to Enjebi for later use by 

Project 6.3 personnel. Later the same morning. two project personnel and a 

radsafe monitor surveyed Enjebi from an L-13.On D+2. at 0815, six project 

personnel went to Enjebi by boat. At 0930 they were followed by a party of 

ten wl th two monitors. Apparently these two groups went to the tanks to 

recover gauges. Figure 48 shows two men inspecting a tank, which had lost 

Its turret, at the1.500-foot(457-meter) station (Reference109, pp. 

E-1-28, E-1-32, and E-1-47). 

staf flnq: 

0 one military officer. probably from the Army but attached 

to the Supply Divlsion, Headquarters Air Material Command, 

Wright-Patterson AH3 

0 Four civilians from RRL 

0 One clvilian from the Department of Physics. Ohio State 

Unlvers Ity 

0 One civilianandtwoenlistedmenfromtheAutomotlve 

Dlvlsion, Development and Proof Services, Aberdeen Proving 

Ground 

170 

among the three was 1.110 R. Helicopters and L-13s were supplied by TU 

3.4.6. 

Prolect Report: UT-4 (Reference 62). 

Project 6.5 -- Interpretation of Survey-meter Data 

Aqency: Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory (NRDL) 

Operations: Fission products were collected on plates carried through the 

shot clouds by the drones. After the drones were landed, plates were removed, and at about H+40 they were flown back to NRDL for analysls (Reference 163, p. 7). In addition. residual radiation was measured near DOG 

and EASY surface zeroes (Reference 163, p. 1). At 1200 on DOG day. one of 

the project personnel, accompanied by a radsafe monitor. left Parry for 

Runit by boat. The plan was to place dosimeters 2,100 feet (640 meters) 

from sutface zero if radiological conditions permitted(Reference 97, 

D-Day. No. 60). On D+2, one project staff member with a monitor visited 

Runit to place a second set of dosimetets (Reference 97, D+2. No. 3a). At 

0800 on EASY day, two staff membersleft Parry by boat for Enjebi, probably 

to set out dosimeters. On D+2, two members of the project staff went to 

Enjebl to set out doslmetets (Reference 109, pp. E-1-26 and E-1-46]. 

Staffinq: Three personnel can be identified by name with this program. a 

naval officer from Buships. a civl lian from AEC, and a naval officer of 

unknown affiliation who recorded the highest exposure of the three --- 3.280 R. Staffing of the drone unit is discussed under Project 1.7. 

Prolect Report: WT-26 (Reference 163). 

Project 6.6 --- Evaluation of Filter Material 

Aqencies: Army Chemical and Radiological Laboratories (CRL) 

Army Chemical Center (Am) 

Operations: Following the first three shots, filter materials were carried 

through the shot clouds by B-17 drones. The Project 6.6 samples were removed by Project 6.1 personnel from the drones at DOG D+6 and on the morning of GEORGE D+l (Reference 97, D-Day, No. 62; Reference 102, p. G-1-25]. 

No information on removal after EASY is available. Extensive sample analysis was conducted at the test site following DOG. more limited analysis 

followed EASY, and none followed GEORGE. Samples were returned to CRL/ACC 

for further analysis (Reference 165, p. 14). 

Stafflnq: Several Indivlduals are named in the project report. but some 

probably were not at the proving ground (Reference 165, pp. ill-iv). FOUK 

men were badged; the highest exposure was 2.525 R. All were civilian employees of CRL/ACC. 

Prolect Rewrt: WT-19 (Reference 165). 

172 
.. ". 
Staffinq: The project staff in the proving ground consisted of nine civilIanS working for NRDL and three Army officers assigned to ACC (Reference 

166, pp. 119 and 120). Highest recorded exposure among the NRDL personnel 

was 2.105 R; among the ACC personnelit was 2.315 R. 

Project Report: WT-27 (Reference 166). 

Project 6.8 .-- cloud Radiation Field 

Aqency:NavalRadiological Defense Laboratory 

Operations: The B-17 drones were used to carry radiation intensity meters 

through the shot cloud after each of thefirst three detonations. For both 

DOG and EASY, data records were removed from the drones beginning about 

0800 on D+1. No information is avai lable on when data recovery for this 

experiment was conducted after GEORGE (Reference 97. D+I. No. 3; Reference 

109, p. E-1-39). The project did not participate in ITER. 

Staffinq: A number of personnel are named In the project report, but it is 

not clear which of them were In the proving ground. Of those ljsted, five 

were badged. with thehighestexposure1.550 R -- belongingtothe 

author of the project report. TU 3.4.2 supplied the drones and their supporting personnel. 

Prolect Report: WT-11 (Reference 136). 

Project 6.9 -- Protective Clothing, ClothingDecontamination and 

Personnel Decontamination 

Asency : Army, Office of the Quartermaster General 

staffinq: Fifteen men were on the project staff : two Army officers from 

the office of the Quartermaster General, Washington. D.C.: five Army officers and five enlisted men from Quartermaster Detachment 7, 9135th Tactical Support Unit. Fort Lee, Virginia: one civilian from the Quartermaster 

Research and Development Laboratories, Phlladelphia Quartermaster Depot, 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; and two enlisted men from Evans Signal Laboratory, Relmar. New Jersey. Highest recorded exposure -- 1.955 R -- was that 

of an enlisted man from the 9135th TSU who worked In the laundry. 

Prolect Report: WT-12 (Reference 72). 

Project 6.9.1 -- Protective Clothing 

Protective clothing was deliberately contaminated in various ways. 

Test trousers and booties were Issued to radsafe monitors and program personnel entering contaminated areas after DOG and EASY. Test trousers and 

rainsuits were issued to drone decontamination crews of TU 3.4.2 after at 

least the first three shots (Reference 72, pp. 9 and 10). On EASY D+6, 13 

personnel from Project 6.9 and 17 personnel from TG 3.2 went by boat to 

Bokombako. These teams made five trips across the Island and back, mostly 

174 
walking but crawling some of the way. Each round trip took about 15 minutes

and was made in a different set of test trousers(Reference 72, p. 10). 

This experiment also included efforts to contaminate cloth samples. On 

Mx; D+3, swatches of test cloth were dragged along the ground on Runit and 

Biken. The degreeof contamination was not high enough for project programs 

and Varied a great deal.Moreover, the dragging operation required a number 

of persons to be in the contaminated area for an extended period. Consequently, it was decided to tumble the cloth samples in a drum with contaminated soil from Runit and Blken, but information Is lacking on when the 

soil was collected. Thirty swatches were sewn together and staked out on 

Bokoluo. They were recovered on EASY D+1. Cloth samples were also tumbled 

with contaminated soil collected from Bokombako on EASY D+6 (Reference 72, 

pp. 11 and 12). The project did not participate in ITEPI. 

Six days after EASY. the general background on Rokombako, where the 

groups from Project 6.9 and TG 3.2 went to contaminate test trousers, was 

0.200 R/hr. The highest skin contamination was 0.010 R/hr. The effort on 

Runlt to contaminate swatches of test cloth by dragging was conducted in 

an area where the radiation level was about 0.060 R/hr. During a slmi lar 

effort on Biken, the radiation level was about 0.025 R/hr (Reference 72, 

pp. 10, 11. and 75). The blanket of cloth swatches retrieved from Bokoluo 

could not be handled until 4 days after EASY because of its high radiation 

level (Reference 72, p. 20). 

Project 6.9.2 -- Clothing Decontamination 

The test clothing and the test swatches were washed in a standard, 

World-War-11-type mobile field laundry, using various cleaning agents and 

laundry procedures. Test swatches exposed for EASY were laundered 8 and 9 

days postshot (Reference 72, p. 12). In addition, program personnel used 

the mobile laundry to wash hundreds of contamlnated garments worn by TU 

3.1.5 KadSafe personnel and TU 3.4.2 decontamination crews to establish 

procedures for efficient, large-scale operations and determine the laundry's capacity (Reference 72, p. 52). 

Handling contaminated clothing probably 

some radiation. Although records of radiation l

washing operation are not avai lable, some 

exposed project perso

evels encountered In the 

clothing checked as 

nnel 

part 

to 

of 

Project 6.9 was contaminated to a level of 0.010 R/hr (Reference 72, p. 

74). 

Project 6.9.3 -- Personnel Decontamlnatlon 

The project report gives a detailed description of how personnel returning from the shot islands and the TU 3.4.2 decontamination crews were 

checked for contamination. Only one person from Project 6.9 can clearly be 

identified with that work; however, thenumberofreturningpersonnel 

checked leads to the conclusion that several Project 6.9 personnel were 

taking readings following Mx; and EASY (Reference 72, pp. 70 through 71. 

73, 75, and 87). With the approval OF the commander of the scientific task 

group (TG 3.1) and the commander of the KadSafe task unit (TU 3.1.51, all 

project personnel took part In a controlled decontamination effort: the 

men rubbed contaminated soil on their hands and forearms, then tried to 

175 
wash off the contamination using various cleaning agents (Reference 72, 

pp. 85 through 86). 

In the radsafe building on Parry where personnel returning from the 

shot islands were checked, the background radiation level at DOG H+4 was 

about 0.100 R/hr. The level may have been higher aFter EASY (Reference 72, 

pp. 70 through 74). Project personnel participating In the controlled decontamination effort contaminated their hands and forearms to a level of 

about 0.015 R/hr (Reference 72, pp. 70 through 74). 

Project 6.10 -- Evaluation of Collective Protector Equipment 

Aqencv: Army ChemicalCenter (Am) 

Operations: A reinforced concrete blast shelter was installed 1,710 feet 

(521 meters) from EASY surface zeroon Enjebi. The shelter contained equipment to filter air and collect samples. In addition, instrument stations 

were placed at distances of 900, 1,710, 2,400, 3,450, and 7,500 feet 

(0.274, 0.521, 0.732, 1.05, and 2.29 krn) from surface zero. The last station probably was on Mijikadrek. No Information is available on recovery. 

Stafflnq: The staff consisted of two civilians from ACC with recorded exposures of 0.625 and0.955 R. 

Prolect Report: UT-42 (Reference 167). 

PROGRAM 7 -- LONG RANGE DETECTION 

Sponsored by the Alr Force, this program was designed for developing means 

to detect and measure atomic explosions at great distances. To supply required 

data, Infrasonic (low-frequency) and seismic signals were recorded and radioactive samples were collected. An Air Force civilian scientist headed the program, but he does not appear to have been badged (Reference 5, pp. 61, 72 

through 74). Infrasonic and seismic detection stations were remote and did not 

Involve personnel at the test site. Part of the program did involve test site 

operations and are discussed subsequently. 

No UTs were issued for Program 7 projects. 

Project 7.4 -- Collection ofBomb Debris by Airborne Filters 

Aqency:Hq USAF 

Operations: no B-SOAs and five "29s tracked the shot clouds and collected samples. Flights of th,e €3-5OAsare described under Project 4.6. The 

B-SOAs returned to the United States before ITEM. In addition to their 

weather duties, five WR-29s tracked the nuclear clouds and collected samples. For the first three shots, one of these ai ccraft performed this activlty from H-hour to H+12, two others took over from H+12 to H+24, and 

two more from H+24 to H+36 (Reference 9. p. 25; Reference 20, p. 18). For 

ITEM, four WB-29s tracked the cloud and collected samples during the first 

12 hours or so of the shot day, and another WB-29 performed that function 

176 
at unspecified times between H+12 and H+36 (Reference 22, p. 30). Apparently aircraft from Hickam AFB. Hawaii, and McClellan AFB, California. 

also took part in this project, but details of their participation are 

lacking (Reference 5, p. 73). 

WB-29s were contaminated following the first three shots. The highest 

reading at each aircraft's engines 12 hours after its mlsslonwere (R/hr): 

DOG 0.300 GEORGE 0.200 EASY 0.070 

0.150 0.250 0.150 

0.600 

A third WB-29 al.so was contaminated during EASY operations. Twenty-four 

hours after the end of its mlsslon and following two decontaminationwashings, the highest readingon its engines was 0.650 R/hr. 

WB-29 crews became contamlnated. After DOG, members of two crews had 

to be decontaminated. Following EASY. 16 crewmembers Prom five aircraft 

were Contaminated between 0.0002 and 0.006 R/hr above background. Following 

GEORGE, 18 men Prom four crews were contaminated above 0.020 R/hr. Records 

are lacking for the situation after ITEM. (Reference 52, Incl. 5; Reference 

54, Part I: Reference 51, Part I). 

All of the "29s carried the C-1 box filter system for sample collection. One of the system's two filters was to be changed every 10 minutes 

when the aircraft was above 2,000 feet (610 meters). Figures are lacking 

on the radioactivity of the filters. but the person changing the filters 

wore gloves. a respirator or oxygen mask, a dosimeter. and a film badge 

(Reference 73, p. 1). Although the WR-29s were stationed at Kwajalein. 

they stopped first at Enewetak to have filters and gaseous samples removed.

Preliminary decontamination work was done I€ needed, and on all four shots 

it was required on two OK three of the aircraft. 

Staffinq: A civi lian scientist headed the project, but he 'was not badged 

and his a€flllation cannot be determined. Affiliation and badglng of the 

B-50A crew is discussed under Project4.6. 

The WB-29s were part of TU 3.4.4 (Weather Reconnaissance), made up of 

personnel from the 55th and 57th Strategic Reconnaissance Squadrons, the 

former €rom McClellan Am. call€ornia, and the latter from Hlckam AFB. 

Hawa II . 

On Enewetak, samples were removed by personnel from TU 3.1, including 

personnelassignedtoProject 1.7. Preliminarydecontamination ofthe 

WE-29s while they were on the groundat Enewetak was performed by personnel 

from TU 3.4.2, asslsted by 18 to 24 men from TU 3.4.1. 

Bomb debris also was collected at ground level in fj lter papers. rainwatercollectors.electrostaticprecipitators,and byroof scrubbing. 

Seventeen stations participated in this portion of the program. but no 

information is available on the location (Reference 5, p. 73). The filter 

papers, however, may have been at the mobile field laboratory used in 

Project 5.1.3. 

177 
Project 7.8 .-- Detection of Bomb Debris by Atmospheric Conductivity 

Asency: Hq, USAF 

Operations: Two B-5OAs tracked the clouds of the first three detonations 

using devices measuring atmospheric conductivity caused by bomb debris. 

Five WR-29s performed the same task following all four shots. Two 8-50Ds 

also participated in this experiment following DOG. EASY, and GEORGE, but 

details of their activities are lacklng. For Project 1.6.3.4. these same 

B-SODS took aerial photographs for study of asymmetries in the propagation 

of the bombs' blast waves, and for Project 4.1B. they photographed the 

development of the nuclear clouds. The B-5OAs participated in Project 7.8 

simultaneously with their participation in Projects 4.6 and 7.4. The WB-29s 

participated in both Project 7.8 and Project 7.4. Seven aircraft from 

Hickam AFB, Hawaii, and four from McClellan AFB, California, may have participated in this project (Reference 5, p. 73). 

PROGRAM 8 -- BLASTEFFECTS ON AIRCRAFT 

The three projects in this program were designed to collect data for the 

study of effects of nuclear blasts on aircraft and aircraft components. In 

addition, there were radar, radio, and photographic studies of weapon effects. 

The program was headed by an Air Force colonel, with a recorded exposure of 

1.534 R. 

Project 8.1 Blast Effects on Aircraft in Flight 

Auency: Air Force Wright Air Development Center, Aircraft Laboratory. 

Aeronautical Division (WADC) 

Operations: Both drones and manned aircraft were used to collect data. For 

the €1 rst two shots, two T-33 drones, two €3-17 drones, one B-47, and two 

B-50Ds carried equipment to detect and record blast loading, heat, and 

aircraft position when struck by the heat and shock waves. For GEORGE a 

third R-17 was used, and all of the B-17s and the two T-33s were operated 

as manned aircraft (Reference 168, pp. 104 and 110). Aircraft positions at 

shot times are given in Table 16. 

Drones used €or Project 8.1 should have received little or no contamination. There is no record of the T-33 drones or the R-47 becoming 

contaminated. The B-50Ds also participated in Projects 4.18. 7.8, and 8.3. 

Radiological problems associated wlth of the B-50D mlsslons are dlscussed 

under Project 1.6.3.4. 

Staffinq: Drones were from TU 3.4.2; manning and badging of that unit are 

discussed under Project 1.7. The B-50Ds and the B-47 were from Task Detachment (TD) 3.4.2.1. The R-SODS werebased on Enewetak and theB-47 on Kwajalein. Manning and badgingof thls unit are discussed under Project 4.1s. 

The project report mentions 16 individuals. Four were AI r Force off1 -

cers, two of whom were bodged with exposures of 0.160 and0.100 R. Four clvilians were from WADC, three of whom were badged with a high exposure of 

2.845 R. Five civilians were from MIT, wlth the only one badged recording 

178 
Table16.Program 8 a l r c r a f tp o s l t l o n sr e l a t i v et o GREENHOUSE, 

shots DOG, EASY, and GEORGE. 

True Hor 1zon tal Slant Range 

Alrcraf t A 1 t i tudeRangefromBlastfromBlast 

TYPe l nf e e t (km) I nf e e t (km) l nf e e t (km) 

DOG 

T-33a 7,800 (2.38) 4,980 (1.52) 9,260 (2.82) 

T-33” 10,700 (3.26) 15,260 (4.65) 18,700 (5.70) 

B-1 7a 

8-1 7a 

15,000 

23,000 

(4.57) 

(7.01) 

6,690 

5,750 

(2.04) 

(1.75) 

16,150 

23,700 

(4.92) 

(7.22) 

8-47 24,800 (7.59) 6,800 (2.07) 25,700 (7.83) 

B-50D 29,000 (8.84) 43,600 (13.29) 52,100 (15.88) 

B-50D 29,000 (8.84) 32,450 (9.89) 43,500 (13.26) 

EASY 

T-33” 6,500 (1.98) 866 (0.26) 6,540 (1.99) 

T-33a 

6-1 7a 

7,500 (2.29) 

11,000(3.35) 

1,000 

1,949 

(0.30) 

(0.59) 

7,530 

11,160 

(2.30) 

(3.40) 

B-17” 12,000 (3.66) 15,400 (4.69) 19,510 (5.95) 

8-47 33,000 (10.06) 18,810 (5.73) 38,000 (11.58) 

B-50D 25,000 (7.62) 7,940 (2.42) 26,210 (7.99) 

8-500 19,000 (5.79) 20,500 (6.25) 28,000 (8.53) 

GEORGE 

T-33 29,000 (8.84) 58,500 (17.83) 65,300 (19.90) 

T-33 32,000 (9.75) 59,580 (18.16) 67,600 (20.60) 

6-1 7 25,000 (7.62) 23,440 (7.14) 34,300 (10.45) 

8-1 7 27,000 (8.23) 21,340 (6.50) 34,500 (10.52) 

6-47 35,000 (10.67) 45,500 (13.87) 57,400 (17.49) 

8-500 31,000 (9.45) 59,420 (18.11) 67,000 (20.42) 

8-500 33,000 (10.06) 37,750 (11.51) 50,200 (15.30) 

8-1 7 14,000 (4.27) 74,970 (22.85) 75,400 (22.98) 

Note : 

a

Unmanned drones. 

Sources:Reference168,pp.102,103,and108. 

179 
.................. 

--.-.................. ..... 

A 

-7 

fl 

:. .. .I ," 

two on Parry. For EASY, ten gauge stations were on Enjebi between 2,850 

and 3,945 feet (0.869 and 1.20 km) from surface zero. In addition. stations 

were on Mijikadrek, Bokenelab, and Dridrilbwij. Finally, four stations 

were grouped on Lojwa about 6,000 feet (1.83 km) from the GEORGE surface 

zero (Reference 164, p. 8 through 10). 

I*Jo recovery teams of four men each were used on all four shots. One 

team wlth a radsafe monitor recovered records from about half the stations: 

a second team completed recovery. For DOG, EASY and ITEn, records were 

recovered on shot day. GEORGE recovery was on D+l (Reference 164, p. 10). 

Staffing: The men working on Projects 8.2A and 8.2B were considered as one 

staff, consisting of seven civilians, three officers, and elghteen enlisted 

men. In addition, two officers and one clvlllan were acknowledged as assisting. Most of the personnel probablywere from WADC, but one naval officer and two civilians were from LASL (Reference 164, pp. v and 5). Highest 

exposure was 1.875 R, belonging to a L.ASL civilian. The three LASL personnel. assisted half-time by four of the enlisted men, worked on Project8.28 

(Reference 164, p. 7). 

Prolect Report: WT-5 (Reference 164). 

Project 8.3A -- Radar-Scope Photography 

Aqency: Air Force Wright Air: Development Center, Aircraft 

Radiation Laboretory 

Operations: At shot time radars aboard both €3-SODS were aimed at surface 

zero. Signals received from shots DOG, EASY, and GEORGE were dlsplayed on 

oscllliscopes and photographed. The project did not participate in ITEM. 

The B-50Ds also participated in Projects 1.6.3.4. 4.1B. 7.4, 7.8 and 8.1. 

Their activities are described under Project 1.6.3.4. 

Staffinq: The portion of the project report dealing with this experiment 

was written by an unbadged clvilian and an Air Force officer wlth a listed 

exposure of 1.575 R. 

Prolect Report: UT-33 (Reference 171). 

Project 8.3B -- Effects of Atomic Detonation on Radio Propagation 

Aqency: Army Signal COCPS 

Operations: Data for this experiment 

171, p. 59 and 91): 

were from three sources (Reference 

1. IonosphericmeasurementsfromEnewetakbothbeforeand 

after the shots. 

2. Transmissions from remote locations through the ionosphere 

over Enewetak to locations beyond the atoll from5 minutes 

before to 5 minutes after each of the €1 rst three shots. 

Propagation paths were Okinawa to Kwajaleln and Majuro. 

Yap to Bikini, and Truk to Hawali. 

182 
3. UHF,VHF, HF. andperhaps radar transmissions by 

SDfOStOn (DDE-577) over the surface zero area toward Enewetak Island from 5 minutes before to 5 minutes after 

each of the first three shots. 

Staffinq: Personnel from TG 3.2, TG 3.3, and TG 3.4 helped with this experiment in addition to personnel at several stations outside of the proving 

ground. The project report was written by a Signal Corps officer; he is 

the only man who can be identified with the project by name. He was not 

badged . 

Project Report: WT-33 (Reference 171). 

Project 8.3C .-- Photographic Assessment of Bomb Damage 

Auency: Air Force Wright Air Development Center, Technical 

Photographic Service Section 

Operations: On 16 and 22 April vertical and oblique photographs of theAir 

Force Structures on Enjebi were taken from a R-17 at altitudes of 500 feet 

(152 meters) or higher. On April 21. Strike photographs of the same structures were taken from one of the B-50Ds at an a1 t itude of about 25,000 

feet (7.62 km), only moments after shot EASY. 

The B-17 and B-50D were apparently not exposed to significant radiation 

from this experiment. The various project activities of the B-SODS are 

discussed under Project 1.6.3.4. 

Stafflnq: The 8-17 probably was from TU 3.4.2 and the R-50D was from TD 

3.4.2.1. A hand-held camera was used for the plctures taken from the B-17, 

but the photographer is not Identified. The author of the section of the 

project report dealing wlth this project probably was a civilian employee 

of the Technical Photographic Service. His exposure is listed as 0.330 R. 

Prolect Remrt: WT-33 (Reference 171). 

Project 8.3D .-- Film Fogging Studies 

Auency : Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

Operations: For EASY and GEORGE, film strips were put aboard six of the 

6-17 drones used in sample collection. For GEORGE, film strips were also 

put In ground stations, aboard two WB-29s, and aboard an RB-29 from the 

Strategic Air Command (SAC), flown In speclflcally to participate in this 

experiment. The fllm was removed from the drones following EASY and GEORGE 

shortly after the alrcraft were on the ground and cleared by the radsafe 

officer in charge. The WB-29s and the RR-29 were flown through portions of 

the radioactive cloud during the period from GEORGE H+45 minutes to GEORGE 

H+3 and then landed on Enewetak Island. The fllm samples were removed 

within 2 hours of landing. Samples in the ground stations were not removed 

until GEORGE D+1 because of high radiation levels (Reference 171, p. 373). 

Locations of the ground stations are not given, but they probably were on 

183 
Aomon or Bijlre. Apparently, neither of the WR-29s participating In this 

experiment was the same one that tracked the nuclear cloud for the first 

12 hours after GEORGE as part of Projects 7.4 and 7.8. Flying into the 

nuclear cloud could have exposed both WB-29s and the RR-29 to significant 

radiation levels. There is no record of the RB-29 being contaminated. A€ter 

GEORGE, three "29s were found contaminated, as discussed under Project 

7.4. 

Staffing: Staffing of TU 3.4.2, which operated the drones, is dlscussed 

under Project 1.7. Staffing of TU 3.4.4, which operated the WB-29s. is 

discussed under Project 7.4. Further Information is unavailable on the SAC 

R8-29. The author of the report describing this experiment was anAir Force 

officer with a recorded exposure of 1.854 R. 

Protect Report: WT-33 (Reference 171). 

184 
CHAPTER 5 

U.S. ARMY PARTICIPATION IN OPERATION GREENHOUSE 

TASK GROUP 3.2 PARTICIPATION 

Most Army personnel in the task force were in Task Group (TG) 3.2. TG 3.2 

was composed entirely of service units. TG 3.2 was the first task group activated by Headquarters Joint Task Force 3 General Order #1 on 12 January 1950. 

The first -units of this task group arrived at the atoll on 16 March 1950. Their 

original mission was to construct facilities on Enewetak Island and the atoll. 

The task group was a self-sufficient base development organization engaged in 

construction and operation of base facilities at Enewetak and originally consisted of the following units (Reference 172) : 

""."""" 

0 Hq and Hq Company, 7th Engineer Brigade (parent unit of TG 

3.2 and replaced by 7126th Army Unit [ AU]) 

e 79th Engineer Construction Battalion -- replaced by 7126th 

AU 

Quartermaster Detachment (QM Det) 16, 9135th Tactical Support Unit -- later redesignated QM Det 7128th AU 

0 70th Automotive Maintenance Ordnance Detachment 

0 9470th TSU Signal Detachment -- later redesignated the 

7127th AU 

0 3rd Mobile Army Surgical Hospital 

0 Hq, 18th Transportation Corps Port Battalion 

0 511th Transportation Corps Port Company 

Finance Detachment, Joint Task Force 3 (JTF 3) -- redesignated Finance Detachment, 7129th AU. 

An Army Garrison Force, Enewetak -- 8287th AU, composed of approximate1Y 

100 personnel, was administratively closed out on 1 July 1950. It had performed 

Post Exchange (PX) and postal services. An Air Detachment, Army Garrison Force, 

was also inactivated on the same date (Reference 172). 

Composition and manning levels of TG 3.2 changed significantly before the 

first detonation of GREENHOUSE on 8 April 1951. Many of the original task group 

were transferred to the Far Eastern Command on 19 October 1950 for service in 

Korea. None of these personnel was badged and none was exposed to radiation. 

During July and August 1950, Hq 7th Engineer Brigade and 79th Engineer 

Construction Battalion were relieved for service in Korea. At this time the 

7126th AU was activated and designated as the parent unit for !L'G 3.2. On 10 

October 1950 three additional units were assigned to TG 3.2. They arrived at 

the atoll on 13 October 1950: 
1 February 

31March 

1 Aprll 

8 Aprll 

2 1A p r l l 

27 Aprll 

0 516th Military Police Service Company 

0 506th Counterintelligence Corps (CIC) Detachment 

0 4th Transportation Truck Company. 

Table 17 shows total TG 3.2 population figures for selected weeks from 

1 February to 27 April 1952. 

Table17.TaskGroup3.2populatlon, GREENHOUSE. 

TotalTsk Group 3.2 

TaskGroup 3.2 

onEnewetak 

Week E n d t n gE n l l s t e d 

1951 Men Off lcers 

En1 1s ted 

Men Offlcers 

1,222 1,125

1,311 1,061

1 ,272 1,032 

62 77 

74 89 

70 86 

67 1,270 1,064 86 

13Aprll 1,087 91 1,070 70 

70 1,240 1,086 84 

72 1,140 1,091 108 

Sources:References173,174,and175. 

The units at Enewetak during the operational phase and their personnel 

exposures as recorded by film badges are summarized in Table 18. The majority 

of all units operated exclusively on Enewetak Island except €or the Military 

Police (Me). the Engineer Construction Battalion, and the Communications Detachment, 7127th AU. Almost all TG 3.2 personnel were affected by the fallout 

on the base Islands during GREENHOUSE and those exposures would not be reflected in the badge readings summarized below. The largest group of Army 

personnel badged In GREENHOUSE was simply noted as "Task Group 3 -2" on the1r 

dosimetry records. The high recorded In this group was 2.845 R. Other men were 

badged as being members of the severalTG 3.2 organizations. 

Hq and Hq Company, 7th Enqlneer Briaade. This was the parent unit of TG 3.2. 

Small units were assigned to the task group and augmented It as work program progressed. The brigade's mlsslon was to €unction as Hq TG 3.2. The 

operational strength called €or 41 officers and 154 enlisted men. This 

unit was replaced by the 7126th AU in late September or early October 1950 

because of the Korean war. The 7th Engineer Brigade departed 15 January 

1951 with 21 officers and no enlisted men. Enlisted personnel of Hq & Hq 

Company, 7th Englneer Brigade, were reassigned to the 7126th AU. Five men 

were badged: the high exposure was 0.845 R (Reference 176). 

186 
C" 

ma 

e -

I 

v)* 

0 

N 0 

0

N 

Ln 

0 

0 

m 

0 

0 

0 

lo 

tn 

v) 

(D

9 

m 

v) 

m 

+-

t 

L 

am 

w c t 

0 

m 

I 

In +- N * cu 

v) 

N 

I 

N 

N 

I 

v) r m 

c 

VI 

c +- I 

+-

F 

I 

v) 

mN +- c m +-

0 

v) 

0 

+-

0 

0 

e N N 0 (u 

VI 

0 

0 

0 N F +-

QD

lo +- N N m -a ru IF 

n * 

lo m 

e 0 

+- OD 0

N c QD 

+-

2, 

C 

4 

n h 

C 

C 

0 

r 

+-

4 

Y 

Y 

4 

m 

C 

0 

c 

o 

U 

9 

L 

U 

c 

4 

U 

c 

n 

Ill 

0 

X 

+-

4 

U 

c 

OI 

L 

4 s n V 8 o u L 

0 Y 

a L 

0 VI a n 

L VI 

0 n V L 

0 C V 0 

c C Y 0 

VI 

a. 

L 

0 

u 

al 

U 

C 

al 

m 

c 

c 

VI 

al 

c 

L 

0 

o 

4 

L 

0 

n 

4 

-I 

+-

4 

L 

al 

C 

al 

(I 

L 

al 

Y 

i 

L 

al 

U 

VI 

al 

c 

L 

0 

Y 

4 

L 

0 

n 

4 

4 

m 

C 

c 

L 

al 

al VI 1 4 c +- L C 

C 

0 

c 

Y 

4 

N 

N 

m 

n 

3 

0 

L 

C 

0 

V 

L 

9,

al 

C 

c 

m 

C 

w h

E 

U 

0 

F 

c 

n 

Y 

L 

0 

n 

VI 

C 

4 

L 

c 

C 

Y 

4 

o 

L 

0 

n 

VI 

C 

4 

L 

I0 

Y 

C 

c 

L 

al 

o 

C 

1 

0 

u 

4 

3 

0 

aJ 

c 

Y 

% 

0 

c 

m 

C 

W 

VI 

a 

L 

0 

V 

L 

0 (I 

Y 

W 

r 

0 

S Y 

(0 

r 

C 

Y 

r 

Y 

al 

V 

c 

+-

4 

C VI 

4 

IY 

tn 

h 

u c 

L u .- m1m 

lo 

0 

v) 

% m % -- o w 

187 
Hq Commandant. This unit operated transient billets and maintained and supervised all officers' quarters and mess. The unit was also charged with 

island police, trash and garbage disposal, security, and internal administration and supply for headquarters. It consisted of 1 officer and 23 

enlisted men for billeting. 10 enlisted men for police, and 1 officer and 

4 enlisted men €or messing activities for a total of 39 personnel. The 

number of personnel badged in the unit is unknown (Reference 39). 

79th Enqineer Construction Battalion. This unit performed all construction on 

Enewetak Island such as housing, piers, roads, rehabilitation of existing 

structures, runway reorientation and extensions, airfield expansion, and 

utility systems including electricity generation and distribution, cold 

storage facilities.freshwaterdistillationanddistribution,saltwater 

pumping and distribution. and sewage. On 19 October 1950, 30 officers and 

666 enlisted personnel departed for the Far Eastern Command and a new construction force was organized out of the remaining troops. All but 27 

enlisted men departed the island before any detonation. A maintenance 

engineering section organized Immediately upon the departure of the 79th 

Engineer Construction Battallon included 3 officers and 61 enlisted personnel €or repair and maintenance of utilities and facilities. Only one 

man was badged, with a zero reading (Reference 39). 

Quartermaster Detachment, 7128th Army Unit. This unit provided bakery, mess 

personnel, and food supervision for central mess. It also procured, warehoused, and issued QM rations, and requisitioned property required by TG 

3.2. It ran laundry facilities for all personnel on Enewetak Island. Before 

May 1950 this unit was designated as QM Detachment #6, 9135th TSU. Operational strength called for 4 officers and 101 enlisted men. This unit 

operated exclusively on Enewetak Island; none was badged (Reference 39). 

70th Automotive Maintenance Ordnance Detachment. This unit supported the 7th 

Engineer Brigade wlth heavy field maintenance on all ordnance wheeled vehicles and quartermaster materials on Enewetak Island. The unit also procured, stored, and Issued all ordnance supplies. In addition. it performed 

field maintenance on all Air Force general purpose and technical vehicles 

and furnished units of JTF 3 with ordnance supplies. The unit consisted of 

2 officers and 30 enlisted men.It operated exclusively on Enewetak Island: 

no personnel were badged (Reference 39). 

7127th Army Unit Communication Detachment. This detachment operated and maintained the telephone system on Enewetak Island, the signal Center facilities on Enewetak and Parry islands, and the communication facilities for 

Hq JTF 3. Before 1 May 1950, it was the 9470th TSU Signal Detachment. 

Through April and May 1951 unit strength consisted of 8 officers and 138 

enlisted men. By the day of thelast shot unlt strength had decreased to 3 

officers and 71 enlisted men. During the rollup phase the unit operated 

with two officers and 38 enlisted men (Reference 39). Only two men were 

badged, with ahigh of 0.350 R. 

3rd Mobile Army Surqical Hospital (MASH). This MASH unit operated the hospital 

and provided medical and dental services to all units on the island as 

well as sanitation and hygienic supervision. The hospital was originally 

188 
staffed with 4 officers and 22 enlisted men, but during the series its 

strength was 7 officers and 36 enlisted men. Three officers and thirteen 

enlisted men departed the atoll on 29 May 1951 and the remainder of the 

unit left by 17 June. This unit operated exclusively on Enewetak and only 

two members were badged. The high badge read 0.520 R (Reference 39). 

Hq 18th Transportation Corps Port Company. This company operated and administered the headquarters for the port at Enewetak Atoll. The original organization of the Transportation Section. 7th Engineer Brigade. TG 3.2 was 

composed of the Hq 18th Transportation Port Battalion (two officers and 

eight enlisted men). Two men were badged. with a high of 0.080 and a low 

of 0.035 R (Reference 39). 

-511th Transportation Corps Port Company. This unit was responsible to theport 

commander €or administration and operation of the port. It loaded and 

unloaded a1 1 cargo except that on Holmes & Narver, Inc. (H&N) boats and 

barges. Its operational strength was 4 officers and 204 enlisted men (Reference 174. p. 7). Only three people were badged, with a high exposure of 

0.770 R and a low of 0.360R. 

"7129th Army Unit. This detachment provided financial services on Enewetak 

Atoll and operated as the central disbursing unit for Army, Air Force. and 

Navy personnel except those afloat. It was also responsible for providing 

money to naval disbursing officers aFloat and to civilian contractor activities. Before 1 May 1950 this detachment was designated the Finance Detachment. It originally consisted of two officers and four enlisted men and 

was later increased to eight enlisted men (Reference 39). None was badged. 

-7130th Army Unit Special Service Detachment. This detachment arrived at the 

atoll at the end of October 1950. It provided recreational equipment and 

staffed and operated the llbrary, motlon picture theatre, hobby shop and 

servlce clubs and Organized athletic activities. Its operational Strength 

called for two officers and eight enlisted men. Nonewas badged (Reference 

39). 

-506th Counterintelliqence Corps Detachment. This detachment arrived at Enewetak 

on 13 October 1950 and was assigned to TG 3.2. It assumed counterintelligence responsibilities in the atoll area. It had the following duties: 

e Security checks In cooperation with the military police 

e Cooperation with the military police In controlling alr 

and water travel 

e Security recommendations against sabotage 

0 Assistance in the discovery of contraband (e.g., weapons, 

cameras. signalling devices) 

e Indoctrination of military personnel in counterintelligence 

and security. 

This detachment consisted 

whom were badged with read

173, Annex Dl. 

of on

ings 

e officer and nine enlisted 

of 0.960, 0.338, and 0.025 

men, 

R 

three of 

(Reference 

189 
516th Military Police Service Company. Thls company served as the nucleus of 

the atoll defense, and had the following security mlssions: 

0 Enforcement of military laws and regulations 

0 Security for classified information and critical areas on 

Enewetak Atoll 

0 Security patrols of unoccupied islands 

0 Cooperation and coordination with H&N and AEC security 

pol ice 

Coordination of interior guard activities. 

It consisted of a provost marshal section, traffic section, criminal investigation section, company headquarters, five platoon headquarters and 

guard and patrol personnel totaling 14 officers and 214 enlisted men. It 

was responsible for security forces on Enewetak, Parry, Japtan, Runit, 

Aomon-Eleleron, Bijlre-Lojwa, and Enjebi-Mljikadrek Islands. On 13 May 

1951. an advance detachment of 2 officers and 41 enlisted men departed for 

the United States. Twenty-five men were badged, with a high reading of 

1.230 R (Reference 39). 

4th Transportation Truck Company. This company provided emergency ground transportation during the operational phase. It was responsible for operating 

the Enewetak Motor Pool. This company began to operate as a unit of TG 3.2 

on 13 October 1950 with 4 officers and 109 enlisted men. None appear to 

have been badged (Reference 39). 

EXPERIMENTAL PARTICIPATION 

Personnel from the following Army organizations participated in the scientific projects of TG 3.1. Their functions are listed In terms of scientific 

project activity. The projects are further described in Chapter 4. Personnel 

exposures recorded by film badges for Army participants In the experimental 

program are presented In Table 18. 

Army Chemical Center, Army Chemical and Radiolwical Laboratories, Edsewood 

Arsenal, Maryland. Personnel from the Chemical Center participated In 

Projects 6.1, 6.6, 6.7, and 6.10. Twenty-five were badged and the hlghest 

exposure recorded was 5.430 R (References 74, 165, 166. and 167). 

Ballistic Research Laboratories (BRL), Aberdeen, Maryland. Nine personnel participated in Project 1.6. A1 1 were badged, with a high recorded exposure 

of 3.085. One civilian who participated In Project 1.6.3.2 had a 0.483 R 

reading. One civilian and one reservist who partlclpated In Project 1.6.6.1 

were not badged. Six men participated In Project 1.6.3.1; the hlghest recorded exposure was 0.328 R. They were aided by an advance party of three: 

the hlghest exposure was 2.640 R. Many of the same personnel from RRL particlpated In all projects of Project 1.6. Five clvllians and two enlisted 

men participated in Project 6.3: all were badged wl th a high exposure of 

0.622 R (References 125, 126, 130, and 162). 

190 
Office of Quartermaster General. Fifteen personnel (five officers from the 

Quartermaster General. two additional army officers. five enlisted men from 

9135th TSU, and one civilian from the Quartermaster Research& Development 

Laboratory, and two enlisted men from Evans signal Laboratory), participated in Project 6.9. Eleven persons were badged; the highest exposure 

recorded was 3.505 R for a man from the 7128th AU (Reference 72, p. 10). 

Siqnal Corps Enuineerinq Laboratories (SCEL), Ft. Monmouth, New Jersey. Elghteen personnel (sixteen from SCEL and two from Army Chemical Center) participated In Project 5.1 -- Evaluation of Ground Radiac. A1 1 but one were 

badged. The highest recorded exposure was 4.135 R for a survey-meter englneer (Reference 137, p. 209). Four also participated in Project 8.3B -

Effects of Atomic Detonation on Radio Propagation; none appear to have 

been badged (Reference 171). 

O T H E RA R M Y PERSONNEL PARTICIPATION 

In addition to Army personnel In the Atmy task group and the experimental 

program. an undetermined number Served in Hq JTF 3. One of these was badged 

with a reading of 0.030 R. Four other Army personnel were badged as simply 

"Joint Task Force 3." High badge reading of thisgroup was 3.390 R. 

191 
CHAPTER 6 

U.S. NAVY PARTICIPAlION IN OPERATION GREENHOUSE 

Naval units. naval personnel, and civilians employed by Navy organizations 

participated in Operation GREENHOUSE in Headquarters Joint Task Force Three 

(JTF 31, in Task Group (TG) 3.1 (Scientific), in TG 3.3 (Navy). and In TG 3.4 

(Air Force). These units and individuals had missions that took them to or 

near Enewetak Atoll during GREENHOUSE. Most Navy participation was Ira TG 3.3 

operations that were primarily support functions In carrying out the nuclear 

tests. 

Actlvlties of Navy units partlclpating inGREENHOUSE and Navy organ~zations 

represented by individuals are discussed In this chapter and personnel involved 

are enumerated. Most individual participants were not expected to participate 

in operations involving likelihood of a significant radlation exposure and 

they were not badged. Table 19 summarizes the exposures recorded by badged 

Navy personnel. 

Task group units were trained for the contingency of fallout, and all six 

of the major TG 3.3 ships and some of the small craft did receive fallout from 

shots DOG and EASY. While conducting a recovery mission for TG 3.1 personnel 

from Enjebl and Lujor islands, USS LST-859, USNS Sqt . Charles E. Mower (T-AP1861, LSU-1345. and LCM-20 received fallout at approximately 0835 on the day 

of shot DOG. LST-859 had a reading of 0.1 R/hr on its fantail and later, while 

anchored at Lujor Island, the reading Increased to 0.360 R/hr. LSU-1345 reported radiation Intensity of 2.5 R/hr. Decontamination procedures were started 

and were effective. The ships were directed to proceed to and anchor in the 

northern part of the lagoon (Reference 17, DOG-2; Reference 100). 

Fallout from shot ITEM was reported twice, once in the morning at about 

H+3.5 by USS Curtlss (AV-4). USS Cabildo (LSD-16), USS Sproston (DDE-577). 

Walker (DDE-5171, and Mower, and later by the same units In the afternoon. Radiation levels were not as high as those from shot DOG (Reference 17. ITEM-2). 

Radiological exposures from these fallout incidents is discussed in Chapter 10. 

NAVALTASKGROUP (TASK GROUP 3.3) 

TG 3.3 was the nominal Navy task force organization and contained all the 

naval units and most Navy personnel involvedir. GREENHOUSE. The formal orqanization of TG 3.3 is described in Chapter 1, and its organization is shown in 

Figure 10. TG 3.3 missions and the units assigned to perform them are discussed 

below. 

The first mission of TG 3.3 was to deliver nuclear device components to 

Enewetak Atoll and provide mobile facilities at the site for their assembly. 

This mission was assigned to Curtiss. 

192 
c -

" 

ma 

X 

0 0 me0 

mu, .. 

mo 

00 

CY 

0 4

. . *(u 

0 

02 

m 

N 

0 

U 

m 

c 

0 

Ir 

4 

ln 

r 

9 

N 

om 

u r

.. 

lnm 

lnln 

mm 

4 9

.. 

Nul 

0 0 uln 

N r

.. 

o m 

VI 

9 

r 

0 

ln 

r 

N 

0 

L 

alln 

J0 

0 0 00 0 0 0 0 "0 - 0 0 0 0 

ln 

! 

4 0 0 -0 0 0 r 0 o m o r 0 0 0 0 

4 

I 

m ro -0 0 0 r 0 NN o m rr 0 0 

m 

I 

ln 

N 

- 0 00 0 0 0 r lnr o r 0 0 0 0 

ln 

N 

,

N 

0 0 Or N 0 4 0 m u 4 0 0 0 0 0 

N 

I 

ln m o 00 0 0 r N 9 - lnN ON 0 0 

r 

VI 

r 

I 

r 

NO 0 - r r- r 0 NO 

77 

m N or 0 0 

c 

I 

Ln 

"NO r m c 

r 

r 0 9 -

r - IcN c 

Oal 0 0 

0 

ln 

0 

I 

r 

0 

0 

0 

m m 

r 

om 

-ln m 0 r 9 0 Nm 

NN e 

N m r m 9 m 7 

0 

0 - 0 4ln 

4 c m N 0 00 

r 4 N 0 - 0 * 0 

a00 

0 - mN 

-0 c 

0 

r 

rm Pr m NQ) n,- m 9 9D 

N m 

c 

c 

m r 

Y 

C 

ual u- CE 0 h O al >VI- .9LW ozal 

z nc 

m m

mQ)

9N 

-9 

ral 

mm 

m

N m 

r 

c 

OD 

m v, 

Ln \no 

ou 

r 

mm 

P" 

N m 

7 

r 

* 

m N 

r 

u 

C 

W

E 

c 

W 

P-

- - Ln hr 

-1 rm 4 w lnm : o I 

> o w c a - 0 0 - O L 

-u Q 

Y 751 i 

vv) i/ I 

L 

0)

2 I: 

Y 

VI 

al 

r 

r r

51 : 

Y 

m 

L

aJ 

or 

c .

z: 

02 

uo L 

-0 

0 

C 

0 

L c 

Q 

a 

3 

u rN mu, 9v)

"

.. .. !Y 

rr " al .. .. . L n o m mm m o 0 P ar- 4a.U 

"

Y4d 

"

4dyI m N 

r c L .ln C E cc c m 0, -(u

33 33 3 L > - I 1 + L Y YY YY Y a, ma cnm m m m L cn ZI 

m m m a 4.- n v)c el- + e e a 0 3 -

193 
Surface. antisubmarine, and air security were also missions of forces 

assigned to TG 3.3. Two escort destroyers, Sproston and Walker, and Patrol 

Squadron 931 (VP-931). operating out of Naval Operating Base (NOB) Kwajalein, 

carried out search patrols around the atoll andin the surrounding danger area, 

seeking out unauthorized surface vessels and submarines close enough for visual 

or photographic observation of the operations (Reference 179, p. 8-2). 

Special project and weather stations on outlying atolls were also established by TG 3.3 and the Air Force. TG 3.3 supplied these stations throughout 

the tests (Reference99. p. 2). 

Radiological surveys of inhabited islands in the area were carried out by 

the Navy in coordination with theAi r Force task group (TG 3.4) (Reference 99. 

p. 2). 

A TG 3.3 boat pool supplied all task groups with Interisland water transport (Reference 179, p. 3). This unit was based on Cabildo. 

TG 3.3 was responsible for the entry, reentry, and evacuation of all pet -

sonnel to and from the islands north of Japtan before and after H-hour. In 

case of total evacuation of the atoll, TG 3.3 would have been responsible for 

the safe evacuation of all personnel on the islands (Reference 196, Annex A). 

The units supplying this capability were Mower and LST-859. 

A forward echelon unit was established on 24 July 1950 before the boat 

pool unit arrived at Enewetak Atoll. It conslsted of a Forward Echelon Representative, 27 enlisted men, 1 aircraft rescue vessel (Am), 5 landing craft 

(LC-) and a floating drydock, and an auxiliary floating drydock (AHD-28) that 

provided docking facilities for the small craft. The Forward Echelon Unit was 

to provide small boat services and safe movement of vessels within the lagoon. 

USS Deliver (ARS-23). a salvage ship, and USS elder (AN-20), a net laying ship. 

were Involved in laying a sonobuoy system to detect attempts to enter Enewetak 

Lagoon. When Cabildo arrived on 23 February. Task Unlt (TU) 3.3.5 (Mobile Boat 

Pool) was established and Forward EchelonUnit 3.33 was dissolved into TU 3.3.6 

(Harbor Control) and the Forward Echelon Representative became the Port Director (Reference 16. Annex A). 

Preoperational activities of participating ships are summarized In Table 

20. 

Arrivals and departures of TG 3.3 units during the operational phase of 

GREENHOUSE are summarized in Table 21. Activities of the individual ships or 

other Navy units that comprise each unit, largely extracted from the ships 

logs, are discussed below. Personnel exposures from the film badge information 

for the units is summarized in Table 19. 

Task Unlt 3.3.1 -- USS Curtls (AV-4) 

The seaplane tender Curtiss participated in TU 3.3.1 as flagship for all 

shots at Enewetak Atoll and in TU 3.3.2 (Convoy and Escort). The normal complement of Curtiss was 1,195 (References16, 17, 100, and 180). The first mission 

of Curtiss was to transport the device elements and personnel from TU 3.1.4 

194 
T a b l e2 0 .S h l p sp a r t l c l p a t l n gl nt h ep r e o p e r a t l o n a lp h a s eo f GREENHOUSE. 

TY Shlp Name 

USS Alstede(AF-48) 

APL-27 

ARD-28 

Brews ter 

USCbGSS Buttonwood 

USS Dellver(ARS-23) 

USS Elder(AN-20) 

USS Elkhorn (AOG-7) 

USNS LST-1010 

USNS Joseph F. Merrc 

( T-AKV-4 ) 

USNS Sst . Andr ew 

Miller (T-AK-242) 

USS Tortusa(LSD-26) 

Pe 

StoreShlp 

L a b o rt r a n s p o r t or 

b a r r a c k ss h l p 

Auxlllaryfloatlng 

drydock 

No dataavallable 

U.S. Coastand 

GeodetlcSurveyshlp 

Salvageshlp 

N e tl a y l n gs h l p 

Gasollnetanker 

Tank l a n d l n gs h l p 

Date and Functlon 

R e f r l g e r a t l o na n dg e n e r a ls u p -

plies,24-25March1951 

Housed TG 3.2constructlon 

personnel 

Provldeddocklngfacllltles 

f o rs m a l lc r a f t ;d e p a r t e d 

24 February1951. 

Housed TG 3.2constructlon 

personnelandequlpment,16-20 

March1951. 

Buoyagesystemsforrepalrand 

replacement of navlgatlonal 

a lds 

Lald10sonobuoys;departed 

24February1951. 

A s s l s t e dl nl a y l n gt h es o n o -

b u o yd e t e c t t o ns c r e e n s ;r e -

leased23February1951. 

Petroleumsupply,26-28March 

1951. 

Dellveredheavyequlpment, 

14-25March1951. 

Mllltary Sea Trans- D e l l v e r e da n l m a lf o o d 

portationServlceshlp 

Mt 11tary Sea Trans- Dellveredheavyequlpmentand 

p o r t a t l o nS e r v l c es h l p g e n e r a ls u p p l l e s , 17 M a r c ht o 

1 Aprll 1951 

Dock l a n d l n gs h l pD e l l v e r e d c r a f ts m a l la n d 

sonobouys 

Sources:References 3, 16,and 17. 

195 
Table21.ArrivalanddeparturedatesofTask Group 3.3 

shlps, GREENHOUSE. 

Arrlval Departure 

Shl p In PPG from PPG 

USS C u r t l s s( A V - 4 ) 8 March 27 May 

USS Sproston(DOE-577) 8 March 27 May 

USS Walker(DDE-517) 8March 27 May 

USS Cablldo(LSD-16) 23February 30 May 

16June 18 June 

USNS Sqt. Charles E. Mower (T-AP 186) March 26 5 June

USS LST-859 31January 12June” 

Note: 

aUnderway f o rK w a j a l e l nA t o l l . 

Sources:References180through185. 

(Weapons Assembly) from San Francisco to Enewetak Atoll. Two destroyers and 

ai r coverage escorted Curtiss as TU 3.3.2. The 0 1 ler USS Cacapon (AO-52) refueled this task unit oEf Hawaii on 1 March 1951. Upon arrival at Enewetak. TU 

3.3.2 was dissolved and Curtiss became the flagship under TU 3.3.1 (Flag Ship). 

Curtiss provided weapon assembly facilities and, along with Cablldo, provided 

maintenance facilities for small craft. Curtiss was in the atoll for all four 

shots. Thirty-eight men were badged on Curtlss, and their exposures are listed 

in Table 19. In 1951, Navy medical authorities assigned a dose of 1.043 R to 

most Curtlss crewmen who were not badged to account for the fallout exposure 

the ship received. A CTG 3.3 letter (reproduced In Appendix A of this report) 

specified that twenty men were to be badged to record exposure in various parts 

of the ship. Badges were to be worn from just before shot time and for 1 week 

thereafter. 

Curtlss activities for the GREENHOUSE shots, summarized from log entries. 

follow. 

0 DOG (Runit Island, Enewetak Atoll, 8 April, 0634) 

On 8 March 1951 arrived at Enewetak Atoll and became TU 3.3.1 

(Flagship). Moored to buoy 568 north of Japtan Island. At 0615 on 

7 April movement of the weapon from Curtlss to the tower began. At 

1359 underway for berth B-1 off Parry, 9 mi (16.7 km) south of 

shot DOG. Mustered personnel at 2040 on 8 April; all personnel 

were awake at H-1. At 0600 went to general quarters. At H+45 seconds, shock waves arrived at Parry Island. At 0720 secured from 

general quarters. At 0730 radiation was detected. A reading of 

0.001 R/hr was measured on the Island, and at the pier readings 

were 0.017 to 0.02 R/hr. One-quarter mile (0.4 km) from the pier, 

196 
1100 0.100 

the lagoon read 0.01 R/hr. At 0825 the staff radsafe officer was 

notified of contamination levels between 0.001 and 0.004 R/hr. The 

crew closed all ventilation systems and washed down all weather 

decks. At 1010 surveyed the ship. Contarnination levels of 0 to 

0.035 R/hr were detected. At 1100 the radlologlcal survey reported 

a high of 0.100 R/hr. Personnel were directed to remain Insl.de the 

shlp (Reference 17, DOG-3). Contarnination aboard Curtlss on D-day 

and D+l was (References 16 and 80): 

Day 

” 

Time Readings (R/hr1 ~ -

D-Day 0825 0.001-0.004 

1010 0.035 

1300 Regan decontamination; average 

reading 0.016, maximum 0.057 

1400 0.040 0.010-0.100,mean 

D+1 0.0125-0.025 1000Day

1130 Below 0.0125 with Isolatedarea 

0.025 on fantall 

On 9 Aprll at 1400 underway for new anchorage and at 1602 moored 

at berth 768 off Enjebl Island. 

EASY (Enjebl Island, Enewetak Atoll, 21 April, 0627) 

On 20 April at 1410 underway to berthB-1 off Parry. At 1558 moored 

at B-1. On 21 April at 0600 went to general, quarters and set condition Able. At 0659 set condltion Raker. At 0708 secured From 

general quarters.* 

GEORGE (Aomon Island, Enewetak Atoll,9 May, 0930) 

On 8 May at 1403 underway for new anchorage. At 1727 anchored at 

berth C-1 off Parry. On 9 May at 0821 set condition Raker. At 0845 

went to general quarters. At 0853 set condition Able. At 1017 Secured from general quarters.At 1207 set condition Baker throughout 

ship. At 1257 underway to ¶mprove anchorage. At 1305 anchored at 

berth C-1. No fallout occurred on Curtlss. 

ITEM (Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 25 May, 0617) 

On 24 May at 1358 underway for new anchorage. At 1535 moored at 

berth B-1 off Parry. On 25 May at 0510 set condition Able. At 0530 

went to general quarters. At 0657 set condition Baker. At 0704 secured from general quarters (Reference 17, ITEM-2). Contamination 

aboard Curtlss on 0-day and D+l was as follows (Reference80): 

* A small amount of fallout occurred the night of 21 April and early morning 

of 22 April. It was either undetected or too light to report. 

197 
0.004-0.006 1045

Day

- Time (R/hr) Readings

D-day 0940 Falloutdetected 

1030 Begandecontamination; average 

0.065, maximum 0.025 

1200 Readings at background 

Decontamination 1230 stopped;

readings below 0.001 

1530-1930 0.025 

D+1 1200 Readings reducedto 0.012. 

On 27 May at 1528 underway for Pearl Harbor after loading remainder 

of weapon elements and personnel from TU 3.1.4 (Weapons Assembly). 

At 1610 formed TU 3.3.2 (Convoy and Escort 1 for the trip back to 

the United States. 

Task Unlt 3.3.2 -- USS Sproston (DOE-577) 

The escort destroyer Sproston participated In TU 3.3.2 (Convoy and Escort) 

and TU 3.3.4 (Surface Patrol) for all shots (References 16, 17, 99, 100. 183, 

and 186). As part of TU 3.3.2 (Convoy and Escort Unit), Sprost- escorted 

Curtiss with device components to Enewetak Atoll. Upon arrival, TU 3.3.2 was 

dissolved and Sproston began operating under TU 3.3.4 (Surface Patrol). Its 

mission was to maintain an antisubmarine surveillance patrol off the atoll at 

all times. with one of the two destroyers on duty in the outer atoll area. 

This patrol was to keep unauthorized vessels from entering the area and to 

search for any vessels In position to observe the shotsites visually or photographically. Maximum periods for patrolling were four days before the shot and 

two days after the shot. The patrol area covered by the two destroyers during 

GREENHOUSE are shown in Figure 15 (Reference 99, p. €3-1-1-4). Investigation of 

contacts made by the sonobuoys In the harbor entrance were also a responsiblllty of this unit. Sproston participated in Project 8.3, a radar scope photography project under TG 3.1 (Reference 138). At the completion of the test series. 

Sproston and Walker escorted Curtlss back to the united States. Sproston was 

in close proximity to the atollfor all shots. Ten men on Sproston werebadged, 

as specified in a CTG 3.3 letter (reproduced in Appendix A of this report). 

Badges were to be worn from just before shot time and for 1 week thereafter. 

In 1951, Navy medical authorities assigned most Sprost- crewmembers who were 

not badged a dose of 1.000 R to account for their fallout exposure. Sproston 

shot activities, summarized from log entries. follow. 

0 DOG (Runit Island, Enewetak Atoll, 8 April, 0634) 

On 8 March 1951, arrived at Enewetak Atoll and berthed in L-3 off 

Enewetak Island. On 1 April at 0758 underway for patrol station 

of€ Enewetak Atoll, On 2 April at 0815 commenced patrolling around 

atoll. On 8 April at 0430 proceeded Independently to point Able, 

30 nmi (56 km) north of Runit Island. At 0600 went to general 

198 
quarters. At 0634 observed the detonation bearing 187OT. distance 

30 nmi (56 km) from Runit Island. At 0704 secured from general 

quarters. At 0740 resumed normal patrol. At 1045 changed course to 

investigate surface contact. At 1142 Identified surface contact as 

USNS Lt. Robert Craiq (T-AK-252), a Militaty Sea Transportation 

Service (MSTS) vessel. Ship encountered fallout 2,500 yards (2.3 

km) southwest of Enewetak rsland, between 1230 and 1300. Began 

decontamination at 1600. On 10 April at 1320, anchored at berth 

L-3 off Enewetak Island (Reference94). 

e EASY (Enjebl Island, Enewetak Atoll, 21 April. 0627) 

On 16 April at 0744 underway for patrol station off atoll. On 18 

April at 0852 anchored at berth L-3. On 19 Apri 1 at 0748 underway 

for patrol station off atoll. on 21 April at 0558 went to general 

quarters. At 0627 observed shot EASY bearing 164.5OT. distance 

30 mi (56 km). At 0644 secured from genera1 quarters. At 0833 

changed course to Investigate an oil slick.At 1000 resumed patrol 

station. Began decontamination at 2200. At 2300 radiological contamination measured at 0.01275 R/hr while on station (Reference 

17, EASY-4). By 1600, 22 April, intensity level reduced to normal. 

On 23 April at 0715 anchored at berth L-3. On 24 April at 1110 

underway for patrol station off atoll. Sproston sighted a tug, 

Euuenia M. Moran, on 27 April in the danger area. At 0734 on 28 

April. Sproston anchored at berth M-3 off Enewetak Island. 

e GEORGE (Aomon Island, Enewetak Atoll,9 May, 0930) 

On 1 May at 0748 underway for patrol station off atoll. On 4 May 

at 0949 anchored at berth L-3. On 7 May at 0758 underway €or patrol 

Station around the atoll. On 9 May at 0855 went to general quarters. At 0930 observed shot GEORGE bearing 270°T, distance 15 mi 

(21.2 km). At 1043 secured from general quarters and continued patrol of Wide Entrance. On 12 May at 1012 anchored at berth L-3. On 

14 May at 0755 underway for patrol station. At 1438 approaching 

Deep Entrance and anchorage of Walker. At 1531, LCM-22 cast o€f 

with an enlisted man to transfer film badges. At 1555 picked up a 

motor whale boat with allpersonnel. At 1556returnedto sea 

through Deep Entrance.At 1621 commenced patrol off atoll. Sproston 

was not exposed to GEORGE fallout. 

e ITEM (Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 25 May, 0617) 

Maintaining patrol of€ atoll. On 18 May at 0940 anchored at berth 

L-3. On 22 May at 1834 underway for patrol Station. On 25 May at 

0545 exercised crew at general quarters. Observed ITEM at 0617. At 

0704 secured from general quarters and set condition of readiness 

111. normal cruising. At 0852 continued patrol of atoll. From 1900 

to 2300, received minor fallout from ITEM. On 26 May at 1557 anchored in berth L-3. At the completion of GREENHOUSE, Sproston and 

Walker reformed with Curtis5 as TU 3.3.2 (Convoy and Escort). On 

27 May at 1200 departed for Pearl Harbor. 

199 
Task Unlt 3.3.2 -- USS Walker (DDE-517) 

The escort destroyer Walker participated in TU 3.3.2 (Convoy and Escort 

and TU 3.3.4 (Surface Patrol 1 for a1 1 shots at Enewetak Atoll (References 5. 

37, 38, 99, 100, 184, and 186). Walker participated in TU 3.3.2 (Convoy and 

Escort) wlth Sproston by escorting Curtlss with the weapons elements on board 

to Enewetak Atoll from San Francisco. The unit was dlssolved upon arrival and 

TU 3.3.4 (Surface Patrol) activated. Patrolling around the atoll began lmmedlately on 11 March. Functions of Walker were basically the same as Sproston 

wlth only a few exceptions. While Sproston took part in Project 8.3, Walker 

was equlpped wl th air sampling equipment. In the 50 days spent at sea, each 

ship intercepted one ship not authorized to be in the test area. When the tests 

were terminated, Walker and Sproston reformed as TU 3.3.2 and escorted Curtlss 

back to the Unlted States. Walker, like Sproston, wasIn the immediate vicinity 

of the atoll €or each shot. Eighteen men were badged on Walker, and their exposures are shown in Table 19. In 1951, Navy medical authorities asslgned most 

crewmembers who were not badged an exposure of 0.433 R to account €OK the 

fallout the ship received. Walker shot-time activities, summarized from log 

entries. follow. 

e DOG (Runlt Island, Enewetak Atoll, 8 April, 0634) 

On 8 March 1951 arrived at Enewetak Atoll and dissolved TU 3.3.2 

(Convoy and Escort). TU 3.3.4 (Surface Patrol) was activated and 

on 11 Match at 1829 the ship was underway €or antisubmarine warfare 

(ASW) patrol off the atoll. For the next 3 weeks the ship was In 

and out of the atoll, On 3 April at 0514 departed €or asslgned 

station for rehearsal of shot DOG, which was completed at 0640. At 

0816 returned to patrolling the atoll. On 5 April at 0629 changed 

course to investigate radar contact bearing 219OT. distance 62 

mi (115 km) . At 0859 went to general quarters. At 0906 sighted 

surface target bearing 237OT, distance 7 mi. At 0934 Identifled 

target as KUKOShlO Maru No. 7, Tokyo, a fishing craft with side 

markings K-290 (Reference 184). At 1037 secured from general quarters. At 1101 escorted the Japanese ship out of the danger area. 

At 1507 released the ship and returned to the security patrol area. 

At 2140 entered the patrol area and resumed patrolling. On 7 April 

at 0900 went to general quarters to conduct a contamination drill. 

At 0954 secured from general quarters and returned to ASW patrol. 

On 8 April at 0500 changed course and proceeded to assigned station. At 0600 went to general quarters and set condition Able. At 

0615 ship was on station. At shot time Walker was 15 mi (28 km) 

bearing 090°T from surface zero. At 0642 secured from general 

quarters and set antlsubrnarine condition of readiness 111 and condition Baker throughout ship.At this time ship commenced irregular 

random security patrol. At 0745 received minor fallout. At 0930 

radiological survey of the ship showed highest level at 0.010 R/hr 

(Reference 17, DOG-3). Radiological surveys continued and showed 

the following: 

200 
0.010 1010

0.010 1400

Time Reading (R/hK) -

0830 Began decontamination

D+1 1000 0.010, maximum

1208 0.010. 

At 1130 surface contact bearing 120°T, distance 10 mi (18.5 lun) 

was ldenti fied as Craiq, an MSTS vessel. At 1132 commenced security patrol off atoll. On 9 April at 0812 anchored at berth 0-4 off 

EnewetakTsland. On 12 April at 0758 underway forASWpatrol 

stat ion. 

0 EASY (Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 21 April, 0627) 

On 16 April at 1843 underway for security patrol. At 2230 changed 

course to take station 15 nmi (28 km) off Enjebi Island for rehearsal of shot EASY. On 17 April at 01 15 completed rehearsal of shot 

EASY and resumed patrol off-shore atoll. On 18 April from 1620 to 

1645 ceased ASW patrol and commenced search and rescue (SARI operations. then resumed ASW patrol. On 20 April at 1457 civllian observers came on board. At 1504 resumed ASW patrol. On 21 April at 

0420 changed course to take weather station 10 nmi (18.5 km) upwind 

bearing 70°T from Enjebi. Maneuvered to remain within 2 nmi (3.7 

km) of shot station. At 0600 went to general quarters. At 0627 observed shot EASY bearing 270°T, distance 15 nmi (28 km). At 0640 

secured from general quarters and set ASW watch. At 1130 light 

fallout detected: average readings were 0.’004 to 0.005 R/hr. At 

1852 maneuvered to investigate disappearing radar contact. At 1934 

completedinvestigation with negativeresults. At 2010resumed 

Security patrol. On 22 April at 0343 anchored at berth “3. By 

1200 on 22 April, radioactivity had decayed to 0.001 R/hr. On 28 

April at 0800 underway for security patrol. On 29 April at 1700 

anchored at berth M-2 off Enewetnk Island. 

0 GEORGE (Aomon Island, Enewetak Atoll, 9 May, 0930) 

On 7 May at 0800 underway for security patrol. On 9 May at 0730 

proceeded to shot station 30 nmi (56 km) from EleleKOn Island. At 

0900 went to general quarters. At 0908 set condition Able. At 0915 

arrived on station. At 0930 observed shot GEORGE. At 0936 secured 

from general quarters and set ASW watch and condition Baker. At 

1325 resumed ASW patrol. On 13 May at 0530 sighted surface contact 

bearing 120°T, distance 15 nmi (28 km). At 1616 contact identified as USS Rio Grande (Am-3) (Reference 184). On 14 May at 1145 

anchored at berth “2. Walker received noGEORGE fallout. 

0 ITEM (Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 25 May, 0617) 

On 22 May at 1757 underway for routine Security patrol. On 25 May 

at 0523 went to general quarters. At 0602 on station. At 0604 set 

201 
condition Able throughout ship. At 0617 observed shot ITEM bearing 

270°T. distance 15nmi (28 km). At 0629 securedfromgeneral 

quarters and set the regular condition 111 ASW watch and set condition Baker. At 0850 resumed security patrol near Enjebi rsland. 

From 1600 to 1900 encountered fallout. At 1900 average intensity 

was 0.030 R/hr. Decontamination was 95 percent effective. On 26 May 

at 1406 anchored at berth "2. On 27 May reformed with TU 3.3.2 

(Convoy and Escort Unit). 

Task Unlt 3.3.3 -- Patrol Squadron 931 

VP-931 arrived on 19 February 1951 at Kwajalein Atoll where it remained 

throughout GREENHOUSE as TU 3.3.3 (Air Patrol Unit). According to a weekly 

rosterreport the squadron avereged 52 officers, 336 enlisted men, and 1 

civilian. The squadron was equipped with nine antisubmarine aircraft, five 

P2v-2~ and four P2V-3Ws. One PBM-SA was also assigned to the squadron and was 

used to support TU 3.1.5 (Radsafe Uni t) by collect ing water samples from outlying atolls and supplying weather and special project stations on outlying 

Islands. The mission of TU 3.3.3 was defense of an area within a radius of 100 

nmi (185 km) from Enewetak Atoll. This area was surveyed day and night with 

double coverage at night. Flight missions started on 1 March and continued 

throughout the test series, totaling 264 missions and 2,656.5 hours Flown. On 

6 March the Squadron flew an antisubmarine escort for the incoming TU 3.3.2 

(Convoy and Escort) comprised of Curtlss, Sproston and Walker. A two-aircraft 

team escorted them into the atoll. 

All decontamination washdown procedures were done at Kwajalein as well as 

all maintenance. Critical periods for air patrols were 5 days before each shot 

and the day after (Reference 17). Specific flight patterns are shown in Figure 

15 (Reference 187, p. c-1-1-51. 

On 12 May the PBM-SA, while on a water sampling mlssion for TU 3.1.5, 

beached at Ponape Island 370 nmi (686 km) southwest of Enewetak Atoll. Asslstance arrived and the damaged aircraft was repaired enough to fly back to 

Kwajalein on 29 May. 

Nonflyable squadron equipment departed Kwajalein on 28 May by MSTS. Four 

ships aided in the rollup OF the task unit: USNS David C. Shanks (T-AP-180). 

USNS General D.E. Aultman(T-AP-1561,Mower,andUSNS Sqt. Andrew Miller 

(T-AK-242). The last ship departed on 14 June with the squadron's equipment 

(Reference 188, p. 1). 

VP-931 had 102 personnel badged.A CTG 3.3 letter (reproduced in Appendix A 

of this report) specified that 150 badges were to be provided VP-931 for each 

test. They were to be worn by a1 1 crewmembers on a11 flights airborne from 

shot time and for one week thereafter. Dosimetry records indicate this was 

done. The highest exposure received by the squadron was 2.410 R. This was an 

electronics officer from the Armed Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP) at 

Sandia Rase. Rlbuquerque, New Mexico. AFSWP had special equipment Installed on 

one of the aircraft. 

20 2 
Task Unlt 3.3.5 -- USS Cablldo (LSD-16) 

The dock landing ship Cabildo participated in TU 3.3.5 (Mobile Boat Pool) 

for all shots at Enewetak Atoll (Reference 182; Reference 16, p. 5). Cabildo 

arrived at Enewetak Atoll on 23 February 1951. At the time of arrival TU 3.3.5 

was established (Reference 189, p. 1). Cabildo was the mother ship to 55 boat 

pool craft consisting Of 30 LCMS, 3 LSUS, 3 AVRS, 8 DUKWS, 8 UPS, 3 ICVPS, 

and 3 launches. These are further described under"Mobile Boat Pool (Task Unit 

3.3.5) ." The mission of Cabildo and the boat pool was to provide water t ransport for each of the task groups. All boats were maintained by Cablldo. and 

the ship also was the center for operating a voice signal systemin the lagoon 

for TU 3.3.6 (Harbor Control Unit). Cabildo was in the lagoon for each of the 

four shots. There were 84 personnel badged on Cabildo. In 1951, Navy medical 

authorities assigned a 1.1 R dose to most Cabildo crewmen who were not badged 

to account for fallout during GREENHOUSE. Cabildo's shot-time activities, summarized from log entries. are as follows: 

0 DOG (Runlt Island, Enewetak Atoll, 8 Aprll 0634) 

On 23 February arrived at Enewetak At01 1 and established TU 3.3.5 

(Mobi le Boat Pool1 and moored to buoy N-2 off Enewetak Island. On 

8 April at 0600 exercised crew at general quarters. At 0634 ohserved atomic weapon test. Af 0643 secured from general quarters 

and set special sea detail. At 0745 secured from special sea detail. At 1014 fallout was detected and material condition Able was 

set. At 1015 all unauthorized persons were ordered below deck as a 

protection against radioactive fallout: ventilation secured and 

washdown started (Reference 17, DOG-3). The 2-day summary of DOG 

fallout readings indicate: 

Day

- -

Tim (R/hr) Readings 

D-day 11000.025averagereading;maximum,0.040 

1315 0.020 

14000.010-0.040,with0.025 mean topside 

D+1 1000 

1238 

15000.003average 

0.020 maxim

0.005 

um with 0.005 topside 

On 9 April at 1246 secured from radioactIvity precaut Ions. Opened 

topside hatches, ports, and vents, and all hands were allowed topside. Only contaminated areas were off limits. 

0 EASY (Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 21 April, 0627) 

Moored to N-2. On 21 April at 0600 went to general quarters. At 

0627 observed shot EASY. At 0700 secured from general quarters. 

Very light fallout received on night of 21 April, less than 0.001 

R/hr . 

203 
0 GEORGE (Aomon Island, Enewetak Atoll, 9 May, 0930) 

Moored to N-2. On 9 May at 0900 went to general quarters and set 

material condition Able. At 0930 observed shot GEORGE. At 0933 

secured from general quarters and set special sea detail. At 1130 

secured from special sea detail. At 1303 secured from material 

condition Able. Cabildo received no GEORGE fallout. 

0 ITEM (Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 25 May, 0617) 

Moored to N-2. On 25 May at 0539 exercised crew at general quarters 

and set material condition Able. At 0617 observed shot ITEM. At 

0656 secured from general quarters and set condition Baker. At 

1028 set material condition Able and all persons were ordered 

below deck. Radiation was detected at 1045 with a reading of 0.004 

to 0.006 R/hr (Reference 17. ITEM-2). At 1130, reading was 0.012 

R/hr. Decontamination started at 1230. At 1245 secured from material condition Able and set material condition Baker. At 1400, 

reading was 0.007 R/hr. At 1620 set condition Able and all persons 

were ordered below deck. At 1815 set modified material condition 

Able. At 1830 set condition Able. At 2140 secured from material 

condition Able and set condition Baker. On 25 May at 1620 fallout 

detected again. By 1630, readings were 0.040 R/hr. At 2130. readings were 0.027 R/hr. On 26 May, readings at 0415 were 0.020 R/hr, 

and at 1700, 0.007 R/hc. 

On 30 May, Cabildo started its rollup operatlon by departing for Pearl 

Harbor with a load of boat pool personnel and equipment. It later returned 

with USS Catamount (LSD-17) to transport the remaining boat pool craft and 

equlpment . 

Task Unlt 3.3.5 -- Moblle Boat Pool 

The Mobile Boat Pool was established upon the arrival of Cabildo on 23 

February 1951. The pool consisted of 30 LCM~ (mechanized landing craft) for 

ship-to-shore transport of equipment, 3 LSUs (utility landing ships) for weapons transport. 3 AVR (air rescue vessels) to evacuate personnel from islands 

and to perform SAR operations within the atoll, 8 DUWs (troop amphibious 

trJcks) to conduct security sweeps of islands. plus 8 XPs (personnel landing 

craft), 3 Lcvps (vehicle and personnel landing craft), and 3 launches. A total 

of 58 boats in this pool were operated by Tu 3.3 (Reference 3, p. 123). The 

boat pool provided ship-to-shore transportation and emergency transportation 

for special security missions. Schedules were made out principally in view of 

TG 3.1 needs. 

Contamination was reported on some of the boats following shot DOG. On 

8 April at 0820 an LSU reported a reading of 0.010 to 0.025 R/hr when it was 

just north of anchorage N-9 off Enewetak Island. LSU-1345 reported a reading 

of 2.500 R/hr at 0830 when It was just north of Runlt Island (Reference 17, 

DOG-3). LCM-20 also had radiological contamination while in movement with 

LST-859 and Mower. On 9 April the boat pool had a reading of below 0.004 R/hr. 

For shot EASY, AVR-20987 and LSU-1249 were contaminated whlle near Enjebi 

Island, but no readings are available. 

204 
A group of three boat pool members had very high readings on their film 

badges of 8.5 to 20 R gamma and 12 to 32 R beta exposures between 21 and 23 

April followlng shot EASY. Another enlisted man in the same boat crew did not 

wear a f1lm badge. The boat was on a run that included Parry, Enjebi, MI jikadrek, Boken, and Dridrilbwlj islands. All four men were given radiological 

physical examinations including chest X-rays, blood counts, urinalysis, and a 

red blood cell count. Blood counts and urinalysis were done weekly and a 

followup examination was conducted. These men were not allowed to enter any 

contaminated area for the rest of the operation. These men were suspected of 

obtaining high exposure readings on their badges by deliberately leaving them 

on the shot island. The men did not admit this, however. No other boat pool 

member operating under the same conditions received an exposure of such magnitude. The crew party monitor reported that at no time during the trip did the 

meter read more than 0.040 R/hr. Two civi llans on the trip had readings of 

0.170 R and 0.185 R. The clothing worn by the four men supported the suspicion 

as It read only 0.003 R/hr. No evidence to support these high exposures was 

found following an Investigation of the incident (Reference 38, p. 6). 

On 30 May, Cabildo started the rollup phase of GREENHOUSE, and TU 3.3.5 

organization was dissolved. 

There were 129 men badged in the boat pool. A CTG 3.3 letter (reproduced 

In Appendlx A of this report) specified that 215 film badges per test were to 

be available. Badges were to be wotn from just before shot time and for1 week 

thereafter. In 1951, Navy medical authorities assigned a dose ranging from 

0.7 R to 2.1 R for most personnel who were not badged to account for fallout. 

TaskUnft3.3.6 -.- HarborControl Unlt 

This task unit consisted of two officers and fifty-seven enlisted men 

(Reference 17). No ships were assigned. The unit .operated a Harbor Entrance 

Control Post and provlded Port Director facilities. Control over unauthorized 

entry was monitored by sonobuoys placed in Wide Entrance and Deep Entrance. 

Regulations controlling boat movement and personnel were issued upon arrival 

of each ship Into the lagoon (Reference 16, p. 6; Reference 189). 

T a s kU n l t3 . 3 . 7 -- USNS Sqt. Charles E. Mower (T-AP-186) 

An MSTS vessel, Mower participated in TU 3.3.7 (Logistics) for all shots 

at Enewetak Atoll (References 16, 17, 100, and 185). Mower arrived on 26 March 

1951 at Enewetak Atoll. It was used QS a hotel ship anchored off Enjebi Island. 

The ship provlded mobile living accommodations for large number a of personnel. 

The ship remained anchored near Enewetak or Fatty island Inside the lagoon at 

shot time. After H-hour, It headed north to either Enjebi or Lujor Island to 

support scientific recovery operations. Mower was within the lagoon for all 

shots. Ten men were badged on Mower. A CTG 3.3 letter (reproduced in AppendixA 

of this report) specifled that 10 men were to be badged to record exposure in 

various parts of the ship. Badges were to be worn from just before shot time 

for 1 week. 

Shot-time activities For Mower,summarizedfrom log entrles,wereas 

follows: 

205 
0 DOG (Runit Island, Enewetak Atoll, 8 April, 0634) 

On 26 March the ship arrived for duty in TU 3.3.7 at Enewetak Atoll 

and anchored at berth C-1 off Parry Island. On 30 March at 1415 it 

departed for Enjebi Island. On 2 April at 1515. during a trial run, 

passengers embarked from Enjebi to Enewetak Island. On 3 April at 

1136 they debarked from Enewetak to Enjebi. One day before shot 

DOG, passengers were removed from Enjebi at 1315. On 8 April at 

0757 underway to northern end of lagoonwhile carrying out tadsafe 

precautions. At various times during shot day and the day after, 

this ship received fallout (Reference 17, DOG-3). The following Is 

a summary of contamination reports: 

Day Time 

- (Rlhreadings )

D-Day 0858 0.015 average 

1215 0.020 

1400 0.010-0.040; began saltwater washdown and 

decontamination procedures 

D+1 1000 0.002-0.0041 

1330 0.002. 

Even though the ship was receiving fallout, It was ordered to proceed to the anchorage position.At 1037 the shlp anchored at berth 

765 off Enjebl. 

0 EASY (Enjebl Island, Enewetak Atoll, 21 April. 0627) 

On 20 April at 1410 the ship was underway to anchorage C-1 off 

ParryIsland, where it anchored at 1550.Falloutoccurringon 

Mower is not mentioned. but Parry Island, 1,500 yatds (1.4 km) 

east received a small amount. If Mower received this fallout, the 

average peak intensity would have been approximately 0.0015 R/hr. 

0 GEORGE (Aomon Island, Enewetak Atoll. 9 May, 0930) 

On 8 May at 1420 started embarking passengers from anchorage near 

Enjebi. At 1940 anchored in southern area, berth MB off Enewetak 

Island. On 9 May at 1030 shifted anchorage bearings. On 10 May at 

0647 underway and at 0927 anchored at berth 765 off Enjebi. No 

GEORGE fallout occurred on MOWC. 

0 ITEM, Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 25 May, 0617) 

On 24 May at 1410 underway from anchorage and at 1605 anchored off 

Enewetak Island. On 25 May at 0530 closed all portholes and set 

condition Able. At 0659 secured from condition Able. At 1045 reportedradiationlevel at 0.004 to 0.006R/hr(Reference 17, 

ITEM-2). On 5 June departed for Kwajalein Atoll. No fallout data 

are available. Since Mower was only 700 yards (640 meters) from 

Cablldo, however, nearly identical fallout aboard the two ships 

was likely. 

206 
Task Unlt 3.3.7 -- USS LST-859 

This tank landing ship participated in TU 3 -3.7 (Logistics) for three of 

the four shots at Enewetak Atoll (References 16, 17, 100, and 181). Its function before arriving at Enewetak Atoll was to establish the Air Force special 

project and weather stations for scientific research. These stations were located at Majuro and Bikini atolls, and Rikati, Nauru, and Kausie islands. 

LST-859 reported to TG 3.3 on 24 February 1951. It was used as a barracks shlp 

for TG 3.1 personnel who could not be quartered on shore. During the first 

three shots, LST-859 functioned the same as Mower. It anchored south of the 

shot sites at H-hour, then took personnel north to Enjebi and LU~OK islands 

for project recovery operations. There were 37 personnel badged on LST-859. 

although a CTG 3.3 letter (reproduced in Appendix A of this report) specified 

that only 5 men were required to be badged to record exposure in various parts 

of the ship. Badges were to be worn from just before shot time and for 1 week 

thereafter. In 1951, Navy medical authorities assigned most unbadged LST-859 

crewmen a dose of 0.33 R to account for GREENHOUSE fallout. Shot-time aCtlVities, summarized from log entries. were as follows: 

0 DOG (Runit Island. Enewetak Atoll, 8 April. 0634) 

On 7 April at 1831, anchored at berth C-2. On 8 April at 0530 prepared to get underway. At 0600 went to general quarters and set 

condition Able. At 0735 underway for statlon. As the ship proceeded 

toward the northern islands with LCM-20 and Mower, levels of up to 

0.025 R/hr were reported on the LCM between 0820 and 0857. At 0835 

all engines stopped on station. Readings ranged from 0.180 R/hr to 

off-scale readings. A reading of 0.100 R/hr was reported on the 

fantail. All hands were ordered below deck and the ship was sealed 

(Reference 17, DOG-2, pp. 3 and 4). This procedure brought contamination inside the ship. Decontamination began below decks so that 

personnel wlth the highest exposure level could retreat to this 

area for further decontamination. Decontamination washdown started 

inside the ship working aft and downwards into the crew's compartment. On topside areas the washdown technique used was scrubbing 

with hard-bristle brushes using soap, saltwater, and 100 psi of 

water pressure. The ship was ordered to continue Its course to the 

assigned anchorage position andat 1156 anchored southwest of Lujor 

Island (Reference 190). The following summarizescontamination 

reports (Reference 17, p. B-7; Reference 214, p. 34): 

Day Time Readings (R/hr) 

D-day 0820-08570.025 (onLCM-20) 

0835 0.100 on LST-859'sfantail 

1130Half the interiorreduced 

1325 0.050 

14000.050mean:0.380,maximum;majority of 

personnel exceeded 0.100 on deck 

1630 0.004 

207 
1757 0.003. 

Day

-

Readings Time (R/hr) -. 

D+1 0730 All readings removed

0 EASY (Enjebi Island, Enewetak Atoll, 21 Aprll, 0627) 

On 20 April at 1500 commenced embarking Holmes & Narver Tnc. (H&N) 

and Robertson employees and 43 TU 3.3.1 personnel. At 1530 completed embarkation. At 1649 underway to new anchorage. At 1820 

anchored at berth C-2. On 21 April at 0545 went to general quarters. At 0704 secured from general quarters. On 22 April at 0620 

underway for new anchorage. At 0802 anchored southwest of Lujor 

Island. On 23 April at 1418 commenced disembarking H&N and Robertson employees and 43 TU 3.3.1 personnel. Fallout occurring on board 

LST-859 is not mentioned. However, 3,000 yards (3.1 km) east, Parry 

Island recorded a small amount of fallout. If LST-859 received the 

same fallout, the average peak Intensity would have been approximately 0.0015 R/hr. 

o GEORGE (Aomon Island, Enewetak Atoll,9 May, 0930) 

On 3 and 7 May around 0900 conducted radsafe drills. On 8 May at 

1500 commenced embarking H&N employees. At 2002 anchored at berth 

P-2 off Enewetak Island.On 9 May at 0903 went to general quarters. 

At 1013 secured from general quarters. On 10 May at 1105 commenced 

disembarking H&N employees and offloading personnel gear and miscellaneous items. At 1455 underway to new berth. At 1527 anchored 

at berth B-2 off Parry Island. Ship recelved no GEORGE fallout. 

0 ITEM (Enjebi Island. Enewetak Atoll, 25 Hay.0617) 

On 13 May at 1355 underway for Ponape Island, Caroline Islands, to 

retrieve a PBM-5A that had grounded on a coral head. On 15 May at 

0851 moored in Ponape Island harbor. On 19 May at 1202 underway 

for Enewetak Atoll. On 21 May at 1241 anchored in berth K-3, Enewetak Lagoon. On 23 May at 0745 underway for Bikini Atoll. On 24 

May at 1346 anchored in Bikini Lagoon. At 1730 underway for Kwajalein Atoll. On 25 May at 1748 anchored at berth K-15 at Kwajalein 

Atoll. On 27 May at 1453 underway for Enewetak Atoll. On 29 May at 

0208 anchored at Q-4, Enewetak Lagoon. At 0812 beached at Enewetak 

Island to unload cargo then at 1253 anchored at berth R-3 off Enewetak Island. At 2055 underway for Kusaie Island, Caroline Islands. 

On 31 May at 1133 beached at Lele Island in Kusaie Harbor to unload 

cargo. Stayed in the area until 12 June to disestablish the Air 

Force special project and weather statlons. On 12 June departed 

for Pearl Harbor. The ship recelved no ITEM fallout. 

NAVYPERSONNEL IN OTHER ORGANIZATIONS 

Navy personnel also served In elements of the task force other than the 

Navy task group. These other elements included Headquarters, TG 3.1 (Scientific), TG 3.2 (Army), and TG 3.4 (Air Force). In addition. there were Navy 

208 
Observers and ship units that visited Enewetak during the series on support 

missions. 

HeadquartersJolnt Task Force 3 

According to planning documents, 36 Navy personnel were assigned to this 

unit. They were distributed as follows: 

Enlisted 

OfflcersMen " Tot a 1 Badged 

Command 2 2 4 1 

Administration (J-1) 4 4 8 1 

Intelligence (5-2) 4 2 6 1 

Operat ions(5-3 5 4 9 4 

Logist ICs (5-4) 4 4 8 3 

Compt let rol 1 1 1 

The personnel from the organizations listed above participated in the 

experimental program as part of TU 3.1.3, except those from Naval Medical 

Records Instltute (NMRI) in the biomedical program (TU 3.1.2) and those from 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory (NOL.) and Naval Research Laboratory (NRL). The NOL 

and NRL personnel participated as part of TU 3.1.1. 

Task Group 3.1 (Sclentlflc) 

Bureau of Aeronautics . (BuAerl. Two personnel, a clvi lian and a Navy officer. 

were involved (Refetence 153). Both were badged. BuAer participated In 

Project 5.2. 

Bureau of Medicine and Surqerv {BuMed)-. BuMed personnel were involved in conducting biological experiments. Seventy personnel are listed, including 

one as an observer. Forty-eight of these personnel were badged. with the 

highest reading 4.93 R (References 213 and 58). 

Bureau of Yards and Docks (BuDocks). FOUK RuDocks personnel participated In 

Project 3.2. one of them appears to have been a consultant to RuDocks. 

Three personnel were badged. 

Naval Air Development Center (NADC). six personnel from NADC participated in 

Ptoject 5.2 at Enewetak Atoll: all were badged. 

Naval Materials Laboratory (NML). Two civilian NML personnel participated In 

Project 6.2. Both were badged. 

Naval Medical Research Institute (mI). Seventeen military and civilian personnel from NMRT participated in the biomedical program and Project 3.1.2, 

Project 3.1.5, and Project 5.2. Fourteen were badged, and two had readings 

of over 5 R. 

209 
""""""" 

NavalOrdnanceLaboratory (NOL). W e n t y - t w om i l i t a r ya n dc i v i l i a np e r s o n n e l

from NOL havebeenidentified. Most ofthesewereinvolved in Project 1.6. 

Sixteen NOL personnel were badged. 

Naval "" Radioloqical """""Defense LaboratoruNRDL). The NRDL team hadcivilian 55 and 

militarypersonnelworking in Program " 

6. Thirty-fivewerebadged. 

NavalResearchLaboratory (NRL). One hundredtenmilitary and c i v i l i a np e r s o n -

nelfrom NRt or assigned to NRL (four Army and oneAir Force) participated 

in Program 1. Of the110, 82werebadged.The h i g h e s tr e a d i n g was3.970 R. 

AirTransportSquadron 3(VR-3). VR-3, based at NAS Moffett Field, California, 

was part of theMilitary Air TransportService (MATS). VR-3 providedthree 

o rf o u ra i r c r a f tf o re a c ho ft h ef o u r tests, and the a i r c r a f ta r r i v e da t 

Enewetak Island beforeshotday.Their function was to carry the radioactivesamples collected by the B-17 drones to the United States so that 

they could be a n a l y z e da t Los Alamos S c i e n t i f i cL a b o r a t o r y (LASL) and 

other U.S. laboratories. 

I m n e d i a t e l ya f t e rf i l t e rp a p e r s wereremovedfrom the B-17 drone cloud 

samplers,theyweretransferred to two ofthe VR-3 a i r c r a f t .T h e s e would 

carrytheduplicateradioactivesamplesretrieved from thedrones to Hickam 

AE'B, Hawaii,wherethesamples were transferred to w a i t i n ga i r c r a f t . The 

Sampleswerethenflownnonstop to Albuquerque, New Mexico. 

The r e m a i n i n ga i r c r a f t would depart Enewetak3 to 4 days later with 

r a d i o a c t i v es a m p l e st h a t hadbeenobtained from theground.Sincethere 

was less time s e n s i t i v i t yw i t ht h e s es a m p l e s ,t h eo r i g i n a la i r c r a f t would 

normallytakethesamples to t h ef i n a ld e s t i n a t i o n ,w i t hc r e wr e s ts t o p s 

enroute. 

VR-3 had119 men badged,whichincludes all flight crewmembers. It 

appearsthatfilmbadges were issued upon a r r i v a la t Enewetakandthen 

turned in at Hickam AFB o rt h ef i n a ld e s t i n a t i o n . The two highest VR-3 

exposures,1.679 R gamma and3.150 R gamma, were for two r a d i oo p e r a t o r s . 

Theseexposuresappear to include exposureswhiletheseradiomen were flying with VP-931 a c t i n ga s TU 3.3.3.Excludingthese two i n d i v i d u a l s ,t h e 

next highestexposure was 1.490 R gamma. 

OtherNavalPersonnelParticipatingin TG 3.1. Fifteennavalpersonnelwere 

badgedaspartof TG 3.1projects.These were as follows: 

Naval 

Personnel 

Project Badged IndicatedAffiliation I" ~~~ 

1.1 1 AmphibiousBase,Coronado,California 

1.5 1 USS Antphion (AR-13) 

1.5 1 USS Roanoke(CL-145) 

1.5 3 Naval 

"" 

Base , Norfolk , Virginia 

1.5 2 NavalBase,TreasureIsland,California 

1.5 1 NavalBase,SanJuan,PuertoRico 

1.5 2 NavalReceivingStation,SanFrancisco 

1.5 1 Reserve Fleet PAC, SanFrancisco 

1.6 1 "APO 187 (HOW)" 

D-3 1 "Representativefrom AEC" 

210 
An additional 14 Navy personnelwith unknown a f f i l i a t i o na p p e a ri n a LASL 

document(Reference58).However, their names, ranks, and project numbers 

are listed. Only two of these were badged. 

TaskGroup 3.2 (Army) 

One Navy officer was assigned to TG 3.2 inthePropertyAccountingBranch. 

He was not badged(Reference191,Navy). 

TaskGroup 3.4 ( A i rF o r c e ) 

Twenty Navy personnel were assigned to TU 3.4.5(WeatherSquadron). None 

were badged(Reference192,p. B-4; Reference193). 

NavalObservers 

Observer lists are available for the first t h r e es h o t s of the series. DOG 

had13navalofficerobservers. Two ofthese were from the AEC MilitaryLiaison 

Committee. NO o r g a n i z a t i o n a la f f i l i a t i o n is shown for theremainingeleven. 

One ofthe latter was badged. 

Shot EASY had ninenavalofficerobservers.Seven were badged.There are 

no organizationalaffiliationsnoted. 

GEORGE had two n a v a lo f f i c e ro b s e r v e r s . One was from the AEC Divisionof 

MilitaryApplications.Neither was badged. 

Translent Shlps 

Twenty transientsappeared at Enewetak Atoll during GREENHOUSE. Theseships 

were not a part of TG 3.3. Their mission was to bring food, fuel and other 

supplies to the atoll or i no t h e r ways s u p p o r t h eo p e r a t i o n (References 181 

through 185 and 194). They were: 

USNS "_I Bald Eagle (T-AF-50) USS 

"-Nemasket (AOG-10)

USCGC Planetree (WAGL-307) PC- 1546 

USS Cimarron " (AW22) USNS Pvt. F.J. Petrarca (T-AK-250)

USS Faribault ("179) USS Pictor (AF-54) 

USNS Fred C. Ainsworth -(T-"181) USNS 

""" 

Pvt. Joe E. Mann (T-AK-253)

"USNS General2.E. Aultmm (T-AP-156) -USS Rio Grande (AOG-3) 

"USS General "-DanielI. Sultan (AP-120) USNS Sgt. Truman Kimbs (T-AK-254) 

"USNS General Edwin_ D. Patrick (T-AP-124) USS Sussex ("213) 

""USS Genesee (AOG-8) " USS Warrick (AKA-89)

USNS Lt. Robert " Cr- (T-AK-252) "" 

USS Zelima ("-49)

Table 22 shows t r a n s i e n ta r r i v a l and departure dates from Enewetak Atoll. 

The information was extracted from otherships'logs and some data are missing. 

211 
Date 

1 Aprll 

5 Aprll 

6 Aprll 

8 Aprll 

10Aprll 

1 1A p r l l 

12Aprll 

14 Aprll 

16Aprll 

17 Aprll 

24 Aprll 

26 Aprll 

27 Aprll 

29 Aprll 

30Aprll 

1 Kay 

13 May 

14 May 

16 May 

19 May 

20 May 

21 May 

22 May 

T a b l e2 2 .T r a n s l e n ts h l pa r r l v a l s ,d e p a r t u r e s ,a n ds l g h t l n g s 

durlng GREENHOUSE. 

Remarks 

USS Warrlck(AKA-89)stoodInharbor, 

(T-AP-124)stood ln a n do u to fh a r b o

o u to fh a r b o r 

r, 

USNS 

USS 

Gen. Edwln 0. Patrlck 

Gennessee(AOG-8) stood 

JapaneseshlpKuroshloMaru 

escortedoutofarea 

No. 7 was slght e dI nd a n g e ra r e aa n d 

W a r r l c ks t o o do u to fh a r b o r 

Shot DOG: USNS L t .R o b e r tC r a l g( T - A K - 2 5 2 )s t o o dI nh a r b o ra t1 2 1 4 

USCGC Planetree was l d e n t l f l e ds t e a m l n go u t s l d et h eh a r b o r 

USNS Pvt. F.J. Petrarca(T-AK-250)stoodoutofharbor 

P l a n e t r e es t o o dI nh a r b o r , USNS Fred C. Alnsworth(T-AP-181)stood 

In a n do u to fh a r b o r ,C r a l qs t o o do u to fh a r b o ra t1 8 1 6 

USNS Gen. D a n l e lS u l t a n( T - A P - 1 2 4 )s t o o dI nh a r b o r 

USS Nemasket(AOG-10)stood I nh a r b o r , USS Zellma(AF-49)stood 

Inharbor 

Nemasketand USS Clmarron(AO-22)stoodoutofharbor,Zellma 

s t o o do u to fh a r b o r 

USNS Gen. D.E. Aultman(T-AP-156)stood l nh a r b o r 

Clmarronstood In harbor 

Clmmarronstoodoutofharbor,Euaenla M. Moran was slghtedIn 

dangerarea 

USNS B a l dE a s l e( T - A F - 5 0 )s t o o dI nh a r b o r ,A l n s w o r t hs t o o d In and 

o u to fh a r b o r 

Nemasketstood in harbor 

BaldEasleandNemasketstoodoutofharbor 

Aultmanstood in a n do u to fh a r b o r , 

Inharbor 

USNS PvtJoe E. Mann (T-AK-253)stood 

USS Sussex(AK-213)stood l nh a r b o r 

Gennesseestood I nh a r b o r 

USS P l c t o r( A F - 5 4 )s t o o d ln harbor, 

USS RloGrande(AGO-3)stood 

l nh a r b o r 

Mann s t o o do u to fh a r b o r 

USS F a r l b a u l t( A K - 1 7 9 )s t o o dI nh a r b o r ,P l c t o rs t o o do u to fh a r b o r 

F a r l b a u l ts t o o do u to fh a r b o r 

212 
There is no lnformatlon on whether these ships recelved radiological contamination. Due to the scheduled arrivals and departures, the likelihood of any 

exposure is small. 

Two ships were sighted In the danger area during GREENHOUSE. One was the 

Japanese ship, Kuroshlo Maru, sighted on 5 April then later escorted out of 

the area on the same day (Reference 184). The other was Euqenia M. Moran, a 

tug, sighted on 27 April (Reference 183). There Is no Information concerning 

escort of this ship out of the danger area. 

213 
CHAPTER 7 

U.S. AIR FORCE PARTICIPATION IN OPERATION GREENHOUSE 

The Air Force played a major role in Operation GREENHOUSE, performing 

radiological cloud sampling, weather reconnaissance, air control, weather reporting, radiological exlusion (radex) area plotting. and search and rescue 

(SAR) operations. Peak strength of Air Force personnel. both military and 

civilian, was over 2,600. This included 2,436 in Task Group (TG) 3.4, 126 in 

TG 3.1, the scientific task group (Reference 8, p. 1-32), and 59 in Headquarters, Joint Task Force 3 (JTF 3). 

This chapter summarizes the number and sources of the Air Force personnel 

and their activities. Where available, radiation exposures for these men, recorded by their film badges, are also summarized (see Table 23). The exposures 

in Table 23 do not include a fallout component. Such assignments can be made 

using both generalized graphs developed by the JTF 3 radiological safety (radsa€e) personnel and more recent work. These general approaches are further 

discussed in Chapter 10, Personnel Exposures. 

Air Force personnel badged during GREENHOUSE Included scientific personnel 

In TG 3.1 who performed misslons where exposures were possible. Within TG 3.4, 

badged personnel Included aircrews, decontamination crews. radiation monitors, 

runway crash crews, and photographers who accompanied scientific recovery missions to contaminated islands. About one-third of TG 3.4 was badged at one 

time or another duringGREENHOUSE. 

HEADQUARTERS JOINT TASKFORCE 3 

Fifty-nine Air Force personnel were assigned to Hq JTF 3. Including COmmander JTF 3, an Air Force officer. They workedin all areas of the JTF 3 Staff 

(References 191 and 195 through 197). Eleven of these fifty-nine men had one 

or more film badges (Reference 59). One person received more than 3 R. His 

specific duties are unknown, but almost all of of his exposure was accrued on 

29 May 1951 (Reference 59, p. 733). 

Almost all personnel assigned to JTF 3 Headquarters lived and worked on 

Parry Island and thus were subject to the fallout from shots DOG, EASY, and 

ITEW, 

TASKGROUP 3.1 (SCIENTIFIC) 

One hundred twenty-six Air Force men who were assigned to n; 3.1 have been 

Identified (Reference 8). Most TG 3.1 personnel were €tom Los Alamos Scientific 

Laboratory (LASL); however, Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marine Corps personnel 

were assigned within TG 3.1 as well. TG 3.1 had several major responsibilities 

Including nuclear device preparation, all experimental programs except Program 7, photography, radiological safety, and operating the base €acilitles. 

Of the 126 Air Force men in TG 3.1, 94 were badged at one time or another 

214 
x -

ma 

CY 

I 

0 

r 

I 

VI 

m 

c 

U 

m r0 

m 

C 

VI 

! 

U 

0 

N VI N m 

N 

0 r

* U 

I 0 

m N 

m VI m 

4 m 

N 

.rC 

4 

m 

I 

VI 0 

N N N ro N 

m N 

L 

0 VI 

al 

u 

L 

N 

I 

N 

m 

r 

m 

r 

0 

N 

0 

CL N 

I 

L VI r m 

r 

r 0 

m U m wU r 

VI 

v) r 

I U 

N r N m 

VI ro 

ro c 

r 

II)

al 

L 

3 

I 

VI 

0 

r N 

ro N C Ln 

m m Q, U 

al 

U m 

0 

n 

X 

0, 

r 

0, 

C 

Ln 

0 

c 

0 

0 

0 

0 

N 

m d 

0, 

c 

c 

N 

N Q, 

ro 

m 2 

U 

3 

r 

U 

C 

c 

4 

0 

C 

111 

C 

0 

m 

L 

0 N m 

(u 

r U c 

Iro 

(D 

0 

L 

a 

VI 

0 

0, 

n VI 

r c u ooal 0 

ro 0 r 

N 

d 

ro 

N m d U 

P 

07 

d 

m 

n 

X 

al 

* 

I) 

0 

c 

r 

4 

r 

0 

ro 

9 

N 

m 

N 

m 

U 

ro 

r0 

r 

N 

VI 0 m ro m 

U 

r 

N 

ro 

U 

0, 

C 

m N N c 

VI 

VI 

4 

m 

(u r 

0

aJ * aJ r 

4 

c 

n 

4 

IU 

m 

* U 

r 

3 

U 

r 

4 

* 

7 

U 

d . 

C 

e 

c 

U 

N 

* ro d 

P 

d 

m 

n 

I)

0 al U 

U 

.. 4

* .m 

m * 

4 

4d 

0 

m 

* 

m 

* 

m 

+J 

L 

O L 0 

LL 

4 

u 

W 

a -

3c 

03 

0 

Y 

r 

E 

3 

c 

C 

3 

c 

C 

3 

c 

C 

3 

Y 

VI 

4 

L 

r 

u 

m 

0 L 

OX VI 

4 Y Y Y Y 

I- a 4 

n VI I- VI VI VI VI r c 

Yrn 

VII4 

b4 

I- 4 

I- 4 I- 4 I4

* 

0 

I4 

4J 

0 

I03 

0 4 oP(

z4 

215 
during GREENHOUSE. Nine of these badged Ai r Force personnel received more than 

3 R. The highest exposure was recorded by an officer working in Task Unit (TU) 

3.1.5 (Radsafe) who accumulated 7.570 R (Reference 59). He may have been a 

monitor accompanying reentry parties. He was badged for eight different days 

and on four occasions had two badges in 1 day: no single badge reading exceeded 

1 R. Of the other eight A I r Force personnel whose exposures exceeded 3 R. all 

but one were in the radsafe unit. The exception was in TU 3.1.1, the LASL unit 

working wlth Program 1 experiments (Reference 8). Since all these TG 3.1 personnel were stationed on Parry Island, they were exposed to fallout from shots DOG. EASY, and ITEM. Most of the TG 3.1 personnel left the test area between 

26 May and 2 June. 

TASK GROUP 3.4 (AIR FORCE) 

Table 24 shows the various Air Force units that sent personnel to the test 

area for GREENHOUSE TG 3.4 operations (Reference 178). The 5x8 exposure cards 

maintained for GREENHOUSE personnel only identified the individual with his 

task unit. not with his home organization or station. Thus, it is not possible 

to relate exposures of personnel to their home organizations from that source. 

TaskUnit 3.4.1 (HeadquartersandHeadquartersSquadron) 

TU 3.4.1 was made up of persons from a variety of Aircraft Control and 

Warning (AC&W) squadrons, the 158th Fighter Bomber Squadron, the 3204th Medical 

Group. and the 3200th Drone Squadron. The task unit personnel operated the 

airbase at Enewetak, which included the base operations facilities and maintenance and supply support for aircraft and aircraft-related equipment (Reference 7, p.2). The 158th Fighter Bomber Squadron consisted of six F-80C 

fighter interceptors with 28 crewmembers and supporting personnel whose function was air defense of the Pacific Proving Ground (PPG) if required (Reference 

198. p. 6). The 3204th Medical Group provided medical personnel for the task 

group. The 3200th Drone Squadron formed the experimental aircraft unit (TU 

3.4.21, but a few of these men worked in Hq TG 3.4, probably in staff duties. 

Of the 892 persons in TU 3.4.1, only 60 were badged during GREENHOUSE (Reference 591, 25 of whom received between 1 and 1.53 R. For these 25 personnel 

almost all exposures were received on 26 May, the day after shot ITEM (Reference 59). 

TU 3.4.1 had approximately 495 personnel stationed on Enewetak Island as 

of 26 May (Reference 199, p. 8). Four in the unit had departed for the United 

States between 20 and 26 May 1951 (Reference 19, p. 1: Reference 200). Of the 

495, 34 were scheduled to depart by 2 June, another 117 were scheduled to depart by 9 June, and another 20 by 16 June 1951. 

Task Detachment (TD)3.4.1.1 was formed on Kwajalein to provide maintenance 

and supply support to TG 3.4 elements on that island. This detachment had 232 

persons assigned to it as of 31 March, 1951 (Reference 27, p. 401, none of 

whom was subjected to the fallout from shots DOG, EASY, and ITEM. Apparently 

everyone in TD 3.4.1.1 left Kwajalein by 2 June (Reference 200). 

216 
Table24.TaskGroup3.4 home organizatlons, GREENHOUSE. 

E 1 emen t Home Organlzatlons 

TU 3 . 4 . 1F l g h t e r 156th Bomber Squadron

634th ACbW Squadron 

645th AC&W Squadron 

646th AC&W Squadron 

647th AC&W Squadron 

648th AC&W Squadron 

653th ACLW Squadron 

654th ACbW Squadron 

654th ACbW Squadron(Det.1) 

655th AC&W Squadron 

656th AC&W Squadron 

658th AC&W Squadron 

660th AC&W Squadron 

661th AC&W Squadron 

661th AC&W Squadron 

669th AC&W Squadron 

670th AC&W Squadron 

677th AC&W Squadron 

3204thMedlcalGroup 

3200thDroneSquadron 

TU 3.4.2Drone 3200th Squadron 

TO 3.4.2.1Electronlcs 3151st Group 

3171st Electronlcs R&D Group

TU 3.4.3 1810th AACS Group 

1909th AACS Squadron 

1960th AACS Squadron 

TU S t r a t .3 . 4 . 4 57th ReconHlckam Squadron -"" ~"_"-__-

Home Statlon 

George AFB, CA 

Everett, WA 

Roslyn, NY 

T w l nL i g h t s , NJ 

Ft. George G. Meade, MD 

Indlantown Gap, PA 

Stewart AFB, NY 

Grenler AFB, NH 

Otls AFB, MD 

SenecaOrdDepot, NY 

Ft. E t h a nA l l e n , VT 

Mlchel AFB, NY 

Selfrldge AFB, MI 

Selfrldge AFB, MI 

Hamilton AFB, CA 

Ft. MacArthur, CA 

Camp Cook, CA 

Ham1 1 ton AFB, CA 

Eglln AFB, FL 

Egljn AFB, FL 

Eglln AF6, FL 

Grlffiss AFB, NY 

Grlfflss AFB, NY 

Hlckam AB, HI 

Andrews AFB, MD 

Kwajaleln, MI 

AB, HI 

(continued) 

217 
Table24.TaskGroup3.4 home organizatlons, GREENHOUSE (contlnued). 

- -

E lement Home Organizatlons Home Statlon 

TU 3.4.526thWeatherSquadron Brookley AFB, AL 

2060thMobileWeatherSquadron Tlnker AFB, OK 

1600thFoodServlceSquadron Wes lover AFB, MA 

1701stFoodServlceSquadron G r e a tF a l l s AFB, MT 

lEOlst AACS Group Hamilton AFE, CA 

1E14st AACS Group Robins AFB, GA 

1901st AACS Squadron Travls AFB, CA 

1905st AACS Squadron McChord AFB, WA 

1907st AACS Sqaudron March AFB, CA 

1909st AACS Squadron Andrews AFE, MD 

1922nd AACS Squadron Maxwell AFE, AL 

1923rd AACS Squadron Kelly AFE, TX 

1928th AACS Squadron MacDl11 AFB, FL 

1921-1 AACS Detachment Perrln AFB, TX 

1921-2 AACS Detachment Goodfellou AFE, TX 

1921-4 AACS Detachment Tlnker AFB, OK 

1921-6 AACS Detachment Vance AFE, OK 

1921-9 AACS Detachment Loury AFB, CO 

TU 3.4.62600th Alr BaseSquadron Pope AFB, NC 

4415th Alr BaseGroup Pope AFB, NC 

4910th Alr BaseGroup Klrtland AFB, NM 

4thLlatsonFllght Pope AFE, NC 

5 t hH e l l c o p t e rF l l g h t Pope AFB, NC 

TU 3.4.74th Alr RescueSquadron, Flt A Hamilton AFE, CA 

4th Alr RescueSquadron, Flt D Loury AFB, CO 

5th Alr RescueSquadron Westover AFB, MA 

5th Air RescueSquadron, Flt B Elllngton AFB, TX 

5th Alr RescueSquadron, Flt C Maxwell AFB, AL 

5th Alr RescueSquadron, Flt 0 Selfrldge AFB, MI 

11th Alr RescueSquadron, Flt A Hlckam AB, HI 

TU 3.4.8LookoutMounalnLaboratoryLosAngeles, - CA "" " - Source:Reference178. 

218 
Task U n l t3 . 4 . 2( E x p e r l m e n t a lA l r c r a f t ) 

This task unit, comprised of the 3200th Drone Squadron, was organized and 

tralned at Eglin Am, Florida, before deployingto Enewetak Island. rts primary 

function was to control the drone 8-17s and T-33s used for nuclear cloud sampling and nuclear effects testing. At peak strength this task unit had 649 

men, all of whom were stationed on Enewetak Island. Of these 649, 421 were 

Issued one or more film badges during the test series. Sixty-nine persons In 

TU 3.4.2 received over 3 R from badge totals. Most of this exposure was re -

celved between 25 and 29 May, just after shot ITEM (Reference 59). TU 3.4.2 

had 415 men left on Enewetak as of 26 May and 98 as of 2 June 1951. 

A Strateglc Ai r Command (SAC) RB-29, under the operational Control of TU 

3.4.2. flew to Enewetak just before shot GEORGE and departed 11 May. just 

after shot GEORGE. It conducted fllm-fogging tests during GEORGE, so the crew 

should have been badged; however, they were not on Enewetok long enough to 

accumulate any exposure from fallout (Reference 26, p. 25). 

TD 3.4.2.1 was part of the Experimental Aircraft Unlt and was located on 

Kwajalein. This task detachment was composed of elements OF the 3151st Electronics Group and the 3171st Electronics R&D Group. both assigned to the Air 

Materiel Command. Personnel from this task detachment flew the two R-50As, the 

two B-SODS, and the B-47. Since crews of the B-5OAs and R-SODS tracked and 

sampled the nuclear cloud, they should have been badged for their mlssions. 

The pilot of a B-50A on 8 April and 10 April in connection with shot DOG mlsslon actlvlties (Reference 24, pp. 32 and 33) Is not llsted In film badge records at all, but his radsafe monitor for 8 April is; he received 0.060 R on 

that date (Reference 59). The two B-50Ds with crews and supporting personnel 

were moved from Kwajaleln to Enewetak Island on 27 March and remained there 

through GEORGE (Reference 27, p. 47). After GEORGE all but five unlt members 

departed the test area. These five (three were civilians) were evidently stationed at Enewetak and did not depart there until sometime between 3 and9 June 

1951 (Reference 200). Maximum strength of 'I'D 3.4.2.1 was 98, of whom only 23 

were badged (Reference 18, p. 2; Reference 44). All but one exposure from mlssion work (badge readings) were less than1 R. One person who was badged on 29 

May received 2.5 R that day (Reference 59). Thls 29 May badge reading could 

include a fallout contribution. The only men In this task detachment subjected 

to fallout were the crews and support personnel of the two 8-50Ds that were 

moved to Enewetak for DOG, EASY, and GEORGE and the flve persons who were stationed on Enewetak until early June. 

TaskUnlt 3.4.3 (Communlcatlons) 

This unit was made up of personnel from the 1810th Alrways and AirCommunlcations service (AACS) Group. the 1909th AACS Squadron, and the 1960th AACS 

Squadron. The task unit was organized In September 1950 at Kwajalein (Reference 

63, p. 10) to operate communications facllitles and networks for alrcraft. 

weather, and point-to-point communications. They also operated homing beacons 

and ground-controlled approach (GCA) equipment at Enewetak. This task unit had 

a detachment on Kwajalein of unknown strength (Reference 7, p. 6). TU 3.4.3 

totalled 139 men at peak strength: none was ever badged (Reference 18, p. 3; 

Reference 59). On 26 May 1951, 135 persons in this task unit remained in the 

test &rea, some possibly st111 on Kwajaleln (Reference 19, p. 2). Fifty-one 

left between 27 May and 2 June and fifty-one more left between 10 and 16 June. 

219 
TaskUnlt 3.4.4 (WeatherReconnalssance) 

This unit was made upofpersonnelfromthe57thStrategicReconnaissance 

Squadron who flew the WB-29s thatsupportedweatherreconnaissance,cloud 

tracking,andcloudsampling. TU 3.4.4 also operated a personneldecontaminat i o nf a c i l i t yf o r TG 3.4 personnelonKwajalein. At peak s t r e n g t ht h i su n i t 

had323 persons,162of whom wereissuedone or more filmbadges.This task 

unit was stationed onKwajaleinfortheduration of GREENHOUSE. Personnel of 

t h eu n i t who didnotleaveKwajaleinshouldhavehadnofalloutcontribution 

i n c l u d e di n total GREENHOUSE exposure.Twenty men in TU 3.4.4hadbadgereadi n g se x c e e d i n g 3 R, some as high as 7 R. All 20 were badged mor? thanonce. 

All were badgedon 26 May and all received most of theirexposure(ranging 

from 2 to over 5 R) on t h a td a t e( R e f e r e n c e5 9 ) .S i n c e ITEM was detonatedon 

25 May a n dp e r s o n n e li nt h i st a s ku n i tf l e wc l o u d - t r a c k i n ga n d- s a m p l i n g miss i o n sl a s t i n gf r o m 6 to 12hours, most o ft h er a d i a t i o np r o b a b l y was received 

onshotday(25 May) ; thebadges were t u r n e di nf o rp r o c e s s i n gt h ef o l l o w i n g 

day. 

Six men i nt h i su n i t were stationedonEnewetak.Threenoncommissioned 

officers were placedontemporaryduty at JTF 3 WeatherCentralonEnewetakon 

15 March 1951 (Reference 21, p. 31), and t h r e eo f f i c e r s were placedon tempor a r yd u t y to TG 3.4 t h ef i r s t week ofApril(Reference24,p.2).Thesesix 

wouldhavebeenexposed to f a l l o u tr a d i o a c t i v i t y as long as theyremainedon 

Enewetak. 

Apparently all TU 3.4.4 p e r s o n n e l e f t h e test area by 2 June1951as 

f o r e c a s td e p a r t u r e sa f t e r 2 June1951didnotincludeanypersonnelfromthis 

task unit(Reference200). 

TaskUnlt 3.4.5 (Weather) 

The m i s s i o no ft h ew e a t h e ru n i t was to o p e r a t et h e JTF 3 WeatherCentral 

and to operate remote weatherstationsontheislandsof Kusaie, Nauru,Bikati, 

and Majuro. Thisunitcontainedpersonnelfrom a variety of U.S.-based units 

(see Table 24). However, t h em a j o r i t y were from the2060th Mobile Weather 

Squadron,Tinker AFB, Oklahoma. Personnelfromthefoodserviceand AACS units 

provided food service andcommunicationsupport to the remote weather sites. 

Thc: s t r e n g t ho f TU 3.4.5averaged105 Air ForcepersonnelinApriland May 

1951.Twelve Navy personnelfrom TG 3.3andthree Air Force personnel from TU 

3.4.4 were alsoattached to TU 3.4.5 €or duty at JTF 3 WeatherCentral(Reference65, p. 1). Seventy TU 3.4.5 men werelocatedonthefour remote weather 

i s l a n d s ,w h i c hh a dn os i g n i f i c a n tf a l l o u td u r i n g GREENHOUSE (Reference64, p. 

12).Threefromthis task unitpreparedradexplotsonKwajalein for TU 3.4.4 

a i r c r e w s ,a g a i ni na n area whereno falloutoccurred(Reference64, App. 14). 

Theremainderof TU 3.4.5,about 32 Air Forcepersonnel, was locatedon Enewetak Island:these men wereexposed to GREENHOUSE fallout. 

Task Unlt 3.4.6 (Llalson) 

TU 3.4.6 personnel were from the4910th Air Base Group a tK i r t l a n d AFB, 

New Mexico, t h e4 t hL i a i s o nF l i g h ta n d5 t hH e l i c o p t e rF l i g h t at Pope AFS, 

NorthCarolina.Veryfew were sent by the4910thAir Base Group at Kirtland 

AFB:TU 3.4.6 was made upalmostentirelyofpersonnelfromPope AFB. Duties 

220 
of this task unlt included air transport of personnel to the various Islands 

at Enewetak Atoll, close-In air search and rescue (SAR), aerial insecticide 

spraying. and participation in atmospheric conductivity tests for Program 7 

using 22 light planes and 4 hellcopters. Of the 107 persons In this unit at 

peak strength, only8 had one or more badges during the period of testing. Only 

one man. an 1,-13 pllot. received more than 1 R. He accummulated 3.16 R, most 

of which was received on 25 and 27 May 1951, just after shot ITEM (Re€erence 

59). No one else ln thls task unlt was badged during or after ITEM. Everyone 

in this task unit was stationed on Enewetak Island and thus exposed to GREENHOUSE fallout radioactivity. On 12 May, 35 men from TU 3.4.6 returned to Pope 

Ak?3 (Reference 26, p. 30). By 26 May 1951 (1 day a€ter LTEM), the strength of 

this task unlt was down to 73 personnel (Reference 19, p. 3). By 2 June 55 pecsons were left and by 9 June only 21 remalned (Reference 200, pp. 1 through 3). 

Task Unlt 3.4.7 (Rescue) 

Thls unlt was made up of personnel from two U.S.-based units: the 4th Air 

Rescue Squadron, whlch provided two R-17s modifled for SAR and 27 men, and the 

5th A4 r Rescue Squadron. whlch provlded two SA-16 alccraft and 25 men, and at 

least 1 individual from the 11th Alr Rescue Squadron, Hlckam Am. Hawaii. By 

18 March 1951 all 52 personnel were present in the test area (Reference 27, p. 

73). The rnlssion of TU 3.4.7 during GREENHOUSE was to provlde SAR coverage 

within 300 nml (556 km) of Enewetak (Reference 7, p. 8). Initially, TU 3.4.7 

was based entirely on Kwajalein; however, in March 1951 an SA-16 and a R-17 

were placed on Enewetak for better SAR response. Crews and alrcraEt were to 

rotate every 15 days. Durjng rehearsals and on shot days, two SA-16s and one 

B-17 were posltloned at Enewetak (Reference 27, p. 74). Both B-17s (one from 

Enewetak and one from Kwajaleln) were alrborne for a1 1 four shots whl le both 

SA-16s were on ground alert at Enewetak (Reference 20, p. 1). The 20 malntenance and administrative personnel In this task unlt remalned on Kwajalein for 

the duration OF the test series (Reference 27, p. 75; Reference 201, p. 1: 

Reference 202, p. R13). The four 8-man aircrews alternately. stood alert on 

Enewetak. At times two crews were on Enewetak and at Other times three. For 

example, the following schedule was maintained between shots Doc; and EASY 

(RePerence 203, p. 31; Reference 201, p. 2): 

7 - 9 April Both SA-16s and one 8-17 on Enewetak 

10 April SA-16 #9091departed for Ywajaleln 

10 April SB-17 crewstradedlocations 

16 April SA-16 #9091returned to Enewetak 

16 AprilRehearsal for EASY shot 

17 - 22 April Both SA-16s and one 8-17 on Enewetak. 

Twenty-six of the fifty-two men In this task unit were badged at least once 

during GREF:NHOUSE (Reference 60, p. 841), and all twenty-six received less 

than 1 R (Reference 59). The 32 crewmembers who flew the two SA-16s and the 

two €3-17s. however, spent roughly 65 percent oE their tlme on Enewetak and 

thus were subjected to DOG, EASY, ana LTUM fallout (Reference 201, p. 2). On 

26 May, 41 men from TU 3.4.7 were st111 in the test area. Slnce the two SA-16 

aircraft at Enewetak were on alert for ITEM shot through 1800, 25 May (local 

221 
time), they probably did not return to Kwajalein until the next day. The R-17 

that flew from Enewetak during shot ITEM on 25 May may have returned to Enewetak OK may have returned to Kwajaleln after its orbiting mlssion. In any event, 

It is probable that by the evening of 26 May all remaining rescue unit personnel were back on Kwajalein, where they remained until they left the test area. 

Only one person in TU 3.4.7 is shown in film-badge records as being badged 

on or after 25 May. He was Issued one badge on 9 ~pril (0.180 R) and a second 

on 26 May (0.360 R) (Reference 59). Not listed on 25 and 26 May are the crewmembers of the SA-16s and B-17s. In fact, only 12 TU 3.4.7 personnel who were 

not €3-17 crewmembers were badged during GREENHOUSE, and 10 of these had only 

one badge; Issued on 9 April 1951 (Reference 60, p. 841). This seems to indicate that SA-16 crewmembers were not badged, except possibly for shotDOG. 

Task Unlt 3.4.8 (Documentary Photo) 

This unit contained personnel from the U.S. Air Force Lookout Mountain 

Laboratory at Los Angeles. California. Its mlsslon was documentary motion picture and still photographic coverage of the series (Reference 7, p. 8). At peak 

strength TU 3.4.8 had 30 men in the test area (Reference 20, p. 69). All 30 

were billeted on Enewetak Island; however, four unit writers and animators 

commuted daily to Parry Island where a trailer had been set up. Cameras were 

Installed in several different locations: emplaced on the water towers on Parry 

and Enewetak islands, on the Island of Ananlj. and onboard a C-47 aircraEt 

(Reference 204, pp. 2 and 3). Personnel from the unlt also accompanled experimenters to islands near the surface zeroes to photograph experiment recovery 

operations (Reference 205, p. 3.23). For GEORGE, cameras were mounted in a 

manned R-17 drone aircraft (Reference 26, p. 34). Much of the documentary photography was done before the f l rst shot (DOG), and the unit strength was down 

to 26 by 8 April. By 23 April strength was down to 23where it remalned through 

GEORGE on 9 May 1951. By ITEM on 25 May, however, task unit strength had declined to one officer, two enlisted men, and eight civlllans (Reference 18, p. 

3; Reference 19, p. 2) who departed by 2 June 1951 (Reference 200, p. 2). 

On 8 April a photo crew went ashore on Runlt Island 6 hours after DOG was 

detonated there to photograph a radiation survey crew (Reference 206, p. 32). 

Film-badge KeCOKdS Indicate that three persons from TU 3.4.8 were badged on 

8 April and that their exposures were less than 0.5 R (Reference 59). On EASY 

D-day, a camera crew went to Enjebi wl th blomedlcal personnel from Program 2 

to film the removal of experimental animals. After 6 hours thelr jeep was too 

radioactive to use and it was left on the Island (Reference 203, p. 33). Only 

one person from TU 3.4.8 was badged during this time period; his badge read 

less than 0.5 R. He wore a total of seven badges during GREENHOUSE and accumulated a total exposure of 1.745 R. His largest slngle exposure, 0.87 R, was 

received on 3 May (Reference 59). No other personnel were badged in thls task 

unit, 

OTHER AIR FORCE 

No task unit asslgnment is known for 41Air Force personnel who were badged 

one or more times because their 5x8 exposure catds do not show thls information. Three people In this group recorded more than 1 R on the1 r badges. One 

222 
had three badges and recorded 2.2 R on 27 May: one of his other badges read 

0.159 R. One had two badges and recorded almost all of his exposure on27 May 

as well. The other badged person had only one badge, whlch showed an exposure 

of 3.15 R for 29 May 1951 (Reference 59). Table 23 presents exposure Information for all Air Force personnel. 

223 
CHAPTER 8 

U.S. MARINE CORPS PARTICIPATION IN GREENHOUSE 

Participation of U.S. Marjne Corps personnel in GREENHOUSE primarily involved security. Marine Corps units were assigned to both the flagship 

Curtiss (AV-41, and U.S. Naval Operating Base Kwajalein. Several OP the Marine 

Corps members present at Enewetak were badged during GREENHOUSE. 

Exposure data are avai lable for the detachment on board the flagship but 

none, as expected, are available for the unit at Kwajaleln Atoll. Marines at 

Kwajalein are assumed to have been unbadged. Radioactive fa1 lout was not received at Kwajalein. Table 25 provides exposure data for U.S. Marine Corps 

personnel . 

T a b l e2 5 . GREENHOUSE personnelexposures,U.S.MarlneCorpsorganlzatlons. 

ExposureRanges (R) 

Hlgh Over 

O r g a n 1z a t l o nI nU n l t 

No. of 

sons Persons

No. of 

Per 

Badged 0 0-0.5 0.5-1 1 (R) 

-USS 68(AV-4) .Curtlss 51 3 1 0.670 

Unlt Task 1 1 1 0.670 

Unlt Task 2 2 2 3.805 

71 Total 1 8 3 2 2 3.805 

TASK U N I l3 . 3 . 1 -- m C U R T I S S( A V - 4 ) 

Sixty-eight Marine officers and enlisted men were assigned to the Marlne 

detachment aboard Curtlss, flagship of Task Group (TG) 3.3. The ship transported device elements from the United States to the operational area of 

Enewetak Atoll. Security for weapon elements was an important responsibility 

of the Marine detachment and was headed by a Marine Security Officer (Reference 207). Forty Marines aboard Curtiss werx? given security clearances while 

at Enewetak Atoll (Reference 208). Their clearances allowed these personnel 

access to restricted or exclusion areas on the atoll (Reference 16, E). Six 

other Marines were also given such clearances: however, their task units and 

assignments have not been Identifled (Reference 208). Five Curtiss Marines 

were badged. Three had zero exposures. one had 0.670 R. and the fifth had 

0.050 R. A Marine officer from Curtlss was badged with TU 3.1.5: his exposure 

Is discussed below. Other functions of the Marlne detachment aboard Curtiss 

Included orderly and housekeeplng details (Reference 207). Chapter 6 contains 

further information about Curtiss' functions. 

224 
T A S KU N I T 3.1.2 -- B I O M E D I C A LP R O G R A M 

One Marine Corps enlisted man participated in the Riomedlcal Program under 

TG 3.1 (Scientific) (Reference 98). His activity with this program has not 

been identlfled, but he was badged between 23 April and May 10; his exposure 

recorded by the badges was 0.670 R (Reference 59). See Chapter 4 for information on the Biomedical Program andlts activities. 

TASK UNIT 3.1.5 -- RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY PROGRAM 

One Marine Corps officer from Curtlss participated in this program. He was 

badged from 9 Aprll until 9 May; his badge read 3.805 R. Another Marine Corps 

officer from Los Alarms Scientific Laboratory (LASL) was involved In the Task 

Unit (TU) 3.1.5 Radiological Safety Program under TG 3.1. He was badqed from 8 

April to 10 May; his badge read 3.043 R (References 59 and209). 

KWAJALE IN ATOLL 

U.S. Naval Operating Rase Kwajalein was the duty station of 61 Marine 

Corps officers and enlisted men. Their speclflc duties are unknown; however, 

thelr mission Is assumed to have been security. There is no record of this 

group being badged. 

J O I N T A S KF O R C E 3 -- I N T E L L I G E N C EA N DS E C U R I T Y 

A Marine Ccrps major in 5-2 (Intelligence Division) of JTF 3 was head of 

the Photographic, Information and Control Division for Operatlon GREENHOUSE 

(Reference 210). He does not appear to have been bodged. 

O B S E R V E R SA TE N E W E l A KA T O L L 

Two llsts name three Marine Corps officers on flights that took them to 

Enewetak to observe shot GEORGE (Reference 210). Two officers, a lieutenant 

colonel and a brigadier general, were I lsted under Navy observers. One officer. a colonel, was llsted under Secretary of Defense observers. A fourth 

observer for shot GEORGE, a lieutenant colonel from Headquarters, U.S. Marine 

COCPS. has been identlFled. None of these observers appearto have been badged. 

225 
CHAPTER 9 

J O I N TD E F E N S E ,A T O M I CE N E R G YC O M M I S S I O N ,O T H E RG O V E R N M E N T 

A G E N C I E SA N DC O N T R A C T O RP A R T I C I P A T I O N IN GREENHOUSE 

The following groups participated in various ways In GREENHOUSE. Personnel 

exposures from film badgesfor this group are summed In Table 26. 

JOINT DEPARTMENT OF D E F E N S EA G E N C I E S 

Armed Forces Instituteof Patholoqy, Washington, D.C. FOUK persons participated 

at GREENHOUSE from this institute In Project 2.2. They were also Involved 

in studies of dogs at GREENHOUSE. One person was an observer and was badged 

along with two others. The observer was a Navy captain. The other two were 

an Air Force colonel and an Army major. 

Armed Forces Special Weapons -Project. Armed Forces Special Weapon Project 

(AFSWP) was a joint defense organization consist lng of civilian and mllltary personnel. At GREENHOUSE its primary function was the sponsorship of 

Program 3. Structures. Civlllan and mllitary structures were built on the 

test islands to test nuclear blast effects. (Chapter 4 contains a detailed 

description of Program 3.) Two AFSWP personnel were involved In this program, a military officer and a badged clvllianwho was the program leader. 

Four officers. two Army, one Navy, and one Air Force. from AFSWP were assigned to the Radsafe Unit, Task Unit (TU) 3.1.5. Two were badged. One of 

the Army officers had a readingof over 4 R (References 152 and 153). 

A T O M I CE N E R G YC O M M I S S I O N 

The Atomic Energy Commission (AEC), an executive agency established by the 

Atomic Energy Act of 1946, was charged with the developmentof nuclear weapons. 

Several military personnel in this agency participatedat GREENHOUSE in various 

experiments. 

One representative from headquarters, seven civilians from the Finance, 

Intelligence. and Production offices, three from the Division of MIl.itary 

Applications (DMA), and sixteen from the Santa Fe Operations Office (SFOO) 

were noted as VIP visitors. Universities and corporations opetated laboratories 

under AEC contract and these contributed to GREENHOUSE. Sixteen personnelwere 

listed as AEC with a laboratory notation. Whether theywere part of the AEC or 

employees of the laboratory they represented is unclear. Ten AEC were badged. 

AEC laboratories represented follow. 

Arqonne National Laboratory, Chicaqo, Illinois. One badged civilian worked in 

Project 1.10. 

Brookhaven National Laboratory. This AEC laboratory sent one civilian to participate in the Biomedical Program (Program2). He was not badged. 

226 
c -

" 

ma .. VIOOVIOO 

N9-OOCI)

mm-rmm ...... mooul 

ONOmea- .... -000 OVIO NrUt- --VI0 0Utv)lU ODVIUtO . . . . . . . oooVIomo ~UIUtrOODVI aUIO'IN9mS

....... I Od -0I'NOFI oomr rOr00~~rr0000~OrN 

c 

0 

c 0 

r OD r 

v) 

In 

I 

VI 

VI 

I r VI r r 

d 

* 

2, 

Ol I 

(1 

9 r rb 

L 

al 

c m I 

W 

u - VI 

N 

d r r a 

c 

E 

4 

U 

VI 

C 

al 

m 

c 

C 

VI 

N 

I 

N 

VI- r -m r 

0 

0 

L

- N 

I 

VI r mr r N r rdr r r VI 

0, 

m r 

C 

m 

CT VI 

al r 

I 

NVI @ mr 7 Nrn r rd 

L r 

3 

YI 

0 r 

n I X VI rr VI NOD b d r-a* rrrrr c w 0 r m 

VI 

0 

I 

r 

0 Nr "0 m 00 

mr rNb m r N9Nr 

rP 

9 

0 

0 

0 

0 m 0 brn N N r9u r 9 VI- r 

I4 

1L 

Inoc 

m 

r i o ooal mm * L U ow4 

mm rNPr - rmrrror-Pr"rrl"rP 00 r 

N 

no zom 

xv 

9, 

U I-c 

2 4

L 

b9 NNmr m e-ruero 

r * WrrrrNVIrrrn N 

c -

0 -

mc 

Lal

at€ Y 

h 

m 

0 

nc L 

wal

v)>

30 

om 

h 

L 

0 

Y h

mL %LO 

n 

4 

-1 

c 

0 

c m 

r 

0 

C 

r L U 

ala 

rbL 

C 

0 

LOonm CI 

m U>LU CLmU 

al3U.-

mv) c D a m~ 

cal 

0 -

rL 

-0 

4Y 

w 

d 

C 

r 

0 

al 

CI 

c 

c) 

m 

u - al alrmv) 

UY 

um 

CL 

30 

al 

bl 

3 

3 

c 

c 

N 

c c w r c DUO-- an c 

C 

m 

m 

L 

m o

-03m e-w m al cr alI 0 0, ald L €0 3u c c-m- LLL 

moo 

nu u al 

ouu alal +€E 

CLL U 

al3L -aa - 4 3 

a OCTO 

z m v) 

227 
-Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory (LASL),Los Alamos, New Mexico. LASL was operated by the University of California for the AEC and had both university 

employees and military personnel. Nuclear devices for GREENHOUSE were 

developed at LASL. This laboratory also conducted many scientific experiments at Enewetak Island as Task Group (TG) 3.1. Of the 163 personnel found 

on a TG 3.1 roster, there were 16 Navy, 19 Army, 21 Air Force, 1 major from 

"AEC MC," and 106 civilians. Of these 136 were badged: 14 Navy, 17 Army, 

17 AI r Force, and 84 civilians. One major in TG 3.1 cannot be identlfled 

by service. 

Oak Ridqe National Laboratory (ORNL), Oak Ridqe. Tennessee. ORNL was operated 

by Union Carbide for the AEC. had two civilians in Operation GREEN!iOUSE in 

Program 3 (structures) and Program 2 biological dosimetry experiments lnvolving tests of cataracts and Tradescantia. Both were badged.

Sandia Corporation. Albuquerque, New Mexico. Sandia was another AEC laboratory 

operated under contract by the Sandia Corporation, a nonprofit subsidiary 

of Western Electric Company. A rosterof TG 3.1 personnel from Sandia shows 

78 participants at GREENHOUSE. This Included 11 Navy, 6 Army, 10 Air Force, 

and 51 civilians. Forty--six personnel were badged: five Army, ten Navy. 

nine Air Force, and twenty-two civilians. 

University of California Radiation Laboratory, Berkeley, California. This AEC 

laboratory was represented by 47 personnel: 42 civilians, 1 Army. 1 Air 

Force. and 3 Navy. They participated in Project 1.8 and Project 1.12. 

Thirty-three civilians, one Army, and three Navy personnel were badged. 

OTHERGOVERNMENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Central Intelliqence Aqency (CIA). Washinqton, D.C. One person. a military 

officer was on the official observer list. A second person, an Army lieutenant colonel from CIA, was on a TG 3.1 roster and was badged. 

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (USC&GS). The roster for TG 3.1 shows two persons from this agency, a civilian and a Navy lieutenant commander. Both 

were badgedwiththisorganizationalaffiliation. USCM;S took partin 

Project 7.7 under Hq. U.S. Air Force. 

N_ational Bureau of Standards (NBS). The Radiation Physics Laboratory of NBS was 

involved in Project 1.2 at GREENHOUSE. Seventeen of the thirty-three NRS 

civilians on the TG 3.1 roster were badged. 

National Security Resources Board. This organization took part In the test of 

windows for Program 3. Numbers of personnel are not available. 

Public Buildinq Service of the General Services Administration. This organization took part in the test of windows for Program 3 during the nuclear 

blasts. No individuals are identified. 

U.S. Public Health Service (USPHS). A badged USPHS officer served in TU 3.1.5. 

the Radsafe Unit. 

228 
I_ Public """ Works Division. During the construction phase at Enewetak Island, this 

group cooperated with Holmes & Narver, Inc., in building the structures 

necessary for Operation GREENHOUSE. No individuals are identified. 

CONTRACTORS AND OTHERS 

Andrew - "" -ration-. Two civilians from this company participated in Project 1.8 

and Project 3.1.1. Neither was badged. 

Amman and Whitney, Consulting Engineers of New Ye. One badged civilian from """"_ this firm was involved in construction of the Army structures. 

"" Applied Physics Laboratory, John Hopkins University, Silver Spring, Maryland. 

One civilian participated in Project 1.6.1.2. He was not badged. 

"-" "" 

Armour Research Foundation, Illinois Institute of Technology, Technical Center, 

$h-icago,llinois. Program 3 had 11 civilian personnel from this institute 

in the experiment on Blast Loading and Structural Response. Nine were 

badged . 

"""- - 

Bendix-Friez Corpration. 

""""" v- One badged civilian was involved in Project 4.2. 

" Carnese Institute. One Navy man, an observer, represented this institute at 

GREENHOUSE. He was badged as a member of Project 4.6 (Atmospheric Conductivity Test) . 

"" Chicauiversity of, Chicago, Illinois. One source cites involvement of this 

university under the Miscellaneous Studies of 'Dosimeters (Reference 149) 

It is not known how many personnel were involved. None was.badged. 

"" 

Edgerton, germeshausen & Grier (EG&G), Boston, Massachusetts. According to the 

TG 3.1 roster, 30 civilians, 2 Army, and 8 Air Force personnel were affiliated with EG&G. Twenty-three civilians, two Army, and five Air Force 

personnel were badged. This organization took part in various projects: 

1.6.3.4, 1.9, 1.9.2, 1.11 and 4.1. See Chapter 4 for further details on 

these undertakings. 

Holmes & Narver, Inc. (H&N) , Los Angeles, California. This architect and engineering firm designed and constructed the scientific and support facilities 

at Enewetak Atoll under AEC contract. 

.""" """"" "- 

" Howard T. Fisher & Associates, Inc., Chicago, 1J"inois. This corporation was 

involved in the Air Force Structures project. Numbers of participants are 

___""" 

unknown. 

Kollsman """""" Instrument Corporation. "" This.company is mentioned in its role of maintaining instruments for Project 4, Cloud Physics. Numbers of participants 

are unknown. 

22 9 
Massachusetts Institute of Technolow WIT), Cambridcre, Massachusetts. MIT took 

part in the Army Structures and Blast Studies on Alrcraft under Program 3. 

Seven of theeight identified men were badged. 

Melpar, Inc. One badged employee of this company took part in Project 6.3 (Combat Vehicle Exposure). 

Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois. The Blomedical Program had one 

civilian from this university. He does not appear to have been badged. 

Ohio State University. Department of Physics, Columbus, Ohio. A member of the 

departmentparticipated in Project 6.3. He was badged. but with no 

exposure. 

Princeton University. Princeton. New Jersey. One civilian from this university 

was badged. He took part in Project 3.4 in theStructures Program. 

Robertson Construction Company. This company erected vacuum pipes for Project 

1.8. 

Stanford University, Palo Alto, California. One civilian from Stanford took 

part in Project 3.4. He was badged with a reading of 0.550 R. 

Tracertab, Boston, Massachusetts. Two civilians Working in Project 6.1 appear 

on the TG 3.1 roster. One was badged. 

University of California, Los Ancreles. The TG 3.1 roster shows 23 civilians 

and 2 Air Force personnel participating In Program 4, Cloud Studies. Seventeen civilians were badged. 

University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. One badged civilian was lnvolved in 

the structures program. 

University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. One civilian represented this university 

in the Radsafe Unit.He was badged. 

University of Rochester, New York. The thermal radiation injury project under 

the Biomedical Program lnvolved nine personnel. The TG 3.1 roster shows 

six civi lians,two Navy officers. and one AI r Force officer assigned to TU 

3.1.2. Of this group, five civilians, one Navy and the Air Force major 

were badged. 

I N C O M P L E T E L YI D E N T I F I E D 

Berkeley, California. One badged civilian is listed under this heading. He participated in Project 4.5 and probably was affiliated with the University 

of California. 

Bloominqton, Indiana. One clvilian was badged under this heading. He partlcipated in Project 1.1. He was probably affiliated with the University of 

Indiana. 

230 
H&H Site. Two civilians were badged in TG 3.4 with this designation. 

Medical Center, Los Anqeles, California. One civilian from this organization 

is listed in theTG 3.1 roster. He was not badged. 

231 
CHAPTER 10 

PERSONNELEXPOSURES 

Exposure to ionizing radiation during atmospheric nuclear testing was the 

sum of exposures resulting from activities that required personnel to undertake 

missions in radioactive areas or to deal with radioactive materials. and of 

exposures resulting from increased background radiation In normaily nonradioactive areas that might be caused, for example, by fallout.All nuclear testing 

had some exposures of the first type, but GREENHOUSE also had fa1 lout exposures. Three shots of the series deposited radioactive fallout over the base 

islands at Enewetak andsix nearby ships, exposing personnel to radiation. 

FALLOUTCONTRIBUTION TO EXPOSURES 

The device normally used to record individual exposures, the film badge, 

was almost exclusively usedfor personnel involved in mlssions that had radiation exposure potential. Only a portion of the personnel in areas where exposure was not expected were badged. Radiation from the unexpected fallout. 

therefore. was unrecorded for the large majority of GREENHOUSE participants. 

Fallout radiation. however, was recorded by instruments used to monitor background radiation, on film badges staked outside of buildings on Parry Island, 

as well as by sample badges issuedto selected personnel working in the areas 

affected by fallout. 

These basic background measurements and sample badges were used by radsafe 

personnel at the timeof GREENHOUSE to estimate the maximum possible exposures 

resulting from fallout. Estimates were made for personnel staying on the base 

Islands -- Enewetak, Parry, and Japtan -- as well as the ships. An estimated 

maximum possible exposure for the week following shot DOG for Parry Island is 

shown in Figure 29. Chapter 3 also discusses methods used by Task Unit (TU) 

3.1.5 to checkits validity and applicability to other sites.

TU 3.1.5 continued monitoring the background and Figure 52 shows the result 

for Parry Island for the periodof 8 April through 14 May, when residual radiat ion of the fallout from shotsDOG and EASY had decayed so that it no longer 

measurably contributed to the personnel exposures. Figure 53 shows TU 3.1.5 

estimates of the maximum possible exposure resulting from shot ITEM fallout 

from 25 May through the end of the month when significant rainfall effectively 

decontaminated the islands and ended the exposure buildup. 

A 1981 analysis of the measurements (Reference211) produced data for each 

Island and matrix presentations of the estimated doses in rem for the whole 

test period (OK any part of it). which are presented in Figures 54, 55, and 56 

for Parry, Enewetak, and Japtan islands. respectively. The values in these 

three flgures have been developed from the integrated Intensity readings (Flgures 29, 52, and 53) by adjusting for body shielding. This results in a dose 

that would have been recorded by a properly worn film badge. The factor used 

to make thls adjustmentIs approximately 0.7. The recent analysis does confirm 

232 
2.ooo 

0.400 L 

0 I I I I I 

12 16 20 24 28 2 6 10 

APRIL 4 * MAY 

Flgure 52. Cumulatlve gamma exposure -- Parry Island, maxlmum posslble 

GREENHOUSE, DOG and EASY (source: Reference 38). 

233 
3.600 

3.200 

2.800 

- 2.400 

-

u 

> 

k

;2.000 

!-

z 

n 

w

2 1.600 

a

E 

If 1.200 

0.800 

0.400 

0 

D 

MAY 

Figure 53. Cumulative gamma exposure -- P a r r yI s l a n d , maximum possible 

GREENHOUSE, ITEM (source:Reference 38). 

234 
............... 

OONNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 

................ 

OCUNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 

m000000&Nmmmm~mW Nawwwww~waawhh?m. dddddddddddddoo 

4NclmmmaOmm 

? ? O.O.?dd.NN 

OOOOOOOOOOdOdd 

HNmmmmWmW 

0. 9 0. 0, 0. + 4 N N 

ooooooooodddd 

~~mmmmwmm 

?OOO.?ddNN .. .... 000000000000 

-~mmmmmmm 

00000+dNN

......... 00000000000 

4Nmmmmmmm 

00000++NN

......... 0000000000 

dNbWNhNh $ 0000d4NN 

7A odddddddd 5 

....... 00000000 

....... 0000000 

ONWOLOOm 

r0044NN 

dddddd 

mww-wd OOhdN

..... 

00000 

WNhNh 00-4

.... 0000 

\ emm+r-wmm~ No.o*4"New4 ..... 0000000-

0 

N 

mmummw rO.+mhm ..... 

00000 

-I 

W 

Ia

0 

W 

a 

3 

Ia 

2 

W 

0 

*o 

3 

0% 

-0 

7 

4W 

&VI 

0 

rs 

ocu 

VI 

Len 

WC 

L -

OL 

&L 

4 A 

E - aaJ 

LC 

-c 0 WVI 

235 
w ~NNWWWWWWWWhWONUWmNLnhm~UWhlnW ~ u u l n ~ ~ l n ~ n l n ~ n l n ~ n l n z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ w ............... ........... oo~mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmuu 2 

-

h NIDUSOv-4 m 

0 -irl*.IV..+ddFlv-4v-4*.I 

I 

dNUWWO 0 ~mdmmw~dmh OO???" ?-I4dNNNNOUlnWU .. ......... . N

0000000000000 d 3000000000 

3NUWC00 m 

N 

U 99999" rl 

OOOOOOOOOOOd d 3000000000

N dNUWWO m orn+mlnw~-mh N oooo*?y r( -43NNNNWUU7yO

......... N / ooooodddooo d 3000000000

'\ 

'\ 0 4NUWW0 m Sm"lnwN-mh *.I -4dNNNNWU 

\N 999991 ....... .e:: 0000000000 d 3000000000 

4NUWa30 m ~m~mtnw~dmh

999991 rl "+NNNNWUyycD r \E 000000000 d jdddddddoo '\ '\ dNUWWO m GmdmulwNdmh ', z ooo*?o~" .. l-l ........ 00000000 0 3000000000 

Vl 10011dWlnWNdOIh 4 ........ 0 0000000000 

m ~rn.+mtnw~3mh u 

I- .-I ..... a d 0000000000 D

W 

mln hm N rnWONUhd0WW a 9 9 4 -4dNNNNWU.ln.W.m 99 ....... 3 0 0 00 d 0000000000 Ia 

"Lnh mwwo~mmwwu a

9 9 99 dd4NNNNW ....... .yew W

0 

n 

0 0 0 0 0 0000000000 

mln m ~~~~OWhWUN WNNWln W d9 9 9 9 ........ .Tu 0 0 0 0 0000000000 

d a mNUWWdlnUN0

OddddNNWmW 

\ 9 ......... .N 

\ 

0 0

N+ 

0 0000000000 

- hONeW~mN~U2 

O.-+"d N W m o 9 9

U 

.m 0 0 dddddddddo 

N

9 ......... .N 

0 0000000000 

NlnhmduwhmC? \ 0000-~~Nu~ls

......... N 0000000000 \ 

000000000 

'\ *drnLnWNdrnh No*9?o*"".y-N. N \\ 00000000 

236 
4oJmdw4hOmmm OO4NNmOmhNe

.......... * - mmmmmmmmmue 

ommmmmmmmemm,-im4a mm4444dd4"dN ............ Y11 ONNNNNNNNNNNNNN 

m0000000dNmwNwm Naamwwwwaawwhhw 

dddddddddddddd 

d~mm~wm 

OOOOd4N 

ooooooddddddd 

4 w m m ~ w m 

00004"N 

oooooddddddd 

dNWCONCOm N

N 0000ddN

ooooddddddd 

0 dNV)WNOOm N 0000d4N

....... 0000000000 

-~mw~mm oqoo.+ycy

oododddoo 

(D dNmmNWm F 000044N 

oddddddd 

~dehdhN 

,000ddN

dddddd 

o~lnrnmo

-9997: 00000 

CONIDNh OOdd

dddd 

(DNWCC) OOd

... 

000 

\ 

W 

z 

w 

L 

Ia 

$ 

W 

n 

mu 

Y 

O -L 

r a

aJa 

C 

CCD 

ON 

237 
that all personnellivingonthesethreeislandsofEnewetak Atoll throughthe 

e n t i r es e r i e sp r o b a b l ye x c e e d e dt h e task force's maximum permissibleexposure 

(MPE) due to thefalloutalone. Any additionalexposuresonmissions wouldadd 

to thisoverexposure. 

About70percentofthe2,952 Navy personnel at GREENHOUSE were badged. 

Among thosebadged were the boat pool personnel, who werexpected to enter 

radioactive areas as theyferriedscientificparties to t h es h o ti s l a n d s . Also 

badgedwerethe air p a t r o ls q u a d r o np e r s o n n e l who couldhaveflowninthevicinityoftheradioactiveclouds, air t r a n s p o r tp e r s o n n e l who f l e wr a d i o a c t i v e 

samples to Hawaii and t h eU n i t e dS t a t e s , Navy l a b o r a t o r yp e r s o n n e la t t a c h e d to 

TG 3.1,and a portionof crews aboard shipslistedin Appendix A. 

A searchof Navy m e d i c a lr e c o r d si n d i c a t e st h a t1 , 6 0 9 doses also were 

assignedimmediatelyfollowingthe tests to nearly all personnel aboard 

"-Curtiss -(AV-4), ES Sproston (DDE-577), USS W&kq- (DDE-517), USS Cabildg (LSD-16) , the boat pool, and ""- USS LST-859 for the period they were not badged.

These doses a c c o u n t e df o rf a l l o u te x p o s u r e . The documentation for thesecalcul a t i o n sh a sn o tb e e nl o c a t e d . However, a 1 9 8 1s c i e n t i f i cr e c o n s t r u c t i o no ft h e 

probable f a l l o u te x p o s u r e s €or t h e s es h i p s is c o n s i s t e n tw i t ht h ea s s i g n e d 

levels(Reference211).AssignmentsforCabildoandthe --." boat pool appear to 

haveconsideredindividualassignment or work area andthe number ofdaysnot 

badgedsincethe same assignment was not made f o ra l l crewmembers ofthese 

units. 

The fallout exposureofpersonnelaboardshipsshould,ofcourse, be considerably lower t h a nt h a t for land-basedpersonnel. Not only were s h i ps t r u c -

tures more e f f e c t i v er a d i a t i o ns h i e l d st h a nt h el i g h t aluminumandcanvas 

s h e l t e r so nt h ei s l a n d s ,b u td e c o n t a m i n a t i o no ft h es h i p sd u r i n ga n da f t e r 

fallout moved r a d i a t i n gp a r t i c l e s from t h es h i p s .U n l e s s particles onthe 

islands were covered,leachedintothe soil, or blown away,theycontinued to 

radiateuntilcompletelydecayed. 

Theassigned fallout exposurescontainedin Navy medicalrecords for personnel who were aboardshipsfortheentire test period are: 

USS Curtiss (AV-4) 1.043 R --I__ 

CTG 3.3 Staff (Curtiss) 1.043 R 

"" 

USS Cabildo (LSD-16 ) 0.7 to 1.100 R 

-.-USS Sproston (DDE-577) 1.0 R 

USS -7"-Walker (DDE-517) 0.433 R 

"" 

USS LST-8 59 0.334 R 

Boat Pool 0.700 - 2.100 R 

M I S S I O NC O N T R I B U T I O N TO EXPOSURES 

Althoughno e x p l i c i ts t a t e m e n to fp o l i c yh a sb e e nl o c a t e d , it appearsthat 

themajorityoffilmbadgeswereissued to personnel to record t h e i re x p o s u r e s 

w h i l eo nt h es h o ti s l a n d s to r e c o v e rd a t a , test animals,andinstrumentation; 

whiledecontaminatingaircraftandremovingradioactive cloud samples; were 

238 
part. of the boat pool: OK flew aircraft during and after each shot. Since 

these personnel were not badged all the time, the exposures recorded by the 

badges should be considered as an increment tobe added to the assessed fallout 

cont ribut ion. 

The exposures as recorded by the badges alone (no fallout assessment) are 

listed in Table 27 and other portions of this report that discuss personnel 

exposures, including the summary table in the Fact Sheet of this report (p. 1 

et seq. . 

239 
C PO m d t 0 d 

D 4 - mo m 07 In In (u Q al ala mm 0 a 0 a QI U x - .. c 4 00 r r 0 - 0 0 C c

c 

m- 00 VI VI 0 0 In VI 

5 om I- 0 - 0 I- r- Y 

-a do d m r- In In VI 

C I- .. 0 mm m m I- VI m m U 4 0 n r I- r- 0 m ? In 01 C I m VI 0 VI 

4.8 

u- VI 0) I m m 0 VI - N 9 r 

d N Q 

h 

r 

d C * I m VI N r- 0 VI P 0 C m r m P c al 

Q c) 

3 4 

L 

m n 

n

al I c 

n VI d 9 0 VI r r- P L 4 V ? N 9 c) 

c N C al > - 0 L 

L U 

aJ 111 

c VI * 

e VI 0, N r 0 0 F 0 VI r- 3 U m I m N 9 0 4 c) N r 

C r 

*

c 

0) 

4 0 N u- VI 

VI L I N Q 0 0 N m 9 a,

al Y VI VI m r c m 

m

L VI r 

r 0 0 m 3 0, D n VI E m 2 C VI r 0 4 0 9 0 d d m 0 U r . Q CY r m 9 r r 0 C - a X I N c u- 0 r al 0 L 

3 * ~m 0 0 0 c VI r C L. 

Q, 0 I m m N VI 9 a N u-m n m m m N 0 N 0 

C O CLVI C 

Y 

X r r * 0 

4 0 O 03 VI C N 

L In m 

0

al V L 0 VI c3 Q I m m r In 0 c m al 4 m r r r I- r 0 N m 0 0 m d c 0 D - n 0 4 CYX 0 r n al In 0 r rO 

al c 

C .r 

d 9 m 9 N N m C CY4 0 m m r- m m 0 > r m ul In 

L re

aJ VI m cz Gal u- CD m m m N r- N 9 or 0001 r 0 m N 0, r m um (0 m N N * VI- * LO mc 0 04 N u- C zam Val 

C v c al 4t- Y al VI m L n C * a 0 alO c I- al O r * L 3 - m e - 4 N u> c C C al -O 4 r 0, 

m n IAL 

L 4 ala 0 * LO VI 3 - C 0 VI VIVI 

0 c r oc c U c no VI C * xu VI al 0, c cn C * 4 c -0 Y VI E m c n & VI al L 0 C al cal al o al 3 mL U V h r -4 L m E 4 c 0 al L v1 > 73 LL C al al L alc h c C > 0 al w 4 > L L w 0 4.4 L L 

m c m m U 3 CO z U r U 4 IA .. VI +c c L L c VI0 m ala v) v) v) 5 c * 

al 4.8

m C * YX 

33 3 4 

Y 0 0 ov I240 
REFERENCES 

An avallability code appears at the end of many reference citations for 

those who wish to read or obtain copies. Availability status was correct at 

the time the reference list was prepared. Many documents Indicated as unavailable will become avallable during the declassiClcation review process. The Department of Energy Coordination and Information Center(DOE CIC) and NTIS will 

be provided future DNA-WT documents bearing an "EX" after the report number. 

Source documents with an availabillty code of DOE CIC may be reviewed at 

the following address: 

Department of Energy 

Coordination and Information Center 

(Operated by Reynolds Electrical & Engineering Co., Inc) 

ATTN: Mr. Richard V. Nutley 

2753 S. Highland 

P.O. Box 14100 

Las Vegas, Nevada 89114 

Telephone: (702) 734-3194: FTS: 598-3194. 

Source documents bearing an NTIS avallabillty code may be purchased at the 

following address: 

National Technical Information Servlce 

(Sales Office) 

5285 Port Royal Road 

Springfield. Vlrginla 22161 

Telephone: (703) 787-4650. 

When ordering by mall or phone, please include both the price code and the 

NTIS number. The price code appears in parentheses before the NTIS order number: e.g., (A07) AD 000 000. 

Additional ordering InFormatIon OK assistance may be obtained by wrlting 

to the NTTS. Attention: Customer Service. or by calling (703) 487-4660. 

Reference citations with no availablllty codes may be available at the 

location cited or in a library. 

241 
1. Provinu Ground 

N.O. Hines 

University of Washington Press 

1962. 

2. "The Debate Over the HydrogenBomb," Scientific American, Vol. 233, No. 4 

H.F. York 

October 1975. 

3. History of Operation GREENHOUSE, 1948-1951, Vol. I*** 

undated UT-47 

4. Annex 9.5, Base Facilities*** 

P.W. Spaln 

Santa Fe Operations Office, AEC 

September 1951 UT-38 

5. HiStOW Of Operation GREENHOUSE,1948 -- 1951, Vol. II*** 

undated WT-48 

6. Comparison of Military Requirements for Personnel, Ships, Small Craft 

and Aircraft in Joint Task Force Atomic Test Operations,JTF 132*** 

Hq. JTP 132. 5-3 Division 

7 January 1952. 

7. Headuuarters. TG 3.4 Operations Plan 1-50*** 

5-175. 1950 29 August 

8. Roster of Task Group 3.1*** 

-76-0081 1951 2 February 

9. Headuuarters, TG 3.4 Command Summary*** 

4-65-171 1951 9 February 

10. Operation GREENHOUSE, Evaluation of Prouram 2 (extract version) 

University of Chicago, Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

December 1951 

NTIS028* AD A995 WT-21 EX 

11. Scientific Ditectors Report, Annex 2.1. Japtan Island Development and 

Animal Production, Operation GREENHOUSE*** 

undated WT-2 

12. Draft Summary Report. Commander TG 3.1*** 

undated . 

*Available from NTIS: order number appearsbefore the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

242 
13. 

14. 

1951 

15. 

1951 

16. 

374-56-14, 

17. 

18. 

161, 1951 April

19. 

374-64-161,1951 

20. 

21. 

1951 April 

22. 

51 May 

23. 

24. 

180, 1951 April

Scientific Director's Report. Annex 4.6. Atmospheric Conductivity, Operation GREENHOUSE*** 

undated 'UT-71 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.12. Lonq Distance Measurement of 

Enerqy Yield of an Atomic ExplOSiOn, Operation GREENHOUSE*** 

J . Hudgins 

UCRL 

October 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 9.1, Staff Reports and Annex 9.4, 

Documentary Photoqraphv*** 

December 'UT-98 

Report of Participationin Operation GREENHOUSE, Annexes AS*** 

Commander Task Group 3.3 

undated 803 

CTG 3.3 History (1 April 1951-26 May 1951)*** 

D.E. Bergin 374-63-115 

Headquarters, TG 3.4 Periodic Personnel Report #4 to CJTF 3*** 

13 

Headquarters, TG 3.4 Periodic Personnel Rewrt #10 to CJTF 3*** 

27 May 319.1 

Final Report Task Group 3.4, May 1950 -- May 1951*** 

Robert M. Lee, Maj. Gen. 

undated 

History of Air Task Unit 3.4.4 for the period of 1 February throuuh 

31 March 1951*** 

Claudlus B. Hodges 

2 374-65-180, 314.7 

A History of Air Task unit 3.4.4, 10 May throuqh 25 May 1951*** 

Claudlus B. Hodges 

25 374-65-180, 314.7 

A History of Air Task Unit 3.4.4, 1-8 April 1951*** 

Claudlus B. Hodges 

undated 374-65-180, 314.7 

A History of Air Task Unit 3.4.4, 9-21 April 1951*** 

Claudius B. Hodges 

21 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

243 
25. A History of Air Task Unit 3.4.4, 21 April -- 9 May 1951*** 

Claudius B. Hodges 

1951 9 May 374-65-180, 314.7 

26. History of Air Task Group 3.4, 25 April -- 12 May 1951*** 

John C. Hatlem, Lt. Col. USAF 

y 15 

27. HistorY of Air Task Group 3.4, 1 February -- 31 March 1951*** 

John C. Hatlem, Lt. Col USAF 

ril 3 

28. History, Air Task Liaison Unit, 1 February -- 31 March 1951*** 

Robert L. Fair, 1st Lt. USAF 

undated 374-65-184 

29. Field Order Number 2 (Revised),Annexes A-F*** 

Joint Task Force Three 

-65-166 1950 1 December 

30. Letter, Serial No. AG 800.1E. to Commanding General, Air Proving Ground, 

Eglin Air Force Base, Florida from John K. Gerhart, subject: Radiological Safety Planning Information*** 

1950 April 7 374-56-29, File 702 

31. Letter, Serial No. AG 702, to Chief of Naval Operations (Op-36'2) from 

Brig. Gen. John K. Gerhart, USAF. subject: Radiological Safety Planning 

Information*** 

374-56-29, Pile 195010 April 702 

32. OP Plan 1-51. Annexes A-F*** 

Joint Task Force 3, Hq Task Unit 3.1.5, Task Group 3.1 

1951 Feb. 21 374-56-29, RD 702 

33. OP Plan 1-50, Annex G, includlns Appendix I*** 

Hq Task Group 3.2. Joint Task Force 3 

374-65-Box 1950 28 November 169

34. Resume of Trip to Enewetak from Col. James P. Cooney to Dr. Alvin C. 

Graves, Including encl. 2*** 

File 1949 374-56-29, 4 March 702 

35. Memorandum for Record, Serial AG, Subject: Conference. 17 May 1950*** 

Paul T. Preuss 

950 May 18 374-56-1, 522 RD

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Avai lableat DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

244 
36. Summary, J-Division Progress Report,25 September-25 October 1950*** 

H.K. Stephenson 374-56-7, RD 639 

37. Enclosure 3 to Commander Task Group 3.3 from Master, USNS Sat. Charles 

E. Mower, Serial No. A9 140, Subject: Operational Training and Equipment 

Report*** 

27 May 1951. 

38. Radioloqlcal Safety, TU 3.1.5 

Sc1,entiflc Director's Report, Annex 9.3 

v.e. cooney 

July 

NTIS AD A080 271* 

39. Final Report, Operation GREENHOUSE, Part II*** 

TG 3.2, Joint Task Force Three, 7126 AU. 

40. Report I, Efficiency of Radiac Equipment and Training, Enclosure 1 to 

letter from Commanding Officer VP-931 (TU 3.3.3) to CTG 3.3. Subject: 

Radsafe Reports*** 

Serial A9-81,195125 May No. 270

41. Enclosure 1 from Commanding Officer Task Unit 3.3.4 to Commander Task 

Group 3.3, subject: Operation GREENHOUSE, final report of*** 

Serial 1951 24 May No. 019 

42. Letter. Serial AN4/P22 Serial No. 050, to Commander Task Group 3.3 from 

Commanding Officer =Curtiss, Subject: Operational Training and Equipment Report, enclosure 3*** 

26 May 1951 

43. Letter, FF 3/3.3P22 Serial No.020, to Task Group 3.3 from CTG 3.3, subject: Informatlon on Radsafe Tralnlng and Organization, inclosure 1*** 

8 March 1951. 

44. Lt. Col. Emory W. Cofield, USAF, to all activities of Joint Task Force 

Three, subject: Radiological Physical Examinations*** 

31 March 1950. 

45. Tab P to Summary 24, Serial BuMed 74-005002, 10 April 1950 from C.F. 

Behrens. Chief, Navy BuMed and Surgery, to CINCPACFLT, subject: Radsafe 

Exams for personnel at Enewetak*** 

46. Letter, Number ATU 3.4.4 373, Headquarters 3.4.4,To: Commander Task 

Group 3.1, Subject: Authorization for 3.0 R Personnel Exposure*** 

4-65-173 1951 29 March 

-~ -

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

245 
47. 

48. 

49. 

50. 

51. 

374-64-153, Folder 1951

52. 

53. 

54. 

1951 

55. 

56. 

1951 

Letter from Headquarters Task Group 3.1, Joint Task Group 3, to Commander. Air Task Weather Reconnaissance Unit 3.4.4 (Prov.), subject: Authority for 3.0 Roentgen Exposure Level*** 

7 May 1951 

Letters from Director, Programs 5 and 6, to TG 3.1, Subject : Radiation 

Dosage in Excess of 0.7 R, Request for*** 

20 April 1951 and 7 May 1951 

Los Alamos National Laboratory, Microfilm Number MF-SF-SL-669 (GH820) 

commander Task Group 3.3 Final Report, Annexes &-&*** 

16 June 1951 374-62-2 

Letter. Serial Number AG 400, Headquarters, TG 3.4, To: Commander, TU 

3.4.2, Subject: Radiac Instruments*** 

26 April 1951 (with two indorsements) 374-56-39, Pile 400, vol. IA 

Letter, Serial Number ATU 3.4.4 319.1, Headquarters, TU 3.4.4, To: Commander, Air Task Group 3.4. Subject: Radlological Safety Activltles 

GEORGE Shot*** 

23 May 702 

Letter, Serial Number ATU 3.4.4 3191, Headquarters, TG 3.4.4, To: Commander, Air Task Group 3.4, Subject : Informal Report of DOG Shot Rddlologlcel Safety Activities*** 

20 April 1951 

Memo from TU 3.4.4 Radsafe Officer toCommander, TU 3.4.4, Subject: Summary of Radlological Safety Critique -- 12 April 1951*** 

13 April 1951 

Headquarters, TU 3.4.4 Informal Report of Radioloqical safety Activities, EASY and DOG Shots*** 

9 May 374-65-173 

Radiation Safety Monitoring -- Enewetak Atoll, Operation GREENHOUSE*** 

Thomas R. Ostrom. personal recollection 

December 1979 

Informal Report of Radlologlcal Safety Activltles, Air Task Unlt 3.4.4 

(Prov.), EASY and DOG shots with detail summary relative to EASY Shot, 

enclosures 1-5*** 

Col. Arthur A. McCartan, USAF 

11 May 373-65-173 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

246 
C. 

5-183 1951 

1951 

1951 

57. Memorandum for the Record to the Chief of Staff, from Travis M. Scott, 

Major. USAF. Radsafe Officer, subject: Section V of the Informal Report 

of Radiological Safety Activities, Alr Task Unit 3.4.4 (Prov.), EASY and 

DOG shots with detail summary relativeto EASY shot*** 

1951 24 May 374-64-153, folder 702 

58. LASL file entitled "GREENHOUSE Fallout"*** 

LASL-TR-4199 H-8. F-23, B-186 

59. GREENHOUSE 5x8 individual dosimetry cards*** 

Prepared by Task Unit 3.1.5 

Microfilmed by the Reynolds Electrical and Engineering Co. 

60. List of Personnel Exposures, GREENHOUSE 1951*** 

Reynolds Electrical and Engineering Co. 

1968 

61. Final3.3.3***of Report CTU 372-63-124

62. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.4, Fallout Phenomenoloqy*** 

C.E. Andrew. F.R. Holden, N.R. Wallace 

NavalRadiologicalDefenseLaboratoryWT-4 

63. History Of Air Task Group 3.4, 1 May .-- 31 July 1950*** 

374-59-71 John Hatlem 

64. AWWMATS, History of TU 3.4.5 (Task Weather Unit), 1-31 March 1951*** 

2 April 

65. AWWMATS, History of TU 3.4.5 (Task Weather Unit), 1-8 April 1951*** 

Jerome D. Rhodes, T/Sgt, USAF 

9 April 374-65-183 

66. AWWMATS, History of TU 3.4.5 (Task Weather Unit), February1951*** 

Jerome D. Rhodes. T/Sgt. USAF 

28 February 1951 374-65-183 

67. Letter, Headquarters, 57th Strategic Reconnaissance Squadron to CJTF 3, 

Subject: Meteorological Report -- Task Unit 3.4.4*** 

9 July 374-56-37, Folder 319.1 

68. Memorandum for the Record, subject: SAC-JTF 3 Conference (12 February 

1951)*** 

1951 February15 374-56-12, RD 712

69. Headquarters, Task Group 3.3 Joint Task Force Three, OR Plan 1-51*** 

4 April 1951 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

24 7 
 

March 

March 

WT-72 

70. Headquarters, TG 3.4 Operation Order 1-51 (DoGl*** 

24 1951 374-65-174 

71. History of Task Group 3.1, 1 November 1950 to 31 January 1951*** 

719F. 374-56-23. Albert RD S. Knauf

72. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.9, Protective clothinq and Clothing 

and Personnel Decontamination*** 

F.M. Steadman and staff 

Office of the Quartermaster General 

December 

73. Memorandum from TU 3.4.4 Radsafe Officer to Commander,TU 3.4.4, Subject: 

Radiological Mission Requirements ofATU 3.4.4*** 

374-65-173 27 1951 

74. Scientific Director's Report. Annex6.1, Sloud Phenomena -- Study of Particulate and Gaseous Matter*** 

E.H. Enquist. T.C. Goodale 

Army Chemical Center, Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

October 1951 

75. Instructions for couriers for eastbound flight 19E from Joint Task Force 

3 to Commander William R. DeLoach, Jr.*** 

19518 May 374-56-35, Serial NO. 311 

76. Task Group 3.3, Joint Task Force Three, OP Plan 1-51*** 

31 January 1951 

77. Informal Report of Doc Shot Radsafe Activities, Enclosure V, Summary of 

Personnel Decontamination Activities*** 

20 April 1951 

78. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 5.1, Annex B, Polaroid Dosimeters*** 

H. Haselkorn, A.E. Cohen 

Evans Signal Laboratory 

April 

79. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442. LST-859*** 

27 May 1951 

80. Material Contamination-decontamination 

(AV-4)*** 

25 May 1951 

reportform 442, USS Curtiss 

81. Material Contamination-decontamination reportform 

27 May 1951 

-

442, USNS Mower*** 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Avai lable at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

248 
82. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR p. 645, for 

dates April 8. 9. 21, May 9. 25. 26, 1951*** 

83. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR 20987, for 

dates April 8, 9. 21, May 9, 25. 26, 1951*** 

84. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR 26656, for 

dates April 8, 9, 10, 21, 22, May 9, 25, 26. 1951*** 

85.Material Contamination-Decontamination ReportForm 442, AVR Cabildo 

(LSD-16). for dates April 8, 9. 10, 11, 20, 21, May 9. 25, 26. 1951*** 

86. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LCM 9, for 

April 8, 1951*** 

87. MateKial Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LCM 10, for 

April 8, 1951*** 

88. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LCM 18. for 

April 21, 1951*** 

89. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LCM 20. for 

April 8, 1951*** 

90. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LCM 23. for 

April 21, 1951*** 

91. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LSU 1194, 

for dates April 8, 9, 10. 21, May 9, 25, 1951*** 

92. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LSU 1249. 

for dates April 8, 9, 21. 22, May 9. 25, 26. 1951*** 

93. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, AVR LSU 1345, 

for dates April 8, 9, 10, 21, May 11, 25. 26, 1951*** 

94. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report 442. Form Sproston

(DDE-577). for April 8, 21. May 9, 25. 1951*** 

95. Material Contamination-Decontamination Report Form 442, Walker (DDE-517). 

for April 8. 21, May 9, 25, 26, 1951*** 

96. Memorandum for Chief of Staff from Lt. L. Spadone. USN. subject: Commander Task Group 3.3 Radsafe Officer's Official Vislt to VP-931*** 

17 March 1951 

97. Tab "A" To Memorandum for Chief of staff -- DOG Shot Operations*** 

374 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Avai lableat DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

249 
 

 

____ 

98. GREENHOUSE Task Group 3.1 Personnel, Table 2, Personnel engaged in operGREENHOUSE*** ation 374-56-14, RD 786

99. CTG 3.3 OP Order 1-51 (DOG) , annex A, B: CTG 3.3 OP Order 2-51 (EASY1 

Annex A, B, C (Serial. No. EI 4-3/2-4 Serial No. 0094, 15 April 1951)*** 

00123/51 

1951 

100. Memorandum to CTG 3.3 from Chief of Staff, Items for Critique (DOG Shot 

Contamination) Aboard Ships*** 

8 April 374-63-112 

101. 

1951 

Meteoroloqical Technical Report, GREENHOUSE*** 

E.W. Pate, G.E. Taylor 

Joint Task Force3 

September EX 

NTIS A995 028* 

102. Tab "A" to Memorandum for the chief of Staff -- GEORGE Shot Omfations*** 

374 

103. Information on GREENHOUSE. Memorandum to 

Payne Harris. M.D. 

11 June 1981 

Navy NTPR*** 

104. HiStOrV -- Task Group 3.1 (15 May 1951-30 May 1951)*** 

A.S. Knauf 374-56-14 RD 789 

105. Tab A, Memo to Chief 

Operations*** 

undated 

of Staff, ITEM Shot Operations. 

RG 374 

Narrative and 

'UT-17 

106. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.1. 

Part IV. Installation Drawinus*** 

W.C. Hall and staff 

Naval Research Laboratory 

October 1951 

Prompt-Gamma-Ray Measurements, 

107. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.5, Neutron Measurements, Part 11, 

Spectrum and Air Attenuation Static Measurements. Section 2*** 

J.C. Allred, D.D. Phillips. L. Rosen 

Los Alamos scientific Laboratory 

January 

~~ ~~ ~ ~~~~ ~ 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

250 
 

108. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.5, Neutron Measurements, Part 1, 

Diaqnostic Experiments, Section 2*** 

E.H. Krause and staff 

Naval Research Laboratory 

April 

109. Tab "A" to Memorandum for the Chief of Staff -- EASY Shot Operations*** 

374 

110. Operation Order No. 1-51*** 

Task Group 3.1 -- Jsint Task Force Three 

706 RD374-56-11195124 March 

111. Compilation of Local Fallout Data from Test Detonations 1945-1962 EXtracted from DASA 1251, Vol. 2, Oceanic U.S. Tests 

H.A. Hawthorne, ed. 

GE-TEMPO 

June 1979 DNA-1251-EX2 

NTIS (PC A16/MF 01) AD A079 310* 

112. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.1, Prompt-Gamma-Ray Measurements, 

Part 1, the Measurement of Alpha by Prompt Gamma Rays*** 

W.C. Hall and staff 

Naval Research Laboratory 

1951 December 

113. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.1, Prompt-Gamma-Ray Measurements. 

Part 11, Prompt Gamma-Ray Intensity as a Function of Time*** 

W.C. Hall 

Naval Research Laboratory 

1952 January 

114. Sclentific Director's Report, Annex 1.1, Prompt Gamma Ray Measurement, 

Part 111, The Measurement of Transit Time*** 

W.C. Hall 

Naval Research Laboratory 

September 1951 WT-14 

115. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.2, Delayed Gamma-Ray Measurements, 

Part I, Gamma Ray Spectrum Measurements (abridqed)*** 

H.F. Gibson and others 

Radiation Physics Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards 

April UT-76 

*Available from NTIS: order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

251 
116. Scientific Director's Report. Annex 1.2, Delayed Gamma-Ray Measurements, 

Part 11, Measurements of Total Gamma-Ray Intensity vs. Time After One 

Millisecond*** 

H.F. Gibson and others 

Radiation Physics Laboratory of the National Standards Bureau of

1952 January WT-77 

117. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.2, Delayed Gamma-Ray Measurements, 

Part 111, Film Dosimeter Measurements*** 

M. Erlich and others 

Radiation Physlcs Laboratoryof National Bureau of Standards 

May 

118. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.2, Delayed Gamma-Rav Measurements, 

Part IV, Measurements under Colllated Conditions*** 

P.J. Cavanagh and others 

Radiation Physlcs Laboratory. NationalBureau of Standards 

1952 March 1 

119. Report by the Commander. Joint Task Force Three on Completion of Operation GREENHOUSE*** 

374-56-14 19511 August RD 802 

61 

120.Scientific Director'sReport, 

ments*** 

Naval Research Laboratory 

September 

Annex 1.3, ThermalRadiationMeasure121. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.4. Ball-of-Fire Observations*** 

H.E. Grier and staff 

Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. 

October 

122. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.5, Neutron Measurement, Part I, 

Dlasnostlc Neutron Experiments. Section I*** 

E.H. Krause and staff 

Naval Research Laboratory 

April 

123. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.5. Neutron Measurements, Part 11, 

External Neutron and Gamma Flux Measurements by Sample Activat.*** 

W.A. Biggers and L.J. Brown 

August 14 UT-114 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

252 
124. 

125. 

126. 

127. 

128. 

129. 

130. 

131. 

Scientific Director's Report. Annex 1.5, Neutron Measurements, Part 111, 

Hiqh-Energv Spectrum (Time-of-Fliuht MethodL*** 

W.C. Hall and staff 

Naval Research Laboratory 

September 1951 WT-37 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part I, 

Summary Report*** 

G.K. Hartmen. C.W. Lampson, C.J. Aronson 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory, Ballistic Research Laboratories 

May 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part V. 

Measurement of Density, Temperature and Material Velocity in an Air 

Shock Produced by a Nuclear Explosion*** 

F.G. Porzel, J.E. Whitener 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

1951 

Interview with J.F. Moulton, Jr.*** 

17 December 1981 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part 11, 

Free-Air Peak Pressure Measurements, section 1*** 

J.F. Moulton, Jr.,B.T. Simonds 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

July WT-54 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part 11, 

Free-Air Peak-Pressure Measurements, Section 2, Telemeterinq from Moored 

Balloons*** 

A.J. Forlich 

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project 

June 1951 WT-20 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6. Blast Measurements, Part 111, 

Pressure Near Ground Level, Section 1*** 

Ballistic Research Laboratories 

December 1951 UT-55 

Scientific Director's Report. Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part 111, 

Pressure Near Ground Level, Section 3, Positive Peak Pressure Measurements in the Mach Stem Reqion by Means of Copper Indenter Gauqes*** 

P.E. Shafer 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

2 August WT-78

*Available from NTIS: order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Avai lableat DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

253 
 

 

132. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part 111, 

Pressure Near Ground Level, Sections 4 and 5*** 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory. Edgerton, Germeshausen. and Grier 

March 1952 

133. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part N, 

Pressure-Time Measurements in the Mach Reulon, Sections1 and 2*** 

Naval Ordnance Laboratory 

July 

134. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6, Blast Measurements, Part VI. 

Ground Shock Measurements, Section 1*** 

J. O'Connor. D.R. Powers 

Ballistic Research Laboratories 

1951 August UT -69 

135. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.6. Blast Measurements. Part VI, 

Ground Shock Measurements. Section 2, Crater Survey*** 

F.B. Porzel 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

December WT-109 

136. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.8, Cloud Radiation Field*** 

G.E. Koch 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

1951 August 1 

137. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 5.1, Evaluation of Ground Radiac*** 

E.F. Mitchell 

Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories 

May 

138. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.7, Radiochemical Yield and Efficiencv Measurements*** 

R.W. Spence, J.D. Knight 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

954 September WT-113 

139. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.8, Measurement of X-Rays, Part I, 

SUIlUndKy** * 

H. Bradner. H.F. York and others 

University of California Radiation Laboratory 

August 

*Available from NTIS; Order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

254 
140. Scientific Director's Report, Annex'l.8, Measurements of X-Rays, Part 11, 

Desiqn Consideration and Data Analysis*** 

H. Bradner. H.F. York and others 

University of California Radiation Laboratory 

September 1951 UT-80 

1951 

141. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.8, Measurement of X-Rays, Part 111. 

Enuineerinq Aspects*** 

H. Bradner, H.F. York and Others 

University of California Radiation Laboratory 

September 

142. 

1951 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.9, Air Drop Instrumentation, Part 

I, Bhananeter*** 

H.E. GKieK and staff 

Edgerton. Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. 

September UT -92 

143. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.9, Air-Drop Instrumentation, Part 

11, Teller-Alpha*** 

H.E. GtieK and staff 

954 

Edgerton. Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. 

January UT-108 

1954 

144. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.9, Air Drop Instrumentation, Pat 

111, Disc Camera*** 

Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Grier, Inc. 

August 12 

1953 

145. Crvouenics. Annex 1.10 to Scientific Directors Report*** 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

February UT-50 

146. 

1952 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 1.11, Timinq and Firins and Fiducial 

Markers*** 

H.E. GrieK and staff 

Edgerton, Germeshausen and Grier, Inc. 

October UT -99 

147. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 2.9, Blast Inluries in Foxholes*** 

J.M. Talbot, C.S. Maupin 

USAF School of Aviation Medicine 

Sandia COK~. 

December 1951 WT-8 

~~ ~ ~~~ ~~~~ ~~ 

"Available from NTIS: ordernumber appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

255 
 

148. 

149. 

51 

150. 

151. 

152. 

1951 

153. 

Scientific Director's Report, Annex 2.7, Thermal Radiation Inlurv*** 

H.E. Pearse 

Unlversity of Rochester 

October 

SclentificDirector's Report, Annex 2.10, Miscellaneous Studies of 

Dosimeters*** 

G.V. Leroy 

University of Chicago 

November 

Scientific Director's Report. Annex 2.5, Mortality Rateas a Function of 

Distance, Parts I, 11, and III*** 

E.P. Conkite and others 

Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, Naval Medical Research Institute, 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory, Brookhaven National Laboratory 

September 1952 UT-22 

Scientific Director's Report. Annex 2.4, Experimental Data Obtained in 

the Field, Parts I, 11, and XII*** 

Naval Medical Research Institute, Oak Rldge National Laboratory, Los 

Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

1951 UT-43 

Sclentific Director's Report. Annex 3.0, Testof Structures 

S.B. Smith 

Armed Forces Special Weapons Project 

August WT-117 EX 

NTIS AD B951 735* 

Roster of Task Group 3.1, 1 October-31 December 1950*** 

December 374-56-7, 1950File13 200 Vol. I1

154. Sclentlfic Director's Report, Annex 4.1, Cloud Studies, Parts I. 11, and 

-III*** 

Air Force Cambridge Research Center, University 

Angeles, Edgerton, Germeshausen and Grier, Inc. 

August 1951 WT-115 

155. ScientificDirector'sReport,Annex4.2,Measurement 

Movements Associated Atomic with Blasts*** 

R.M. Rados, J.C. Bogert. T.O. Haig 

Air Force Cambridge Research Center 

August WT-105 

of California at Los 

of Surface-Air 

-

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

256 
156.ScientificDirector'sReport,Annex 4.5, PrecipitationandFormatlon 

Movement of the Clouds in the Central Paclflc*** 

C.E. Palmer and Others 

Institute of Geophysics. University of California, Los Angeles 

(Ref. UT-40 1951September ) 

157. "931at GREENHOUSE*** 

158. SClentiiiC DiKeCtOK'S Report, Annex 4.6, Atmospheric Conductivity*** 

S.C. Coroniti, G.R. Walt, A.J. Pariale, and others 

Air Force Cambridge Research Center 

1951 September 

159. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 5.1 .- Annex A, Alkali Halide and 

Phosphate Glass Radioloqical Casualty Dosimeters*** 

R.S. Alger. J.P. Dyson, R.A. Levy, D.W. McQuilling 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

July 

160. scientific Director's Report, Annex 5.2. Evaluation of Airborne Radlac 

Equipment*** 

J.J. Knopow, J.H. Terry 

Navy Bureau of Aeronautics 

1 August UT-104 

161. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.2, Effect of Thermal Radiation on 

Material*** 

A. Broido and others 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

1951 September UT-70 

162. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.3, Combat Vehicle Exposure 

W.W. Berning, N.W. Arnold 

Ballistic Research Laboratories 

2 August UT-90 

NTIS AD 374 634* 

163. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.5, Interpretation of Survey Meter 

Data*** 

E.Tochilln, P. Howard 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory 

1 August UT-26 

*Available from NTIS; ordernumber appears before the asterisk. 

**Avai lableat DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

257 
164. Scientific Director's Report. Annex 8.2B. Interferometer Gauqe PressureTime Measuremmts** 

J.E. Kirk, D.F. Seacord, JK., R.W. Newman 

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 

June 1951 UT-5 

165. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.6, Evaluation of Filter Material*** 

E.H. Enquist 

Army Chemical Center 

January 

166. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 6.7, Contamination-Decontamination 

Studies*** 

L.B. Werner, S.R. Sinnreich 

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory, Army Chemical Center 

August WT-27 

167. Scientific Director's Report.Annex 6.10, Evaluation of CollectiveProtector Euuipment*** 

F.G. Oft. H.D. Meers 

Army Chemical Center 

1952 March WT-42 

168. Scientific Dlrector's Report, Annex 8.1, Blast Effects on Aircraft in 

Fliuht*** 

J.C. Wayne, J.C. Lehmkuhl 

Wright Air Development Center 

October 1951 WT-3 1 

169. Scientific Director's Report, Annex 8.0, General Report of Blast Studies 

on Aircraft*** 

Wright Air Development Center, Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

September 1951 WT-34 

170. Scientific Director's Report. Annex 8.2A. Effects of an Atomic Bomb 

Burst On Aircraft StKUCtUKeS on theGround 

D.L. Grimes, L.J. Bridenback. R.C. Lenz, Jr. 

Wright Air Development Center 

July 

NTIS AD B951 671* 

171. Scientl€ic Director's Report, Annex 8.3, Special Radar, Radio and PhotoqraVhiC Studies of Weapons Effects, PartsI, 11, 111 and IV*** 

Headquarters Joint Task Force Three, Wright Air Development Center, Los 

AlamosScientificLaboratoryWT-33 

-

*Available from NTIS: order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at Dol3 CIC. 

***Not available. 

258 
172. Final Report, Operation GREENHOUSE, Part I*** 

Task Group 3.2, JTF-3, 7126th AU 

28 June 1951 

173. GREENHOUSE Historical Report of TG 3.2 (April 1951, 1 November 1950-31 

January 1951: 1 August 1950-31 October 1950)*** 

374-59-60 E.W. Hiddleston 

174. GREENHOUSE Historical Report of TG 3.2 (Period ending 30 April 1950: 

period ending 31 July 1950; period ending 31 October 1950; period ending 

31 March 1951 and 25 May 1951)*** 

4-78-23 Ruby T. DonaldMaj.

175. GREENHOUSEJTF-3, Name Lists, OrganizationsandFunctions, Weekly 

Strength, Functions of the 5-2 Division, Intelligence Division*** 

January 30 1951 374-65-167 

176. History of the 7th Enqlneer Brlqade*** 374-77-3 

177. History of Air Task Experimental Aircraft Unit 3.4.2, 9 April throuqh 

21 April 1951*** 

Robert E. Reiman 

undated 374-65-180 

178. USAF Particlpatlnq Unit Listinq, Operation GREENHOUSE, USAF NTPR Team*** 

undated 

179. OP Order 1-51 (DOG).4 April*** 

16 March 1951 374 -65- 169 

180. Ship's Log, 1951, USS Curtlss, (AV-4)*** 

Washington National Record Center 

181. Ship's Log, 1951, USS LST-859*** 

Washington National Record Center 

182. Ship's Log, 1951,USS Cabildo (LSD-16)*** 

Washington National Record Center 

183. Ship's Log, 1951, USS Sproston (DDE-5'17)*** 

Washington National Record Center 

184. Ship's Log, 1951, USS Walker (DDE-517)*** 

Washington National Record Center 

185. Ship's Log, 1951, MSTS Sqt. C.E.Mower (T-AP-186)*** 

Washington National Record Center 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

259 
186. Commander Task Unit 3.3.4, Operation GREENHOUSE, final report of*** 

May 24, 1951 

187. CTG 3.3 Op Order 3-51 (GEORGE), Annex A-D*** 

3 May 1951 

188. Naval Speedletter, Serial No. 083, from R.H. Crezen to Commander Task 

Unit 3.3.3, Subj: Personnel Availability*** 

14 May 1951 

189. Final Report of TU 3.3.6 and 3.3.5*** 374-63-129 

190. LST-859Contamination-Decontaminationreports(after DOG shot) (from 

022)*** No.SerialLetter 374-63-125

191. Roster of Officers. JTF 3. Ship Station Activity*** 

1950 1 October 38-76-0081, BOX 45 

192. TG 3.4 FieldOrer No. 2*** 374-59-71 

193. Assiunment of Air Priority*** 

JTF-3 

6 December1950 374-56-28, file580,Vol. I. 

194. Staffwatch log (Curtlss)*** 374-63-123 

195. Paragraph 35, Special Order 32, 2349th Personnel Processinq 

Stoneman, California*** 

Group, Camp 

13 February 1951 

196. AG, JTF 3 Memorandum, To Asst. CofS J-1 from Office Of the AG. JTF 3, 

Subject: Release of JTF 3 Headquarters Personnel*** 

4 May 1951 

197. Headquarters. JTF 3 Travel Orders #33*** 

17 January 1951 

195. History of Air Task Group 3.4, 1 November 1950 -- 31 January 1951*** 

John C. Hatlem,Lt. Col. USAF 374-59-71 

199. History of Air Task Group 3.4. 13 May -- 29 May 1951*** 

John C. Hatlem, Lt. Col. USAF 

undated 374-59-71 

200. Headuuarters, TG 3.4 Personnel Movements to21, 20 May -- 16 June 1951*** 

Undated 374-64-161, 319.1 

*Available from NTIS: order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

260 
201. Historical Report, Task Unit 3.4.7, 9 April -- 22 April 1951*** 

Gilbert E. Hostler, Capt. USAF 

4-65-184 1951 22 April 

202. Headquarters, Air Rescue Service Owrations Order 3-50 (GREENHOUSE)*** 

374-56-11, file181950October 300.4 

74-59-71 

65-184 

4-59-71 

203. History of Air Task Group 3.4, 12-24 April 1951*** 

John C. Hat lem, Lt. Col. USAF 

1951 27.April 

204. Monthly Historical Report (March), TU 3.4.8*** 

James L. Gaylord, Lt. Col. USAF 

1951 3 April 

205. Plans and Operations Remrt on Operation GREENHOUSE*** 

Duncan Curry, 5-3 

undated 

Los Alamos National Laboratory T&V Vault 

206. Historv of Air TaskGroup 3.4, 1 April - 11 April 1951*** 

John C. Hatlem, Lt. Col. USAF 

1951 14 April 

207. Letter, Serial No. 41-51, from the Commanding Officer, Marine Detachment, USS Curtiss, to the Commandant of the Marine Corps on the Increase 

in Strength of Enlisted Complement, c/o Fleet Post Office. San Francisco. 

California*** 

13 April 1951 

208. Roster of "Q" Clearance Personnel, Letter €rom Commanding Officer 

Curtiss to CTG 3.3, Serial. No. AV4/A8. Serial No. 011*** 

19 January 1951 

209. GREENHOUSE Task Group 3.1 Personnel. Personnel Engaged in "Operation 

GREENHOUSE" for whom orders of letters of authority are requested in 

order to assume proper availability to CTG 3.1*** 

374-56-14, 1950 2 October RD 786

210. Memorandum for CTG 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 from Hq JTF 3, Subject: Official 

Observers for GEORGE Shot*** 

2 Mary 1951 

211. SA1 Memorandum, Subject: Calculated Radiation Doses for Personnel in the 

Army Task Group During Operation GREENHOUSE*** 

7 January 1981, rev. 17 February 1982 

*Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Aval lableat DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

261 
212. Radiation safety from Sproston*** 374-63-132 

213. Operation GREENHOUSE Film Badqe Summary*** 

Navy NTPR 

13 Jan 1983 

214. 

July 

Analysis of Radiation Exposure 

GREENHOUSE*** 

Sclence Applications. Inc. 

30 

for Shipboard Naval Personnel, Operation 

SA1 83-874-lJA 

215. Letter. Serial No. AG 702, to Commander Task Group 3.1 from Headquarters 

Task Group 3.4, subject: Authority for 3.0 Roentgen PersonnelExposure*** 

3 April 1951 

"Available from NTIS; order number appears before the asterisk. 

**Available at DOE CIC. 

***Not available. 

262 
APPENDIX A 

RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY RELATEDOCUMENTS 

Annex D t oF l e l dO r d e r No. 2 (Revlsed) 

Appendix I to Annex D t oF l e l dO r d e r No. 2 (Revlsed) 

(HazardsResultlng from Atomlc Bomb Exploslons) 

Annex G to TaskGroupOperatlonPlan No.1-50 

(RadiatlonSafety) 

OperatlonPlan No.1-51,Task Unlt3.1.5 

Annex D to Task U n l t3 . 1 . 5O p e r a t l o nP l a n 

(LaboratoryUnlt) 

No. 1-51 

Annex E to Task Unlt 3.1.5OperatlonPlan 

(Operations. DOG Shot) 

(Operatlons, EASY Shot) 

No. 1-51 

Annex F to Task Unlt3.1.5OperatlonPlan No. 1-51 

(Communlcatlons) 

Commander TaskGroup3.3 to TaskGroup3.3 

(Fllm Badges, Procurement,Dlstrlbutlon, 

andProcesslng;InformatlonConcernlng) 

Enclosure 1 to Commander TaskGroup3.3 to TaskGroup3.3 

(Fllm Badge DataSheet) 

TaskGroup3.3TralnlngSyllabus 

263 
264 
Headquarters,JolntTaskForceThree 

Washlngton, 25, D.C. 

1 December 1950 

Annex D t oF l e l dO r d e r No. 2 (Revlsedl 

1. RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY of all military and civilian personnelis a command 

responsibility. 

2. The SPECIAL ASSISTANT FOR RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY (also CTU 3.1.5) has the 

responsibility for advising the CJTF 3 on measures necessary to Insure the 

radiological safety of all personnel. In the fulfillment of this responsibility 

he will supervise the Issuance of appropriate instructions and informtion by 

the ASSISTANT CHIEF OF STAFF, 5-3, JTF 3. These instructions and Information 

will cover : 

a. Collection and dissemination of information on radiological hazards 

which may cause injury OK sickness to personnel. 

b. Advice on the safe employment of personnel in radioactive areas. 

c. Precautionsnecessaryforprotection of personnelagainst such 

hazards. 

d. Reevaluation of the hazards of radioactive areas as radiological 

survey work progresses. 

e. Advice to the TASK FORCE SURGEON in providing such necessary data 

as may be requestedpertainingto the eFfects of ionizingradiation on 

personnel. 

3. REGULATIONS: All personnel who will work in areas containing radioactivity and/or who will Work with radioactive materials will be governed by 

the following regulations: 

a. Prior to departure from the U.S., these persons will recelve a complete physical examination, including chest X-ray, complete blood count (=, WSC. differential and hemoglobin) and urinalysis. Prior to departure from the 

U.S. authenticated copies of these physical reports will be reported to the 

following: 

(1) One (1) copy to the appropriate task group commander (for use 

,of TG Rad-Safe Officer). 

(2) One (1) Copy to CJTF 3. 

b. Upon termination of services and prior to release from JTF 3. personnel will undergo further examinations if prescribed to Radiological Safety 

Off icers 

c. The permissible radiological exposure is established at 0.7 roentgens per calendar week. Under unusual circumstances, the CTG 3.1 may recommend 

that CJTF 3 authorize an additional accumulated exposure toup three (3) roentgens In specific cases where required for a limited number of individuals. 

d. Work in contaminated areas is divided into two general classifications, urgent work and routine work. All work on test islands on shot day 

must be authorized by CJTF 3 on request of CTG 3.1. Upon accomplishment of the 

265 
Annex D to Fjeld Order No. 2 (Revlsedl 

special missions required by this work, further entry into contaminated areas 

will be discontinued until a comprehensive radiological survey has been made 

by TG 3.1 (TU 3.1.5). 

e. Names of all individuals who are expected to enter radioactive 

areas will be submitted to CTG 3.1 in the form of an eligibility list two (2) 

weeks prior to the first test. Subsequent changes to the original list will be 

submitted as they OCCUK. 

f. Individuals OK parties entering contaminated areas will in every 

instance check through the Radiological Safety Unit of TG 3.1 and will be 

accompanied by a monitor if considered necessary by this unit. In all instances 

in which monitors accompany persons entering contaminated areas the monitors 

will inform persons in charge of parties of the radiological hazards involved 

and when the predetermined permissible exposure has been reached, making due 

allowance for the exposure anticipated during withdrawal from the areas. Findings of the radiological monitor relative to radiological hazards will be 

accepted. 

g.Priortoentering a contaminated area, themonitorwillissue 

appropriate equipment. This equipment will consist of film badges, dosimeters 

and such protective clothing as may be required. Work parties on islands will 

wear gas masks if deemed necessary by the radiological monitor. Upon the completion of work in the contaminated zone, all persons will return film badges 

and dosimeters to the monitors and will dispose of booties and gloves upon 

leaving the area. The monitor will check clothing of all personnel and require 

those who are contaminated to report to the Radiological SaEety Unit ofTG 3.1 

or to their Radiological Safety Officer as conditions warrant. 

h. Persons eating, drinking. or smoking in any radioactive area will 

follow the usual sanitary precautions necessary to prevent ingestion of contaminated material. 

1. Upon completion of work In radioactive areas. or with radioactive 

materials. all dosimeters and film badges will be forwarded to the laboratory 

of TG 3.1 where all processing and recording will be accomplished. A report of 

results will be sent appropriate commanders. 

j. All Islands in the Atoll will be consldered contaminated after 

each test until reported clear by CJTF 3. 

4. OPERATIONS: Radiological monitor units from TG 3.1 will be established 

at ENIWETOK, PARRY and JAPTAN Islands to monitor the handling of test materials. Monitoring of contaminated drone aircraft will be a responsibility of TU 

3.1.5 until they are released to CTG 3.4. Monitors for aircraft operating near 

the radioactive cloud or over radioactive areas willbe furnished by Task Group 

3.4. The SPECIAL ASSIS'TANT FOR RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY will assist Task Group Radiological Officers in preparing special instructions for work of this nature. 

5. RADIOACTIVEMATERIAlS:Transportation of radioactive test materials 

(from the forward area) will be accordance with AEC regulations for escorted 

shipment of such material. Prior to transportation, all such materials shall 

be monitored by representatives of TG 3.1. Authority to remove samples of 

radioactive material from the forward areas which resulted orfromwere exposed 

266 
Annex D to F l e l dO r d e r No. 2 (Revised) 

to detonation will be obtained from the CTG 3.1. Monitoring of radioactive 

test materials en route will be the responsibility of the escorting scientific 

personnel. 

6. RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES: 

a. RadiologicalSafetyfunctionswill be performedthroughnormal 

command channels. Each Task Group will provide spare parts for its own instcuments. Facilities for storage of these spare parts will be available at Task 

Unit 3.1.5 (TG 3.1) on PARRY Island, if desired by the Task Groups. 

b. CTG 3.1 will perform the following cadlological safety services: 

(1) Perform all ground monitoring services associated with experimental projects. 

(2) Furnlsh laboratory services and technical advice for TG 3.1, 

TG 3.2, TG 3.3, and TG 3.4 associated with radiological safety to 

Include: 

(a) Procurement of film badges and other personnel protective 

devIces 

(b) Laboratory services to develop and interpret film badges. 

(c) Records of exposures. Furnish duplicatesto task groups. 

(dl Calibration, repair and maintenance of instruments. 

(e) Monitoring the removal and packagingof samples. 

(3) Prepare surface RADEX plots. 

(4) Procure protective clothing as necessary for TG 3.1 and for 

"G 3.2 

(5) Be prepared to monitor the water supply on outlying inhabited 

I slands. 

(6) Procure and issue special goggles to all personnel of JTF 3 

requiring same. 

(7) Provide technical personnel to inspect radiologically contaminated items for all Task Groups and certify destruction, disposal or 

unserviceability of such items. 

c. CTG 3.2 will be responsible for radiological safety of the base 

facilities on ENIWETOK Island, excluding activities relating to air operation. 

CTG 3.2 may call upon CTG 3.1 for radiological safety information and services 

as required. 

d. CTG 3.3 will be responsible for the following radiological safety 

functions: 

(1) Procuring the necessary radiological safety instruments and 

equ1pment . 

(2) Procuring and issuing,necessary protective clothing. 

(3) Providing monitors and decontamination crews aboard each ship 

within the Task Group. 

267 
Annex D to F l e l dO r d e r No. 2 (Revlsedl 

(4) Providing aircraft monitors for aircraft asslgned toTG 3.3. 

e. CTG 3.4 will be responsiblefor the followingradiological safety 

functions: 

(1) Procuring the necessary radiological safety instruments and 

equipment. 

(2) Procuring and issuing necessary protective clothing. 

(3) Providing radiological safety monitors for each manned aircraft actively participating In the test and for each aircraft collectting radiological Information after detonation (for aircraft assigned 

to TG 3.4). 

(4) Providingground monitors to supervise decontamination of 

aircraft on the ground. 

(5) Providing decontamination crews for handling and washing aircraft of TG 3.4 and assisting TG 3.3 if required. 

(6) Plotting the Air RADEX and issuing instructions for aircraft 

operating in the vicinity. 

f. Task Group Commanders will Insure that all personnel are instructed 

in the radiological safety problems involved In conducting the test. 

268 
Headquarters,JolntTaskForceThree 

Washington, 25, D.C. 

1 December 1950 

Appendlx I to Annex D to F t e l dO r d e r No. 2 (Revlsedl 

HAZARDS RESULTING FROM ATOMIC BOMB EXPLOSIONS 

1. NATURE OF HAZAFtDS 

a. When an atomic bomb explosion occurs, a tremendous quantity of 

energy In a varietyof forms is released. This energy is propagated outward In 

all directions. 

b. When fission occurs, the immediate reaction is intense emission of 

ultra-violet visible and infrared (heat) radiation. gamma rays and neutrons. 

This Is accompanied by the formation of a large ball of fire. The largest part 

of the energy from the explosion is emitted as a shock wave. The ball of fire 

produces a mushroom-shaped mass of hot gases, the top of which rises to about 

10,000 feet in the first minute and about 30,000 feet in five minutes. In the 

trail below the mushroom cap, a thin column is left. The cloud and column are 

then Carried downwind, the direction and speed being determined by the directlon and speed of the wind at the varlous levels of air from the surface to 

50,000 feet (or higher) altitude. 

c. All personnel of the Task Force wi 11 be we1 1 outside of the range 

of all hazards at the time of detonation, except from the Intense light from 

the fire ball. 

d. Following the detonation. personnel entering shot areas will be 

exposed to beta particles and gamma rays coming from induced neutron activity 

In the soil and any flsslon products which mlght have been deposited on the 

ground. There may also be a potential alpha particle hazard from the unfissioned fissionable materialswhich may be deposited on the ground. 

e. The light of explosion Is so intense that temporary blindness may 

occur through facing the ball of fire, unless the eyes are protected by dark 

g1asses. 

f. The emission of dangerous nuclear radiation can be separated into 

two time periods. The primary radiation which occurs at the time of the flash 

Is composed of gamma rays and neutrons.Casualties may result from this primary 

radiation if the exposure occurs within 2,000 yards of zero. 

2. PROTECTION 

a. Against the primary radiological effects, distance will provide 

protection. 

b. Against the secondary radioactivity hazards from radioactive fission products, induced radioactivity and unfissioned residue, detection and 

avoidance provide the best protection. Suitable instruments indicate directly 

both the presence and intensity of radioactivity at a given place. Area reconnaissance, the maintenance of contamination situation maps, the posting of 

areas of hazard and minimizing the spreadof contaminated material into uncontaminated areas constitute the active measures for reducing the radiological 

hazard. 

269 
Appendlx I to Annex D to F l e l dO r d e r No. 2 (Revised) 

c. Personnel within fifteen (15) nautical miles and who are to be 

facing in the direction of the flash will be required to wear special goggles 

to protect their eyes against excessive light. Personnel within fifteen (15) 

nautical miles who arenot provided goggles will facein the opposite direction 

from the flash. 

3. ANTICIPATED HAZARD AREAS 

a. Immediately under the bomb burst there will be an area of intense 

KadiOaCtlVlty roughly 500 yards in radius. 

b. Extending downwind, an airborne radioactive hazard will exist. Its 

characteristics will depend on the meteorological influences such as wind 

speed and direction at various altitudes up to the maximum height reached by 

the cloud. 

c. Contaminated water in the lagoon adjacent to the shot island should 

be of no consequence, but will be checked by the Radiological Safety Unit of 

TG 3.1. 

d. All individuals or objects leaving contaminated areas may transfer 

radioactivity to clean areas. 

e. By means of Instruments, such as Geiger-Mue1ler counters and ion 

chambers, It is possible to detect the area of contamination and to measure 

the intensity of the radioactivity. Radiation Intensity will be measured and 

reported in roentgens per hour. Besides these instruments, dosimeters and film 

badges will be usedas indicators of the accumulated exposure to radioactivity. 

Personnel will wear film badgesto provide a permanent record of exposure. 

f. The intensity of the radioactive hazard tends to decrease wlth 

time due to: 

(1) Decay of radioactive materials 

(2) Dispersion anddilutiondepending oncli'mtic conditions. 

As an approximation, the intensity of the radiation from the fission products 

decreases by radioactive decay inversely with the time after the detonation. 

An area which had 15 roentgens per hour at one (1) hour after detonation would 

have an intensity of 7.5 roentgens at two (2) hours after detonation and five 

(5) roentgens at three (3) hours. 

270 
Headquarters 

TaskGroup 3.3 

APO 187 

30 Jauuary 1951 

Annex G to TaskGroupOperattonPlan No. 1-50 

RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY 

1. Responsibility for Radiological Safety is a command function. The Commanding General, Task Group 3.2, is responsible for Radiological Safety on 

Eniwetok Island less those activities involving Task Groups 3.1 and 3.4. 

2. The Commanding General, Task Group 3.2, will appoint qualified Radio- a

logical Safety Officer. 

3. The responsibilities of the Radiological Safety Officer are: 

a. Advising the Commandlng General on: 

(1) Presenceandlocation of radiologicalhazards on Enlwetok 

Island. Such hazards will be conspicuously marked and placed 

"Off Limits" to all personnel not authorized to enter the 

area. The Radiological Safety Officeris charged with delineating such areas. 

(2) Safe employment of personnel in radioactive areas. 

(3) Precautionsnecessaryforprotectionofpersonnelagainst 

radiological hazards. 

b. Constant rechecking of known radioactive areas and submitting reports on their change o€ radioactivity to the Commanding General. 

C. Advising the Task Group Surgeon of necessary data pertaining to 

the effects on ionizing radiation on personnel. 

d. Receiving medical reports from the Task Group Surgeon on those 

personnel whose duties require them to work In a radioactive area. 

(1) Supervising all Task Group 3.2 personnel entering a radioactive area and preventing those not physically qualified from 

entering such areas by notifying Unit Commanders of personnel

disqualified by the Surgeon by Radsafe physical examinations. 

e. Receivingandproperlyutilizinginformationandradiological 

safetyequipmentfromtheSpecialAssistantforRadiological 

Safety, Joint Task Force THREE. 

f. Constant monitoring of radioactive areas In which personnel of 

Task Group3.2 are working and rendering dallyreports to the Sur--

geon. Task Group 3.2, on the total dally amount of radiation received by each such Individual. 

(1) Forwarding of individual dosimeters and film badges to the 

Radsafe Officer, Task Group 3.1. 

4. The Commandlng General, Task Group 3.2. wlll notify the Task Group 

Surgeon of the names of a1 personnel who are ljkely to be exposed to a radiological hazard. 

271 
Annex G to Task Group O p e r a t l o nP l a n No. 1-50 

RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY 

5. Physical Qualifications: 

a. The Surgeon of Task Group 3.2 will insure that all such Individuals 

mentioned In par 3 are physlcally qualified for duty in a radioactive area. 

Such qualification will be determined by physical examination as prescribed In 

Joint Task Force THREE Letter AG 702 dated 31 March 1950. In addition he will 

perform necessary repeated physical examination on all personnel who have received in excess of 0.1 Roentgen of radiation in 24 hours. He will immedlately 

notify the Radiological Safety Officer of those personnelwho have been physically disqualified from reentry into a radioactive area. 

b. Upon termination of duty wlth Joint Task ForceTHREE, all personnel 

of Task Group 3.2 who have been exposed to a radiOloglCa1 hazard 

will undergo a physical examination as prescribed by Joint Task 

Force THREE. 

6. The Radsafe Officer will submit to Commander, Task Group 3.1. two weeks 

prior to their entry Into a radiologically hazardous area, the names of all 

individuals assigned to Task Group 3.2 who are physlcally qualified to enter 

such areas. 

272 
Headquarters 

Headquarters,TaskUnlt3.1.5 

Los Alamos, New Hexlco 

21February1951 

Operation Plan No. 1-51 

T a s kU n l t3 . 1 . 5 

TASK ORGANIZATION 

3.1.5 Radiological Safety Unit 

A. Staff 

Technical Deputy 

Liaison Officer to Task Group 3.3 (Navy) 

Liaison Officer to Task Group 3.4 (Air Force) 

Operations Officer 

Communications Officer 

Supply Officer 

B. Laboratory and Instrumentation Section 

C. Monitorinq Section 

I. This plan is derived from Commander Joint Task Force THREE Field Order 

No. 2. 

XI. This Radiological Safety Unit wl 11 support Operation GREENHOUSE by 

effecting radiological safetyof personnel of Task Group 3.1. In accomplishment of this mission, Commander TaskUnit 3.1.5 will: 

A. Organize and command a Radiological Safety Unit composedof radiologicalmonltors,technicaladvisors,andsupportingpersonnel. 

B. Support operatlons in radioactive areas and for personnel working 

withradioactivematerials by providingradiological monitors, 

equipment. services, and information. 

C. Organize and maintain a radiological safety center at Parry Island. 

D. Effect compliance with radiological safety regulationsas indicated 

in ANNEX "D", Field Order No. 2, Joint Task Force THREE. 

E. Malntain necessary records pertainingto personnel exposure. 

F. Advise Task Force Surgeon, Joint Task Force THREE, regarding the 

nature of any injurles Involving radiation which might occur. 

111. Radiologicalmonltorswill be provided for authorizedmissionsin 

radioactive areas and for personnel Working with radioactive materials 

by the Operations Officer, Task Unit 3.1.5. All operations will be 

273 
Operatlon Plan No. 1-51 

Task Unlt 3.1.5 

considered as routine. and will comply with permissible radiological 

exposures for routine work, except "speclal" operations which must be 

specificallydesignated by Commander,JointTaskForce THREE (see 

Annex "D"1 . 

IV. No radioactive material will be removed from the test site except as 

authorized in experimental programs. Unauthorized entry into and souvenir collecting in radioactiveareas are prohibited. 

274 
Annex C t oT a s kU n l t 3.1.5 

O p e r a t l o nP l a n No. 1-51 

Laboratory Unl t 

A. Mission 

1. The laboratory unit, termed RadSafe Laboratory. is responsible for the 

procurement and maintenance of an adequate stock of radiological safety 

Instruments, and for the repair. servicing, and calibration of the 

instruments to be used by Task Unit 3.1.5. All other groups of Joint 

TaskForce THREE will procureradiologicalsafetyInstrumentsand 

appropriate spare parts to be used in operations of those groups. The 

laboratory unit. TU 3.1.5, Is responsible for the maintenance, repair, 

and servicing of all radiological safety instruments to be used by 

Joint Task Force THREE. 

2. This unit is responsible for the processing of and measurements on 

photographic film badges for personnel monitoring of Joint Task Force 

THREE. 

3. This unit will maintain adequate personnel exposure records of all 

personnel of Joint Task Force THREE. 

B. Operat ions 

1. Task Unit3.1.5 will maintain a stock of Ionization chambers, G-M 

counter survey Instruments. personnel dosimeters, and pocket ionization 

chambers at the RadSafe Laboratory on Parry Island. 

2. Survey Instruments will be issued to the monitors, and these will be 

retained by the monitors throughout the operation as long as the 

instrument is In proper working order and it is of adequate range for 

the missions in which the monitor is engaged. 

3. Photographic film badges and personnel d0SimeteKS sufficient €or the 

party will be issued to each monitor before each mission. All of those 

fi lms and meters will be returned to the RadSafe Laboratory at the end 

of the mission. 

4. Suitable sources of radiation for instrument calibration will be maintained by the RadSafe Laboratory. Each monitorwill be responsible for 

the proper calibration of his survey instruments. The Laboratory will 

be responsible for the calibration of personnel doslmetry instruments 

and photographic film badges. 

5. The RadSafe Laboratory will repair and check any survey Instrument 

used by personnel of JTF-THREE returned becacse of Improperoperation. 

6. The RadSafe Laboratory will process and read all photographic film 

badges and pocket chambers. Records of exposures will be maintained 

which will be available to proper authority. 

7. The Laboratory wlll determine decay curves on crater material and other 

pertinent samples. Measurements of gamma, beta and alpha activity will 

be made on liquid and solid samples as required.

8. Vacuum-cleaner type air filters will be supplied as required. They 

will be supplied wi th fi lter papers and measurements wlll be made on 

the exposed papers by the RadSafe Laboratory. 

'275 
276 
Annex 0 to Task Unlt 3.1.5 

O p e r a t l o nP l a n No. 1-51 

Decontamlnatlon 

I. All personnel Working with radioactive materials will Utilize protective clothing and/or gloves as indicated by ANNEX A. Safe handling of 

radioactive materials wllbe insured by the proper utilizationof additional protective equipment, such astongs and remote handling devices. 

11. Upon completion of each operation in a radioactive area, personnel will 

discard cloth booties and gloves at a designated location. Before returning to a non-contamlnated area OK living quarters. personnel will 

discard protective clothing at the appropriate radiological control 

point and submit to theprescribed decontamination procedure. 

111. If clothing is contaminated, advice regarding the procedure of handling 

radioactively contaminated clothing will be given by the monitors. 

This clothing may require laundering. of as a result of decay. it may 

be possible to re-useit after a period of time without launderlng. 

277 
278 
Annex E to Task Unit 3.1.5 

O p e r a t i o nP l a n No. 1-51 

Operations. DOG Shot 

I. Composition of Operations Section 

3 Officers 

6 Enlisted Men 

11. General Duties 

A. Radiological Safety Center (RadSafe Center) 

A Radiological Safety Center will be established on Parry Island 

which will serve as operations headquarters for all radiological 

safety activities. All radsafe data wl 11 be gathered at this headquarters, and information required by other groups will be distributed from this Center in the form of memoranda or situation maps. 

This Center will provide Information to Commander Task Unit 3.1.5 

for planning radsafe operations, and will maintain current information on location of all monitors engaged in operation. It will 

maintain an operations table giving details on all mlsslons into 

contaminated areas scheduled €or each day. Including name of monitors. destination, general type of mission (Program Number), and 

time of departure and arrival. 

It will act as the receiving center for requestsfor cadsafe services 

not previously anticipated. 

B. Radsafe control points will be established as required. 

C. After operational assignment, the radiological safety monitors will 

familiarize themselves with all pertinent phasesof the experimental 

work. 

111. Operation Plan, DOG Shot 

A. Eniwetok - Drone Squadron 

1. D-Day 

Proqram Number of Monitors Rem rks Time of Operation

A1 1 1 SeniorMonitor 

1.7 4 + 1 Supervisor Recovery Filter H+2 to H+4

5and 6 4 + 1 SupervisorOutside Gadgets H+5 to H+8 (4 fromProg. 1.7) Inside Gadgets 

5 and 6 2 Packing samples in H+6 to H+10 

117 compound 

Total 13 Monitors 

Task Unit 3.1.5 Is responsible for the radiological safety of all 

personnel working in connection with removal of experimental material from drone aircraft until aircraft are released to Task 

Group 3.4. 

279 
Annex E to Task Untt 3.1.5 

Operatlon Plan NO. 1-51 

Operattons,Shot DOG 

Upon arrival of all potentially contaminated aircraft on Eniwetok 

Island, a monitor will be supplied until such times as the aircraft have been parked. Monitors will accompany all recovery 

teams. They wi 11 be responsible for the monitoring of the packing, loading and €OK the release for shipment of all materials 

returning to the Z.T. Monitors will check out all recovery. packing, and loading personnel, after which time the drone planes 

will be released to Task Group3.4. 

All monitors with this assignment leave Parry Island 0900 D-1 

and return to Parry Island on completion of their work, OK approximately 1700 D Day. Upon arrivalat Eniwetok they wlll report 

to the RadSafety Senior Monitor of Task Unit 3.1.5 and remain 

under his supervision until their return to Parry Island. 

2. D+l and following 

There are no scheduled monitoring activities on Eniwetok Island 

by Task Unit 3.1.5 until next Shot Day unless indicated by Commander TU 3.1.5 as a result of situation analysis. 

B. Runit Island 

1. D-Day 

Monitors will be assigned by Commander TU 3.1.5 when operations 

plans have been formulatedby the various scientific groups. 

2. D+l Day 

Thirty-five monitors proceed from Parry Island at 0700 by water 

taxl, arriving Runit Island at 0800. These monitors will make a 

radiological survey of Runit Island under the direction of the 

Senlor Monitor present. Upon completionof monitoring activities, 

they will return to Parry Island with data obtained. 

3. D+2 to D+15 Days 

Monitors will be provided for all recovery party personnel as 

indicated by the radiological situation on Runit Island. 

C. Non-Shot Island 

1. D-Day 

a. RadSafety Clearances Non-Shot Islands 

One monitor in an L-5 aircraft and one monitor in a helicopter will proceed at H+l hour to monitor Non-shot Islands of 

the atoll to provide necessary Rad-Safety clearance for working parties. 

b. Fall-out Distribution. Program 6.4 

Monltoring for this activity wlll be provided by Task Group 

3.1. 

280 
Annex E t oT a s kU n l t 3.1.5 

OperatlonPlan No. 1-51 

Operatlons. DOG Shot 

2. D+l Day 

a. There will be no entry into radioact ive areas of the Atoll 

until the completion of the radiological survey 

b. General Survey of non-shot islands wlll be continued by monitor In an L-5 aircraft. 

3. D+2 to D+15 Days 

a. General survey of Atoll by monitor In L-5 aircraft will be 

continued as Indicated. 

b. Programmatic activities on non-shot islands will be provided 

with monitorsas indicated by the radiological situation. 

C. PBM aircraft will be dispatched to obtain water samples from 

various areas in Marshall Islands group as indicated by the 

radlologlcal situation. 

d. Radiological Situation Plots 

(1) The RadSafe Center will maintain radiological situation 

data on all Islands of the Atoll based upon monltor 

data and survey data obtained by specific mmitoring 

missions. This Information will be the basis of periodic 

situation reports or maps and briefing Information for 

monitors entering radioactive areas. 

(2) The RadSafe Center wlll make surface radex plots. 

281 
282 
Annex E to TaskUnlt 3.1.5 

O p e r a t l o nP l a n No. 1-51 

Operatlons. EASY Shot 

I. Composition of Operations Section 

3 Officers 

6 Enlisted Men 

11. General Duties 

A. Radiological Safety Center (RadSafe Center) 

A Radiological Safety Center will be established on Parry Island 

which will serve as operations headquarters for all radlologlcal 

safety activities. All radsafe data wlll be gathered at this headquarters, and information required by Other groups will be distributed from this Center in the form of memoranda OK situation maps. 

This Center will provide Information to Commander Task Unit 3.1.5 

for planning radsafe operations, and will maintain current information on location of all monitors engaged in operation. It will maintain an operations table giving details on all missions into contaminated areas scheduled for each day, including name of monitors, 

destination, general type of mission (Program Number), and time of 

departure and arrival. 

It will act as the receiving center for requests for radsafe services 

not previously anticipated. 

B. Radsafe control points willbe established as required. 

C. After operational assignment, the radiological safety monitors wlll 

familiarize themselves wlth all pertinent phases of the experimental 

work. 

111. Operation Plan, EASY Shot 

A. Eniwetok - Drone Operation 

1. D-Day 

Proqram Number of Monitors Rema rks Time of Operation 

A1 1 1 SeniorMonitor 

1.7 4 + 1 Supervisor Recovery Filter H+2 to Ht4

2.54 Mouse Cages H+3, H+6, H+10 

5 and 6 4 + 1 Supervisor OutsideGadgets H+5 to H+8 (4 from Prog. 1.7) Inside Gadgets 

5 and 6 2 Packlng samples in H+6 to H+10 

117 compound 

Total 13 Monitors 

Task Unlt 3.1.5 is responsible for the radiological safety of 

all personnel working in connection wlth removal of experimental 

material from drone aircraft until aircraft are released to Task 

Group 3.4. 

283 
Annex E to Task Unlt 3.1.5 

Operatlon Plan NO. 1-51 

OPeratlons, Shot EASY 

Upon arrival of all potentiallycontaminated aircraft on Eniwetok 

Island, a monitor will be supplied until such times as the aircraft have been parked. Monltors will accompany all recovery 

teams. They will be responsible for the monitoring of the packing, loading and for the release for shipment of all materials 

returning to the2.1. Monitors wlll check out all recovery, packing, and loading personnel after which time the drone planes 

will be rleased to Task Group 3.4. 

2. D+l and following. 

There are no scheduled monitoring activities on Eniwetok Island 

by Task Unit 3.1.5 unt 11 next shot Day unless Indicated by Commander TU 3.1.5 as a result of situation analysis. 

B. EngeblIsland 

1. D-Day 

Time of 

Proqram Numberof Monitors Method of TravelOperation 

A 1 1 1 SeniorMonltor 

2 1 + 1 Supervisor Helicopter H min+ 30 

2.4.1.2 

(1 from Helicopter) Speedboat to H+l H+2 2.4.1.3 

(1 Senior Monitor) speedboat, Neutron Cable 1.5.1 H+l to H+4 4 + 1 Supervisor Speedboat, Neutron Camera 

6.3 4 Taxi Water H+8+ 

1.8, 1.5.3 1 travel prtyX-Ray H+8+

1.3, 1.1 1 NRL travel party H+8+

1.6 1 travel party Blast H+8+

3 5 "Boat (6.10 & EGG) H+8 + 

5.1 1 "Boat H+8+ 

8.2 1 "Boat H+8+ 

Total 27 Monitors 

All Rad-Safety monitoring operations on Engebl will be under the 

control of the Rad-Safety Senior Monitor. All Program Two work 

will be under the supervision of a Rad-Safety Supervisor, who 

will Coordinate with the Beachmaster who controls all Program 

Two operatlons on this island. The remaining operations wlll be 

under the control of the Senior Monl tor, with the assistance of 

one supervisor. 

a. Helicopter Mission 

Helicopter willleave Parry Island at H+5 min.. with the 

supervisor monitor €or program Two and an additional monitor 

284 
Annex E to TaskUnlt 3.1.5 

O p e r a t l o nP l a n No. 1-51 

Operatlons. EASY Shot 

to accompany Program Two container Inspector, loading on 

Engebi at H+30 min. The SU~~KV~SOK monitor will make a spot 

radiological survey check. The other monitor will accompany 

the Program Two container inspector and at the completion of 

this, will board the helicopter and survey Muzin. Kirinian, 

and Bokon Islands and return to Parry Island. 

b. Speedboat Mission - Program Two 

MonitorrequirementsatisfiedbySupervisormonitor on 

Engebl who arrived by helicopter at H+30 min. 

C. Neutron Cable and Camera Mission 

Four monitors and one supervisor proceed to Parry Island to 

Engebi Island, H+5 min., by speedboat, arriving Engebi Htl 

hr . They will monitor operatlon of recovery of neutron samples and neutron cameras.At the completionof the operation, 

monitors will report to the Senlor Monitoron Engebi Island. 

d. Program TWO - T -Boat 

Six monitors will be dispatched from Parry to Japtan. 0800 

D-2, where they will report to the Director of Program Two. 

one monitor will remain on Japtan Island to monitor returning 

personnel and material of Program Two. Five monitors will 

accompany T-boat from Japtan to Engebi and report to supervisor monitor on Engebi Island at H+2. Upon completion of 

monitoring of recovery of Program Two material, they will 

report to the SU~~KV~SOK monitor. 

Contingent upon reports received at the RadSafe Center on Parry 

Island from the Senior Monitor on Engebi Island, the following 

missions will be executed: 

e. Program TWO - "Boats 

These recovery parties togo to islands which have previously 

been cleared by monitor on Helicopter mission. 

f. Tank Mission 

FOUK monitors will proceed Parry Island by water taxi with 

Program 6.3 group at H+6. Upon completion of this mission 

they will report to the Senior Monitor on Engebi. 

g. UCRL. and NLRK Mission 

One monitor will proceed from Parry Island at H+6, with personnel of Programs 1.8 and 1.5.3 recovery party. Upon completlon of monitoring activity, monitor will report to the 

Senior monitor on Engebi Island. 

h. NRL Mission 

One monitor will proceed from Parry Island at H+6, with 

personnel of Programs 1.3 and 1.1 recoveryparty.Upon 

285 
Annex E to T a s kU n l t3 . 1 . 5 

O p e r a t l o nP l a n NO. 1-51 

Operatlons.Shot EASY 

completion of monitoring activities. the monitor will report 

to the Senior Monitor on Engebi Island. 

I.NOBL Mission 

One monitor will proceed from Parry Island at H+6, with 

recovery personnel of Program 1.6. Upon completion of monitoring activities, the monitor will report to the Senior 

Monitor on Engebi Island. 

j. Structures Program (Damage Survey and Recovery Teams) 

Five monitors will proceed from Parry Island at H+6, wlth 

personnel of Program Three recovery and damage survey parties. Upon completion of monitoring activities. monitor will 

return to Parry Island. (Project 6.10 and EGG recovery perties may accompany this group.) 

k. Dosimetry Recovery Mission 

One monitor will proceed from Parry Island at H+6. with 

recovery personnel of Program 5.1. Upon completion of moni -

toring activities, monitor will report to the Senior Monitor 

In Engebl Island. 

1. AMC Mission 

One monitor will proceed from Parry Island at H+6, with personnel from Program8.2. Upon completion of monitoring activities, monitor will report to the Senior Monitor on Engebi 

Island. 

2. D+1 Day 

Thirty-five monitors proceed from Parry Island at 0700 by water 

taxi, arriving Engebi Island at 0830. These monitors will make a 

radiological survey of Engebi Island under the diKeCtiOn of the 

Senior Monitor present. Upon completionof monitoring activities, 

they will return to Parry Island with data obtained.

3. D+2 to D+15 Days 

Monltors will be provided for ell recovery party personnel as 

indicated by the radiological situation on Enjebl Island. 

C. Non-ShotIsland 

1. D-Day 

a. Photographic Mission, Program 1.4 

One monitor will accompany photographic recovery party of 

Program 1.4 to photographic installations on (Up-wind) [sic] 

and on Bogallua (down-wind). Upon completion of monitoring 

activities, return to Parry Island. 

286 
Annex E to T a s kU n l t3 . 1 . 5 

O p e r a t l o nP l a n No. 1-51 

Operatlons, EASY Shot 

b. Static Panel Recovery, Program 8.2 

One monitor will accompany static panel recovery party to 

Teiteiripucchi Island. Upon completion of monitoring activ1.-

ties. return to Parry Island. 

C. Structures Program. Mutin Island 

This island will have been cleared by Helicopter Monitor at 

H+2 hrs, and It Is not felt that a monitor is requi red for 

this operat ion. 

d. Fall-out Distribution, Program 6.4 

Monitoring for this activity will be provided by Task Group 

3.1. 

e. Atoll Survey 

One monitor leaves Parry Island at H+5 min. in an L-5 aircraft, landing at all Atoll islands which have airstrips, 

and making spot radlological survey checks. Upon completion, 

returns to Parry Island. 

2. D+l Day 

a. There will be no entry into radioact ive areas of the At01 1 

until the completion of the radiological survey. 

b. General Survey of non-shot islands will be continued by monitor in an L-5 aircraft. 

3. D+2 to D+15 Days 

a. General survey of Atoll by monitor in L-5 alrcraft will be 

continued as indicated. 

b. Programatic activities on non-shot islands will be provided 

with monitors as Indicated by the radlological situation. 

C. FBM aircraft will be dispatched to obtain water samples from 

various areas in Marshall Islands group as indicated by the 

radiological situation. 

d. Radiological Situation Plots 

(1) The RadSafe Center will maintain radiological situation 

data on all islands of the Atoll based upon monitor 

data and survey data obtained by specific monitoring 

missions. This Information will be the basis of periodic 

situation reports or maps and briefing information for 

monitors entering radioactive areas. 

(2) The RadSafe Center will make surface radex plots. 

287 
288 
Annex F to Task Unit 3.1.5 

O p e r a t l o nP l a n No. 1-51 

Communlcattons 

Telephone and radio comunlcatlons will be provided by Commander, Task Group 

3.1. Details ate covered 3n Annex "€3" of CTG 3.1 OPERATION ORDER 1-51 and 

APPENDIX IV-8 thereto. 

289 
290 
Commander Task Group 3.3 

Fleet Post Offlce 

San Franclsco, Callfornla 

22 March 1951 

From: Commander Task Group 3.3 

To: Task Group 3.3 

Subj: Film badges, procurement, distribution, and processing; 

information concerning 

Encl: (1) Film Badge Data Sheet 

1. Commander Task Unit 3.1.5 has been requested to furnish film badges to the 

units of Task Group 3.3 for each shot during OPERATION GREENHOUSE in the 

following quantities: 

USS CURTIS (AV-4) 20 

USS WALKER (DDE-517) 10 

USS (DDE-577) YPROSTON 10

USS CABTZ.00 (LSD-16) 10 

Boat Pool (aboard USS CABILDO -- to include 5 film badges for 

eachLsus) of 3 215 

USS LST-859 5 

USNS SGT C.E. MOWER(T-AP-186)10 

Task Unit 3.3.3 (VP-931) 150 

-

Total film badge requirements 

for each shot 430 

2. Commander Task Unit 3.1.5 has been further requested to forward the prescribed number of film badges to Task Unit 3.3.3 (W-931) so that these 

are recelved by them on OK before D-minus-two days for each shot of the 

operation. All members of the crews of the aircraft which will be airborne 

from D-Day toD-plus-seven days will wear film badges. 

3. The Radiologlcal Safety officer of the USS CABILDO (LSD-16) wlll procure 

and dlstribute the film badges for the USS CARILDO (LSD-16) and the Boat 

Pool. All members of the boat crews who will be operating on D-Day to 

D-plus-seven days wlll wear film badges,if practicable. 

4. Radiological Safety Of flcersof a1 1 units of Task Group 3.3, except Task 

Unit 3.3.3, will procure the necessary numberof film badges from Commander 

Task Unit 3.1.5 on Parry Island on D-mlnus-two days, prior to each shot. 

These film badges are to be worn by selected pZ?rsonnel in order to obtain 

a recording of exposure to radiation In various parts of the ship at the 

time of, and subsequent to, the detonations. These fIlm badges are to be 

worn by these individuals continuously from just prior to H-HOUK until 

D-plus-seven days after each shot, unless the exposure to radiation exceeds 

the maximum permissible exposure, as indicated by the pocket dosimeters. 

In the event that the maximum permissible exposure Is exceeded, these 

badges ace to be returned to Commander Task Unit 3.1.5 on Parry Island for 

291 
Commander TaskGroup 3.3 

Fleet Post Offlce 

San F r a n c l s c o ,C a l l f o r n l a 

22 March 1951 

processing and reporting and new fl lm badges will be Issued at that time. 

After each shot on D-plus-seven days a1 1 film badges will be returned by 

each Radiological safety Officer to Commander Task Unit 3.1.5 on Parry 

Island for processing and reporting with the Film Badge Data Sheet (enclosure [l]) completely filled in. 

5. The Film Badge Data Sheet (enclosure [1]> will be made out in triplicate 

for each film badge used, the original being forwarded to Commander Task 

Unit 3.1.5 with the film badge, one copy to Commander Task Group 3.3, and 

one copy retained in your files. 

6. TKanSmiSSiOn by United States registered mail or registered guard mall is 

authorized in accordance with Article 7-5, United States Navy Security 

Manual for Classified matter. 

292 
FILM BADGE DATASHEET 

COMMANDER TASK GROUP 3.3 

NAME OF PERSON WEARING BADGE 

(Last) (PiCSt ) (Middle1 

FILE/SERVICE NO. RANK/RATE BRANCH OF SERVICE 

FILM BADGE NO. 

DATES FILMEXPOSED: BADGE FROM OR WORN To 1951 

SHIP OR STATION -

LOCATION ON SHIP OR STATION (DUTY STATION) 

ACCUMULATED DOSAGE AS INDICATED BY DOSIMETER READINGS DURING EXPOSURE PERIOD: 

ROENTGENS 

ADDITIONAL REMARKS 

(RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY OFFICER) 

U.S.S. 

NOTE: Film badges will be worn by designated personnel from D-Day (prior to 

H-Hour) unt 11 D-plus-seven days, for each shot. In the event that exposures, 

as recorded on the pocket dosimeters, are exceeding the maximum permlssible 

exposure, film badges will be turned in to CTU 3.1.5 on Parry Island for 

development and Interpretation and new badges will be Issued at that time by 

CTU 3.1.5 for the remainder of the D-plus-seven period. 

This form is to be filled out in triplicate. Forward the original wlth the 

film badge to CTU 3.1.5, one copy to CTG 3.3, and retain one copy on flle. 

293 
294 
TASKGROUP 3.3 TRAINING SYLLABUS 

I. General Indoctrination 

A. Background and nature of hazards 

1. Historical 

a. Early developments 

b. Hiroshima. Nagasakl, SANDSTONE. RANGER 

2. The Nuclear Bomb 

a. Introduction 

b. Fisslon and chain reactlon 

c. Explosion phenomena 

(1) Instantaneous radiation 

(a) Blast -- position and negative phases 

(b) Thermal of non-ionizingradiationinfraced, 

ultraviolet, visible light 

(c) Penetrating or non-ionizing radiation - - gamma and 

neutrons 

(2) Residual radiation 

(a) Fission products 

(b) Unfissloned bomb material -- alpha emitters 

11. Detection and measurement of nuclear radiation 

A. Introduction 

1. General classes 

a. Rate meters 

b. Accumulative devices 

2. Operating princlples 

a. Ionization 

3. The Roentgen Unlt 

a. Definition 

b. Maximum permissible exposure 

4. Specific Instrument Types 

a. Rate meters 

(1) AN/PDR-5 Geiger counter -- beta gam 

(2) AN/PDR-8B Geiger counter -- beta gamma 

(3 IM-3/PD Ion chamber -- gamma 

295 
TaskGroup 3.3 T r a l n l n gS y l l a b u s 

(4) IM-4/PD ronChamber -- alpha 

(5) AN/PDR-TlB Ion chamber -- gamma 

b. Accumulative devices 

(1) Film badges 

(2) Pocket dosimeters and Chargers 

111. Monltor1ng 

A. Reasons for monitoring 

B. Shipboard monitoring 

1. Three phases 

a. Setting up a radsafe organization 

(1) Organization 

(a) Radsafe bill 

2. Communication 

3. Radsafe Drill (based on USF 85) 

4. Radiac instrument storage 

5. Protective clothing 

a. Preparation prior to detonation 

(1) Condition Able 

(2) Water film over all topside areas (if directed) 

b. Post-detonation procedures 

C. Safe working time 

1. Introduction (a monograph dealing with safe working time in a 

contaminated area was distributed to all TG 3.3 units) 

2. Formulas 

IV. Decontamination 

A. Introduction 

B. Personnel decontamination 

1. Personnel returning from contamination areas 

2. Personnel requirements for decontamination center 

3. Supervision 

C.Material decontamination 

1. Procedures for decontaminatingships andaircraftfound in 

USF 85 and USF 82 

296 
APPENDIX 6 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS 

Many of the definitions in this glossary relating to nuclear device and 

radiation phenomena have been quotedor extracted from The Effects of Nuclear 

Weapons (3rd edition), S. Glasstone and P.J. Dolan, 1977. 

MJW. Airways and Air Communication Service (Air 

Force) . 

AB. Aircraft Control and Warning (Air Force). 

m. Administrative Area Unit (Army). 

m. Army Chemical Center. Edgewood Arsenal. 

Maryland. 

accelerometer. An instrument for determining the 

acceleration of the system with which it moves. 

activation products. Radioactive nuclides produced by the irradiation of a stable nuclide, 

usually with neutrons. 

a.Destroyer tender (Navy). 

AB. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D.C. 

Independent agency of the Federal government 

with statutory responsibilities for atomic energy matters. No longer exists; its functions 

have been assumed by the Department of Energy 

and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. 

E. Store ship (Navy): also Air Force. 

AB. Air Force Base. 

m.Air POKCe Special Weapons Center. Kirtland 

AFB. New Uexlco. 

w. Armed Forces Special Weapons Project. 

AS. Amphibious force flagship (Navy). 

airburst. The detonation of a nuclear device in 

the air at a height such that the expanding 

fireball does not touch the Earth's surface 

when the luminosity (emission of light) is at 

a maximum. 

air Particle tralectory. The velocity and rate of 

descent of windblown radioactive particles. 

s.Cargo ship (Navy). 

AB. Attack cargo ship (Navy). 

allovable dose. See MPL. 

alvha emitter. A radionuclide that undergoes 

transformation by alpha-particle emission. 

alpha particle. A Charged particle emitted spontaneously from the nuclei of some radioactive 

elements. It is identical with a helium nucleus, having a mass of 4 units and an electric chargeof 2 positive units. See also 

KadiOactlVity. 

alpha rays. A stream of alpha particles. 

Loosely. a synonym for alpha particles. 

m. Airman; enlisted Air Force personnel. 

m. Army Map Service. Washington. D.C. 

AN/PDR-39. An lOn-Chanber-type survey meter: this 

was the standard radsafe meter. Others in use 

included the Navy version, the AN/PDR-T1B. the 

AN/PDR-lBA and -18B. and lower range GeigerMUelleK instruments (AN/PDR-27. Beckman PIX-5. 

and Nuclear Corporation 2610). 

a.Oiler (Navy). 

s. Air Operations Center. 

m.Gasoline tanker (Navy). 

g. Transport ship (Navy). 

E.Aberdeen Proving Ground. Maryland. 

AS. Army Post Office. 

arminq. The changing of a nuclear device from a 

safe condition (that is. a condition in which 

It cannot be accidentally detonated) to a state 

of reaainess for detonation. 

m. Salvage ship (Navy). 

m.Salvage lifting ship (Navy). 

m. Army Security Agency. 

m. Army support Unit. 

-2.Anti-Submarine Warfare. 

A>. AUXiliaKy ocean tug (Navy). 

297 
ATF c -47 

AX. Fleet ocean tug (Navy). 

w.A ring of coral reefs, usually with small 

islets. that surrounds a lagoon. Most are isolated reefs rising from the deep sea that have 

built up on submerged volcanoes. They vary considerably in size: the largest atoll. Kuajalein 

in the Marsha11 Islands. has an irregular shape 

that extends for 84 miles (135 km). See also 

coral reef. 

atomic bomb (OK weamn). A term sometimes applied 

to a nuclear weapon utilizing fission energy 

only. See also fission. nuclear device. 

atomic explosion. See nuclear explosion. 

attenuation. The process by which radiation is 

reduced in intensity when passing through some 

material. It is due to absorption or scattering OK both. but it excludes the decrease of 

intensity with distance from the source (inverse sauare law. which see). 

E. Army Unit. 

E. Seaplane tender (Navy). 

AX. Aircraft rescue vessel (Navy). 

w. Distilling ship (Navy). 

BZ. Four-engine. propeller-driven bomber developed by Wing Airplane Company and widely used 

in World War XI. Used as radio-controlled, 

unmanneddronecloudsampler in atmospheric 

nuclear weapon tests. 

8-29. A 4-engine. propeller-driven bomber developed by Boeing. usedfor weather reconnaissance.cloudtracking.aerialsamplingand 

photography. and aerial refueling at the PEG. 

Theseversionsdesignated "29. WB-29, and 

KB-29. 

B-. A 6-jet-engine bomber with sweptback wings 

and a double-wheel bicycle landing gear, developed by Boeing. Used as the subject of effects experiments. 

B-. A 4-engine bomber developed by Boelnq. with 

bathvthermoqraph (B/T). A device for obtaining a 

record of temperature with depth in the upper 

1,000 feet (300 meters) of the ocean from a 

ship underway. 

becauerel (Ba). See curie (Ci). 

beta burns. Beta-emittingparticles that come 

into contact with the skin and remain for an 

appreciable time can cause a form of radiation 

injury sometimes referred to as "beta burn." 

In an area ofextensive early fallout. the 

whole surface of the body may be exposed to 

beta particles. 

beta emitter. A radionuclide that disintegrates 

by betaparticleemission. All beta-active 

elements existing in nature expel negative particles. 1.e.. electrons or. more exactly. negatrons. Beta-emitting particles are harmful if 

inhaled or ingested or remainon the skin. 

beta particle (ravl. A charged particle of very 

small mass emitted spontaneously €rom the nuclei of certain radioactive elements. Most. if 

not all. of the direct fission products emit 

negativebetaparticles(negatrons).Physlcally. the beta particle is identical to an 

electron moving at high velocity. 

bhanqmeter. A device that measures bomb yield 

based on light generated by the explosion. 

blast. The detonation of a nuclear device. like 

the detonation of a high explosive such as TNT. 

results in the sudden formation of a pressure 

or shock wave. called a blast wave in the air 

and a shock wave when the energy is Imparted 

to water or Earth. 

blast wave. An air pulse in which the pressure 

increasessharply at the front followed by 

winds propagated from an explosion. 

blast vield. That portion of the total energy of 

a nuclear explosion that manifests itself as 

blast and shock waves. 

bomb debris. See weawn debris. 

B&. Ballistic Research Laboratories, Aberdeen 

some features like those of the B-29, but hav- Proving Ground. Maryland (Army). 

lng a taller tail fin and larger engines and 

nacelles. Bm. Bureau (Navy). of Aeronautics 

backaround radiation. The radiation of man's nat- BuDocks. Bureau of Yards and Docks (Navy). 

uralenvironment.consisting ofthat which 

comes from cosmic rays and from the naturally Bm. Bureau of Uedicine and Surgery (Navy). 

radioactive elements of the Earth. including 

that from within man's body. The term may also w. Explosion: or detonation. See also 

meanradiationextraneoustoanexperiment. w.hiah-altitudeburst,surface burst. 

base surse. The particulate dust cloud that rolls BuShips. Bureau of Ships (Navy). 

out from the bottom of the cloud column produced by the detonation of a nuclear device. CA. A twin-engine transport aircraft manufacFor underwaterbursts. the base surge is atured by DouglasAircraftCompany (Air Force 

cloud of water droplets. and the flowing prop- version of the OC-3). 

erties are those of a homogeneous liquid. 

298 
c-54 CVE 

c-. A 4-engine military cargo and personnel 

transport manufactured by DouglasAircraft 

Company (A~KForce version of the Dc-4). 

-cab. The shelter that covers a nuclear device 

being prepared for test. nay be located on a 

tower. on the Earth's surface. or on a barge. 

Cathode-ray tube. A vacuum tube in which cathode 

rays (electrons) are beamed upon a fluorescent 

screen to produce a luminous image. The character of this image is related to, and controlled by. one OK moreelectricalsignals 

applied to the cathode-ray beam as input information. The tubesare used in measuring 

instruments such as osci1loscopes and in radar 

and television displays. 

Aheavilyshieldedenclosure in which 

radioactive materials can be remotely manlpulated to avoid radiation exposure of personnel. 

g. Center for Disease Control. 

cl;. Abbreviation for curie. which see. Ci is 

preferred now but c was the abbreviation used 

in the 1950s. 

z. Counter-Intelligence Corps (Army): Combat 

Information Center (Navy). 

CINCPAC. Comnander in Chief. Pacific. 

Circle William fittinas. The closing of certain 

closures. designated "Circle William" fittings. 

hinders the movement of outside air into the 

interior spaces of naval ships. This sealed 

state is also called Circle William condition. 

CJTF 3. Commander, Joint Task Force 3. 

closed area. The land areas of Bikini and Enewetak and the water areas within3 miles of them 

that the United States closed to unauthorized 

persons. 

cloud chamber effect. See Wilson cloud. 

cloudcolumn (funnell. The visiblecolumn of 

weapon debris (and possibly dust or water dropletd) extending upward from the point of a 

nuclear burst. 

cloud phenomena. See fallout. fireball.radioactive cloud. 

CB. Chief of Naval Operations. 

collimate. To align nuclear weapon radiant outputs within an assigned solid angle through 

theuseofbaffles in Order toenhance 

measurements. 

g. Chemical symbol for cobalt. 

cobalt. Metallic element with radionuclide

60~0 used as a calibration source for gamm 

instruments. 

CornAlrPac. CommanderNaval Air POfCe Pacific 

(Navy). 

ComServPac.Commander Service ForcesPacific 

(Navy). 

Condition "Purple". see Purple conditions. 

contamination. The deposit of radioactive material on the surfaces of structures. areas. objects. and personnel follcuing a nuclear detonation.Thismaterialgenerallyconsists of 

fallout in which fission products and other 

devicedebrishavebecomeinCOKpoKatedwith 

particles of dust.vaporizedcomponentsof 

device platforms. etc. Contamination can also 

arise from the radloactivlty induced in certain substances by the action of neutrons from 

anuclearexplosion. See alsodecontamina-

-~tion. fallout, weapon debris. 

coral reef. A complex ecological association of 

bottom-living and attached shelled marine animal fossils that form fringing reefs. barrier 

reefs. and atolls. The lagoonsofbarrier 

reefs and atolls are important places for the 

deposition of fine-grained calcium carbonate 

mud. 

Cpn. Counts per minute. a measure of radioactive 

material disintegration. 

crater. The depression formed on the surface of 

the Earth by a surface OK underground explosion. Crater formation can occur by vaporlzation of the surface material. by the scouring 

effect of alrblast. by throwout of disturbed 

material. or by subsidence. 

9. Chemical symbol for cesium. 

Cs. Chief of Staff. 

CB. Commander. Task Group. 

curie (Cll. A unit of radioactivity: It is the 

activity of a quantity of any cadloactive species in which 3.700 x 1O1O (37 billion) nuclear disintegrations occurper second (approximately the radioactivity of 1 gram of radium). 

The gamma curie is Sometimes defined COKKespondingly as the activity of materialin which 

this number of gamma-ray photons is emitted 

per second. This unit is being replaced by the 

becquerel (Bq). which is equal to one disintegration per second. 

cutie pie. A portable beta-gamrna survey meter 

using an ionization chamber as the detector 

volumetomeasureradiationexposurerates. 

Usually used at higherradiationlevels for 

both detecting and measuring ionizing radiation. A removable end-cap acts as a shield for 

the detector, allowing the instcument to indicate combined beta and gamma radiation when 

the cap is removed, or gamma radiation only 

when the cap is in place. 

E.Escort aircraft carrier (Navy). 

299 
CW net 

cy net. carrier wave network. An organization of 

stations capable of direct radio communications 

on a common channel OK frequency. 

D-. The term used to designate the unnamed 

day on which a test takes place. The equivalent rule applies to H-hour (which see). Time 

in plans is indicated by a letter which shows 

the unit of time employed in figures, with a 

minus OK plus sign to indicate the amount of 

time before or after the reference event, e.¶.. 

D+7 means 7 days after D-day, H+2 means 2 hours 

after H-hour. 

DX. Escort destroyer (Navy). 

DX. Destroyer escort (Navy). 

debris (radioactive). See weapon debris. 

decay (radioactivel. The decrease in activity of 

any radioactive material with the passage of 

time due to the spontaneous emission from the 

atomic nuclei of either alpha or beta particles. sometimes accompanied by gamma radiation. 

OK by gamma photons alone. Every decay process 

has a definite half-life. 

decontamination. The reduction or removal of contaminating radioactive material from a structure. area. object. OK person. Decontamination 

may be accomplished by (1) treating the SUCface to remove or decrease the contamination: 

(2) letting the material stand so that the 

radioactivity is decreased as a result of natural decay; and (3) covering the contamination 

in order to attenuate the radiation emitted. 

device. Nuclear fission and fusion materials. 

together wlth their arming. fuzing. firing. 

chemical-explosive, and effects-measuring components. that have not reached the development 

status of an operational weapon. 

diaqr-stic measurements OK experiments. Experiments whose purpose is to study the explosive 

disassembly of a nuclear device as opposed to 

effects measurements (which see). 

DA. Uinelayer destroyer (Navy). Converted destroyers designed to conduct high-speed minelaying operations. 

m. Department of Defense. The Federal executive 

agency responsible for the defense of the 

United States. Includes the four services and 

special joint defense agencies. Reports to the 

President through the Secretary of Defense. 

e.A general term denoting the quantity of 

ionizing radiation absorbed. The unit of absorbed dose is the rad (which see). In soft 

body tissue the absorbed dose in rads is essentially equal to the exposure in roentgens. The 

biological dose (also called the ME dose) in 

rems is a measure of biological effectiveness 

of the absorbed radiation. Dosage is used in 

older literature as well as exposure dose and 

simply exposure. and care should be exercised 

in their use. See also exposure. 

exposure 

dose rate. As a general rule. the amount of ionizing (or nuclear) radiation that an Individual 

OK material would receive per unit of time. It 

is usually expressed as rads (OK rems) per 

hour OK multiples or divisions of these units 

such as mlllirads per hour. The dose rate is 

comnonly used to indicate the level of radioactivity in a radioactive area.Seesurvey 

m. 

dosimeter. An instrument for measuring and registering the total accumulated dose of (or 

exposure to) ionizing radiation. Instruments 

worn or carried by individuals are called 

personnel dosimeters. 

dosimetry. The measurement and recording of radiation doses and dose rates. It is concerned 

with the use of various types of radiation 

instruments with which measurements are made. 

See also dosimeter, surveymeter. 

m. Disintegrations per minute. a measure of 

radioactivity. literally atoms disintegrating 

per minute. Difficult to directly compare with 

roentgens per hour for mlxtures of radionuclides. 

m. David Taylor Uodel Basin. Carderock. 

naryland (Navy). 

DB. Two-and-one-half-ton amphibious truck 

(Navy). 

dynamic pressure. Air pressure that results from 

the mass air flow (or wind) behind the shock 

front of a blast wave. 

effects measurements or experiments. Experiments 

whose purpose is to study what a nuclear explosion does to material. equipment and systems. Includes also measurement of the changes 

in the environment caused by the detonation 

such as increased air pressures (blast). thermal and nuclear radiation. cratering.water 

waves. etc. 

6c&G. Edgerton,Germeshausen & Crier.Boston, 

Uassachusetts(now EGM:. Inc.). AnAeCcontractor. Provided timing and firing electronics 

and technical film coverage. 

electromaunetic radiation. EleCtKOInAgnetiC radlations range from X-rays and gamma rays of short 

wavelength (high frequency), through the ultraviolet, visible. and infrared regions. to radar 

and radio waves of relatively long wavelength. 

electron. A partlcle of very small mass and electrically charged. AS usually defined. the electron's charge is negative. The term negatron 

is also used for the negative electron and the 

positively charged form is called a positron. 

See also beta particles. 

exmsure. A measure expressed in roentgens of the 

ionization produced by gamma rays (or X-rays) 

in air. The exposure rate is the exposure per 

unit time (e.9.. roentgens perhour). See 

dose. dose rate. roentqen. 

300 
exposure rate contours 

exposure rate contours. Lines joining points that 

have the same radiation intensity that define 

a fallout pattern. represented in terms of 

roentgens per hour. 

m.Single-place jet fighter developed by Lockheed AiKCraft in the last years of World WC 

11. A radio-controlled drone version was used 

in nuclear testing. 

fallout. The process OK phenomenon of the descent 

to the Earth's surface of particles contaminated with radioactive material from the radioactive cloud. The term is also applied in a 

collective sense to the contaminated particulate matter itself. The early (or local) 

fallout is defined. somewhat arbitrarily. as 

particles reaching the Earth within 24 hours 

after a nuclear explosion. The delayed (or 

worldwide) fallout consists of the smaller 

particles, which ascend into the upper troposphere and stratosphere and are carried by 

winds to all parts of the Earth. The delayed 

fallout is brought to Earth. mainly by rain 

and snow, over extended periods ranging from 

months to years. 

fathometer. A depth-sounding instrument. The 

depth of water is measured by noting the time 

the echo of a sound takes to return from the 

bottom. 

film badqes. Used for the indirect measurement of 

ionizing radiation. Generally contain two or 

three pieces of film of different radiation 

sensitivities. They are wrapped in paper (OK 

other thin material) that blocks light but is 

readily penetrated by gamma rays. The films 

are developed and the degree of fogging (or 

blackening) observed is a measure of the gammaray exposure. from which the absorbed dose IS 

calculated. Film badges can also measure beta 

and neutron radiation. 

fireball. The luminous sphere of hot gases that 

forms a few millionths of a second after a nuclear explosion as the result of the absorption 

by the Surrounding medium Of the thermal X-rays 

emitted by the extremely hot (several tens of 

millions of degrees) device residues. The exterior of the fireball in air is initially 

sharply defined by the luminous shock front 

andlaterby the limits of the hot gases 

themselves. 

fission. The process of the nucleus of a particular heavy element splitting into two nuclei of 

lighter elements. with the release of substantial amounts of energy. The most Important fissionable materials are uranium-235 and plutonium-239: fission is caused by the absorption 

of qeutrons. 

fission detectors. Radiation pulse detector of 

the proportional counter type in which a foil 

or film of fissionable materials is incorporated to make it respond to neutrons. 

gunk 

fission products. A general term €OK the complex 

mlxture of substances produced as a result of 

nuclear fission. A distinction should be made 

between these and the direct fission products 

OK fission fragments that are formed by the 

actual splitting of the heavy-element nuclei 

into nuclei of medium atomic weight. Approximately 80 different fission fragments result 

from roughly 40 different modes of fission of 

a given nuclear species (e.9.. uranium-235 OK 

plutonium-239). The fission fragments. being 

radioaCtiVe. immediately begin to decay. forming additional (daughter) products. with the 

resultthat the complex mlxture of fission 

products so formed contains over 300 dlfferent 

radionuclides of 36 elements. 

fixed alpha. Alpha radioactivity that Cannot be 

easily removed as evidenced by no activity 

removed on a swipe of a 100-cm2 area. 

fluorescence. The emission of light (electromagnetic radiation) by a material as a result of 

the absorption of energy from radiation. The 

term may refer to the radiation emitted. as 

well as to the emission process. 

forward area. The PPG and adjoining areas (e.9.. 

Kwajalein). 

-PPO. Fleet Post Office (Navy). 

fusion. The combination of two light nuclei to 

form a heavier nucleus. with the release of the 

difference of the nuclear binding energy of the 

fusion products and the sum of the binding energies of the two light nuclei. 

qamma rays. Electromagnetic radiations of high 

photon energy originating in atomic nuclei and 

accompanying many nuclear reactions (e.9.. fisslon. radioactivity, and neutron capture). 

Physically, gamma rays are identical with 

X-rays of high energy: the only essential difference Is that X-rays do not originate from 

atomic nuclei of high energy. Gamma rays can 

travel great distances through air and can 

penetrate considerable thickness of material. 

although they can neither be seen nor felt by 

human beings except at very high intensities. 

which cause an itching and tingling sensation 

of the skin. They can produce harmful effects 

even ,at a long distance from their source. 

Geiqer-Uueller (a)counter. Agasdischarge 

pulse counter €OK ionizing radiation. See also 

AN/PDR-39 and ion-chamber-type survey meter. 

m. Greenwich Uean Time. 

gray (CY). A recently introduced ICRP term: 1 Cy 

equals 100 rad. 

around zero (GZ). See surface zero. 

a.A viscous commercial preparation that is 

soluble both in water and petroleum derivatives. It acts as a wetting agent in removing 

grease and particulate matter from metal and 

other nonporous surfaces. 

301 
H-5 LCVP 

H-5. Helicopter developed by Sikorsky Aircraft 

Division of United Aircraft Corporation. 

H-hour. Time zero. or time of detonation. When 

used in connection wi th planning operations it 

is the specific time at which the operation 

event commences. H-1 indicates 1 hour before 

the detonation. and H+l indicates 1 hour after 

detonation. etc. Uinutes and seconds may also 

be indicated using this system, but the units 

used must then be shown. e.g.. H-30 minutes. 

H+55 seconds. See also D-day. 

half-life. The time ~equi~edfor a radioactive 

material to lose half of its radioactivity due 

todecay.Eachradionuclidehasaunique 

half-life. 

e.High explosive. 

hiqh-altitude burst. Defined, somewhat arbitrarily, as a detonation In OK above the stratosphere. The distribution of the energy of the 

explosion between blast and thermal radiation 

changes appreciably with increasing altitude. 

hodoaraDh. A corarmon hodograph in meteorology represents the speed and direction of winds at 

different altitude increments. 

hot: hot smt. Commnly used colloquialterm 

meaning a spot or area relatively more radioactive than some adjacent area. 

m. Indirect Bomb Damage Assessment. A revised 

target analysis based on new data such as actual weaponyield. burst height.andground 

zero obtained by means otherthandirect 

assessment. 

m.International Comission on Radiological 

Protection. 

initial radiation. Electromagnetic radiations of 

high energy omitted from both the fireball and 

the radioactive cloud within the first minute 

after a detonation. It includes neutrons and 

gamma rays givenoff almost instantaneously 

(usuallydefinedas promt radiation,which 

see). as well as the gamma rays emitted by the 

fission products and other radioactive species 

In therising cloud. Initialneutronsfrom 

ground OK near-ground bursts react with both 

earth materials and device debris to create 

activation products. 

inverse sware law. The decrease in radiation 

intensitywithdistancefromasingle-point 

source is proportional to the square of the 

distance removed. 

ion-chamber-tVD9 survey meter. A device for measuring the amount of ionizing radiation. Consists of a gas-filled chamber containing two 

electrodes (one of which may be the Chsmber 

wall) between which a potential difference is 

maintained. The radiation ionizes gas In the 

chamber and an instrument connected toone 

electrodemeasures the ionizationcurrent 

produced. 

ionization. The process of adding electrons to, 

or knocking electrons from. atoms or molecules. 

thereby creating ions. High temperatures. electrical discharges, and nuclear radiation can 

cause ionization. 

lonizina radiation. Any particulate or electromagnetic radiation capable of producing ions. 

directly or indirectly. in its passage through 

matter. Alpha and beta particles produce ion 

pairs directly. while gamma rays and X-rays 

liberateelectrons as theytraversematter. 

which in turnproduceionization in their 

paths. 

ionosphere. The region of the atmosphere, extending from roughly 40 to 250 miles (about 64 to 

400 Ian) above the Earth. in which there is appreciable Ionization. The presence of charged 

particles in this region profoundlyaffects 

the propagation of radio and radar waves.

iKKadiatiOn. Exposure of matter to radiation. 

isodose lines. Doseordose-ratecontours.In 

fallout, contours plotted on a radiation field 

at which the dose rate or the total accumulated 

dose is the same. 

isotorres. Atoms with the same atomic number (same 

chemical element) but different atomic weight; 

i.e., the nuclei have the same number of protons but a different number of neutrons. 

Jcs. Joint Chiefs of Staff. 

JTP 3. Joint Task Force 3 was a combined force 

of personnel of the Department of Defense (Air 

Force. Army, Mrine Corps. Navy). the AEC. and 

their contractors. JTF 3 was responsible for 

allaspects of nuclearweapontests in the 

Pacific during 1951. 

kilotonconvention.Relates nuclear explosion 

energy to TNT explosion energy by using the 

approximate energy releast of 1,000 tons of 

TNT as the measuring unit. 

kinetic enerw. Energyassociatedwiththe 

motion of matter. 

L-5. M.Single-engine. prOpelleK-dKiVen light 

planes. 

m. LosAlamosScientificLaboratory. Los 

Alamos. New Uexico. 

a.Uechanized landing craft (Navy). 

LCP(L). Personnel landing craft (large) (Navy). 

LCP(R). Personnellandingcraft(ramp) (Navy). 

m. Tank landing craft (Navy). 

-LCU. Utility landing craft (Navy). 

tcvp. Vehicle and personnel landing craft (Navy). 

302 
L ML 

m. Lookout MountainLaboratory. Hollywood. 

California (Air Force). 

w. Long-range aid tonavigationsystem. 

Loranstations were maintained by the U.S. 

Coast GuardStationonEnewetakIslandand 

Johnston Atoll. 

gg. Dock landing ship (Navy). 

w. Infantry landing ship (large) (Navy). 

E.Tank landing ship (Navy). 

m. Utility landing ship (Navy). 

masnetometer. instrument An for measuring 

changes in the geomagnetic field. 

MA. Military Air TransportService:later. 

Military Airlift Connnand. 

meqaton (enerw).AppKOXiMtely the amount of 

energy that would be released by the explosion 

of one million tonsof TNT. 

microcurie. One-millionth of a curie. 

micron. One-millionthofameter (1.e.. 

meter OK 10-4 centimeter) : it is roughly 

four one-hundred-thousandths (4of x 

an inch. 

milliroentsen. One-thousandth of a roentgen. 

m. Claxlmum Permissible Limit. That amount of 

radioactive material in air. water, foodstuffs. 

etc. that Is established by authoKitieS as the 

maximum that would not create undue risk to 

human health. 

mR; mr. Abbreviation for milliroentgen. 

-. MilitaryTransportation Sea Service. 

(Navy). 

mushroom C8D. Top Of the cloud forEd from the 

fireball of a nuclear detonation. 

E. Motor vessel. 

s.Naval Air Development Center. 

w. Naval Air Station. 

-NBS. National Bureauof Standards. 

m. NonCOlmaissioned officer. 

s.National Connuittee on Radiation Protection 

and Measurements. Before 1956 simply the National Comittee on Radiation Protection. 

E.Naval EleCtKOniCS Laboratory. 

neutron. A neutralelementaryparticle (1.e.. 

withneutralelectricalcharge) of approximately unit mass (1.e.. the mass of a proton) 

that is present in all atomic nuclei. except 

n u c l e a rr a d l a t l o n 

those of Ordinary (light) hydrogen. Neutrons 

are required to initiate the fission process, 

and large numbers of neutrons are produced by 

both fission and fusion reactions in nuclear 

explosions. 

neutron flux. The intensity of neutron radiation. 

It is expressed as the numberof neutrons passing through 1 cm2 in 1 second. 

-Nn. Naval Materials Laboratory. 

--1. Naval Medical Research Institute. 

m. Naval Operating Base. 

-NOL. Naval Ordnance Laboratory. 

e.Nevada Proving Ground. now the Nevada Test 

Site (NTS) . 

m. Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory. 

&. Naval Research Laboratory. 

m. Nuclear Test Personnel Review. 

@. Nevada Test Site. 

nuclear device (OK weawn OK bomb). Any device in 

which the explosion results from the energy 

released by reactions involving atomic nuclei. 

either fission Or fusion. OK both. Thus. the 

a- (OK atomic) bomb and the H- (or hydrogen) 

bomb are both nuclear weapons. It would be 

equallytrue to callthematomicweapons. 

since the energy of atomic nuclei is Involved 

in each case. However. it has become more OK 

less customary.although it is not strictly 

accurate. to refer to weapons in which all the 

energyresults from fission as A-bombs.In 

Order to make a dlstinction, those weapons in 

which part of the energy results from thermonuclear (fusion) reactions of the isotopes of 

hydrogen have been called H-bombs Or hydrogen 

bombs. 

nuclear explosion. Explosive release of energy 

due to the splitting. or joining. of atoms. 

The explosion is observable by a violent emission of ultravlolet,visible.andinfrared 

(heat)radiation.gamma rays. neutrons.and 

other particles. This is accompanied by the 

formation of a fireball. A large part of the 

energy from the explosion is emitted as blast 

and shock waves when detonated at the Earth's 

surface orin theatmosphere.Thefireball 

produces a mushroom-shaped mass of hot gases 

and debris. the top of which rises rapidly. 

See alsoradiation. qannna rays. fireball. 

nuclear weamn. fission. fusion. blast. 

nuclear fusion. see thermonuclear fusion. 

nuclear radiation. Particulate and elect romagnetic radiation emltted from atomic nuclei ln 

various nuclear processes. The important nuclear radiations. from the weapons standpoint. 

are alpha and beta particles. gamma rays. and 

303 
nucleartests 

neutrons. All n u c l e a rr a d i a t i o n sa r ei o n i z i n g 

r a d i a t i o n s ,t h e but reverse is not true:

X-rays,forexample,areincluded among ionizi n gr a d i a t i o n s ,b u tt h e ya r en o tn u c l e a rr a d i a -

t i o n ss i n c et h e yd on o to r i g i n a t ef r o m atomic 

nuclei. 

nuclear tests. Testscarriedout to supplyinformationrequiredforthedesign andimprovement 

ofnuclearweapons and to s t u d yt h e phenomena 

and effectsassociatedwithnuclearexplosions. 

radlatlon 

POL. Petroleum, oil, and lubricants. The storage 

a r e af o rt h e s ep r o d u c t s is referred to as a 

POL farm. 

E. P a c i f i cP r o v i n g Ground (after 1956designatedtheEniwetokProvingGround, or EX). 

Komptradiatx.Neutrons and gamaraysemitted 

almostinstantaneouslyfollowing a nuclearfission OK fusion. 

proton. A p a r t i c l ec a r r y i n g a p o s i t i v ec h a r g e 

my of that for a n dp h y s i c a l l yi d e n t i c a l to thenucleusofthe "_nuclide. " species atom exists a measurablelengthof time. Thetermnuclide is Ordinaryhydrogen atom. 

used to describeanyatomicspeciesdistinguished by the of composition its nucleus:

i.e., by the number o fp r o t o n s and the number 

ofneutrons. Isotopes of a givenelementare 

nuclideshavingthenormal number o fp r o t o n s 

b u td i f f e r e n t numbers these neutrons of in

nuclei. A radionuclide is a radioactive 

nuclide. 

o f f - s c a l e .R a d i a t i o n (or o t h e rp h y s i c a l phenome n a )g r e a t e rt h a nt h ec a p a c i t yo f a measuring 

device to measure. 

-ONR. Office of Naval Research, Washington, D.C. 

ORNL. Oak RidgeNationalLaboratory,Tennessee. 

oscilloscope_. The name g e n e r a l l ya p p l i e d to a 

cathode-raydevice. 

-overpressure. The transient pressure, usually expressedinpoundsper square inch,exceeding 

theambientpressure,manifestedintheshock 

(OK blast) wave fromanexplosion. 

-P2V. Twin-engine patrol bomber used for maritime 

patrol andantisubmarinewarfare.Developed by 

Lockheed f o rt h e U.S. Navy. Used i nn u c l e a r 

tests a sc o n t r o l l e r and t r a n s i e n ts h i ps e a r c h , 

"PBM. Twin-engine, patrol-bomber flying boat, developedbyMartinforthe U.S. Navy. 

-PC. Patrol craft (Navy). 

peakpverpressure. The maximum value oftheoverpressure(which see) at a g i v e nl o c a t i o n . 

p e r m i s s i b l ed m s .T h a td o s eo fi o n i z i n gr a d i a t i o n 

that is not expected to cause appreciable 

b o d i l yi n j u r y to a p e r s o na t any time during 

hislifetime.Seealso MpL. 

phantom. A volumeofmaterialcloselyapproxim a t i n gt h ed e n s i t ya n de f f e c t i v e atomic number 

o ft i s s u e . Thephantom absorbsionizingradiat i o ni nt h e same manner as t i s s u e ,t h u sr a d i a -

tiondosemeasurements made withinthephantom 

Purple conditions. A shipboardwarningsystem 

usedinradiologicaldefense.Various numbered 

conditionsweresounded when r a d i o a c t i v ef a l l -

out was to beencountered.Responses to the 

soundedwarningsincludedclosingofvarious 

h a t c h e sa n df i t t i n g s ,t u r n i n go f fp a r t so ft h e 

ventilation system, removing and personnel

from a ship'sopendecks. The higherthePurple 

conditionnumber,the more s e v e r et h er a d i o -

logicalsituation. 

QBS. Radio-controlledversionofthe B-17. 

"Q"-clearance. A s e c u r i t yc l e a r a n c eg r a n t e d by 

the Atomic Energy based Commission, upon a

backgroundinvestigation. 

Q T S .R a d i o - c o n t r o l l e dv e r s i o no ft h e F-80. 

"R: K. Symbol for roentgen. 

-Ra. Chemical symbol for radium. 

-rad. Radiation absorbed dose. A unit of absorbed 

doseofradiation: it r e p r e s e n t st h ea b s o r p t i o n 

of 100 e r g so fi o n i z i n gr a d i a t i o np e r gram (or 

0.01 J/kg)ofabsorbingmaterial,suchasbody 

t i s s u e .T h i su n i t is p r e s e n t l yb e i n gr e p l a c e d 

i ns c i e n t i f i cl i t e r a t u r e by the Gray(Gy), numericalequal to theabsorptionof l jouleof 

energyperkilogram of matter. 

"RadDefense. Radiological defense. Defense against 

t h ee f f e c t so fr a d i o a c t i v i t yf r o m atomic weapons. It i n c l u d e st h ed e t e c t i o n andmeasurement 

o fr a d i o a c t i v i t y ,t h ep r o t e c t i o no fp e r s o n s 

from and radioactivity, decontamination of

areas,places,andequipment.Seealsoradsafe. 

" 

radexarea.Radiologicalexclusionarea.Followingeachdetonationthere were areasofsurface 

radioactivity and a r e a so fa i r a d i o a c t i v i t y . 

Theseareasweredesignatedasradexareas. 

Radex areas were- used to chartactual or pred i c t e df a l l o u ta n da l s ou s e df o rc o n t r o lo f 

entry and exit. 

." radiac.

dosewithin a human or animalbodyunder simi-. putation. 

lar Lmnditions. exposure Materials commonly

usedforphantoms are water, masonite, pressed radiation. The emissionofanyrays,electromagwood, beeswax,andPlexiglas. neticwaves, OK p a r t i c l e s( e . g . ,g a m ar a y s , 

alpha beta neutrons) p a r t i c l e s ,p a r t i c l e s ,

13iq. A h e a v i l ys h i e l d e dc o n t a i n e r( u s u a l l yl e a d ) from a source. 

used to ship or store radioactivematerials. 

304 

provide a meansofapproximatingtheradiation Radiation detection, indication,and com-
radlatlon decay resldual n u c l e a rr a d l a t l o n 

radiation decay. See decav (radioactive). 

radiation detectors. Any of a wide variety of 

materials or instruments that provide a signal 

OK indication when stimulated by the passage 

of ionizing radiation: the sensitive element 

in radiation detection instruments. The most 

widely used media €OK the detection of ionizing 

radiation are photographic film and ionization 

of gases In detectors (e.9.. Geiger counters). 

followed by materials in which radiation induces scintillation. 

radiation exposure. Exposure to radiation may be 

described and modified by a number of terms. 

The type of radiation is important: alpha and 

beta particles. neutrons. gamma rays and 

X-rays. and cosmic radiation. Radiation exposure may be from an external radiation source, 

such as gamma rays. X-rays. OK neutrons. OK it 

may be from radionuclides retained within the 

body emitting alpha, beta, or gamma radiation. 

The exposure may result from penetrating or 

nonpenetrating radiation in relation to its 

ability to enter and pass through matter 

-- alpha and beta particles being considered 

as nonpenetrating and other types of radiat ion 

as penetrating. Exposure may be related to a 

part OE the body or to the whole body. See 

also whole body irradiation. 

radiation intensity. Radiation rate. Measured 

and reported in roentgens (R). rads. rems. and 

multiples and divisions of these units as a 

function of exposure tlme (per hour. day. 

etc.). 

radioactive cloud. An all-inclusive term for the 

cloud of hot gases. smoke, dust, and other particulate matter from the weapon itself and from 

the environment. which is carried aloft in conjunction with the rising fireball produced by 

the detonation of a nuclear device. 

radioactive nuclide. See radionuclide. 

radioactive particles. See radioactivity. 

radioactivity. The spontaneous emission of radiation. generally alpha OK beta particles. often 

accompanied by garmna rays. from the nuclei of 

an (unstable) nuclide. AS a resultof this 

emission the radioactive nuclide is converted 

(decays) into the isotope of a different 

(daughter) element, which may (or may not) 

also be radioactive. Ultimately. as a result 

of one OK more stages of radioactive decay, a 

stable (nonradioactive) end product is formed. 

radioloqical survey. The directed effort to determine the distribution and exposure rate of 

radiation in an area. 

radionuclide. A radioactive nuclide (OK radioactive atomic species). 

radiosonde. A balloon-borne instrument for the 

simultaneous measurement and transmission of 

meteorological data. consisting of transducers 

€OK the measurement of pressure, temperature. 

and humidity: a modulator for the conversion 

of the output of the transducers to a quantity 

that controls a property of the radfofrequency 

signal: a selector switch.whichdetermines 

the sequence in which the parameters are to be 

transmitted: and a transmitter. which generates 

the KadiOfKeqUenCy CaKCieK. 

radiosonde balloon. A balloon used to Carry a 

radiosonde aloft. These balloons have daytime 

bursting altitudes of about 80,000 feet (25 

km) above sea level. The balloon measures about 

5 feet (1.5 meters) in diameter when first inflated and may expand to 20 feet (6 meters) Or 

more before bursting at high altitude. 

radium. An intensely radioactive metallic element. In nature, radium is found associated 

with uranium. which decays to radium by a series of alpha and beta emissions. Radlwn is 

used asa radiation source for instrument 

calibration. 

radsafe. Radiological safety. General term used 

to cover the training. operations. and equipment used to protect personnel from unnecessary 

exposures to ionizing radiation. 

rainout. Removal of radioactive particles from a 

nuclear cloud by rain. 

m. Radar wind sounding tests that determine 

the winds aloft patterns by radar observation 

of a balloon. 

rawinsonde. Radar wind sounding and radiosonde 

(combined). 

m. Reconnaissance version of the B-29. 

-WE. Relative biological effectiveness. A factor 

used to compare the biological effectiveness 

of absorbed radlatlon doses (1.e.. rads) due 

to different types of ionizing radiation. For 

radiation protection the term has been 

superseded by Quality Factor. 

-rem. A special unit of biological radiation dose 

equivalent: the name is derived from the initial letters of the term "roentgen equivalent 

man (OK mammal)." The number of rems of radiation ls equal to the number of rads absorbed 

multip1,led by the RBE of the given radiation 

(€OK a specified effect). The rem is also the 

unit of dose equivalent. which is equal to the 

product of the number of rads absorbed multlplied by the "quality factor" and distribution 

factor €OK the radiation. The unit is presently 

being replaced by the sievert (Sv). 

*. An obsolete special unit of absorbed dose. 

residual nuclear radiation. Nuclear radiation. 

chiefly beta particles and gamma rays.that 

persists after 1 minute following a nuclear 

explosion. The radiation is emitted mainly by 

the fission products and other bomb residues 

in the fallout, and to some extent by Earth 

305 
R-hour survey, radlatlon 

and water constituents. and other materials. 

in which radioactivity has been Induced by the 

capture of neutrons. 

R-hour. Recovery or reentry hour. 

roentqen. (R: r) A special unit of exposure to 

gannna (OK X-) radiation. It is defined precisely as the quantity of gamma (or X-) rays 

that willproduceelectrons(in ion pairs) 

witha total chargeof 2.58 x coulomb in 

1 ki logram of dry air under standard condltions. An exposure of 1 roentgen results in 

the deposition of about 94 ergs of energy in 

1 gram of soft body tissue. Hence. an exposure 

of 1 roentgen Is approximately equivalent to 

an absorbed dose of 1 rad in soft tissue. 

roll-up. The process for orderly dismantling of 

facilities no longer required for nuclear test 

operations and their transfer to other areas. 

w.Air Force general purpose amphibian for 

air-sea rescue work. Manufactured by Grumman 

AircraftEngineeringCorporation. New York. 

SAC. Strategic Air Command (Air Force). 

sampler aircraft. Aircraft used for collection of 

gaseous and particulate samples from nuclear 

clouds to determine the level of cadloactivity 

or the presence of cadioactlve substances. 

w. Search and fescue operations. 

w.SAR version of the B-17. 

x.Sandia Corporation. Albuquerque. New Mexlco. 

scattering. The diversion of radiation (thermal, 

electromagnetic and nuclear) from its original 

path as a result of interactions (or collisions) with atoms. molecules. or larger particles in the atmosphere or other media between 

the source of the radiations (e.9.. a nuclear 

explosion) and a point some distance away. As 

a result of scattering, radiations (especially 

gamma rays and neutrons) will be received at 

such a point from many directions instead of 

only from the direction ofthe source. See 

also skvshine. 

a.signal Corps Engineering Laboratories. Ft. 

MoNriouth. New Jersey (Arm). 

scintillation. A flash of light produced by ionizing radiation in a fluor or a phosphor, which 

may be crystal. plastic, gas, or liquid. 

seamount. A sumacine mountain rising above the 

deep sea floor. cormonly from 3.000 to 10,000 

feet (1 to 3 km) and having the summit 1,000 

to 6.000 feet (0.3 to 1.8 km) below sea level. 

shear (wind). Refers to differences in direction 

(directional shear) ofwind at different 

altitudes. 

shieldinq. Any material or obstruction that absorbs (or attenuates) radiation and thus tends 

to protect personnel or equipment from the ef -

fects of anuclearexplosion. A moderately 

thick layer of any opaque material will provlde 

satisfactory shielding from thermal radiation. 

but a considerable thickness of material of 

high density may be needed for gamma radiation 

shielding. See also attenuation. 

shock. Term used to describe a destructive force 

movlng in air, water, or earth caused by detonation of a nuclear detonation. 

shock wave. A continuously propagated pressure 

pulse(or wave) in thesurroundingmedium. 

which may be air. water, or earth. Initiated 

by the expansion of the hot gases produced in 

an explosion. 

sievert (Sv). A recently introduced ICRP measure 

of "dose equivalent" that takes into account 

the "quality factor" of different sources of 

lonizlng radiation. One sievert equals100 rem. 

skvshlne. Radiation. particularly gamma rays from 

a nuclear detonation, reaching a target from 

many directions as a result of scattering by 

theoxygenandnitrogen in theintervening 

atmosphere. 

slantranqe. The straight-line dlstance of an 

aircraft at any altitude from ground zero or 

the distance from an alcburst to a location on 

the ground. 

stratosphere. Upper portion of the atmosphere, 

approximately 7 to 40 miles (11 to 64 km) above 

the Earth's surface, in whichtemperature 

changes but littlewithaltitude and cloud 

formations are rare. 

streamline. In meteorology, the direction of the 

wind at any given time. 

surface burst. A nuclear explosion on the land 

surface. an island surface or reef. or on a 

barge. 

surface zero. The point on the ground OK water 

surface directly above OK below the detonation 

point of a nuclear device. 

survey meters. Portable radiation detection lnstruments especially adapted for surveying or 

inspecting an area to establish the existence 

and amount of radiation present, usually from 

thestandpointofradiologicalprotection. 

Survey instruments are customarily powered by 

self-contained batteries and are designed to 

respond quickly and to indicate dlcectly the 

exposure rate conditions at the point of interest. See AN/PDR-36. Ceiaer-Hueller counter. 

and ion-chamber-tvpe survev meter. 

survey. radiation. Evaluation ofthe radiation 

levels associated with radioactivematerials 

OK areas. 

306 
T-33 whole body irradiatton 

u.Two-place trainer version of the F-80. 

w.Personneltransport(MilitarySea Transportion Service). 

m. Temporary duty assignment. 

E.Task Group. Subordinate element of the Joint 

Task Force. 

-TD. Task Detachment. 

thermal radiation. Electromagnetic radiation

emitted in two pulses from a surface or airburst from the fireball as a consequence of 

its very high temperature: it consists essentially of ultraviolet. visible. andinfrared 

radiation. In the first pulse, when the temperature of the fireball is extremely high. 

ultravioletradiationpredominates: in the 

second pulse, the temperatures are lower and 

most of the thermal radiation lies in the visible and infrared regions of the spectrum. 

thermonuclear fusion. Refers to the processes in 

which a very high temperature and pressure Is 

used to bring about the fuslon of light nuclei. 

such as those of the hydrogen isotopes (deuterium and tritium). with the accompanying liberation of energy. The high temperature and pressure required to initiate the fusion reaction 

are obtained by means of a fission explosion. 

See also fuslon. 

TNT eauivalent. A measure of the energy released 

as the result of the detonation of a nuclear 

device or weapon. expressed in terms of the 

mass of TNT that would release the same amount 

of energy when exploded. The TNT equivalent Is 

usuallystated in kilotons (1.000 tons) or 

megatons (1 million tons). The basis of the 

TNT equivalence is that the explosion of 1 ton 

of TNT is assumed to release 1 billion calories of energy. See also meqaton. -. 

trap- radiation. Electrically charged particles 

moving backandforth in spiralsalongthe 

north-south orientation of the Earth's magnetic 

field between mirror points. called conjugate 

poinfs.Negativelychargedparticles drift 

eastward as they bounce between northern and 

southern points conjugate and positively

charged particles drift westward. thus forming 

shells or belts of radiation above the Earth. 

The source of the charged particles may be 

natural. from solar activity (often called Van 

Allen belts).or artlfical.resulting from 

high-altitude nuclear detonations. 

trowDause. Theboundarydividingthe stratosphere from the lower part of the atmosphere. 

the troposphere. The tropopause normally occurs 

at an altitude of about 25,000 to 45,000 feet 

(7.6 to 13.7 Ian) in polar and temperate zones. 

and at 55,000 feet (16.8 km) in the tropics. 

See also stratosphere. trowsphere. 

the tropopause. in which the temperature falls 

fairlyregularlywithincreasingaltitude, 

clouds form, convection is active, and mixing 

is continuous and more or less complete. 

Trust Territory. The Marshall Islands were included in the Trust Territory of the Pacific 

Islands under the jurisdiction of the United 

Nations. Assigned by the United Nations to the 

United States in trust for administration. development. and training. 

-TU. Task Unit. 

tyDe commander. The officeror agency having cognizance over all Navy ships of a given type. 

This is in addition to the particular ship's 

operational assignment in a task force. fleet, 

or other tactical subdivision. 

=. University of California. Los Angeles. 

=. University of California Radiation Laboratory. Livermore. California. 

up-1. The Navy designation for the SA-16A. 

m. United Kingdom. 

ultraviolet. Electromagnetic radiation of wavelengthsbetweentheshortestvisible violet 

(about 3.850 angstroms) and soft X-rays (about 

100 angstroms). 

usps. U.S. Forest Service. 

M. United States Navy Ship: vessels of this 

designation are manned by civilian crews. 

m. Veterans' Admlnistration. 

E. Fleet composite squadron (formerly W). 

Versene. A detergent. 

s.Naval air transport squadron. 

a.Wright Air Development Center, WrightPatterson AFB. Ohio (Air Force). 

warhead. The portion of the misslle orbomb containing the nuclear device. 

ma. Weatherreconnaissanceversion of B-29 

used for cloud tracking and sampling. 

weawn debris. The radioactive residue of a nuclear device after It has been detonated, consisting of fission products. various products 

of neutron capture. weapon casing and other 

components, and uranium or plutonium that has 

escaped fission. 

whole body irradiation. Exposure of the body to 

ionizingradiation from externalradiation 

sources. Critical organs for the whole body 

307 
yleld ZI 

exposure. Thus. the entire body need not be 

exposed tobe classed as a whole-body exposure. 

Wilson cloud. A mist or fog of minute water dropletsthat temporarilySUKKOUndS a fireball 

following a nucleardetonation in a humid 

atmosphere. This Is caused by a sudden loweringof thepressure (and temperature)after 

the passing of the shock wave (cloud chamber 

effect) and quickly dissipates as temperatures 

and pressures return to normal. 

worldwide fallout. Consists of the smaller radioactive nuclear detonation particles that ascend Into the upper troposphere and the stratosphere and are carried by winds to all parts 

of the Earth. The delayed (or worldwide) fallout Is brought to Earth. mainly by rain and 

snow.overextendedperiods ranging from 

months to years. 

a.Prefix of Weapon Test (UT) report identiflcation numbers. These reports were prepared to 

record the results of scientific experiments. 

yC. Open lighter (nonself-propelled: Navy). 

yFN. Covered lighter (nonself-propelled:Navy). 

yield. The total effective energy released in a 

nuclear detonation. It is usually expressed in 

terms of the equivalent tonnage ofTNT required 

to produce thesame energy release In an explosion. The total energy yield 1s manifested as 

nuclearradiation(Includingresidualradiation). thermal radiation. and blast and shock 

energy. the actual distribution depending upon 

the medium in which the exploslon occucs and 

also upon the type of weapon. See TNT eauiva-

-lent. 

yield (blast). That portion of the total energy 

of a nuclear detonation that Is identified as 

the blast or shock wave. 

yield (flssion~. That portion of the total energy 

released by a nuclear explosion attributable 

to nuclear fission. as opposed to fusion. The 

interest in fission yield stem from the interest in fiSSlOn product formation and its relationship to radioactive fallout. 

-YO. Fuel oil barge: self-propelled (Navy). 

Ys. Gasoline barge;self-propelled (Navy). 

D.Gasoline barge: nonself-propelled (Navy). 

a. Zone of Interior (conterminous United

States). 

308 
APPENDIX C 

ISLAND SYNONYMS 

ENEWETAKATOLL 

CAPITALIZED entries are the code names used by the joint task force for 

the Islands. Underscored entries ace the namesof the Islands as used In this 

report. All other entries are spellings oE the Islands that may appear In 

other literature. 

Aaraanblru 

!!!el 

AI tsu 

Alembel 

ALICE 

ALVIN 

Ananl I 

Anerowlj 

AnlyaanlI 

Aomon 

Armbi ru 

BELLE 

Blljl~l 

SI31 le 

Bill re 

Blken 

Blkl le 

Bl 1lae 

Bll lee 

Bogalrlkk 

Boga 1lua 

Bogan 

Bogei r lk 

Bogen 

Bogorobogo

Bogon 

Bokaldrlk 

Bokaldrlkdrlk 

Bokandretok 

Boken 

Boken 

Bokenelab 

Boklnwotme 

Bo& 

Bokoluo 

Bokombako 

Bokonaarappu 

Bokonarppu 

BRUCE 

Buganegan 

VERA - Alembel - AKamblCU 

OLIVE - Altsu 

OLIVE - Ad 

VERA - AaKaanbiKU - AKi3mbiCU 

Bokoluo - Bogallua 

Jlnedrol - Chlnleero 

BRUCE - Anlyaanll 

TOM - Munlor - Munjur 

BRUCE - Anan11 

SALLY 

VERA - Alembel - Aaraanblru 

Bokombako - Bogombogo 

TILDA - Blllre - Bljile - Blklle 

TILDA - Bllire - Blljltl - Blklle 

TILDA - Bljile - Blijl~l- BlklLe 

LEROY - Rlglle - Rig111 

TILDA - Blllre - Bljlle - Blljltl 

WILMA - Pllcaal - Piical 

LUCY - Kldrlnen - KiKinlan 

HELEN - Bokaldrlkdrlk - Bogelrlk - Bokaldrlk 

ALICE - Bokoluo 

IRWIN - Boken - Pokon 

HELEN - Bokaidrlkdrlk - Bogalrlkk - Bokaldrlk 

REX - Jedrol - JieKOKU 

BELLE - Bokombako 

IRENE - Boken 

HELEN - Bokaldrlkdrlk - Bogalclkk - Bogelrlk 

HELEN - Bogalrlkk - Bogeltlk - Bokaidrlk 

WALT 

IRENE - Boqon 

IRWIN - Pokon - Bogan 

MARY - Bokonaarappu - Bokonarppu 

EDNA - Sanlldefonso 

SAM 

ALICE - Bogallua 

BELLE - Bogombog0 

MARY - Bokenelab - Bokonarppu 

MARY - Bokenelab - Bokonaarappu 

Anan11 - Anlyaanll 

HENRY - MX - Mu1 

309 
Chlnleero 

Chlnlml 

CLARA 

CLYDE 

Cochlta 

DAISY 

DAVID 

Drekat lmon 

DrldrIlbwl1 

EberItu 

EDNA 

Eleleron 

-

El le 

ELMER 

Elugelab 

Eluklab 

Enewetak 

Engebl 

Enlwetok 

Enlebl 

Eybblyae 

FLORA 

FRED 

GENE 

GIr Ilnlen 

GLENN 

Grlnem 

HELEN 

HENRY 

Igurln 

Ikuren 

Inedral 

IRENE 

IRWIN 

JAMES 

JANET 

Jam an 

Jedrol 

Jleroru 

Jlnedrol 

Jlnlrnl 

KATE 

KEITH 

Kldrenen 

ALVIN - Jinedrol 

CLYDE - Jinlmi 

Klrunu - Eybblyae - Ruchl 

Jlnlrnl - Chlnlml 

DAISY - - Lldilbut 

- Cochlta - Lldllbut 

JaDtan - nut1 

OSCAR 

GENE - Teltelrlpucchl 

RUBY - Eleleron 

Bokinwotme - Sanlldefonso 

RUBY - Eberlru 

NANCY - Yelcl 

Parry - Medren 

FLORA - Eluklab 

FLORA - Elugelab 

FRED - Enlwetok 

JANET - Enlebl 

FRED - Enewetak 

JANET - Engebl 

CLARA - Klrunu - Ruchl 

Eluklab - Elugelab 

Enewetak - Enlwetok 

Drldrllbwl~- Teltelrlpucchl 

KEITH - Bldrenen - Grlnem 

Ikuren - Igurln 

KEITH - Kldrenen - Glrilnien 

Bokaldrlkdrlk - Bogalrlkk - Bogelrlk - Bokaldrlk 

-Mut - Buganegan - Mu1 

GLENN - Ikuren 

GLENN - Igurin 

URIAH 

Boken - Bogon 

Boken - Bogan - Pokon 

Rlbewon - Libicon - Rlbaion 

Enlebl - Engebl \ 

DAVID - Mutl 

REX - Jleroru - Bogen 

REX - Jedrol - Bogen 

ALVIN - Chlnleero 

CLYDE - Chlnlml 

Mlllkadrek - Mujlnkarikku - Muzlnbaarlkku 

Kidrenen - Glrllnlen - Grinem 

KEITH - Glrllnlen - Grlnem 

310 
Kldrlnen 

K1 rlnlan 

Kl runu 

LEROY 

Lib1 ron 

Lldl lbut 

Lo Iwa 

LUCY 

Lulor 

MACK 

MARY 

Medren 

Mlllkadrek 

MuI 

Mujlnkarlkku 

Munlor 

Munjur 

MX 

Mut I 

Muzlnbaarlkku 

NANCY 

OLIVE 

OSCAR 

Parry 

PEARL 

PERCY 

PIIraal 

PIIral 

Pokon 

REX 

Rlbalon 

Rlbeyon 

Rlgl le 

Rlgl 11 

Rojoa 

RUBY 

Ruchl 

Rujlyotu 

Rujoru 

Run1t 

SALLY 

SAM 

Sanlldefonso 

LUCY - Blllee - Kirinian 

L.UCY - Kldrlnen - Blllee 

CLARA - Eybblyae - Ruchl 

Blken - Rlgl le - Rlgl 11 

JAMES - Rlbewon - Rlbalon 

DAISY - - Cochlta 

URSULA - Rojoa 

DAISY - Cochlta - Lldl lbut 

Kldrlnen - Blllee - Klrlnlan 

PEARL - Rujlyoru - Rujoru 

Unlbor 

Bokenelab - Bokonaarappu - Bokonarppu 

ELMER - Parry 

KATE - Mujlnkarlkku - Muzlnbaarlkku 

HENRY - - Buganegan 

KATE - Mlllkadrek - Muzlnbaarlkku 

TOM - Anerowlj - MUnjUK 

TOM - Munlor - Anerowlj 

HENRY - Buganegan - Mu1 

DAVID - Japtan 

KATE - Mlllkadrek - Mujlnkarlkku 

- Yeirl 

AeJ - Altsu 

Drekatlmon 

ELMER - Medren 

Lulor - Rujlyoru - RU~OKU 

Talwel 

WILMA - Blllae - Pllral 

WILMA - Blllae - Pllraal 

IRWIN - &ken - Bogan 

Jedrol - Bogen - Jleroru 

JAMES - Rlbewon - Llblron 

JAMES - Llblron - Rlbalon 

LEROY - Blken - Rig111 

LEROY - Blken - Rlglle 

URSULA - Lolwa 

Eleleron - Eberlru 

CLARA - Klrunu - Eybblyae 

PEARL - Lulor - Rojoru 

PEARL - LU~OK- Rujlyoru 

WONNE 

Aomon 

Boko 

EDNA - Boklnwotme 

311 
Taiwel 

Teltelclpucchl 

TILDA 

TOM 

Unibor 

URIAH 

URSULA 

VAN 

VERA 

WALT 

wrum 

Ye1 ti 

YVONNE 

PERCY 

GENE - Dridtllbwl f 

Billre - Bljlle - Blljlrl - Blkile 

Munlor - Anetowlj - Munjur 

MACK 

Inedtal 

-Lo- - Rojoa 

Enewetak Atoll 

Alembel - Aaraanbl tu - Arambl ru 

Bokandtetok 

Blllae - Pllral - Pllcaal 

NANCY - e 

" 

RunIt 

312 
DISTRIBUTION LIST 

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

Armed F o r c e sS t a f fC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Library 

Asst.SecyofDefense 

PublicAffairs 

ATTN: PA0 

Assttothe Secy of Defense 

AtomicEnergy 

ATTN: E x e c u t i v eA s s t 

ATTN: M i l i t a r yA p p l i c a t i o n s 

DefenseNuclearAgency 

ATTN: PA0 

ATTN: GC 

ATTN: STBE 

5 cy ATTN: NTPR 

25 cy ATTN: TITL 

DefenseTech InfoCenter 

12 cy ATTN: DO 

Field Command 

DefenseNuclearAgency 

ATTN: FCTT, W. Summa 

ATTN: FCLS. Maj D. Norton 

ATTN: FCTT, G. Ganonq 

ATTN: FCLS 

ATTN: FCTXE 

InterserviceNuclear Weapons School 

ATTN: TTV 

N a t i o n a lD e f e n s eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: ICAF, Tech Library 

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARM! 

Army Library 

ATTN: Military Document.: Sect 

Amy NuclearTestPersonnelReview 

L CY ATTN: DAAG-AMR, R. Tag0 

U.S. Army CenterofMilitaryHistory 

ATTN: DAMH-HSO 

U.S. Army ChemicalSchool 

ATTN: ATZN-CM-AL 

ATTN: ATZN-CM-CS 

U.S. Army Comd & G e n e r a lS t a f fC o l l e g e 

ATTN : L ibra ry 

U.S. Army Nuclear & ChemicalAgency 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Army War College 

ATTN: Library 

U.S. Military Academy 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r a r i e s 

DEPARTMENTOF THE NAVY 

AviationHistoryUnit 

ATTN: Library 

BureauofMedicineandSurgery 

ATTN: A s s t .f o rM e d i c a lS u r g e r y 

James C a r s o nB r e c k i n r i d g eL i b 

ATTN: L i b r a r yD i v 

MarineCorpsBase 

ATTN: Document Custodian 

MarineCorps Oev & Education Command 

ATTN: J. C. B r e c k i n r i d g eL i b 

M a r i n eC o r p sH i s t o r i c a lC e n t e r 

2cy ATTN: Code HDH-2 

MarineCorps Nuc TestPersonnelReview 

ATTN: Code MSRB-60 

MerchantMarine Academy 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r a r i e s 

N a v a lH i s t o r i c a lC e n t e r 

ATTN: OperationalArchivesBranch 

NavalHospitalCorpsSchool 

ATTN: Library 

Naval Ocean SystemsCenter 

ATTN: Library 

NavalOceanographicOffice 

ATTN: Code 0 2 5 ,H i s t o r i a n 

NavalPostgraduateSchool 

ATTN: Code 1424, Library 

NavalResearchLaboratory 

ATTN: Library 

NavalSchool 

ATTN: Librarian 

Naval Sea Systems Command 

ATTN: NuclearTechnologyDiv 

NavalSurface Weapons Center 

ATTN : Library 

Naval War College 

ATTN: Professor 8 Libraries 

Naval Weapons Center 

ATTN: Code 343, FKA6A2, TechSvcs 

Naval Weapons E v a l u a t i o nF a c i l i t y 

ATTN : Library 

313 
____ 

DEIARTMENT-RF- THE NAVY. (C&nti.nued) DEEAKTMENT-OF THE AIR FjECE- (Continued) 

NavyDepartmentL.ibrary Tactical Air Conlrnand 

ATTN: Librarian ATTN: Hiztorian 

NavyNuclearPowerSchool U.S. Air ForceAcadwv I ihrary 

ATTN: Library ATTN: ILihrary 

NavyNuclparTestPersonnelReview U.5. Air ForreOrr.unatinna1 R FQV HPdlth Idh 

2 cy ATTN: W. LoPffler ATTN: NTPR 

Nimitz I ibrary USAF School of AproznacpMPdicine 

ATTN: Documents & RenortsDept ATTN: Struqhnld I ihrary 

O f f i c eo ft h eJ u d g e Adv Gen T)EPA!YE-NT- GF-ENERGY 

ATTN: Code73 

Denart.mPnt o fE n e r q y 

U.S. MerchantMarine Academy ATTN: OMA, DP-22 

ATTN: Librarian 

Nevada OperationsOffire 

U.S. Naval Air S t d t i o nL i b r a r y ATTN: t i r a l t hP h v s i c s Div flTTIJ. I ihrlrrr 2 cy ATTN: R. Nutley 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR= Human Health & AssessmentsDiv 

ATTN: Librarian 

AerospaceDefense Command 

ATTN: Historian WMENT OF ENERGYCONTRACTORS 

Air ForceCommunications Command Holmes & N a r v e r ,I n c 

ATTN: Historian ATTN: JNATDR, Mr. Greene 

Air F o r c el n s t i t u t e of Technology LawrenceLivermoreNationalLab 

ATTN: Library ATTN: Technical Info D e p tL i b r a r y 

Air F o r c eL o g i s t i c s Command LosAlamosNationalLaboratory 

ATTN: Historian ATTN: M. Walz, ADIA MS A183 

ATTN: D. Cobb, ESS MSS 0466 

Air ForceNuclearTestPersonnelReview 2 cy ATTN: Library

AlTN: HQ USAF/SGES 2 cy ATTN: ADPA MMS 195 

Air ForceSystems Command R e y n o l d sE l e c t r i c a l & Engr Co, Inc 

ATTN: Historian ATTN: CIC 

ATTN: W. Brady 

Air F o r c eT e c h n i c a lA p p l i c a t i o n s Ctr 

ATTN: Historian SandiaNationalLab 

ATTN: C e n t r a lL i b r a r y 

Air Force Weapons Laboratory ATTN: W. Hereford 

ATTN: Tech Library OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES 

Air NationalGuard 

ATTN: Historian U.S. P u b l i cH e a l t hS e r v i c e 

ATTN: G. Caldwell 

Air Training Command 

ATTN: Historian C e n t r a lI n t e l l i g e n c e Agency 

ATTN: O f f i c eo fM e d i c a lS e r v i c e s 

Air llnlversityLibrary 

ATTN: AUL-ISE Dept ofHealth & Huulan Svcs 

ATTN: O f f i c eo fG e n e r a lC o u n s e l 

Mll~taryAirlIft Command 

ATTN: Historian ExecOfc of t h eP r e s i d e n t 

Management & BudgetOfc lib 

Pacific Air Forces ATTN: Librarian 

ATTN: Historian 

Library of Congress 

Strategic Air Command ATTN: L i b r a r yS e r v i c eD i v i s i o n 

ATTN: Historian ATTN: Science & TechnologyDiv 

ATTN: NRI-STINFO, Library ATTN: Serial & G o v tP u b l i c a t i o n 

314 
OTHERGOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) OTHERGOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) 

N a t i o n a lA r c h i v e s 

ATTN: Librarian 

NationalAtomic Museum 

ATTN: Historian 

Department of Commerce 

ATTN: Librarian 

O c c u p a t i o n a lS a f e t y & Health Admin 

ATTN: Library 

OfficeofHealth & Disability 

ATTN: R. Copeland 

OfficeofWorkersCompensation Pgrm 

ATTN: R. Larson 

U.S. CoastGuard Academy Library 

ATTN: I ihrarian 

U.S. House o fR e p r e s e n t a t i v e s 

2 cy ATTN: Committee on Armed Services 

U.S. House o fR e p r e s e n t a t i v e s 

ATTN: SubcommitteeonHealth & Envir 

U.S. Senate 

ATTN: C o m m i t t e eo nV e t e r a n sA f f a i r s 

U.S. Senate 

ATTN: Cormittee on V e t e r a n sA f f a i r s 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Providence, RI 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n 

Washingtcn, D.C. 

ATTN: BoardofVeteranAppeal 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - OfcCentral 

Washington, D.C. 

ATTN: OeptVeteransBenefit,Central Ofc 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Montgomery, AL 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Anchorage, AK 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Phoenix, A2 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Little Rock, AR 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n -RO 

Los Angeles, CA 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

San Francisco, CA 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Denver, CO 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Hartford, CT 

ATTN: Oirector 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Wilmington, DE 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

St. Petersburg, FL 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r d n sA d l l l i n i s t r a t i o n - KO 

Atlanta, GA 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Honolulu , HI 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Chicago,IL 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Seattle, WA 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

I n d i a n a p o l i s ,I N 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Des Moines, IA 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Wichita, KS 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Louisville, KY 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

New Orleans, LA 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Togus, ME 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Baltimore, MD 

ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Boston, MA 

ATTN: Director 

315 
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES Gontinued) OTHERGOVERNMENT AGENCIES (Continued) ." "____"_________ 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

St. Paul, MN Portland, OR 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Jackson, MS Pittsburgh, PA 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Huntington, WV Philadelphia, PA 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

St. Louis, MO APO San Francisco 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

F o r tH a r r i s o n , MT San Juan,PuertoRico 

ATTN : Director ATTN: Director 

Vetrr,lnb Ad11iniitrcltlon - 1<0 Vrtcrdn.. Ahin~~t~~~t! inu - I<[)

Lincoln, NE Colunlbia , SC 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Reno, NV Sicjux Falls, SD 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Manchester, NH Houston, TX 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d l n i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Newark, NJ Waco, TX 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Milwaukee, WI S a l tL a k e City, UT 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d n l i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

A1 buquerquc, NM W h i t eR i v e rJ u n c t i o n , VT 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Buffalo, NY Roanoke, VA 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d l n i n i s t r a t i o n -RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

New York, NY Cheyenne, WY 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

VeteransAdnliniStrdtiOn -RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

WinstonSaleill, NC San Diego, CA 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director , 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r d t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Farqo, NO Boise, ID 

ATTN : Dlrector ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO V e t e r a n sA d n i t n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Detroit, M I Cleveland, OH 

ATTN: Director ATTN: Director 

V e t e r a n sA d m i n i s t r a t i o n - RO 

Muskoqee, OK 

ATTN: Director 

316 
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES(C.ontin.u.ed) 

V v t p r a n sa d n l i n i i t r a t i o n - KO 

Ndshville, TN 

ATTN: Dlrtttor 

i /IO Wh1 tc tiorr5e 

ArTrJ: lLi’crllcy 5tclff 

ULPAHTMENT Or DE[ LNSt CONTKACTORS 

AdvancedKesedrch X ApplicdtionsCorp 

ATTN: H. I t’c 

JAYCOR 

ATTN: A. Iitxlson 

111 cy ATTN: k’dlth R i n v ~ r . c ~ n i w n tD i v 

t $311<1rI Twrm 

6 cy ATTN: I.M<lr.t111 

ATlN : UA5 1AC 

KamanTempo 

AllN: R. Miller 

KamdnTempo 

ATTN: DASIAC 

10 cy ATTN: C. Jones 

National Academy of Sciences 

ATTN: C. Robinette 

ATTN: MedicalFollow-upAgency 

ATTN: N a t i o n a lM a t e r i a l sA d v i s o r yB o a r d 

P a c i f i c - S i e r r aR e s e a r c hC o r p 

ATTN: H. Brode,Chairman SAGE 

R & D Associates 

ATTN: P. Haas 

S c i e n c eA p p l i c a t i o n s ,I n c 

ATTN: T e c hL i b r a r y 

S c i e n c eA p p l i c a t i o n s ,I n c 

10 cy ATTN: L. Novotney 

OTHER 

~ 

Addlns S t a t eC o l l e g e 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c a t i o nL i b 

Akron Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c a t i o nL i b r a r i a n 

Alabama St DeptofArchives & History 

ATTN: M i l i t a r yR e c o r d sD i v i s i o n 

University of Alabama 

ATTN: ReferenceDept/Documents 

UniversityofAlaska 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r a r i e s 

UniversityofAlaska 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c a t i o nL i b r a r i a n 

A l b a n yP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Lihraridn 

A l r x d n d c rC i t yS t d t e Jr Cnllcqe 

ATTN: Lihrdridn 

AlleqhenyColl~ge 

ATTN: Librarian 

AllrnCounty Pub1 ic I ibrdry 

ATTN: L lhrdrldn 

Altoond ArCd f’ublicLihr‘dry 

ATTN: Librarian 

A l l r t ~ r i c d nS t d t i 5 t i c sI n d e x 

ATTN: CathyJarvt,y 

AndhpilllPuhl IC I lbrary 

ATIN. I ~br,~t’l,rrl 

A n d r e w sL i b r a r y ,C o l l e g e of Wooster 

ATTN: Government Documents 

AngeloStateUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

AngeloIacoboni Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Anoka C o u n t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

A p p a l a c h i a nS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: LibraryDocuments 

ArizonaStateUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofArizona 

ATTN:GovDoc Dept, C. Bower 

A r k a n s a sC o l l e g eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Library 

A r k a n s a sL i b r a r y Corn 

ATTN: Library 

A r k a n s a sS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Library 

UniversityofArkansas 

ATTN: GovernmentDocumentsDiv 

A u s t i nC o l l e g e 

A r t h u rH o p k i n sL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

A t l a n t aP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: I v a nA l l e nD e p t 

A t l a n t aU n i v e r s i t yC e n t e r 

ATTN: Librarian 

317 
OTHER (Contlnued) 

AuburnUniv dt Morrtyorwry lib 

ATTN: L ihrdrian 

ii.DdvlsSchwdrtr Mtw Llh 

ATTN: ILibrdt idri 

li~lnqor'Pub1 1~ t 111r~11-y 

ATTN: Librdridn 

!idtt'\ Col l~ge ILibrdry 

ATTN: Lit)r,rt.lan 

[idylorUniversityLlbrdry 

ATTN: Docs Ocpt 

LieloitCollr~qc I Itlrdrlt'i 

ATTN: %,rid15 Do( 5 ikllt 

BwiidJi St.dtc~ iolll*qts 

ATTIi- i ~I\rtr 

Benjamin F. F e i n b e r gL i b r a r y 

StateUniversityCollege 

ATTN: Government Documents 

B i e r c eL i b r a r y ,A k r o nU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Government Documents 

Boston Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: DocumentsDepartment 

BowdoinCollege 

ATTN: Librarian 

BowlingGreenStateUniv 

ATTN: Govt Docs Services 

BradleyUniversity 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c a t i o nL i b r a r i a n 

B r a n d e i sU n i v e r s i t yL i b 

ATTN: DocumentsSection 

BrighamYoungUniversity 

ATTN: Librarian 

BrighamYoungUniversity 

ATTN: Documents Collection 

BrookhavenNationalLaboratory 

ATTN: T e c h n i c a lL i b r a r y 

B r o o k l y nC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Documents Division 

B r o w a r dC o u n t yL i b r a r y Sys 

ATTN: Librarian 

Brown University 

ATTN: Librarian 

B u c k n e l lU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: ReferenceDept 

OTHCR (Cont in1x.d) 

iiuftdlo il [I ifs(.O I'llh I lii 

ATTN: I ihrdr 'dl1 

Ilut~lirl~lfo~l I II)I.,II,~ 

IITIN: I ltlf~,ll ljlll 

Lc11 ~I~~III,I <!t I II,-,IIO '.t,111' llrl1L' i I' 

ATTN: I ~!\r.,lr.y 

((11 1Iorr11,1<tt 5,Itl 1111.y11 ilnivq I,,![# 

AIIEI: ~).~~~~~~t~~~~t.- r~t~ii,ll~~llt~fl: 

L~II~OVI)I<I ,li ?,1t\1',1~1v,, 51 I 1 I ! I! 

ATTH: I i1>1.,it.y 

tc~l~torr~i,~ <>! f'oIyt~',ht~,i~ :1n1v I 11,

AITN: I I!~I<~~'I,I~I 

(c:l~lo~.rll.~ ',t I11,il~ ~I~~rtt\r1~111~ ,-, 1 I P, . , ,. 

CaliforniaStateLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

CaliforniaStateUnivat LongBeach Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

CaliforniaStateUniversity 

ATTN: Librarian 

CaliforniaStateUniversity 

ATTN: Librarian 

CaliforniaUnivLibrary 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c a t i o n sD e p t 

C a l i f o r n i aU n i vL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

California' University Library 

ATTN: GovtDocumentsDept 

C a l i f o r n i aU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Documents Sec 

C a l i f o r n i aU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: GovernmentDocumentsDept 

CalvinCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Calvin T. Ryan Library 

KearneyStateCollege 

ATTN: GovtDocumentsDept 

C a r l e t o nC o l l e g eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

C a r n e g i eL i b r a r yo fP i t t s b u r g h 

ATTN: Librarian 

C a r n e g l eM e l l o nU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r a r i e s 

318 
C a r s o nR e g i o n a lL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Gov P u b l l c a t i o n sU n i t 

Case W e s t e r nR e s e r v eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of C e n t r a lF l o r i d a 

ATTN: Library DocsDept 

C e n t r a lM i c h i g a nU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Library DocumentsSection 

C e n t r a lM i s s o u r iS t a t eU n i v 

ATTN: GovernmentDocuments 

C e n t r a lS t d t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Library DocumentsDcpt 

C e n t r a lW a s h i n q t o nU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Library DocsSection 

Central Wyoming College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

CharlestonCountyLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Charlotte & MechlenburgCountyPubLib 

ATTN: E. Correll 

ChattanoogaHamilton Co 

ATTN: Librarian 

Chesapeake Pub LibSystem 

ATTN: Librarian 

C h i c a g oP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: GovernmentsPublicationsDept 

StateUniversity of Chicago 

ATTN: Librarian 

C h i c a g oU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

ATTN: DocumentsProcessing 

C i n c i n n a t iU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

ClaremontCollegesLibs 

ATTN: Doc Collection 

Clemson University 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

C l e v e l a n dP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Documents Collection 

C l e v e l a n dS t a t eU n i vL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

Coe Library 

ATTN : Documents Division 

OTHER (Continued) ~~~~ ~ ~~ ~ 

Colyatrilniv 1 ibrdry 

ATTN: Refermcc L ibrdry 

C o l o r a d oS t a t eU n i vL i h s 

ATTN: Librarian 

C o l o r d d oU n l v e r s i t yI . i h r a r l e < , 

ATTN: Director of Lihrdricls 

C o l u m b i aU n i v e r s i t yl i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsService CenteI 

Columbus R F r d n k l i r lC t y Public Lib 

ATTN: Gen RPC Div 

Compton Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

C o n n e c t i c u tS t a t eL i b r d r y 

ATlN. I il~rdridr~ 

UniversityofConnecticut 

ATTN: Govt of Connecticut 

ConnecticutUniversity 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

C o r n e l 1U n i v e r s i t yL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

C o r p u sC h r i s t iS t a t eU n i v e r s i t yL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

CSIA Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

Culver City Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

CurryCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

D a l l a sC o u n t yP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

D a l l a sP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

DaltonJrCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

DartmouthCollege 

ATTN: Librarian 

D a v e n p o r tP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

DavidsonCollege 

ATTN: Librarian 

Dayton & Montgomery City Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofDayton 

ATTN: Librarian 

319 
OTtikK (LorIt11111td 

Dwdtur P~rtrlI(. L 1t1~,<1ry 

ATTN: Lihrnridn 

lk.kdl!l COIlllll Loll sc C~lIl\ 

ATTN: IItlrdrIdn 

lltel~~w~~rc P,IUW Ilr~lvtr\it.y

ATIN: LibrccricIn 

Ilrlivcriity of I)t~lclwarrt~ 

ATTN: Iit,rdri,Irl 

[klt,d Col lt:qe Li!rr<lry 

ATTN: L~hr~~r-i~rrl 

D(>ltd Stdtc llrllvt~r\ity 

ATTN: I it~~.~~ri~~n 

Iknr',~n llni~l1111,1ry 

ATTN: Librarian 

Denver Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: Docunients Div 

Dept of Llb & Archives 

ATTN: Librarian 

D e t r o i tP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

D i c k i n s o nS t a t eC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Librarian 

DrakeMemorialLearningResource Ctr 

ATTN: Librarian 

D r a k eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: C o w l e sL i b r a r y 

Drew Uni veri 1 ty 

ATTN: Librarian 

Duke University 

ATTN: Public DocsDept 

D u l u t hP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsSection 

EarlhairiCollege 

ATTN: Librarian 

EastCarolinaUnivprsity 

ATTN: Library DocsDept 

E a s tC e n t r a lU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

E a s tl s l i pP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librdrian 

E a s tO r d n g eP u b l i cL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

EastTennesseeStateUnivSherrodLib 

ATTN: DocunlentsDept 

~TtlfI( (~.ot>t.lrul(~d) 

I,V>t It,r,ii. ~Jl<,tl~ ~Irllv+'l'>lr"

ArlN. 1 ilrl.qiry 

I ,l,>t I I'll l~l,llli.tl 

AI ild: I II~I.IV'I,II; 

~/1',11'1II iIlIII,,I', ,,r,l'lt~l~,ll, 

4l!V 1Lil>l..lt1~111 

l.,l~,t.~~llltI lit:li If lll,IV~~l ,It',

AI ;id 1 I~~T.~~I-I III

I<t.,tt.~r~M1r!111~tnIIII'JII .IO 1 :II 

A T 111. lll)L 111: 1.11 t jl I I Ill1 

f<ti1t'r~~Morlteitl,I I\~lls,:t III,II 

AI IN. ill)(l,l;ll~rltL, 111:1lt 

t ,/'>I I 1.r :: ',, f+ iI , , l:Il I *' 

ATTN: Librarian 

Eastern Oregon ColleyeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

EasternWashingtonUniv 

ATTN: Librarian 

El Paso P u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Documents & GeneoloqyDppt 

E l k 0C o u n t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Elmira College 

ATTN: Librarian 

E l o nC o l l e g eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Enoch P r a t tF r e eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Documents Office 

Emory University 

ATTN: Librarian 

Evansville & VanderburghCounty Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

E v e r e t tP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

F a i r l e i g hD i c k i n s o nU n i v 

ATTN: DepositoryDept 

Florida A & M Univ 

ATTN: Librarian 

FloridaAtlanticUnivLib 

ATTN: D i vo fP u b l i cD o c u m e n t s 

F l o r i d aI n s t i t u t eo f TPch lib 

ATTN: FederalDocumentsDept 

F l o r i d aI n t l Univ Library 

ATTN: Docs Section 

320 
OTHER- (Continued) 

ilo~id~i Stdtr. I itirdry

ATIN: [)ocwlt,nt\ Scc.tion 

ilnrid,~5 t d t . rl l r ~ ~ v c l r \ i t . y 

ATTN: L~trr~lri~~n 

I nnGl ih i JC Pub1 ir I it) 

tllTN: I it,raridlrl 

h~i tidy,, 5t.,ltc I~I)IVF:~<,I~~ 

AITN:I ~I~~~~-I~~v 

,,I! 1 L~III111 l'uhl I( I i~~rct~~y 

AlIN: 1 IOI,II1111 

i 1.8 \' I'II~II 111 01 I I I:rljvth 

ATTN: Librarian 

tree VU~IICLILIIL~I'Y 

ATTN: Librarian 

F r e e p o r tP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

FresnoCountyFreeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Gadsden PublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

G a r d e nP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Gardner Webb College 

ATTN: Documents Librn 

G a r yP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

GeorgetownUnivLibrary 

ATTN: Govt Docs Room 

G e o r g i aI n s t of Tech 

ATTN: Librarian 

GeorgiaSouthernCollege 

ATTN: Librarian 

GeorgiaSouthwesternCollege 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r d r i e s 

G e o r g i aS t a t eU n i vL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Georgia 

ATTN: Dir o fL i b r a r i e s 

G l a s s b o r oS t a t eC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Librarian 

G1 eeson Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Continur,d) 

Lovrrnlwnt t'irhl irat ioni I ihrnry-M 

ATTN: D1rr.c t.c~rof lLit1r<1r1e\ 

I;~,U ~l~nd co1 1t'(jP 

ATTN: L ilirdridn 

Grdnd Forhi i'ubllc.City-Courlty I 1llrdt-y 

ATTN: I ibrdr1,tn 

Gt-drlcl R<~pld~, Puhll, I111r1ty 

ATIN: llirtv tor 1)f I il)r,rri(',, 

i1r.t "r~vI11t' Co~rnty 1 I llr,jrp 

ril 11'1: 1 1~11-,11 

C,II<I'II HI1 M~~II~I~.\,II I~I\I,I',I~~ I112 

AliN: It'd ~l~~lul* ttr~rjLIIIIL t.1!~11 

IIIIIV~t 1: , , 1 'tll,ll:l 

Ill'.! 'I; 

bli5tdVUS Adoll~hu5COl ley? 

ATTN: Library 

H a r d i n - S i m m o n sU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

H a r t f o r dP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

HarvardCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r a r i e s 

University of Hawaii 

ATTN: GovernmentDocs Collection 

H a w a i iS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: FederalDocumentsUnit 

Universityof Hdwdii at Monoa 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r a r i e s 

UniversityofHawaii 

ATTN: [Librarian 

HaydonBurnsLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

HenryFord Comm CollegeLib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Herbert H. Lehman College 

ATTN: Library Documents Division 

H o f s t r aU n i vL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

Hol 1 ins Col 1 rge 

ATTN: Librarian 

Hoover Institution 

ATTN: J. Dingham 

3 2 1 
(ITHER [Contirlued) 

tiupkin~vill?('n111w Colleqc' 

ATTN: L 1t)rdridn 

Ilnivrr51ty of t i o l r \ t o t l .I L i t ~ r d r y 

ATTN: I l o n r w ~ n t ii l i v 

Iioust.orll'util IL I 1hrat-y 

ATTN: i ihr.dricJn 

iioyt. I'IJbll< 1 Ihrc+Vy 

AITN: I itlrdr~dn 

tiulnholdt. 5lc11t~[(IIII%(]~? I itlrory 

ATIN: OnLo!iltlfiti Ilk'IJL 

dunt illqt(Jr1I',~rk 1 1111 dry 

ATTN: I iI)t,,~~.~,irl 

tillti 11111 ,JIIII'l~tll11 I lI)l'llrd 

ATTN: Librarian 

I d a h oP u b l i cL i b & Info Center 

ATTN: Librarian 

I d a h oS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

IdahoStateUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

University of Idaho 

ATTN: DocumentsSect 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

University of I l l i n o i s ,L i b r a r y 

ATTN: Docunients Section 

IllinoisStateLibrary 

ATTN: GovernmentDocumentsBranch 

IllinoisUnivatUrbana Champaign 

ATTN: P. Watson,DocumentsLibrary 

IllinoisValley Comm Coll 

ATTN: Library 

I n d i a n aS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: S e r i a lS e c t i o n 

I n d i a n aS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: DocumentsLibraries 

I n d i a n aU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDepartment 

I n d i a n a p o l i sM a r i o n Cty Pub Library 

ATTN: S o c i a lS c i e n c eD i v 

Iowa StdteUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: GovtDocumentsDept 

Iowa UniversityLibrary 

ATTN: GovernwentDocumentsDept 

!?HER (Continued) 

liutl~~rIlnivc'r\it.y,IIWIII 1 it8rcirf 

AI TN: 1 it~rdr111: 

lL,.l,i< lIt.li t!dI<l i 111 I ]/ 

GT,TN: i 1111 ,1(_1~t1' 

.I,~IIw, M,~rlI .or1 llv IVC'I' 11 , nrrrl: IIt~l~~f Itl(1 

kt tf I .OII(.i~~t,fIJot,iII ! it) 

FcIlP.1: I 1111111 Ill11 

,I/ I ',t'y L ~t I ,I,! i I ,;I 1 ,, I,, 

/,I !'J I I!>*-;1'1.111 

~l~ltll;, lIO~l64 , llll.l', I; 

;,I [I/ !I, , ,,l',Prl! ~ 11,l it,,

,I,,)I. 1 .:, 1)1,1 I I'S< /I t, I I l:l>f I, ' 1' 

ATTN: Librarian 

J o h n s o nF r e eP u b l i cL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

K a h u l u iL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

K a l a m a z o oP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Kansas City PublicLibrary 

ATTN: DocumentsDiv 

Kansas StateLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

K a n s a sS t a t eU n i vL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocunlentsDept 

Universityof Kansas 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

K e n tS t a t eU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Documents Div 

KentuckyDeptofLibrary & Archives 

ATTN: DocumentsSection 

University of Kentucky 

ATTN: GovernmentsPublicationDept 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Kenyon College Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

L a k eF o r e s tC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Librarian 

LakeSumter Colllm Col 1 Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

L a k e l a n dP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

322 
OTHER (Contj nued) 

I tir~~.cist.c~rR~qionalILihrary 

ATTN: Librdrian 

L~lwrrrlc.e Un ivc’rs ity 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

Lee' ILibrdry,Brlyhdnl Young University 

ATTN: Documents R Map Section 

I itlrriry R StatutoryDistribution R Svc 

2 cy ATTN: Librarian 

Little Rock P u b l i cL i h r a r y 

ATTN: tibrdridn 

LonyUedchPubl1ibrdr.y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Lor, Arryrlrs Pub1 ic L Ibrary 

ATTN: S e r i a l sD i v I1.C rh r liw,nt’ 

LOUlIIdlld btdLt‘ ulllvrl5lty 

ATTN: Government Doc Dept 

ATTN: D i r e c t o ro fL i b r a r i e s 

LouisvilleFree Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

LouisvilleUnivLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Lyndon 6. Johnson Sch of Pub AffairsLib 

ATTN: Librarian 

MaineMaritime Academy 

ATTN: Librarian 

M a i n eU n i v e r s i t ya tO r e n o 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of Maine 

ATTN: Librarian 

M a n c h e s t e rC i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

MankatoStateCollege 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c a t i o n s 

MantorLibrary 

Univ of Maine a tF a r l n i n g t o n 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

M a r a t h o nC o u n t yP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

M a r s h a l lB r o o k sL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofMaryland 

ATTN: M c K e l d i nL i b r Docs Div 

UniversityofMaryland 

ATTN: Librarian 

O1Hk.R. (Contir1uc.d) 

ilnivrrsity ot MrlSSil(.hu<Pt t.: 

ATTN: GovPrnlwnt Doc~5Col1erlp 

Mc NIY\~~Statr Univ 

ATTN: ILibrnridn 

MfwphiiShelbyCnunty I’uh I it1 X Into Ct.r 

ATTN: ILibrarlan 

M t v l p h i sS t a t PI l n i v r r 5 i t y 

ATTN: I ihrariarl 

Mrrcrr Univi.rsi ty 

ATTN: Librdrian 

Mesd CountyPubl ic L ibrary 

ATTN: Lihraridn 

llrl1vc’rsity of M i a m i ,l i b r d r y 

ATTN: Gclvt~rnwc~titPtrt,I 1: .11 II>W 

Miami P u b l l cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDivision 

M i a m iU n i vL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

M i c h e lO r r a d r eL i b r a r y 

UniversityofSantaClara 

ATTN: Documents Div 

M i c h i g a nS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

MichiganStateUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

M i c h i g a nT e c hU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: LibraryDocumentsDept 

UniversityofMichigan 

ATTN: Acq Sec Documents Unit 

M i d d l e b u r yC o l l e g eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

MillersvilleStateColl 

ATTN: Librarian 

MilneLibrary 

StateUniversityof New York 

ATTN: Docs Librn 

Milwaukee Pub Lib 

ATTN: LibrarianM i n n e a p o l i sP u b l i cL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

MinnesotaDivofEmergencySvcs 

ATTN: Librarian 

M i n o tS t a t eC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Librarian 

M i s s i s s i p p iS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

323 
;. 

~j/!i I; (I .,I ' i!I1,1 81 

li,,L.:!,I, I,,, < + 'i ' I! 4,. 

\I ~ ; , ,I, ., 1 .'I

I,, L', hl . I , I,,,, I

~r. , 11, 'rib , 

ll,ld#>l',I: ., \I *I, .., :I, ', , y1.4 L,,, t,/r 8 , 'I ,'I

lbIlV,.D It , I I'1i.W I! ,!I ' 1.8, I! , 

:I/. 811!\1 ~l~,~l~~il~' 5'V 

'14, /I is 111 1'1!$/ f , ,I 

,r"~. I I:,~ ./ 

lii'u,'T(11.t :' I1 I 1 1 ~ ' I( ',

rl'T:< ! ,t/1 ., , ?! 

'1(.W ;, 1 ! ,t,. ! I!,, , 

ATTN: Doc Con, Cultural Ed Ctr 

New York StdtL' U n i va tS t o n yB r o o k 

ATTN: M a i nL i b Doc Sect 

New Y o r kS t a t eU n i vC o la tC o r t l a n d 

ATTN: Librarian 

S t a t eU n i v of New York 

ATTN: Library Doculnents SPC 

Stat(.Univ of New York 

ATTN: Librarian 

New Y o r kS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: D o c u w n t sC e n t e r 

StateUniversity of New York 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

Nrw York U n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

Newark F r e eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Newark P u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

N i a q a r aF a l l s Pub lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

N i c h o l l sS t a t eU n i vL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocsDiv 

Nieves M. F l o r e zM e n l o r i a lL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r f o l kP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: K . Parker 

N o r t hC a r o l i n aA g r i & TechStateUniv 

ATTN: Librarian 

upiv of N o r t hC a r o l i n aa tC h a r l o t t e 

ATTN: A t k i n sL i b r a r y DocumentsDept 

Univ of I J a r t hC a r o l i n aa tG r e e n s b o r o ,L i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

324 
OTHER (Continued) 

N o r t hC d r w I i n aC < ~ n t r c l lL l n i v ~ r s ~ t y 

ATTN: Librdrl,rn 

Ntrttl Cdrolind Stdtc> llrl~vt,r\ity 

ATTN: lLibrdridr 

Nnl-t.tl C d r o l i n dU n i v t . r i i t y <itWilmlngton 

ATTN: I ihrnri,ln 

!In1wr',Ity {If North t3i~oiind 

AI Ill: HA S', I)~v~\ion 1)oc trrwnts

fAtJl'ft1 I)ilk(lt,l irdtl' 1IlllVt2l",I~y I lb 

AI 1i.i: i h 5 I I1tt.dricln 

~Ir~~v~~t'~,~ty of Norttr l)'lkottl 

ATTN: I 1t>rclr1,1u 

1hI 1 tl l;<,l)rl)l,lIO1l</ql% 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t hT e x a s5 t a t eU n i v e r s i t yL l b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t h e a s tM i s s o u r iS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t h e a s t e r nI l l i n o i sU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Library 

Northeastern Oklahoma S t a t eU n i v 

ATTN: Llbrarian 

N o r t h e a s t e r nU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Dodge Library 

NorthernArizonaUniversityLib 

ATTN: GovernmentDocumentsDept 

N o r t h e r nI l l i n o i sU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t h e r nI o w aU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Library 

N o r t h e r nM i c h i g a nU n i v 

ATTN: Documents 

N o r t h e r nM o n t a n aC o l l e g eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t h w e s t e r nM i c h i g a nC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t h w e s t e r nS t a t eU n i v 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t h w e s t e r nS t a t eU n i vL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

N o r t h w e s t e r nU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: GovtPublicationsDept 

Norwal k Pub1 ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

lJn~vv~'sl ty nf Not.rt. D~IIII: 

ATTN: Dotumr,nt Ccnter 

Odkldnd Colrlni Col leqe 

ATTN: ILibraridn 

O a k l a n dP u b l i cL i b r d r y 

ATTN: [Librarian 

Obr~rl~n ('nllfvlt~I lttrdry 

ATTN: I lhrdrldn 

OLPAI~ (.wrrty Col l~qr~ 

ATTN: I ibrarlan 

l ) h l oi t < r t cI 1 n l v r r i l t . y 

AlTN. I II~~A~Iv, no, iil,\tjntc nlvl\ion 

OhioUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: DocsDept 

Oklahoma City UniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Oklahoma CityUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

OklahomaDept of Libraries 

ATTN: U.S. GovtDocuments 

Oklahoma UniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Government Doc Collection 

013DominionUniversity 

ATTN: Doc D e p tU n i vL i b r a r y 

OlivetCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Omaha Pub L i bC l a r kB r a n c h 

ATTN: Librarian 

O r e g o nS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofOregon 

ATTii: DocumentsSection 

O u a c h i t aB a p t i s tU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Pan AmericanUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

P a s s a i cP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

P a u lK l a p p e rL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

P e n n s y l v a n i aS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: GovernmentPublicationsSection 

325 
OTHE R. _iCo ntti !.u ed ) 

Prnnsylvnnid Stdtt! Unlvrrsity 

ATTN: I lbrar-y Docwwnt Sec 

Univ(,r\1 ty of Pt-rln\ylvanld 

ATTN: Director of Lihrat-le5 

Penrose I ibrdry 

UniversityofDrover 

ATTN: Pc,nrn<r I ihrdry 

PIY>rldt’uhl ii Llbrdr~y 

ATTN: Ouiinri?, SLienct. R Tcih Ikpt 

Fret! Library of Phtlddelphid 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c d t i o n s Dept 

P h i l i p 5 b u r qF r e eP u b l IC Librdt-y 

ATTN: L.Ihrdry 

P h o e n i xP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofPittsburg 

ATTN: Documents Office G 8 

PlainfieldPublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

P o p u l a rC r e e kP u b l i cL i bD i s t r i c t 

ATTN: Librarian 

AssociationofPortlandLib 

ATTN: Librarian 

PortlandPublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

PortlandStateUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

P r e s c o t tM e m o r i a lL i b 

LouisianaTechUniv 

ATTN: Librarian 

PrincetonUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Documents Division 

P r o v i d e n c eC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Librarian 

P r o v i d e n c eP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Cincinnati & H a m i l t o nC o u n t yP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

PublicLibraryofNashville and DavidsonCounty 

ATTN: Library 

U n i v e r s i t yo fP u e r t oR i c o 

ATTN: Doc & Maps Room 

PurdueUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHER (Con-t i-nued) 

Quint~bd~] V a l l e yC m t m n i t yC o l 

ATTN: i ihrdridn 

KdlphBrown Drdughon I ih 

Auburn IJn i vers i ty 

ATTN: Microfnrnl\ & Uocuttwnts Ilrll~t 

Rdpid Clty Publ IC Librdry 

ATTN: Librdridrt 

f(t~dd1nqPub1 IC. I ~brdry 

ATIN: tihrdrirjrt 

Keed Cul leye L ihrary 

ATTN: I ihrdridll 

Kiw\e 1 Ibrary 

Auqu:td Col lcvlt, 

ATTN: I ibrdr1,ln 

University of Rhode IslandLibrary 

ATTN: G o v tP u b l i c a t i o n sO f f i c e 

University of Rhode Island 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

RiceUniversity 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Richard W. Norton Mem Lib 

L o u i s i a n aC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Librarian 

RichlandCounty Pub Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Universityof Richmond 

ATTN : Library 

R i v e r s i d eP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofRochesterLibrary 

ATTN: DocumentsSection 

R u t g e r sU n i v e r s i t y , Camden Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

R u t g e r sS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

R u t g e r sU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Government Doc Dep 

RutgersUniversity Law Library 

ATTN: FederalDocumentsDept 

SalemCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

S a m f o r dU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

San AntonioPublicLibrary 

ATTN: Bus Science & TechDept 

326 
San DieqoCountyLibrary 

ATTN: C. J o n e s ,A c q u i s i t i o n s 

San D i e 9 0P u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

San D i e g oS t a t eU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Govt Pubs Dept 

San Francisco Public Library 

ATTN: GovtDocumentsDept 

5,111 Francisco Stdtf Cnl lel~~ 

ATTN: Govt Puh Colicc.tiun 

S~IIJose StateColleyLibrary 

ATTN: Docunients kpt 

Sarl I uisObispoCity-CountyI1hrdry 

ATTN: Librarian 

Savannah Pub & tffinghamLibty Reg Lib 

ATTN: Librarian 

ScottsbluffPublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

S c r a n t o nP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

S e a t t l eP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Ref Doc Asst 

S e l b yP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Shawnee L i b r a r yS y s t e m 

ATTN: Librarian 

S h r e v eM e m o r i a lL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

Siias S r o n s o nP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

SimonSchwob Mem Lib 

Columbus College 

ATTN: Librarian 

Sioux City PublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

SkidmoreCollege 

ATTN: Librarian 

Slippery Rock StateCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

S o u t hC a r o l i n aS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofSouthCarolina 

ATTN: Librarian 

~~ OTHER ~ AContinued-J 

University of S o u t hC a r o l i n d 

ATTN: GovernmentDocuments 

SouthDakota Sch of Mines & Trch 

ATTN: Librarian 

SouthOaknta State I-ibrdry 

ATTN: FederalDoclmentsDepartment 

University of SouthDakota 

ATTN: Documents Librarian 

S o u t hF l o r i d aU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATIN: I ibrdrlan 

S[,lltlidnIt,-Hr!rinl,pin Art'd I ~tir~ri 

ATTN: Govr!rrmrnt l)o<:ulilent~> 

S o u t h f v s tM i \ z m r r i St,itc, lJniv+"r\ity 

4ilfl I I~,:,II.~,II~ 

S o u t h e a s t e r nM a s s a c h u s e t t sU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Documents Sec 

UniversityofSouthern Alabama 

ATTN: Librarian 

SouthernCaliforniaUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

S o u t h e r nC o n n e c t i c u tS t a t eC o l l e g e 

ATTN: Library 

S o u t h e r nI l l i n o i sU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

S o u t h e r nI l l i n o i sU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Documents Ctr 

S o u t h e r nM e t h o d i s tU n i v e r s i t y , 

ATTN: Librarian 

University of SouthernMississippi 

ATTN: Library 

SouthernOregonCollege 

ATTN: Library 

SouthernUniversitvin New O r l e a n s .L i b r a r y 

ATTN: Libraiian 

S o u t h e r nU t a hS t a t eC o l l e g eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDepartment 

S o u t h w e s tM i s s o u r iS t a t eC o l l e g e 

ATTN : Library 

S o u t h w e s t e r nU n i v e r s i t yo fL o u i s i a n a , L ibraries 

ATTN: Librarian 

S o u t h w e s t e r nU n i v e r s i t yS c h o o lo f Law 1.ibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

327 
OTHER (Continued) 

S p o k a n eP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: ReferenceDept 

SpringfieldCityLibrary 

ATTN: DocumentsSection 

St. B o n a v e n t u r eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. J o s e p hP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. L a w r e n c eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. L o u i sP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

St. PaulPubl icLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

StanfordUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: GovtDocumentsDept 

S t a t eH i s t o r i c a l SOC Lib 

ATTN: Docs S e r i a l sS e c t i o n 

StateLibraryofMassachusetts 

ATTN: Librarian 

StateLibrary of Ohio 

ATTN: Librarian 

StateUniversityof New York 

ATTN: Librarian 

S t k t s o nU n i v 

ATTN: Librarian 

Universlty of Steubenville 

ATTN: Librarian 

Stockton & San J o a q u i nP u b l i cL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

S t o c k t o nS t a t eC o l l e g eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

SuperiorPublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

SwarthmoreCollegeLib 

ATTN: Referenc?Dept 

S y r a c u s eU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsDiv 

Tacoma Publ ic Library 

ATTN: Librarian 

T a n p a ,H l l l s b o r o u g hC o u n t yP u b l i cL i b 

ATTN: Librarian 

Teniple University 

ATTN: Librarian 

"~

OTHER (Continued) . 

UniversityofTennessee 

ATTN: Dir o fL i b r a r i e s 

TertelingLibrary 

C o l l e g eo fI d a h o 

ATTN: Librarian 

Texas A & M UniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

UniversityofTexasatArlington 

ATTN: Library Documents 

UniversityofTexasat San Antonio 

ATTN: Library 

Texas ChristianUniversity 

ATTN: Librarian 

Texas StateLibrary 

ATTN: U.S. DocumentsSect 

Texas TechUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: GovtDocsDept 

Texas UniversityatAustin 

ATTN: Documents Coll 

Texas U n i v e r s i t ya t El Paso 

ATTN: Documentsand Maps Lib 

UniversityofToledoLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

ToledoPublicLibrary 

ATTN: SocialScienceDept 

TorranceCivicCenterLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

T r a v e r s eC i t yP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

T r e n t o nF r e eP u b l i cL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

TrinityCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

TrinityUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Documents Collection 

TuftsUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

TulaneUniversity 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

U n i v e r s i t yo fT u l s a 

ATTN: Librarian 

UCLA R e s e a r c hL i b r a r y 

ATTN: P u b l i cA f f a i r s Svc/USDocs 

T e n n e s s e eT e c h n o l o q i c a lU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

328 
UniformedSvcsUniv of t h eH l t hS c i 

ATTN: LRC ILibrary 

llnlv~~r\ityIlt)rciric’\ 

’ ATTN: liir ol I itDr,irirlc, 

L111pt.r Iowd Lo1 lege 

ATTN: llocu~wnl~Coll~xtirin 

lltdti jtdttl !Jnlversi t y

Arm: 1~1brdt-l~n 

~Jriivt~r~,lofty Utah 

ATTN: ~~WCIJII.01lt.r,t.1Ol1\ 

IIrilv~’r$ltyof Utdh 

ATTN: Dt?pt ol Pt~r~~~~coIor!y 

ATTN: [11r’ectol. r!f 1 ibrdrit’i 

V a l e n c i aL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

VanderbiltUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: GovtDocsSect 

University of Vermont 

ATTN: Director of Libraries 

Virginia Commonwealth University 

ATTN: Librarian 

VirginiaMilitaryInstitute 

ATTN: Librarian 

V i r g i n i aP o l y t e c h n i cI n s tL i b 

ATTN: DocsDept 

VirginiaStateLibrary 

ATTN: S e r i a l sS e c t i o n 

University of Virginia 

ATTN: Pub1 ic Documenti 

V o l u s i aC o u n t yP u b l i cL i b r a r i e s 

ATTN: Librarian 

W a s h i n g t o nS t a t eL i b r a r y 

ATTN: DocumentsSection 

W a s h i n g t o nS t a t eU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Lib DocumentsSection 

W a s h i n g t o nU n i v e r s i t yL i b r a r i e s 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

University of Washington 

ATTN: DocumentsDiv 

Wayne StateUniversityLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wayne S t a t eU n i v e r s i t y Law Library 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

Weber StateCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

Wagner College 

ATTN: Librarian 

OTHE~R (Cant inued~) 

Wesleyan llniversi ty 

ATTN: Document5 L ihrarian 

Wt.it Chrst.rsr St,ltr Col I 

ATTN : DOL1u111ent 5 Il~pt 

West C o v i n dL i b r a r y 

ATTN: I ibrariari 

I1nivi.rsit.y of WrstFlovldd 

ATTN: I ibraridn 

We\t ti1115 Lrrllwriity (011 

ATTN: Library 

We\t Tf’xdS S t a t eU n i v c r s i t y 

ATTN : Library 

West V i r q i n i aC o l l of Grdd Studir.‘, lit) 

rlTTN: ’ iltraridt\ 

Universityof West Virginia 

ATTN: Dir of Libraries 

WesterlyPublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

W e s t e r nC a r o l i n aU n i v e r s i t y 

ATTN: Librarian 

WesternIllinoisUniversityLib 

ATTN: Librarian 

WesternWashingtonUniv 

ATTN: Librarian 

Western Wyoming Community CollegeLib 

ATTN: Librarian 

Westmoreland Cty Comm Coll 

ATTN: LearningResource Ctr 

Whi tman College 

ATTN: Librarian 

W i c h i t aS t a t eU n i vL i b r a r y 

ATTN: Librarian 

William & MaryCollege 

ATTN: DocsDept 

WilliamAllenWhiteLibrary 

EmporiaKansasStateCollege 

ATTN: GovtDocumentsDiv 

WilliamCollegeLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

WillimanticPublicLibrary 

ATTN: Librarian 

WinthropCollege 

ATTN: DocumentsDept 

University of WisconsinatWhitewater 

ATTN: GovernmentsDocuments Library 

329 
330